diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index bdb2539c2..598e0b8db 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ # Niyas Raphy, 2023 # Mustafa Rawi , 2023 # Ziani Ahmed (Zity), 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -62,215 +62,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts `, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "التقارير" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "كشف الحساب" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "الميزانية العمومية" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "التقرير الضريبي " + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "تدقيق" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "ميزان المراجعة " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "الشريك" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "الإدارة" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "تقييم المخزون" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -413,6 +528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -429,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -449,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -457,6 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " @@ -638,10 +755,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2574,10 +2687,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2586,10 +2695,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "الميزانية العمومية" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3672,97 +3777,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6211,6 +6333,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "الوضع المالي " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7890,10 +8136,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "التقارير" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8748,7 +8990,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8872,23 +9114,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8913,7 +9177,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8927,7 +9191,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -8935,14 +9199,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -8958,7 +9222,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -8974,11 +9238,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -8987,53 +9251,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9045,11 +9309,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9058,11 +9322,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "الأعمدة" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9076,7 +9340,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9894,7 +10158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11241,185 +11505,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, " +":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "التطبيق " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "التطبيق " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14197,13 +14444,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "الشريك" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28587,33 +28827,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "خصم SEPA المباشر" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above ` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28622,14 +28860,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28637,11 +28875,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28652,45 +28890,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28699,31 +28937,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "الاستردادات " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28732,17 +28970,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28751,24 +28989,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28777,7 +29015,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28785,21 +29023,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28814,7 +29052,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28824,7 +29062,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28835,54 +29073,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "الدول" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للمبلغ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28890,21 +29128,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28914,24 +29152,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -28940,26 +29178,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -28969,69 +29207,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29072,7 +29310,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30822,51 +31059,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index db5104689..cd70e6d4e 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -310,8 +310,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "الإيصالات" @@ -956,7 +954,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -968,7 +965,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1034,302 +1030,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "أنواع العمليات" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3051,28 +3769,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3081,7 +3811,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3090,11 +3820,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3103,14 +3833,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 45bfcf42f..5fe22ceae 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Osama Ahmaro , 2023 # Niyas Raphy, 2023 # Mustafa J. Kadhem , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1518,6 +1518,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -1880,6 +1881,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -2073,6 +2075,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة" @@ -3202,6 +3541,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` " +"to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " +"` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "إنشاء" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "الإزالة " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "الفئات" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -5333,11 +5858,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -5345,21 +5884,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "مخطط" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "فاتح " @@ -5367,7 +5906,7 @@ msgstr "فاتح " msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "في صندوق" @@ -5375,7 +5914,7 @@ msgstr "في صندوق" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "عريض" @@ -5383,7 +5922,7 @@ msgstr "عريض" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "مخطط" @@ -5391,157 +5930,157 @@ msgstr "مخطط" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "الخط " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "الألوان" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports `. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports `. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "التذييل" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' ` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "تنسيق ورقة" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -5552,11 +6091,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "خارجي" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -5564,7 +6103,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." @@ -5574,7 +6113,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -5586,33 +6125,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "داخلي" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "فارغ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -5621,48 +6160,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "كتلة برمجية إنشائية " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -5673,31 +6212,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "مضمن" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "جدول " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field ` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "العمود" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0db16b356..da42baa29 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Niyas Raphy, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " @@ -9380,99 +9379,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 02e95320d..1ababaf9b 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " @@ -856,6 +855,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one `. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -881,7 +1324,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -2745,350 +3187,6 @@ msgid "" "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "المشروع" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 5f22c8dd3..d25d2b45c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Cécile Collart , 2022 # Leon Grill , 2022 -# Chris Egal , 2022 # Robert Förster , 2022 # Tina Rittmüller , 2022 # philku79 , 2022 @@ -19,18 +18,18 @@ # Johannes Croe , 2022 # Andreas Jonderko , 2022 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Felix Schubert , 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -79,215 +78,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts `, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Beleg" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Bilanz" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Steuerbericht" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Prüfung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Rohbilanz" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partner" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Verwaltung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -430,6 +544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -446,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -466,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -474,6 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -655,10 +771,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2871,10 +2983,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2883,10 +2991,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "Bilanz" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3969,97 +4073,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6519,6 +6640,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Steuerposition" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -8198,10 +8443,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Berichtswesen" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -9056,7 +9297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -9180,23 +9421,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -9221,7 +9484,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -9235,7 +9498,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -9243,14 +9506,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -9266,7 +9529,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -9282,11 +9545,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -9295,53 +9558,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9353,11 +9616,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9366,11 +9629,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Spalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9384,7 +9647,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -10202,7 +10465,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11642,185 +11905,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, " +":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Anwendung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Anwendung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14790,13 +15036,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partner" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -30184,33 +30423,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA-Lastschrift" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above ` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -30219,14 +30456,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -30234,11 +30471,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -30249,45 +30486,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -30296,31 +30533,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Rückerstattungen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -30329,17 +30566,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -30348,24 +30585,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -30374,7 +30611,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -30382,21 +30619,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -30411,7 +30648,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -30421,7 +30658,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -30432,54 +30669,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Länder" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "Höchstbetrag" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -30487,21 +30724,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -30511,24 +30748,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -30537,26 +30774,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -30566,69 +30803,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -30669,7 +30906,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -32419,51 +32655,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 38163104a..cb6ba686b 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -313,8 +313,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Anlieferungen" @@ -959,7 +957,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -971,7 +968,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1037,302 +1033,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Produktkonfiguration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Vorgangstypen" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3054,28 +3772,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3084,7 +3814,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3093,11 +3823,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3106,14 +3836,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 835896539..c9c0eeff8 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -8,16 +8,17 @@ # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # Tina Rittmüller , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -28,6 +29,569 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Productivity" msgstr "Produktivität" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Kalender" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console `_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook `. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Diskussion" @@ -99,7 +663,7 @@ msgid "" "integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The Twilio welcome page." msgstr "" @@ -121,7 +685,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "" "The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " "section." @@ -140,7 +704,7 @@ msgid "" "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -162,7 +726,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -172,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" "your own list of ICE servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -203,7 +767,7 @@ msgid "" "to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -218,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -228,7 +792,7 @@ msgid "" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -244,7 +808,7 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss" @@ -262,7 +826,7 @@ msgid "" "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " "in Odoo Discuss" @@ -289,7 +853,7 @@ msgid "" "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -329,7 +893,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -364,7 +928,7 @@ msgid "" "*Activities* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -379,7 +943,7 @@ msgid "" "*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -395,7 +959,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -417,7 +981,7 @@ msgid "" "*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" "Discuss" @@ -429,7 +993,7 @@ msgid "" " next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" "shown for Odoo Discuss" @@ -462,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "" "visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -484,7 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -507,7 +1071,7 @@ msgid "" "*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -538,7 +1102,7 @@ msgid "" "messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -554,7 +1118,7 @@ msgid "" " to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -566,7 +1130,7 @@ msgid "" "messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -582,7 +1146,7 @@ msgid "" "addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -600,7 +1164,7 @@ msgid "" " and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -623,7 +1187,7 @@ msgid "" "single character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -783,6 +1347,435 @@ msgid "" "Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"``_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a ``_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:167 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "Grund:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:171 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach ``_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with ``_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:141 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach ``_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Check if ``_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket `_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:163 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"``_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:174 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:176 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:203 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:210 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:214 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:220 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:223 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:229 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:231 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:237 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:241 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS `_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" @@ -873,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"`." +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 @@ -888,6 +1881,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -1081,6 +2075,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Geräte" @@ -1102,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Verbindung" @@ -1440,7 +2771,7 @@ msgid "" "connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" @@ -1451,7 +2782,7 @@ msgid "" "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" @@ -1466,7 +2797,7 @@ msgid "" "configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." msgstr "" @@ -1476,7 +2807,7 @@ msgid "" "Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -1488,7 +2819,7 @@ msgid "" "price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" @@ -1503,7 +2834,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" @@ -1514,17 +2845,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Display` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` Box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 msgid "" "Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" @@ -1561,7 +2892,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" "connected to an IoT Box." @@ -1573,7 +2904,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" @@ -1587,15 +2918,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Verwendung" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 msgid "" "To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" @@ -1603,7 +2934,7 @@ msgid "" "Box Devices` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 msgid "" "Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " "in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -1613,7 +2944,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" "The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " "\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " @@ -1622,25 +2953,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "" -"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" -" with the screen." +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" +"screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " "and update when changes are performed on the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 msgid "Display a website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 msgid "" "Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " "device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " @@ -1648,7 +2979,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 msgid "Knowledge" msgstr "Knowledge" @@ -1687,116 +3018,116 @@ msgid "" " line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "knowledge's user interface" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically " -"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " +"match your h1 :dfn:`(First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " "change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " "click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 msgid "Text editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:27 msgid "Then, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:29 msgid "" "Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown " "menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 " "→ Header 6, Quote`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:31 msgid "" "Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put" " it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to " "strikethrough;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:33 msgid "" "Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by " "clicking the **pencil** icon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 msgid "" "To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select " "the desired color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:37 msgid "" "To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by" " typing its hex code, or its RGBA values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:39 msgid "" "To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient " "or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 msgid "" "To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired " "size;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:43 msgid "" "Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an " "ordered list, or a checklist;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:45 msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "Text editor's toolbox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:51 msgid "" "To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens " "the **powerbox**, which allows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:55 msgid "" "Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or " "*quotes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57 -msgid "Add a cover" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 +msgid "Cover pictures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 msgid "" "You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover " "above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to" " set a cover picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:63 msgid "" "If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture" " is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover " @@ -1804,46 +3135,46 @@ msgid "" " and select another image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:67 msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:71 msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:73 msgid "" "To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click " ":guilabel:`Remove Cover`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 msgid "" "To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " -":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`." +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 msgid "" "The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the" " images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they " "automatically resize depending on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82 -msgid "Add an icon" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "Symbole" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 msgid "" "To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. " "Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and " @@ -1851,23 +3182,23 @@ msgid "" "the red-circled :guilabel:`x`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 msgid "" "The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " "panel hierarchic tree." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:91 msgid "" "Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " "article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Befehle" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 msgid "" "To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's " "name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. " @@ -1876,28 +3207,18 @@ msgid "" " other application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:102 msgid "List of commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:104 msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 msgid "Structure" msgstr "Struktur" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234 -msgid "Command" -msgstr "Befehl" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164 @@ -1905,285 +3226,295 @@ msgstr "Befehl" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "Befehl" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 msgid "Use" msgstr "Benutzen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 msgid "Create a bulleted list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 msgid "Create a list with numbering." msgstr "Eine Liste mit Nummerierung erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 msgid "Insert a table." msgstr "Tabelle einfügen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." msgstr "Einfügen eines horizontalen Trennstrichs." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 msgid "Add a blockquote section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 msgid "Add a code section." msgstr "Einen Codeabschnitt hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 msgid "Convert into 2 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 msgid "Convert into 3 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 msgid "Convert into 4 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 msgid "Format" msgstr "Format" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 msgid "Big section heading." msgstr "Große Abschnittsüberschrift." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 msgid "Medium section heading." msgstr "Mittelgroße Abschnittsüberschrift." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 msgid "Small section heading." msgstr "Kleine Abschnittsüberschrift." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 msgid "Switch the text's direction." msgstr "Textrichtung ändern." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 msgid "Paragraph block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medien" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 msgid "Insert an image." msgstr "Ein Bild einfügen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 msgid "Link an article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "Navigation" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 msgid "Add a link." msgstr "Einen Link hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 msgid "Add a button." msgstr "Eine Schaltfläche hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 msgid "Add a specific appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 msgid "Schedule an appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Index`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 msgid "Show all nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 msgid "Insert a list view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`File`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:225 msgid "" "Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions," " or description in other applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:228 msgid "Basic Blocks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 msgid "Insert your signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240 -msgid "Content from other app" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 +msgid "Content from other apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 msgid "" "Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do " "so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click " @@ -2191,7 +3522,7 @@ msgid "" "The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:248 msgid "" "To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking " @@ -2203,13 +3534,199 @@ msgstr "" msgid "article view from the Sales app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:257 msgid "" "Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access " "it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing " "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` " +"to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " +"` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Erstellung" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Entnahme" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Kategorien" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -2241,7 +3758,7 @@ msgid "" " creation window, click anywhere." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" msgstr "" @@ -2307,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "property configuration form" msgstr "" @@ -2527,7 +4044,7 @@ msgid "" "the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." msgstr "" @@ -2537,7 +4054,7 @@ msgid "" " Inbox Addin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." msgstr "" @@ -2562,12 +4079,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 msgid "Configure the Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " "order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " @@ -2576,18 +4093,17 @@ msgid "" " click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 msgid "" "In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " "panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" @@ -2595,21 +4111,20 @@ msgid "" " window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" " the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 msgid "" "Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " "database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " @@ -2617,7 +4132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " "browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" @@ -2659,7 +4174,7 @@ msgid "" "the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." msgstr "" @@ -2685,19 +4200,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 msgid "" "Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " -"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`README`. Follow the " -"instructions in the :guilabel:`README` file to push the Gmail Plugin files " -"as a Google Project." +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" -"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " -"instructions on the :guilabel:`README` file." +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" "After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " "wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " ":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" @@ -2890,7 +4412,6 @@ msgid "" "then *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" msgstr "" @@ -4252,7 +5773,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 msgid "Custom Sorting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Sortierung" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4337,11 +5858,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -4349,21 +5884,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "Layout" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "Hell" @@ -4371,7 +5906,7 @@ msgstr "Hell" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "Begrenzte Breite" @@ -4379,7 +5914,7 @@ msgstr "Begrenzte Breite" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "Fett:" @@ -4387,7 +5922,7 @@ msgstr "Fett:" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "Gestreift" @@ -4395,157 +5930,157 @@ msgstr "Gestreift" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "Schriftart" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Farben" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports `. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports `. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "Fußzeile" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' ` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "Papierformat" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -4556,11 +6091,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "Extern" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -4568,17 +6103,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -4586,37 +6121,37 @@ msgid "" " number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "Intern" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "Leer" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -4625,48 +6160,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "Blockieren" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -4677,31 +6212,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "Inline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "Tabelle" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field ` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "Spalten" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "The Options tab for a text element" msgstr "" @@ -5138,10 +6673,6 @@ msgid "" "Date Field` after activating the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "Kalender" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c06912dce..54b24b3f9 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -101,7 +101,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -9384,99 +9383,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 988617e51..1a7732f73 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -856,6 +855,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one `. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -881,7 +1324,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "Einstellen" @@ -2745,350 +3187,6 @@ msgid "" "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Projekt" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 02b10dcea..f8f0b1ee3 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -8177,7 +8177,7 @@ msgstr "" "una de las `mejores prácticas de SEO " "`_ (Consulte " "*Proporcionar una versión de un URL para llegar a un documento*) para tener " -"un URL dominante. Por lo tanto, solo debe configurar *miempresa.com* para " +"una URL dominante. Por lo tanto, solo debe configurar *miempresa.com* para " "que redirija a *www.miempresa.com*. La mayoría de los gestores de dominios " "tienen la función de configurar esta redirección. Se le conoce normalmente " "con el nombre de redirección web." @@ -8411,7 +8411,7 @@ msgid "" "settings-collaborators>` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" " build." msgstr "" -"Si tiene los :ref:`derechos de acceso adecuados ` en el proyecto, se le concederá acceso SSH a la " "compilación." @@ -8440,7 +8440,7 @@ msgid "" "*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " "project." msgstr "" -"Los *Submódulos* le permiten usar módulos de otros repositorios en su " +"Los *submódulos* le permiten usar módulos de otros repositorios en su " "proyecto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 @@ -9401,7 +9401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:153 msgid "Push the development branch" -msgstr "Haga cambios en la rama de desarrollo" +msgstr "Suba la rama de desarrollo" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:155 msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" @@ -9447,7 +9447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Es necesario especificar *-u origin feature-1* solo en el primer push. " "Después, para enviar los futuros cambios desde su computadora, puede " -"utilizar simplemente" +"utilizar" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:197 msgid "Test your module" @@ -9793,7 +9793,7 @@ msgstr "" "en la interfaz de Odoo.sh. Cuando actualiza la versión del módulo en el " "manifiesto, la plataforma actualizará el módulo automáticamente y su nuevo " "campo estará disponible directamente.También puede actualizar el módulo " -"manualemnte dentro de la lista de aplicaciones. " +"manualmente dentro de la lista de aplicaciones. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:426 msgid "Use an external Python library" @@ -9806,8 +9806,8 @@ msgid "" "libraries your modules depends on." msgstr "" "Si desea usar una biblioteca externa de Python que no está instalada de " -"manera predeterminada, puede definir un archivo *requirements.txt* que liste" -" las bibliotecas externas de las que dependa su módulo. " +"manera predeterminada, puede definir un archivo *requirements.txt* con una " +"lista de las bibliotecas externas de las que dependa su módulo. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:432 msgid "" @@ -9818,10 +9818,10 @@ msgid "" "modules**." msgstr "" "No es posible instalar o actualizar los paquetes del sistema en una base de " -"datos de Odoo.sh (por ejemplo, paquetes apt). Sin embargo, bajo condiciones " -"específicas, se pueden considerar paquetes para instalar. Esto también " -"aplica para los **Módulos Python** que requieren paquetes de sistema para su" -" compilación, y **Módulos externos de Odoo**. " +"datos de Odoo.sh (por ejemplo, herramientas avanzadas de empaquetado). Sin " +"embargo, bajo condiciones específicas, se puede considerar instalar " +"paquetes. Esto también aplica para los **módulos de Python** que requieren " +"paquetes de sistema para su compilación, y **módulos externos de Odoo**. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 msgid "**PostgreSQL extensions** are not supported on Odoo.sh." @@ -9832,8 +9832,8 @@ msgid "" "For more information, consult our `FAQ " "`_." msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información, consulte nuestro documento de preguntas " -"frecuentes `FAQ `_." +"Para obtener más información, consulte nuestras `preguntas frecuentes " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -9854,8 +9854,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:444 msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" msgstr "" -"Cree un archivo *requirements.txt* en el folder principal de su repositorio." -" " +"Cree un archivo *requirements.txt* en la carpeta principal de su " +"repositorio. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -9879,7 +9879,7 @@ msgid "" "characters in the name field of your model." msgstr "" "Luego, use la biblioteca en su módulo para quitar acentos de caracteres en " -"el nombre del campo de su modelo, por ejemplo. " +"el nombre del campo de su modelo. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:459 msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." @@ -9903,7 +9903,7 @@ msgstr "Edite el módulo manifiesto *__manifest__.py* " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:510 msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" -msgstr "Indique y confirme sus cambios: " +msgstr "Prepare y confirme sus cambios: " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:518 msgid "Then, push your changes:" @@ -9930,7 +9930,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "El editor en línea le permite editar el código fuente de sus compilaciones " "desde el navegador web. También le da la posibilidad de abrir terminales, " -"consolas Pyhton, consolas Odoo Shell y `Notebooks " +"consolas de Pyhton y Shell de Odoo y `Notebooks " "`_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 @@ -9953,7 +9953,7 @@ msgstr "Editar el código fuente" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" -msgstr "El directorio de trabajo está compuesto de las siguientes carpetas:" +msgstr "El directorio de trabajo está compuesto por las siguientes carpetas:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9969,7 +9969,7 @@ msgid "" "your source code if you want to make them persist." msgstr "" "Sus cambios no se propagarán a la nueva compilación, debe confirmarlas en su" -" código fuente si quiere que persistan. " +" código fuente si quiere conservarlos." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -10032,10 +10032,10 @@ msgid "" "will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " "immediately, without having to restart the server manually." msgstr "" -"Si guarda un archivo Python que está en la ruta de addons de su servidor de " -"Odoo, este lo detectará y lo volverá a cargar automáticamente para que sus " -"cambios se apliquen inmediatamente sin tener que reiniciar el servidor " -"manualmente. " +"Si guarda un archivo Python que está en la ruta de complementos de su " +"servidor de Odoo, este lo detectará y lo volverá a cargar en automático para" +" que sus cambios se apliquen en seguida sin tener que reiniciar el servidor " +"de forma manual. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -10047,12 +10047,12 @@ msgid "" "the file highlighted in the file browser." msgstr "" "Sin embargo, si el cambio es un dato almacenado en la base de datos, como la" -" etiqueta de un campo o una vista, debe actualizar el módulo " -"correspondiente para aplicar los cambios. Puede actualizar el módulo del " -"archivo abierto en ese momento usando el menú :menuselection:`Odoo --> " -"Actualizar módulo actual`. Observe que el archivo considerado como abierto " -"en ese momento es el archivo resaltado en el editor de texto, no el archivo " -"resaltado en el buscador de archivos. " +" etiqueta de un campo o una vista, debe actualizar el módulo correspondiente" +" para aplicar los cambios. Puede actualizar el módulo del archivo abierto en" +" ese momento desde el menú :menuselection:`Odoo --> Actualizar módulo " +"actual`. Tenga en cuenta que el archivo que se considera abierto en ese " +"momento es el archivo resaltado en el editor de texto, no el archivo " +"resaltado en el explorador de archivos. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:93 msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" @@ -10447,98 +10447,125 @@ msgid "" "for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " "revisions of this private repository." msgstr "" +"Cuando un repositorio es privado, no es posible descargar públicamente sus " +"ramas y revisiones. Por esa razón, necesita configurar una clave de " +"implementación para Odoo.sh, y así el servidor Git le permita a nuestra " +"platafroma descargar las revisiones de este repositorio privado. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:128 msgid "" "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"Para configurar la clave de implementación para el repositorio privado, siga" +" las siguientes instrucciones: " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 msgid "" "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " "*Add*," msgstr "" +"en el campo de entrada, pegue la URL SSH de su sub-repositorio privado y " +"haga clic en *Agregar*, " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "por ejemplo, *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:133 msgid "" "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " "your own self-hosted server" msgstr "" +"puede ser otro servidor Git que no sea Github, como Bitbucket, Gitlab o " +"inlcuso un servidor que usted mismo aloje" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:136 msgid "copy the public key," -msgstr "" +msgstr "copie la clave pública, " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:138 msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "debe verse como *ssh-rsa caracteres...más...caracteres...aquí...==*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:140 msgid "" "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " "the deploy keys." msgstr "" +"en los ajustes del sub-repositorio privado, agregue la clave pública entre " +"las claves de implementación" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:142 msgid "" "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" msgstr "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Claves de implementación --> " +"Agrergar clave de implementación`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:143 msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" msgstr "" +"Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Claves de acceso --> Agregar " +"clave`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:144 msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" msgstr "" +"Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Repositorio--> Claves de " +"implementación`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 msgid "" "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " ".ssh directory" msgstr "" +"Alojamiento propio: adjunte la clave al archivo del usuario git " +"authorized_keys file en su directorio .ssh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:148 msgid "Storage Size" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tamaño de almacenaje " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:150 msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta sección muestra el tamaño de almacenaje que utiliza su proyecto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El tamaño de almacenaje se calcula de la siguiente manera: " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "el tamaño de la base de datos de PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:159 msgid "" "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " "sessions storage directory..." msgstr "" +"el tamaño de los archivos del disco disponibles en su contenedor: base de " +"datos del repositorio de archivos, directorio del almacenaje de las " +"sesiones... " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 msgid "" "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " "`_ in your Web Shell." msgstr "" +"En caso de que quiera analizar el uso del disco, puede activar la " +"herramienta `ncdu `_ en su Web Shell." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:165 msgid "" "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " "your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." msgstr "" +"Si el tamaño de su base de datos de producción excede lo que cubre su " +"suscripción, esta se sincronizará automáticamente con el nuevo tamaño. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:169 msgid "Database Workers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trabajadores de la base de datos " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -10546,6 +10573,10 @@ msgid "" "increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " "more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." msgstr "" +"Aquí se pueden configurar trabajadores adicionales a la base de datos. Más " +"trabajadores ayudan a incrementar la carga de producción de lo que su base " +"de datos es capaz de manejar. Si quiere agregar más, automáticmanete se " +"sincronizará con su suscripción. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -10555,10 +10586,16 @@ msgid "" "it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"Agregar más trabajadores no resolverá mágicamente todos los problemas de " +"rendimiento. Solo permite que el servidor pueda manejar más conexiones al " +"mismo tiempo. Si algunas operaciones son inusualmente lentas, es muy " +"probable que exista un problema en el código, si no es a causa de la " +"personalización de este, puede abrir un ticket aquí `here " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:185 msgid "Staging Branches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ramas de prueba " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -10566,6 +10603,9 @@ msgid "" "the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " "your subscription." msgstr "" +"Las ramas adicionales de prueba le permiten desarrollar y probar mas " +"características al mismo tiempo. Si agrega más, se sincronizará " +"automáticamente con su suscripción. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:194 msgid "Activation" @@ -10576,12 +10616,16 @@ msgid "" "Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " "activation code if needed." msgstr "" +"Muestra el estado de la activación del proyecto. Puede cambiar el código de " +"activación del proyecto si lo necesita. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:8 msgid "" "The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" " includes the servers availability." msgstr "" +"La página de estado muestra las estadísticas de los servidores que su " +"proyecto usa. Incluye la disponibilidad de los servidores. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" @@ -10592,32 +10636,39 @@ msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no " "time." msgstr "" +"La documentación le ayduará a lanzar su proyecto de Odoo.sh rápidamente. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:20 msgid "" "An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo " "15.0)." msgstr "" +"Una actualización es cambiar a una versión más nueva de Odoo.sh (por " +"ejemplo, de Odoo 14.0 a Odoo 15.0)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una actualización no cubre:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:24 msgid "" "Changing :ref:`editions ` (i.e., Community to " "Enterprise edition)" msgstr "" +"Cambair :ref:`ediciones ` (por ejemplo, de la " +"edición Community a Enterprise)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:25 msgid "" "Switching :ref:`hosting type ` (i.e., On-" "Premise to Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" msgstr "" +"Cambiar :ref:`tipo de alojamiento ` (por " +"ejemplo, de Local a Odoo en línea u Odoo.sh). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 msgid "Migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migración de otro ERP a Odoo " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 @@ -10626,49 +10677,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ayuda-contacto|" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "Procesar flujo de trabajo" +msgstr "Procesar un flujo de trabajo" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un resumen del proceso de actualización: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:41 msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea una solicitud de actualización de prueba. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" "Odoo processes the request automatically by running the database through an " "upgrade script, which takes between 20 and 120 minutes." msgstr "" +"Odoo procesa la solicitud automáticamente al pasar la base de datos a través" +" de un script de actualización, lo que tarda de 20 a 120 minutos. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:44 msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo entrega una base de datos de prueba. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:45 msgid "" "You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`upgrade/test-" "guidance`)." msgstr "" +"Pone a prueba su base de datos en busca de posibles discrepancias (ver " +":ref:`upgrade/test-guidance`)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:46 msgid "" "If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " "via the help portal (see :ref:`upgrade/test-assistance`)." msgstr "" +"Si hay muchas discrepancias, las reporta al euiqpo de asistencia de " +"Actualizaciones a través del portal de ayuda (ver :ref:`upgrade/test-" +"assistance`)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:48 msgid "We fix the issues and send you a new test database." msgstr "" +"Arreglamos los problemas y le enviamos una nueva base de datos de prueba. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -10676,10 +10735,16 @@ msgid "" "decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze " "all data entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya completado la etapa de pruebas y esté satisfecho con el " +"resultado, debe decidir una fecha y hora en la que los usuarios ya no podrán" +" acceder a Odoo, congela la entrada de datos y crea una solicitud de " +"actualización para la mejora de producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." msgstr "" +"Odoo entreha la base de datos de producción a través del proceso de " +"automatización. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -10687,18 +10752,22 @@ msgid "" "continue working on the newly upgraded database (this is done automatically " "on Odoo Online)." msgstr "" +"La reestablece en su ambiente de Producción unas horas después y continúa " +"trabajando en la base de datos recién actualizada (esto se hace " +"automáticamente a través de Odoo en línea). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo Online `" msgstr "" +":doc:`Proceso de actualización para Odoo en línea `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo.sh `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Proceso de actualización para Odoo.sh `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for On-Premise `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Porceso de actualización para Odoo local `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "Testing" @@ -10711,12 +10780,19 @@ msgid "" "test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as many times as you " "need (one at a time)." msgstr "" +"Esta fase le permite revisar una versión actualizada de su base de datos sin" +" afectar de ninguna forma su base de datos de producción. Le sugerimos que " +"haga la prueba del proceso de actualización por lo menos una vez, pero lo " +"puede hacer tantas veces como lo necesite (una a la vez). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Once you receive your upgraded test database, check that all data, " "processes, and functionality are still correct and working as expected." msgstr "" +"Una vez que reciba su base de datos de prueba actualizada, revise que todos " +"sus datos, procesos y funcionalidad sigan estando correctos y funcionen como" +" deberían. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -10724,12 +10800,18 @@ msgid "" "assistance>` and :ref:`request a new test database ` when the reported issues are fixed in the upgrade script." msgstr "" +"Si encuentra discrepancias, :ref:`repórtelas ` y " +":ref:`solicite una nueva base de datos de prueba ` " +"cuando los problemas reportados se hayan solucionado en el script de " +"actualización. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:77 msgid "" "If you do not find any discrepancies, you can move on to the upgrade of your" " production database." msgstr "" +"Si no encuentra discrepancias, puede continuar con la actualización de su " +"base de datos de producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -10738,24 +10820,35 @@ msgid "" "or changes you make, will not be reflected in your upgraded production " "database." msgstr "" +"Una base de datos de prueba tiene el propósito de usarse para hacer pruebas " +"y no tiene relación alguna con su base de datos de producción futura o " +"presente. No importa los datos que agregue o los cambios que haga, estos no " +"se verán reflejados en la actualización de su base de datos de producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:85 msgid "" "Test databases are neutered and features are disabled to prevent them from " "having an impact on the production database:" msgstr "" +"Las bases de datos de prubea se neutralizan y se desactivan sus funciones " +"para evitar que tengan un impacto en la base de datos de producción:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:88 msgid "" "The serial number of the database is modified (to prevent it from sending " "information as if it was the production database)." msgstr "" +"El número de serie de la base de datos se modifica (para evitar que envie " +"información como si fuera la base de datos de producción)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 msgid "" "The :ref:`base URL of the database ` is reset to " "``http://localhost:8069`` and the email domain to ``localhost``." msgstr "" +"La :ref:`URL base de la base de datos ` se " +"reestablece a ``http://localhost:8069`` y el dominio del correo electrónico " +"a ``localhost``." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -10763,44 +10856,60 @@ msgid "" "statement synchronization, the planned automated actions, the fetching of " "incoming mail servers, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Las acciones programadas se desactivan (sincronización con el calendario, " +"sincornización con los estados de cuenta bancarios, acciones automatizadas " +"programadas, la búsqueda de servidores de correo entrante, etc.). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake/non-working one." msgstr "" +"Los servidores de correo saliente se desactivan al archivar los ya " +"existentes y agregando uno falso o que no funciona realemente. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:96 msgid "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to test environment." msgstr "" +"Los proveedores de pago y los transportistas se reestablecen a un ambiente " +"de prueba. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 msgid "" "Accounting localization Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) services are " "disabled." msgstr "" +"Los servicios de intercambio electrónico de datos (EDI) para la localización" +" contable se desactivan. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:98 msgid "A system parameter is set to tell the database has been neutered." msgstr "" +"Se establece un parámetro de sistema para indicar que la bse de datos ha " +"sido neutralizada. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:103 msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitar una base de datos de prueba " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "Follow the instructions available per hosting type on the `website form " "`_ and select *Testing* purpose." msgstr "" +"Siga las instrucciones disponibles según el tipo de alojamiento en el ` " +"formulario de sitio web `_ y seleccione el " +"propósito de *Prueba*." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst-1 msgid "Selection of the \"Testing\" purpose in the upgrade form on Odoo" msgstr "" +"Selección del propósito de \"Prueba\" en el formulario de actualización de " +"Odoo " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:115 msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guía de prueba" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -10810,6 +10919,11 @@ msgid "" "`_" " for further information." msgstr "" +"Cada negocio y empresa tiene sus propias necesidades operacionales y debe " +"poner a prueba su base de datos de Odoo específica de manera individual. Le " +"recomendamos revisar el `escenario de prueba " +"`_" +" para obtener más información." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "Todo" @@ -10818,6 +10932,8 @@ msgstr "Por hacer" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" msgstr "" +"cambie el enlace \"escenario de prueba\" una vez que el documento " +"corresponidente esté publicado. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 @@ -10830,18 +10946,25 @@ msgid "" " Odoo Upgrade Support via the `Odoo Support page " "`_." msgstr "" +"Si tiene un problema con la **base de datos de prueba**, póngase en contacto" +" con Soporte de Actualización de Odoo a través de `la página de Soporte de " +"Odoo `_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 msgid "" "Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " "upgrade* ticket type." msgstr "" +"En la sección de *Descripción del Ticket*, seleccione el tipo de ticket *Un " +"problema relacionado con mi actualización*." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "" "Selection of \"An issue related to my upgrade\" as Ticket Type in the " "support form on Odoo" msgstr "" +"Selección de \"Un problema relacionado con mi actualización\" como Tipo de " +"Ticket en el formulario de soporte en Odoo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -10849,6 +10972,8 @@ msgid "" "redirected to another team. This will slow down the processing and response " "time." msgstr "" +"Si elige otro tipo de *Descripción de Ticket\", la solicitud se enviará a " +"otro equipo. Esto hará más lento el proceso y el tiempo de respuesta. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:142 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 @@ -10857,16 +10982,22 @@ msgid "" "illustrate your issue). This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up " "the resolution process significantly." msgstr "" +"Proporcione tantos detalles como pueda (por ejemplo, videos y capturas de " +"pantalla para ilustrar su problema). Esto evitará que se hagan preguntas " +"aclaratorias y hará más rápida la resolución del proceso de manera " +"significativa. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:146 msgid "" "The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " "configurations in your database." msgstr "" +"El propósito de la fase de prueba no es corregir los datos existentes o la " +"configuración en su base de datos. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:153 msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El lanzamiento de la producción" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -10874,6 +11005,9 @@ msgid "" "database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " "current orders) to a new version of your choice." msgstr "" +"La solicitud para actualizar la producción es cuando decide actualizar su " +"base de datos actual con todos sus datos de producción (facturas, devolución" +" de IVA, inventario, órdenes actuales) a una nueva versión de su elección. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -10881,32 +11015,44 @@ msgid "" "satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" " `website form `_. Select *Production* purpose." msgstr "" +"Después de completar satisfactoriamente sus :ref:`pruebas `,envíe la solicitud para actualizar su base de datos de producción a " +"través del `formulario del sitio web `_. " +"Seleccione el propósito de *Producción*. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" +"Empezar a usar la producción sin hacer pruebas primero puede ocasionar: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:166 msgid "" "business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" +"interrupciones del negocio (por ejemplo, no tener ya la posibilidad de " +"validar una acción) " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 msgid "" "poor customer experiences (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" +"mala experiencia del cliente (por ejemplo, un sitio web de comercio " +"electrónico que no funcione correctamente)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 msgid "" "If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " "get in touch with **Odoo Support**:" msgstr "" +"Si tiene problemas en la **base de datos de producción**, póngase en " +"contacto con **Soporte de Odoo**: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page `_." msgstr "" +"Visite nuestra `página de Soporte de Odoo `_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -10914,12 +11060,17 @@ msgid "" "to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " "upgrade*." msgstr "" +"En la sección de *Descripción del Ticket*, seleccione el tipo que le " +"corresponda a su problema pero **no seleccione** la opción *Un problema " +"relacionado con mi actualización*. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:182 msgid "" "After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " "team instead of the Upgrade team." msgstr "" +"Después de actualizar a producción, el equipo de soporte le proporcionará " +"ayuda en lugar del equipo de actualización. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -10927,6 +11078,9 @@ msgid "" "will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " "the processing and response time." msgstr "" +"Si elige *Un problema relacionado con mi actualización* como tipo de ticket," +" la solicitud se enviará a otro equipo y no al de soporte, lo que hará más " +"lento el proceso y el tiempo de respuesta. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 msgid "Help" @@ -10934,7 +11088,7 @@ msgstr "Ayuda" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "Contact our upgrade service support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contácte a nuestro servicio de soporte de actualización " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -10942,12 +11096,17 @@ msgid "" "send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team `_. We will be" " happy to answer it as soon as possible." msgstr "" +"Si tiene más preguntas acerca de la actualización, no dude en enviar un " +"mensaje al `Equipo de Actualización de Odoo `_. " +"Estaremos más que felices de responderle tan pronto como sea posible. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " "last major versions of Odoo." msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que Odoo proporciona soporte y corrección de errores solo " +"para las tres últimas versiones principales de Odoo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -10955,14 +11114,18 @@ msgid "" "an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " "benefit from longer support (before having to upgrade again)." msgstr "" +"Debe considerar este factor antes de realizar la actualización. Si usa una " +"versión más antigua, le sugerimos usar la versión más reciente para " +"beneficiarse de un tiempo de soporte más largo (antes de tener que " +"actualizar de nuevo). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acuerdo de nivel de servicio (SLA, por sus siglas en inglés) " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -10970,6 +11133,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" +"Con Odoo Enterprise, actualizar la base de datos a la versión más reciente " +"es **gratis**, e incluye cualquier tipo de soporte requerido para rectificar" +" posibles discrepancias en la base de datos actualizada. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -10977,20 +11143,27 @@ msgid "" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" +"Tiene disponible información acerca de los servicios de actualización que " +"incluye la Licencia Enterprise en el :ref:`Acuerdo de Suscripción de Odoo " +"Enterprise `. Sin embargo, esta sección aclara qué servicios de " +"actualización puede esperar." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicios de actualización que cubre el SLA " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" +"Las bases de datos alojadas en las plataformas en la nube de Odoo (Odoo en " +"línea y Odoo.sh) o que se alojan a si mismas (Local) se pueden beneficiar de" +" los servicios de actualización en todo momento para: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "actualizar todas las **aplicaciones estándar**;" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -10998,12 +11171,17 @@ msgid "" "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" +"actualizar todas las *personalizaciones creadas con la aplicación Studio**, " +"siempre y cuando Studio siga instalado y la suscripción correspondiente siga" +" activa; y " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" +"actualizar todos los **desarrollos y personalizaciones que cubre una " +"suscripción de mantenimiento para las personalizaciones**. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -11011,25 +11189,33 @@ msgid "" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" +"Los servicios de actualización se limitan a una conversión técnica y la " +"adaptación de una base de datos (módulos estándar y datos) para hacerlos " +"compatibles con la versión objetivo de la actualización. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicios de actualización que no cubre el SLA" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" +"Los siguientes servicios relacionados con la actualización **no** incluyen: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" +"la **limpieza** de datos y configuraciones pre-existentes al momento de " +"actualizar; " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" +"la actualización de **módulos personalizados creados internamente o por " +"externos**, incluyendo partners de Odoo; " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -11037,22 +11223,28 @@ msgid "" "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" +"líneas de **código agregadas a módulos estándar**, por ejemplo, " +"personalizaciones creadas fuera de la aplicación Studio, código introducido " +"manualmente, y :ref:`acciones automatizadas usando código Python " +"`; y" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" +"**capacitación** para usar las funciones de la versión actualizada y flujos " +"de trabajo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`documentación de Odoo.sh `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Versiones de Odoo compatibles `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 msgid "FAQ" @@ -11060,23 +11252,27 @@ msgstr "Preguntas frecuentes" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:13 msgid "Why upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Por qué actualizar? " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:15 msgid "" "You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version " "` released by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Se beneficiará de las funciones más recientes de :ref:`la nueva versión " +"principal ` que lanzó Odoo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:17 msgid "" "If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version `, " "you get a new version with support." msgstr "" +"Si está utilizando una :ref:`versión no compatible `, obtendrá una nueva versión con soporte incluido. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:23 msgid "When to upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cuándo actualizar? " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11084,10 +11280,13 @@ msgid "" "version is released or when your version turns unsupported, and you still " "wish to enjoy support." msgstr "" +"Cuando usted quiera. Puede realizar su solicitud de actualización tan pronto" +" como se lanza una nueva versión o cuando su versión ya no sea compatible, y" +" aún quiera beneficiarse del soporte. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:31 msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disponibilidad de la nueva versión " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -11098,14 +11297,23 @@ msgid "" "page `_ and make sure to be happy with your test " "version before requesting the upgrade of your database in production." msgstr "" +"Tan pronto como Odoo anuncia el lanzamiento de una nueva versión principal, " +"puede crear una solicitud para una actualización de prueba para probar la " +"versión mas reciente. Tenga en cuenta que, para este punto, los scripts de " +"actualización solo se han probado con datos de prueba. Reporte cualquier " +"problema que pueda aparecer al momento de hacer la prueba en la `página de " +"Soporte de Odoo `_ y asegúrese de estar " +"satisfecho con su versión de prueba antes de solicitar la actualización de " +"su base de datos de producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:42 msgid "Duration of the upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duración de la actualización " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:44 msgid "It is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request." msgstr "" +"Es imposible darle un tiempo estimado para cada solicitud de actualización. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -11114,16 +11322,23 @@ msgid "" "faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, " "Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"En general, entre \"más pequeña\" sea la base de datos, más rápido se " +"completará la solicitud para actualizar. Una base de datos de un solo " +"usuario que solo utiliza CRM se procesará más rápido que una base de datos " +"multi-empresa de varios usuarios que utilice Contabilidad, Ventas, Compras y" +" Fabricación." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:50 msgid "" "You can expect the time it takes for the platform to upgrade the test " "database to be similar to the production upgrade." msgstr "" +"Puede esperar que el tiempo que tarda la plataforma en actualizar la base de" +" datos de prueba sea similar al de la actualización de su producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:56 msgid "Duration of the upgrade project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duración del proyecto de actualización " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -11131,14 +11346,18 @@ msgid "" "problems, etc.) and the issues encountered that might need to be addressed " "by our technical team." msgstr "" +"Dependerá de la intervención del usuario (el tiempo invertido en hacer " +"pruebas, reportar problmeas, etc.) y los problemas encontrados que nuestro " +"equipo técnico pueda solucionar. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:61 msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" msgstr "" +"Entonces, en resumen, ¿qué puede imapctar el plazo de actualización? " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:63 msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fuente y versiones objetivo " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:64 msgid "Installed apps" @@ -11146,27 +11365,31 @@ msgstr "Aplicaciones instaladas" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:65 msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volúmen de datos " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:66 msgid "" "Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " "website, etc.)" msgstr "" +"Cantidad de customizaciones (modelos, campos, métodos, flujos de trabajo, " +"reportes, sitios web, etc.) " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:67 msgid "" "Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " "test phase" msgstr "" +"Instalación de nuevas aplicaciones o cambios en la configuración después de " +"comenzar la fase de pruebas. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:68 msgid "User commitment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compromiso del usuario " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:73 msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualización de los módulos personalizados" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -11174,16 +11397,21 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " "fees." msgstr "" +"Tal como aparece en nuestro :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, en la sección " +":ref:`charges_standard`, este servicio opcional está sujeto a tarifas " +"adicionales. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:78 msgid "" "Depending on your situation, the custom code could be upgraded by our " "services, by one of our partners, or you can do it yourself." msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su situación, el código personalizado puede actualizarse por " +"nuestros servicios, uno de nuestros partners o lo puede hacer usted mismo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:86 msgid "Upgrade or Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualizar o Migrar " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -11191,10 +11419,14 @@ msgid "" "reflects the change of :ref:`editions ` or " "change of :ref:`hosting type `." msgstr "" +"Una actualización cambia a una nueva versión de Odoo, mientras que una " +"migración refleja el cambio de :ref:`ediciones ` o el cambio de :ref:`tipo de alojamiento `." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:97 msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambio de ediciones (de Community a Enterprise) " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -11202,36 +11434,46 @@ msgid "" "database you sent was a community or enterprise edition. It is required to " "have an enterprise subscription to upgrade." msgstr "" +"La actualización siempre regresa a una edición Enterprise de Odoo, no " +"importa si la base de datos que envió fue una edición Community o " +"Enterprise. Se requiere una suscripción enterprise para actualizar. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:103 msgid "" "If you need assistance on this matter, please contact us via the `Odoo " "Support page `_." msgstr "" +"Si necesita ayuda en este asunto, contáctenos a través de la `página de " +"Soporte de Odoo `_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:107 msgid "`Editions `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Ediciones `_" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:112 msgid "Switching the hosting types (On-premise vs. Odoo Online vs. Odoo.sh)" msgstr "" +"Cambiar los tipos de alojamiento (Local vs. Odoo en línea vs. Odoo.sh) " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:114 msgid "" "An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " "`_." msgstr "" +"Una actualización no cubre el cambio de `Tipo de alojamiento " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:116 msgid "" "Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " "your hosting type <../maintain/hosting_changes>`." msgstr "" +"Abra el siguiente enlace para obtener :doc:`más información acerca de cómo " +"cambiar su tipo de alojamiento <../maintain/hosting_changes>`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:124 msgid "The Upgrade Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El reporte de actualización " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -11244,6 +11486,15 @@ msgid "" "thoroughly and report any discrepancies you might find, before you decide to" " upgrade your production database." msgstr "" +"Cuando una solicitud de actualización se completa de manera éxitosa (de " +"prueba o de producción), recibirá un correo con una notificación que incluye" +" un 'Reporte de actualización'. Este reporte también se le envia a través de" +" la aplicación Conversaciones. Contiene información valiosa acerca de los " +"cambios que ocurrieron durante la actualización. Si bien, sirve como una " +"guía para tener en cuenta ciertos problemas, no es una lista muy completa. " +"Es imperativo que pruebe la base de datos actualizada cuidadosamente y " +"reporte cualquier discrepancia que pueda encontrar antes de que decida " +"actualizar su base de datos de producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:136 msgid "Custom views" @@ -11257,20 +11508,29 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade is available in the Discuss app, and lists all the custom views " "that might be impacted by this." msgstr "" +"Durante la actualización, algunas vistas personalizadas se pueden desactivar" +" por razones técnicas. Por lo tanto, es posible que se tengan que corregir " +"después de la actualización. El :ref:`Reporte de actualización ` que se genera después de la actualización, está " +"disponible en la aplicación Conversaciones, y enumera todas las vistas " +"personalizadas que esto pueda impactar. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:146 msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Notas de lanzamiento por versión" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:148 msgid "" "Open our `Release Note `_ page to " "get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." msgstr "" +"Visite nuestra página de `Notas de lanzamiento " +"`_ para obtener un resumen de todas" +" las nuevas funciones y mejoras que se hacen con cada versión. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:152 msgid "How long is my test available for" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Por cuánto tiempo está disponible mi prueba? " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -11278,10 +11538,13 @@ msgid "" "extend this trial period upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, there is " "no restriction." msgstr "" +"Una base de datos de prueba de Odoo en línea está disponible para usted una " +"vez al mes de manera predeterminada. Podemos extender este periodo de prueba" +" con previa solicitud. Para Odoo.sh o local, no hay restricción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:158 msgid "How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cuántas pruebas debo hacer antes de actualizar la producción? " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -11289,32 +11552,43 @@ msgid "" "test upgrade 48 hours before requesting your production upgrade and test " "your workflows one last time." msgstr "" +"Tantas como necesite. Cuando este satisfecho con su base de datos, haga una " +"última prueba de actualización 48 horas antes de solicitar su actualización " +"de producción y haga una última prueba en sus flujos de trabajo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:164 msgid "How to/Where to report upgrade issues?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo/dónde puedo reportar problemas con la actualización? " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:166 msgid "" "If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo " "Support through the `Odoo Support page `_." msgstr "" +"Si tiene probleas durante el proceso de actualización, contácte al Soporte " +"de Odoo a través de la `página de Soporte de Odoo " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:169 msgid "" "To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An " "issue related to my upgrade (test phase)**." msgstr "" +"Para reportar un problema que se presentó durante la fase de prueba, " +"seleccione **Un problema relacionado con mi actualización (fase de " +"prueba)**. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:171 msgid "" "To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related" " to my upgrade (production)**." msgstr "" +"Para reportar un problema que apareció después de la actualización, " +"seleccione **Un problema relacionado con mi actualización (producción)**. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:175 msgid "Upgrading to production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualizar a producción " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -11322,21 +11596,29 @@ msgid "" " a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " "entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya completado la prueba y esté satisfecho con el resultado, " +"usted decide la fecha y hora en la que los usuarios ya no tendrán permitido " +"acceder a Odoo, se congelan todas las entradas de datos y se crea una " +"solicitud de actualización para la producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:182 msgid "How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo se procesan mis datos en la Plataforma de Actualización? " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:184 msgid "" "The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of " "Odoo.com services." msgstr "" +"La platafroma de Actualización de Odoo utiliza la misma Política de " +"Privacidad que el resto de los servicios de Odoo.com. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:186 msgid "" "Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:" msgstr "" +"Sus datos están alojados en servidores que siguen nuestros lineamientos de " +"seguridad, por ejemplo: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -11345,6 +11627,10 @@ msgid "" "behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our certificate chains are using SHA-2 " "already." msgstr "" +"SSL - Todas la conexiones web a instancias del cliente están protegidas con " +"una codificación 256-bit SSL (HTTPS con un módulo 2048-bit certificado " +"SSL), y se ejecuta detrás de plataformas Grade A SSL. Todas nuestras cadenas" +" de certificado ya usan SHA-2." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -11352,46 +11638,63 @@ msgid "" "date security patches, with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not " "disclosed for obvious reasons)." msgstr "" +"Sistema seguro - Nuestros servidores ejecutan una distribución Linux " +"reciente con parches de seguridad actualizados, con firewall y respuestas " +"contra intrusiones (por obvias razones no se divulga). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:194 msgid "" "Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the " "following services:" msgstr "" +"Los servidores están ubicados en el mismo sitio que nuestros proveedores " +"Cloud y cuentan con los siguientes servicios: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:196 msgid "" "Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center " "employees only" msgstr "" +"Perímetro restringiso, acceso físico solo por medio de empleados autorizados" +" del centro de datos " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:197 msgid "Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security" msgstr "" +"Control de acceso físico con insignias de seguridad o seguridad con datos " +"biométricos " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:198 msgid "Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7" msgstr "" +"Cámaras de seguridad monitoreando las ubicaciones de los centros de datos " +"24/7 " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:199 msgid "Security personnel on-site 24/7" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personal de seguridad presente en la ubicación 24/7" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:201 msgid "" "The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are " "kept for up to 3 months and are permanently deleted following that period." msgstr "" +"Las bases de datos cargadas y migradas que están cargadas a la plataforma de" +" Actualización, se guardan por 3 meses y se eliminan de manera permanente " +"después de ese periodo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:204 msgid "" "You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our " "`General Data Protection Regulation page `_." msgstr "" +"Puede obtener más información acerca de la privacidad y el manejo de datos " +"en Odoo visitando nuestra `página de Reglamento General de Protección de " +"Datos `_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:208 msgid "Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lanzamiento continuo (aplica en bases de datos de Odoo en línea) " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -11401,12 +11704,20 @@ msgid "" "release upgrade option is displayed if the automated tests are successful. " "The message offers two options:" msgstr "" +"Esta función le permite a los clientes actualizar sus bases de datos " +"directamente desde el mensaje inmediato que se le envia al administrador de " +"la base de datos tan pronto como se lanza una nueva versión. Primero, Odoo " +"prueba la actualización para la siguiente versión. La opción de la " +"actualización en el lanzamiento continuo es visible si las pruebas " +"automatizadas son éxitosas. El mensaje ofrece dos opciones: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To 'Upgrade Now', which immediately triggers the upgrade of your live " "production database." msgstr "" +"'Actualizar Ahora', lo que activa inmediatamente la actualización de su base" +" de datos de producción en tiempo real. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -11415,6 +11726,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ and check the upgraded test database " "for any discrepancies." msgstr "" +"Llevarlo con su `administrador de la base de datos " +"`_ dónde puede `solicitar una base de " +"datos de prueba actualizada `_ y revisar " +"esa base de datos en busca de cualquier discrepancia." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -11424,50 +11739,67 @@ msgid "" "you notice any problem after the upgrade, please report it via the `Odoo " "Support page `_." msgstr "" +"Cuando elija proceder directamente con la actualización de su producción, " +"asegúrese de que todos los usuarios hayan guardado su trabajo y hayan " +"cerrado sesión. La actualización tarda 15 minutos aproximadamente. Durante " +"este tiempo, su base de datos no es accesible. Si nota algún problema " +"después de la actualización, repórtelo en la `página de Soporte de Odoo " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:227 msgid "" "If you are using the Website or Studio app, we recommend you always do a " "test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." msgstr "" +"Si está usando la aplicación Sitio Web o Studio, le recomendamos hacer " +"siempre una actualización de prueba antes de actualizar sus instancias de " +"producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6 msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitar una actualización de prueba " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" msgstr "" +"Vaya a su `administrador de la base de datos " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9 msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en el icono de su perfil y seleccione *Mis bases de datos* " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar Mis bases de datos en mi perfil " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" "Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to " "the test upgrade." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón de la flecha apuntando hacia arriba junto al nombre de" +" su base de datos principal para continuar con la actualización de prueba. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 msgid "Selecting the action settings icon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar el icono de configuraciones de acción " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid "" "In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then " ":guilabel:`Test` as purpose." msgstr "" +"En el mensaje emergente que aparece, seleccione la versión objetivo y luego " +"en :guilabel:`Prueba` como el propósito. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your " "upgraded database at least once." msgstr "" +"El propósito :guilabel:`Producción` no aparecerá si no probó su base de " +"datos actualizada por lo menos una vez." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -11475,66 +11807,83 @@ msgid "" "sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " "information if the upgrade failed." msgstr "" +"Esto activa el proceso automatizado de actualización. Se le envia un correo " +"de confirmación con el enlace de la base de datos actualizada o para " +"proporcionarle información en caso de que la actualización haya fallado. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 msgid "" "You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " "page." msgstr "" +"También puede ver y acceder a su base de datos de prueba desde su página de " +"*Mis bases de datos*. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to make the upgrade process " "easier." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh está integrado con la plataforma de actualización para hacer el " +"proceso de actualización más sencillo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:13 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab is available in the branches view. It is only " "available for valid projects with a valid production build." msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Actualizar` está disponible en la vista de ramas. Solo" +" está disponible para proyectos válidos con una compilación válida. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "Click on the upgrade menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en el menú de actualizar " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:20 msgid "The suggested upgrade steps on Odoo.sh are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los pasos recomendados para actualizar Odoo.sh son: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:22 msgid "" "On a :guilabel:`Development` branch, upgrade your custom modules to keep " "them compatible with the new version and thoroughly **test them**." msgstr "" +"En una rama de :guilabel:`Desarrollo`, actualice sus módulos personalizados " +"para que sigan siendo compatibles con la nueva versión y **pruébelos** " +"cuidadosamente. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:24 msgid "" "Switch that branch to the :guilabel:`Staging` branch, **upgrade** the last " "daily production backup and **test it**. Write upgrade scripts if necessary." msgstr "" +"Cambie esa rama a la rama de :guilabel:`Prueba`, **actualice** el respaldo " +"diario más reciente de producción y **pruébelo**. Escriba scripts de " +"actualización si es necesario. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:26 msgid "" "Trigger the production upgrade from your :guilabel:`Production` branch and " "sit tight." msgstr "" +"Active la actualización de producción desde su rama de " +":guilabel:`Producción` y espere." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../../administration/upgrade`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../administration/upgrade`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ <../upgrade/faq>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Preguntas frecuentes de Actualizar <../upgrade/faq>`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`Introduction to Odoo.sh <../odoo_sh/overview/introduction>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Introducción a Odoo.sh <../odoo_sh/overview/introduction>`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:36 msgid "Upgrade your custom modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualice sus módulos personalizados " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -11545,6 +11894,13 @@ msgid "" "needed, modify your code to be compatible with the new version. Make sure to" " **test** your features are still working correctly." msgstr "" +"El primero paso es actualizar sus módulos personalizados para que sigan " +"siendo compatibles con la nueva versión. Bifurque su rama de " +":guilabel:`Producción` a la etapa de :guilabel:`Desarrollo`, luego vaya a " +"configuraciones de su rama de :guilabel:`Desarrollo` y seleccion la versión " +"de Odoo que quiere. Si es necesario, modifique su código para que sea " +"compatible con la nueva versión. Asegúrese de **comprobar** que sus " +"funciones aún se ejecuten correctamente." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -11552,38 +11908,51 @@ msgid "" "by yourself, by your Partner or by Odoo (if you hold a subscription " "including maintenance of customizations)." msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su contrato, usted puede realizar la actualización de sus " +"módulos personalizados, así como su Partner o el mismo Odoo (si tiene una " +"suscripción que incluya mantenimiento de personalizaciones). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade your database on a staging branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualice su base de datos en ramas de prueba" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:53 msgid "" "Take the upgraded development branch and drag & drop it to " ":guilabel:`Staging`." msgstr "" +"Arrastre y suelte su rama de desarrollo actualizada en la etapa de " +":guilabel:`Prueba`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:55 msgid "" "Go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab and select the :guilabel:`target version`." " Then, click on :guilabel:`Test Upgrade`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a la pestaña de :guilabel:`Actualizar` y seleccione la " +":guilabel:`versión objetivo`. Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`Probar " +"actualización`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proyecto y pestañas de Odoo.sh " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:62 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is sent to the `upgrade " "platform `_ to start the upgrade test process." msgstr "" +"El **respaldo automático diario más reciente de producción** se envia a la " +"`plataforma de actualización `_ para comenzar " +"el proceso de la prueba de actualización." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:66 msgid "" "You can follow the upgrade process by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` menu " "of your :guilabel:`Production` branch." msgstr "" +"Puede seguir el proceso de actualización en el menú de " +":guilabel:`Actualizar` de su rama de :guilabel:`Producción`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -11591,6 +11960,9 @@ msgid "" "`_, it is automatically downloaded back to " "your project." msgstr "" +"Cuando el respaldo actualizado está listo en la `plataforma de " +"actualización `_, se descarga automáticamente " +"de vuelta en su proyecto." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -11601,10 +11973,19 @@ msgid "" "process can be found at :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log` in your newly upgraded " "staging build." msgstr "" +"Ahora la rama se encuentra en **modo especial**: Cada vez que **se hace " +"commit** en la rama, ocurre una **operación de restauración** del respaldo " +"actualizado, y una **actualización de todos los módulos personalizados** " +"sucede. Esto le permite iterar rápidamente sus scirpts de sus módulos " +"personalizados actualizados. El archivo de registro del proceso de " +"actualización está disponible en :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`, en su " +"compilación de prueba recien actualizada." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:78 msgid "The **special upgrade mode** is automatically closed after 30 days." msgstr "" +"El **modo de actualización especial** se cierra automáticamente después de " +"30 días. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:79 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:128 @@ -11616,10 +11997,16 @@ msgid "" "script are necessary to clean up the database. The complete removal of the " "module has to be handled afterwards." msgstr "" +"Es posible que ya no necesite los módulos personalizados después de la " +"actualización, estos módulos están configurados para actualizarse. Si faltan" +" modulos en el código, la actualización falla y por lo tanto, todo el " +"proceso falla. Un módulo vacío con un manifiesto y alguna posible " +"actualización en el script personalizado son necesarios para limpiar la base" +" de datos. La eliminación completa del módulo se tiene que atender después. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:86 msgid "Functionally test your upgraded database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pruebe de manera funcional su base de datos actualizada " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -11628,16 +12015,22 @@ msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the result, you are ready to upgrade your " "production database." msgstr "" +"Ahora que su base de datos actualizada de prueba está disponible en su rama " +"de prueba, **haga una prueba minuciosa** y asegúrese de que todo funcione " +"como debería. Una vez que esté satisfecho con el resultado, ya está listo " +"para actualizar su base de datos de producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:93 msgid "Production upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualizar la producción " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:95 msgid "" "Once you are happy with your testing, you can start the process on the " ":guilabel:`Production` branch." msgstr "" +"Una vez que esté satisfecho con su prueba, puede comenzar el proceso en la " +"rama de :guilabel:`Producción`. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -11645,10 +12038,13 @@ msgid "" "select the :guilabel:`targeted version` and click on the :guilabel:`start " "Upgrade` button." msgstr "" +"En su rama de :guilabel:`Producción`, vaya a la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Actualizar`, selecciona la :guilabel:`versión objetivo` y haga " +"clic en el botón de :guilabel:`iniciar Actualización`. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "View from the upgrade tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista desde la pestaña de actualizar " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -11656,20 +12052,26 @@ msgid "" " branch. Make sure you are pushing code that is compatible with the new " "version. For example by merging the code from your upgraded staging branch." msgstr "" +"El proceso real se **activa tan pronto como hace push a un nuevo commit** " +"en su rama. Asegúrese de que está haciendo push en un código que es " +"compatible con la nueva versión. Por ejemplo, al fusionar el código de su " +"rama de prueba actualizada." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:110 msgid "" "You can see the progress of the upgrade by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` " "tab of the main branch." msgstr "" +"Puede ver el progreso de la actualización en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Actualizar` de la rama principal. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "View showing the progress of the upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de la muestra del progreso de la actualización " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:118 msgid "Your database is unavailable throughout the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su base de datos no está disponible el tiempo que dure el proceso. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -11677,6 +12079,9 @@ msgid "" "same as it would be for a regular update. In case of success, a backup is " "always made." msgstr "" +"Si algo sale mal, la plataforma automáticamente revertirá la actualización, " +"lo mismo que para una actualización normal. En caso de que sea éxitosa, " +"siempre estará disponible un respaldo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -11684,18 +12089,22 @@ msgid "" "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " ":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." msgstr "" +"La actualización de sus módulos personalizados debe ser éxitosa antes de " +"completar todo el proceso de actualización. Asegúrese de que su " +"actualización de prueba sea :guilabel:`éxitosa` antes de intentarlo en la " +"producción. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:6 msgid "Test upgrade request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitud para una actualización de prueba " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to create your upgrade request." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay dos maneras de crear su solicitud para una actualización. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:11 msgid "Upgrade request via command line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitud de actualización a través de una línea de comando " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -11703,12 +12112,17 @@ msgid "" "initiated via the following command line on the server where the database is" " hosted:" msgstr "" +"Para los usuarios y partners con conocimiento técnico avanzado, el proceso " +"de actualización se puede inciar siguiendo la línea de comando en el " +"servidor donde está alojada la base de datos: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:16 msgid "" ":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t `" msgstr "" +":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -11718,16 +12132,25 @@ msgid "" "completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the server " "(as a duplicate test database)." msgstr "" +"El comando anterior crea el dump de la base de datos, lo envía a la " +"plataforma de actualización y comienza el proceso automatizado de " +"actualización. Durante el proceso, puede seguir los registros en tiempo real" +" desde su pantalla. Una vez que la actualización esté completa con éxito, la" +" base de datos actualizada se restaura en el servidor (como un duplicado de " +"la base de datos de prueba). " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:25 msgid "Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal" msgstr "" +"Solicitud de actualización a través del Portal de Actualización de Odoo " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:27 msgid "" "Download a recent copy of your database and select the option " ":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (without filestore)`." msgstr "" +"Descargue una copia reciente de su base de datos y seleccione la opción " +":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (sin los arhivos almacenados)`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -11735,28 +12158,38 @@ msgid "" "the aim. Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, " "you receive an email with a link to download the upgrade database dump file." msgstr "" +"Suba este archivo dump en https://upgrade.odoo.com y sleccione *Prueba* " +"como el objetivo. Odoo ejecuta el proceso automatizado de actualización. Una" +" vez que esté completo, recibirá un correo electrónico con un enlace para " +"descargar el archivo dump de la actualización de la base de datos. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:32 msgid "" "Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually " "test all processes and workflows." msgstr "" +"Importe la base de datos actualizada a su ambiente local y pruebe " +"manualmente todos los procesos y flujos de trabajo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:36 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is " "able to download it." msgstr "" +"Por razones de seguridad, solo la persona que envío la solicitud de " +"actualización puede descargarla. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:37 msgid "" "Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk " "`_." msgstr "" +"Cualquier problema que encuentre durante la prueba, debe reportarlo a través" +" del `servicio de asistencia `_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:41 msgid "Upgrade your production database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualice su base de datos de producción " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -11764,41 +12197,55 @@ msgid "" " your live database in production. Download your upgraded database from the " "link in the email and import it onto your live environment." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya completado las pruebas con éxito, puede continuar a la " +"actualización de su base de datos en tiempo real de producción. Descargue su" +" base de datos actualizada desde el enlace en su correo e importela a su " +"ambiente en tiempo real. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:48 msgid "Custom modules (if applicable)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módulos personalizados (si aplica) " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:50 msgid "" "The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step " "process." msgstr "" +"La actualización de su base de datos que contiene módulos personalizados es " +"un proceso de dos pasos: " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:52 msgid "The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed." msgstr "" +"La actualización estándar termina cuando la soilcitud de actualización está " +"completa." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:53 msgid "" "Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with " "the new version." msgstr "" +"Sus módulos persoalizados también necesitan actualizarse para que sigan " +"siendo compatibles con la nueva versión. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:55 msgid "" "Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done" msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su contrato, la actualización de sus módulos personalizados " +"puede hacerla" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:57 msgid "by yourself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "usted mismo. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:58 msgid "by your Partner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "su Partner " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:59 msgid "" "by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations')." msgstr "" +"Odoo (si tiene una suscripción que incluya el 'Mantenimiento de las " +"personalizaciones')." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index ebf0407ae..37a3f4576 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # jabelchi, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -99,293 +99,331 @@ msgstr "Contabilidad de doble entrada" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Odoo crea automáticamente todos los asientos de los diarios para cada una de" -" sus transacciones contables: facturas de clientes, orden del punto de " -"venta, gastos, movimientos de inventario, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -"Odoo utiliza las reglas de doble entrada: todos los asientos contables se " -"balancean de forma automática (suma de débitos = suma de créditos)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "Métodos de devengo y base de efectivo" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -"Odoo maneja reportes tanto de devengo como de base de efectivo. Esto le " -"permite reportar ingresos/gastos en el momento en que ocurren las " -"transacciones (base de devengo) o cuando se recibe o realiza el pago (base " -"de efectivo)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multiempresas" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts `, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -"Odoo le permite administrar varias empresas dentro de la misma base de " -"datos. Cada empresa tiene su propio plan de cuentas y reglas. Puede obtener " -"reportes de consolidación que siguen sus reglas de consolidación." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -"Los usuarios pueden acceder a varias empresas pero siempre trabajar en una " -"empresa a la vez." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Multidivisa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"`" msgstr "" -"Cada transacción se registra con la divisa predeterminada de la empresa. " -"Para las transacciones que ocurren en otra divisa, Odoo toma tanto el valor " -"de la divisa de la empresa y el valor en la divisa de la transacción para " -"hacer los cambios necesarios. Odoo puede generar ganancias y pérdidas de " -"divisa después de la conciliación de los apuntes contables." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -"Los tipos de cambio se actualizan una vez al día usando un servicio web en " -"línea de yahoo.com." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "Estándares internacionales" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" msgstr "" -"La aplicación Contabilidad de Odoo es compatible con más de 50 países. La " -"contabilidad central de Odoo implementa estándares de contabilidad que son " -"comunes a todos los países. Existen módulos específicos por país para las " -"especificidades del país, como el plan de cuentas, los impuestos o las " -"interfaces bancarias." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" -"En particular, el motor central de contabilidad de Odoo es compatible con:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" -"Contabilidad anglosajona (EE. UU., Reino Unido y otros países de habla " -"inglesa, incluidos Irlanda, Canadá, Australia y Nueva Zelanda) donde los " -"costos de los bienes vendidos se reportan cuando los productos se venden o " -"entregan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -"Contabilidad europea, donde los gastos se contabilizan en la factura de " -"proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo tiene módulos para cumplir con las reglas NIIF." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar y cuentas por pagar" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, Odoo utiliza una sola cuenta para todas los " -"asientos de las cuentas por cobrar y una para todas los asientos de las " -"cuentas por pagar. Puede crear cuentas separadas por clientes y/o por " -"proveedores, pero no es necesario." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Reportes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +"The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -"Como las transacciones se asocian a clientes o proveedores, se obtienen " -"reportes para realizar análisis por cliente y/o proveedor, tales como la " -"declaración del cliente, los ingresos por clientes, cuentas por pagar, " -"cuentas por cobrar antiguas, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Extracto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Balance general" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "Amplia gama de reportes financieros" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Estado de resultados" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" -"En Odoo, se pueden generar reportes financieros en tiempo real. Los reportes" -" de Odoo van desde reportes básicos de contabilidad hasta los reportes de " -"gestión avanzada. Los reportes de Odoo incluyen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Informe de impuestos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -"Reportes de rendimiento (tales como las pérdidas o ganancias, varianza de " -"presupuesto)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Auditar" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" -"Reportes de posición (como balance general, cuentas por pagar y cuentas por " -"cobrar pasadas)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "Reportes de efectivo (tales como el resumen bancario)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Balanza de comprobación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -"Reportes a detalle (tales como el balance de comprobación y el libro mayor)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Reportes de gestión (como presupuestos y resumen ejecutivo)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -"La configuración de reportes en Odoo le permite personalizar su propio " -"reporte con base en sus propias fórmulas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "Importar automáticamente las conexiones bancarias" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -"La conciliación bancaria es un proceso que empareja las líneas de estados de" -" cuenta proporcionados por el banco con sus operaciones contables en el " -"libro mayor. Odoo facilita la conciliación bancaria al importar con " -"frecuencia las líneas de estados de cuenta de su banco directamente en su " -"cuenta de Odoo. Esto significa que puede tener una vista diaria de su flujo " -"de efectivo sin tener que acceder a su banca en línea o esperar sus estados " -"de cuenta bancarios impresos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partner" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -"Odoo acelera la conciliación bancaria al emparejar la mayoría de sus líneas " -"de los estados de cuenta bancarios importados con sus transacciones " -"contables. Odoo también recuerda cómo se han tratado otras líneas de estados" -" de cuenta y proporciona sugerencia de transacciones del libro mayor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "Calcular los impuestos que debe a la autoridad tributaria" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Administración" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" -"Odoo totaliza todas sus transacciones contables para el periodo de impuestos" -" y utiliza estos totales para calcular su obligación tributaria. " -"Posteriormente, puede comprobar el impuesto sobre las ventas mediante la " -"ejecución del Reporte de impuestos de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoración de inventario" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -"Odoo es compatible con valoraciones de inventario tanto periódicas " -"(manuales) como perpetuas (automatizadas). Los métodos disponibles son el " -"precio estándar, precio medio, UEPS (para los países que le permiten) y " -"PEPS." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -":doc:`Ver el impacto del método de valoración en sus transacciones " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "Utilidades retenidas con facilidad" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "Sincronización bancaria" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Las utilidades retenidas son la parte de los ingresos retenidos por su " -"negocio. Odoo calcula automáticamente los resultados del año actual en " -"tiempo real, por lo que los asientos de regularización ni de cierre no son " -"necesarios. Se calculan automáticamente al reportar el balance de pérdidas y" -" ganancias a su balance general. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank and cash accounts" @@ -561,6 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -577,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -597,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -605,6 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -843,10 +883,6 @@ msgstr "" "estado de la factura o el recibo se establece directamente en " ":guilabel:`Pagado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "Sincronización bancaria" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -3311,10 +3347,6 @@ msgstr "" "Use el reporte de antigüedad para determinar qué clientes tienen pagos " "pendientes e inicie su proceso de cobranza." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "Estado de resultados" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -3327,10 +3359,6 @@ msgstr "" "netas. Algunas veces se refieren a él como \"Estado de ingresos\" o \"Estado" " de ingresos y gastos.\"" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "Balance general" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -4580,23 +4608,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -"El código de respuesta rápida del Consejo Europeo de Pagos, o **código EPC " -"QR** consiste en un código de barras bidimensional que los clientes pueden " -"escanear desde sus **aplicaciones de banca móvil** para iniciar una " -"**Transferencia de crédito SEPA (SCT)** y así pagar sus facturas " -"inmediatamente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." @@ -4604,58 +4627,65 @@ msgstr "" "Además de brindar facilidad de uso y rapidez, reduce enormemente los errores" " tipográficos que pueden producirse al hacer pagos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." msgstr "" -"Esta función solo está disponible en algunos países europeos como Austria, " -"Bélgica, Finlandia, Alemania y Países Bajos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active " -"la función **código QR SEPA**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "Configure su diario de banco" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que su *cuenta bancaria* se haya configurado de manera exitosa " -"en Odoo con su IBAN y BIC." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " -"Diarios`, abra su *diario del banco*, complete la *cuenta bancaria* y " -"*banco* debajo de la pestaña *cuenta bancaria*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "Emitir facturas con códigos EPC QR" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -"Los códigos EPC QR se añaden automáticamente a las facturas siempre y cuando" -" se emitan a clientes de un país en el cual esta función esté disponible." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." @@ -4663,43 +4693,36 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Facturas`, y cree una " "nueva factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "" -"Antes de registrarla, abra la pestaña *Más información*. Odoo completa " -"automáticamente el campo *cuenta bancaria* con su IBAN." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la cuenta indicada es en la que quiere recibir el pago del " -"cliente, ya que Odoo usa este campo para generar el código EPC QR." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Si desea emitir una factura sin código EPC QR, quite el IBAN indicado en el " -"campo *cuenta bancaria\", en la pestaña \"más información* de la factura. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"`_" +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing processes" @@ -7573,6 +7596,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "Asiento contable de tipo de cambio." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Posición fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -9381,10 +9528,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Reportes" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "Principales reportes disponibles" @@ -10345,7 +10488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -10469,23 +10612,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -10510,7 +10675,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -10524,7 +10689,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -10532,14 +10697,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -10555,7 +10720,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -10571,11 +10736,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -10584,53 +10749,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -10642,11 +10807,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -10655,11 +10820,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Columnas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -10673,7 +10838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -11586,7 +11751,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -13336,115 +13501,72 @@ msgstr "Posiciones fiscales (mapeo de impuestos y cuentas)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" -"Los impuestos y las cuentas predeterminadas se establecen en los productos y" -" los clientes para crear nuevas transacciones al instante. Sin embargo, es " -"posible que tenga que utilizar diferentes impuestos y registrar las " -"transacciones en diferentes cuentas, de acuerdo con las ubicaciones y tipos " -"de negocio que tengan sus clientes y proveedores." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -"Las **posiciones fiscales** permiten crear *conjuntos de reglas* que adaptan" -" de forma automática los impuestos y las cuentas utilizadas para una " -"transacción." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, " +":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"`." msgstr "" -"Ejemplo: mapeo de impuestos belgas a intracomunitarios con posiciones " -"fiscales en la aplicación Contabilidad de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "Pueden aplicarse de varias maneras:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package `." msgstr "" -":ref:`Se aplican de forma automática, según algunas reglas " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -":ref:`Se aplican de forma manual en una transacción " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -":ref:`Se asignan a un partner en su formulario de contacto " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." -msgstr "" -"Algunas posiciones fiscales ya están preconfiguradas en su base de datos, " -"como parte de su `paquete de localización fiscal " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "Mapeo de impuestos y cuentas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" -"Para editar o crear una posición fiscal, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad" -" --> Configuración --> Posiciones fiscales` y abra el asiento que desea " -"modificar, o haga clic en *crear*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -"El mapeo de impuestos y cuentas se basa en los impuestos y cuentas " -"predeterminados definidos en los formularios de los productos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -"Para mapear otro impuesto o cuenta, complete la columna de la derecha " -"(**impuesto a aplicar**/**cuenta alterna**)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un impuesto, en lugar de sustituirlo por otro, deje vacío el " -"campo **impuesto a aplicar**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" -"Para sustituir un impuesto por otro, agregue varias líneas con el mismo " -"**impuesto sobre el producto**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." @@ -13453,134 +13575,97 @@ msgstr "" "que estén activos en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " "Impuestos`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "Aplicación automática" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar sus posiciones fiscales para que se apliquen de forma " -"automática, bajo una serie de condiciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" -"Para ello, abra la posición fiscal que desea modificar y haga clic en " -"**detectar automáticamente**. Puede configurar algunas condiciones:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" -"**Requiere identificación fiscal**: se debe indicar el número de " -"identificación fiscal en el formulario de contacto del cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" -"**Grupo de países**/**País**: países en los que se aplica la posición " -"fiscal." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de los ajustes que se aplican de forma automática a una posición " -"fiscal." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos de las **órdenes de comercio electrónico** se actualizan de " -"forma automática una vez que el visitante se conecte o complete sus datos de" -" facturación." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" -"La **secuencia** de las posiciones fiscales (el orden en que están " -"ordenadas) define qué posición fiscal se aplicará si las condiciones " -"coinciden con varias posiciones fiscales." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si la primera posición fiscal está dirigida al *país A*, y la " -"segunda posición fiscal está dirigida a un *grupo de países* que también " -"incluye al *país A*, solo se aplicará la primera posición fiscal a los " -"clientes del *país A*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 msgid "Application" msgstr "Aplicación" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "Asignar una posición fiscal a un partner" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "Aplicación automática" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -"Se puede definir de forma manual la posición fiscal a utilizar de manera " -"predeterminada para un partner específico." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, abra el formulario de contacto del partner, vaya a la pestaña " -"**ventas y compras**, edite el campo **posición fiscal** y haga clic en " -"*guardar*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -"Selección de una posición fiscal en una orden de venta o factura de cliente " -"o proveedor en la aplicación Contabilidad de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" -"Seleccionar de forma manual las posiciones fiscales en las órdenes de venta " -"y facturas de cliente o de proveedor" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -"Para seleccionar de forma manual la posición fiscal que se utilizará para " -"una nueva orden de venta o factura, vaya a la pestaña **más información** " -"seleccione la **posición fiscal** correcta *antes* de agregar las líneas de " -"producto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -17060,13 +17145,6 @@ msgstr "" "Factura validada de forma local porque está en un entorno de prueba sin certificado o claves\n" "de prueba." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partner" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "Tipo de identificación e IVA" @@ -26120,22 +26198,22 @@ msgid "" " Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to " "**Create TSS** and *Save*." msgstr "" -"Para hacer esto, vaya a menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Configuración --> " -"Punto de Venta`, abra el punto de venta que quiere editar, de clic en la " +"Para hacer esto, vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Configuración -->" +" Punto de Venta`, abra el punto de venta que quiere editar, de clic en la " "caja junto a **Crear TSS** y de clic en *Guardar*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 msgid "Example of TSS ID and Client ID from fiskaly in Odoo Point of Sale" msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de ID de TSS y ID de cliente de fiskaly en el Punto de Venta de Odoo" +"Ejemplo de ID de TSS y de cliente de fiskaly en el Punto de Venta de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:131 msgid "" "Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and" " **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya creado el TSS, podrá encontrar su **ID de cliente** en la " -"sección de *API de fiskaly*." +"Una vez que haya creado el TSS, podrá encontrar su **ID de TSS y de " +"cliente** en la sección de *API de fiskaly*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:134 msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." @@ -26143,7 +26221,7 @@ msgstr "El **ID de TSS** se refiere al ID de su TSS en fiskaly." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:135 msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." -msgstr "**ID del cliente** se refiere al ID de su PdV en fiskaly." +msgstr "El **ID del cliente** se refiere al ID de su PdV en fiskaly." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:138 msgid "DSFinV-K" @@ -26225,7 +26303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Podrá ver que el **estado** es *pendiente*. Esto significa que la " "exportación se activó de forma correcta y que se está procesando. Debe dar " -"clic en *Refrescar estado* para revisar si está listo." +"clic en *Refrescar estado* para revisar si está lista." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:171 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" @@ -26470,8 +26548,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Cada registro en Odoo tiene la marca del creador del documento, la fecha de " "creación, la fecha de modificación y quién lo modificó. Además, los campos " -"relevantes se rastrean ya que así se puede ver qué calores cambiaron y quién" -" los cambió en el chatter del objeto relevante" +"relevantes se rastrean ya que así se puede ver qué valores cambiaron y quién" +" los cambió en el chatter del objeto relevante." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" @@ -26590,12 +26668,12 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" "En caso de una transferencia de los datos financieros en un dispositivo de " -"almacenamiento, el GoBD no los impone. Puede ser, por ejemplo, en formato " -"XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, formato SAP, formato AS / 400 u otro. Odoo admite " -"la exportación CSV y XLS de datos financieros listos para usar. El GoBD " -"**recomienda** la exportación en un formato GoBD específico basado en XML " -"(ver \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) pero no " -"es vinculante." +"almacenamiento, el GoBD **no** los impone. Puede ser, por ejemplo, en " +"formato XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, formato SAP, formato AS / 400 u otro. Odoo" +" admite la exportación CSV y XLS de datos financieros listos para usar. El " +"GoBD **recomienda** la exportación en un formato GoBD específico basado en " +"XML (ver \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) pero " +"no es vinculante." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:299 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" @@ -26812,7 +26890,7 @@ msgid "" "system** requirements." msgstr "" "Odoo cumple con los requisitos del **sistema de facturación electrónica del " -"Impuesto sobre bienes y servicios (GST, por sus siglas en inglés) de la " +"Impuesto sobre Bienes y Servicios (GST, por sus siglas en inglés) de la " "India**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:60 @@ -26845,8 +26923,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are already registered on the NIC portal, you can use the same login " "credentials." msgstr "" -"Si ya cuenta con un registro en el portal NIC, puede usar las mismas " -"credenciales de inicio de sesión." +"Si ya se registró con anterioridad en el portal NIC, puede usar las mismas " +"credenciales para iniciar sesión." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 msgid "Register Odoo ERP system on e-invoice web portal" @@ -26867,8 +26945,8 @@ msgid "" "your registered mobile number. Enter the OTP code and click " ":guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" msgstr "" -"Después debe recibir un código :abbr:`OTP (contraseña de un solo uso)` en el" -" número telefónico móvil que tiene registrado. Introduzca el código OTP y " +"Después recibirá un código :abbr:`OTP (Contraseña de un solo uso)` en el " +"número telefónico móvil que tiene registrado. Introduzca el código OTP y " "haga clic en :guilabel:`Verificar OTP`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:79 @@ -26972,11 +27050,11 @@ msgid "" "(acknowledgment date), and QR code. These certify that the invoice is a " "valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -"En cuanto se valida y envía una factura, se puede imprimir su reporte PDF. " -"El reporte incluye el :abbr:`IRN (Número de referencia de la factura)`, " -":guilabel:`Ack. No` (número de acuse de recibo), :guilabel:`Ack. Date` " -"(fecha de acuse de recibo) y código QR. Estos certifican que la factura es " -"un documento fiscal válido." +"En cuanto valida y envía una factura, puede imprimir su reporte en PDF. El " +"reporte incluye el :abbr:`IRN (Número de referencia de la factura)`, " +":guilabel:`Ack. No` (número de confirmación), :guilabel:`Ack. Date` (fecha " +"de confirmación) y código QR. Estos certifican que la factura es un " +"documento fiscal válido." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 msgid "IRN and QR code" @@ -26994,12 +27072,11 @@ msgid "" "status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to " ":guilabel:`To Cancel`." msgstr "" -"Si desea cancelar una factura electrónica, diríjase a la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Otra información` de la factura y complete los campos " -":guilabel:`Motivo de la cancelación` y :guilabel:`Comentarios de la " -"cancelación`. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Solicitar cancelación de " -"EDI`. El estado del campo :guilabel:`Factura electrónica` cambia a " -":guilabel:`A cancelar`." +"Si desea cancelar una factura electrónica, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Otra" +" información` de la factura y complete los campos :guilabel:`Motivo de la " +"cancelación` y :guilabel:`Comentarios de la cancelación`. Después, haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Solicitar cancelación de EDI`. El estado del campo " +":guilabel:`Factura electrónica` cambia a :guilabel:`Por cancelar`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -28277,8 +28354,8 @@ msgstr "" " poder gestionar otros casos de uso de facturación. Por ejemplo, se " "necesitan configuraciones específicas para el tipo de impuestos de **cobro " "revertido**. En ese caso, el vendedor *no* le cobra el IVA al cliente, sino " -"que el cliente paga el IVA *por su cuenta* a su gobierno. Hay **dos** tipos " -"principales:" +"que el cliente le paga el IVA *por su cuenta* al gobierno. Hay **dos** tipos" +" principales:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:155 msgid ":ref:`external reverse charge `;" @@ -28309,6 +28386,16 @@ msgid "" "exoneration of tax (Italy)` option ticked, with both the " ":guilabel:`Exoneration` kind and :guilabel:`Law Reference` filled in." msgstr "" +"Para realizar una factura de exportación, asegúrese de que todas las líneas " +"de factura utilicen un impuesto configurado para **cobro revertido**. La " +"localización **italiana** contiene un **ejemplo** de un impuesto de cobro " +"revertido para la exportación en la UE que se utilizará como referencia (`0%" +" UE`, etiqueta de factura `00eu`), este se encuentra en " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos`. Las " +"exportaciones están exentas del IVA, por lo que los impuestos de **cobro " +"revertido** requieren la opción :guilabel:`Tiene exoneración de impuestos " +"(Italia)` marcada, junto a las opciones de tipo de :guilabel:`exoneración` y" +" :guilabel:`Referencia legal` completadas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 msgid "External reverse charge settings" @@ -28322,12 +28409,20 @@ msgid "" "and :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat this process as many times as you need " "different kind of :guilabel:`Exoneration` taxes." msgstr "" +"Si necesita usar un tipo distinto de :guilabel:`exoneración`, haga clic en " +":menuselection:`Acción --> Duplicar` dentro del menú de impuestos para crear" +" una copia de un impuesto similar existente. Después, seleccione otra " +":guilabel:`exoneración` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Repita este " +"proceso tantas veces según necesite diferentes tipos de " +":guilabel:`Exoneración` de impuestos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:184 msgid "" "**Rename** your taxes in the :guilabel:`Name` field according to their " ":guilabel:`Exoneration` to differentiate them easily." msgstr "" +"**Renombre** sus impuestos en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre` según su " +":guilabel:`exoneración` para diferenciarlos con facilidad." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -28344,16 +28439,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SdI address (Codice Destinatario)`: must be filled for both " "**EU** or **non-EU**;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dirección del SdI (Codice Destinatario)`: este campo se debe " +"completar si pertenece a la **UE** y también si **no pertenece a la UE**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country Id`: must contain the country of the foreign seller in " "the two-letter ISO (Alpha-2) code (ex., `IT` for 'Italy');" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ID del país`: debe contener el país del vendedor extranjero en el" +" código ISO de dos letras (Alfa-2) (por ejemplo, `IT` para \"Italia\");" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`CAP`: must be filled with `00000`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`CAP`: este campo se debe completar con `00000`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -28362,6 +28461,10 @@ msgid "" "'zero') for **non-EU businesses**. In case of private customers without " "**VAT** number, use `0000000`;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Partita Iva` (**NIF**): debe contener el **NIF** para las " +"**empresas en la UE** y `OO99999999999` (dos **letras** 'O', no 'cero') para" +" las **empresas que no están en la UE**. En el caso de clientes privados sin" +" **NIF** utilice `0000000`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -28417,6 +28520,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tipo Documento` code `TDO2` than regular invoices. Upon import of" " the invoice, it creates a regular vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Las facturas de **anticipos** se importan o exportan con un código `TDO2` de" +" :guilabel:`Tipo Documento` distinto a las facturas regulares. Al importar " +"la factura, crea una factura de vendedor regular." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:222 msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD02` if the following conditions are met:" @@ -28452,6 +28558,10 @@ msgid "" "transactions** under **400 EUR** (VAT included). Its status is the same as a" " regular invoice, but with fewer information requirements." msgstr "" +"Las facturas simplificadas y las notas de crédito se pueden utilizar para " +"certificar **transacciones nacionales** menores a **400 EUR** (IVA " +"incluido). Su estado es el mismo que una factura normal, pero con menos " +"requisitos de información." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:236 msgid "For a **simplified** invoice to be established, it must include:" @@ -28462,6 +28572,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` reference: **unique** numbering sequence with " "**no gaps**;" msgstr "" +"Referencia de la :guilabel:`factura del cliente`: secuencia de numeración " +"**única sin espacios**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:239 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date`: issue **date** of the invoice;" @@ -28473,21 +28585,28 @@ msgid "" " name, full address) under :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies " "(section)`;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Información de la empresa`: las credenciales completas del " +"**vendedor** (NIF/TIN, nombre, dirección completa) en " +":menuselection:`Ajustes generales --> Empresas (sección)`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:242 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT`: the **buyer**'s VAT/TIN number (on their profile card);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`NIF`: el NIF/TIN del **comprador** (en su tarjeta de perfil);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:243 msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: the total **amount** (VAT included) of the invoice." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Total`: el **importe** total (con IVA incluido) de la factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:245 msgid "" "In the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`, Odoo exports invoices as " "simplified if:" msgstr "" +"In the :abbr:`EDI (Intercambio electrónico de datos)`, Odoo exporta facturas" +" de forma simplificada si:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:247 msgid "It is a **domestic** transaction (i.e., the partner is from Italy);" @@ -28503,10 +28622,12 @@ msgid "" "The **required fields** for a regular invoice (address, ZIP code, city, " "country) are provided;" msgstr "" +"Se proporcionan los **campos obligatorios** para una factura ordinaria " +"(dirección, código postal, ciudad, país);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:251 msgid "The total amount VAT included is **less** than **400 EUR**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El importe total con IVA incluido es **menor** a **400 EUR**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -28515,6 +28636,10 @@ msgid "" "`_. We " "advise you to check the current official value." msgstr "" +"El límite de 400 EUR se definió en `el decreto del 10 de mayo de 2019 de la " +"Gazzetta Ufficiale " +"`_. " +"Recomendamos que verifique el valor oficial actual." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:258 msgid "`TD24`" @@ -28544,6 +28669,11 @@ msgid "" "the month** for accounting purposes. Deferred invoices are default for " "**wholesaler** having recurrent clients." msgstr "" +"Suele ser una **factura recapitulativa** que contiene una lista de múltiples" +" ventas de bienes o servicios realizadas en el mes. La empresa puede " +"**agrupar** las ventas en **una factura** que por lo general se emite al " +"**final del mes** a efectos contables. Las facturas diferidas son, de forma " +"predeterminada, para el **distribuidor** que tiene clientes recurrentes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -28552,6 +28682,10 @@ msgid "" " deferred invoice **must** indicate the details of all the **DDTs** " "information for better tracing." msgstr "" +"Si un **transportista** se encarga del traslado de los bienes, cada entrega " +"tiene un **Documento di Transporto (DDT)** o **documento de transporte**. La" +" factura diferida **debe** indicar los detalles de toda la información del " +"**DDT** para tener un mejor seguimiento." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -28559,16 +28693,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`module `. In this case, a dedicated :guilabel:`Tipo " "Documento` `TD24` is used in the e-invoice." msgstr "" +"La facturación electrónica de las facturas diferidas necesita del " +":ref:`módulo ` `l10n_it_stock_ddt` . En este caso, se utiliza" +" el :guilabel:`Tipo Documento` específico `TD24` para la factura " +"electrónica." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:280 msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD24` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" +"Odoo exporta los movimientos como `TD24` si se cumplen las siguientes " +"condiciones:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:283 msgid "" "Is associated to deliveries whose **DDTs** have a **different** date than " "the issuance date of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Está asociada a entregas cuyos **DDT** tienen una fecha **distinta** a la " +"fecha de emisión de la factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -28582,12 +28724,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, and your company's credentials as " ":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`." msgstr "" +"Las empresas italianas que compren bienes o servicios de países de la UE (o " +"servicios de países no pertenecientes a la UE) deben enviar a la **Agenzia " +"delle Entrate** la información incluida en la factura recibida. De esta " +"forma podrá completar la información relacionada con los impuestos en su " +"factura y enviarla. Se debe colocar al vendedor como " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore` y al comprador como " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`. En el documento **XML** de la factura " +"del vendedor, las credenciales del vendedor se muestran como " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, y las credenciales de su empresa como " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:298 msgid "" "Self-billing invoices or VAT invoice integrations must be issued and sent to" " the tax agency." msgstr "" +"Las autofacturas o las integraciones de facturas con IVA se deben emitir y " +"enviar a la agencia tributaria." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:300 msgid "" @@ -28599,26 +28753,42 @@ msgid "" " set up automatically to ensure the correct booking of accounting entries " "and display of the tax report." msgstr "" +"Al ingresar los impuestos en una factura de proveedor puede seleccionar los " +"de **cobro revertido**, estos se activan de forma automática en la posición " +"fiscal italiana. Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " +"Impuestos`, los ámbitos fiscales de :guilabel:`bienes` y " +":guilabel:`servicios` del `10%` y `22%` deben estar activados y " +"preconfigurados con las tablas de impuestos correctas. También se configura " +"en automático para garantizar el registro de los asientos contables y la " +"visualización del reporte de impuestos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:306 msgid "" "For **vendor bills**, **three** types of configurations are technically " "identified by a code called :guilabel:`Tipo Documento`:" msgstr "" +"Para las **facturas de proveedor**, hay **tres** tipos de configuración que " +"se identifican técnicamente mediante un código conocido como :guilabel:`Tipo" +" Documento`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:309 msgid "`TD17` - Buying services from **EU** and **non-EU** countries;" msgstr "" +"`TD17` - Compra de servicios a países de la **UE** y que **no pertenecen a " +"la UE**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:310 msgid "`TD18` - Buying **goods** from **EU**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`TD18` - Compra de **bienes** de la **UE**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:311 msgid "" "`TD19` - Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are " "already in **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**." msgstr "" +"`TD19` - Compra de **bienes** a un proveedor **extranjero**, pero los " +"**bienes** se encuentran en **Italia** en un **almacén donde se aprovisionan" +" sin estar sujetos al IVA**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:316 msgid "`TD17`" @@ -28627,28 +28797,39 @@ msgstr "`TD17`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:318 msgid "Buying **services** from **EU** and **non-EU** countries:" msgstr "" +"Compra de **servicios** a países de la **UE** y que **no pertenecen a la " +"UE**:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:320 msgid "" "The foreign *seller* invoices a service with a **VAT-excluded** price, as it" " is not taxable in Italy. The VAT is paid by the *buyer* in Italy;" msgstr "" +"El *vendedor* extranjero factura un servicio con un precio **sin IVA** ya " +"que no es imponible en el país. El IVA lo paga el *comprador* en Italia;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:323 msgid "" "Within EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " "information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" msgstr "" +"Dentro de la UE: el *comprador* integra la factura recibida con la " +"**información IVA** que se debe presentar en Italia (es decir, **integración" +" fiscal de la factura del proveedor**);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:325 msgid "" "Non-EU: the *buyer* sends themselves an invoice (i.e., **self-billing**)." msgstr "" +"Fuera de la UE: el *comprador* se envía a sí mismo la factura (es decir, se " +"**autofactura**)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:327 msgid "" "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD17` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" +"Odoo exporta la transacción como `TD17` si se cumplen las siguientes " +"condiciones: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:329 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:343 @@ -28664,12 +28845,17 @@ msgid "" "At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grids :ref:`VJ " "`;" msgstr "" +"Al menos un impuesto en las líneas de la factura está dirigido a las tablas " +"de impuestos :ref:`VJ `;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:331 msgid "" "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Services` as **products**, or a tax" " with the :guilabel:`Services` as **tax scope**." msgstr "" +"Todas las líneas de la factura tienen :guilabel:`servicios` como " +"**productos** o un impuesto con :guilabel:`servicios` como **ámbito del " +"impuesto**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:334 msgid "`TD18`" @@ -28677,24 +28863,31 @@ msgstr "`TD18`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:336 msgid "Buying **goods** from **EU**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compra de **bienes** de la **UE**:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:338 msgid "" "Invoices issued within the EU follow a **standard format**, therefore only " "an integration of the existing invoice is required." msgstr "" +"Las facturas emitidas en la UE cumplen con un **formato estándar**, por lo " +"que solo se requiere una integración de la factura existente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:341 msgid "" "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD18` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" +"Odoo exporta la transacción como `TD18` si se cumplen las siguientes " +"condiciones: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:345 msgid "" "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` as **products**, or a " "tax with the :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." msgstr "" +"Todas las líneas de la factura tienen :guilabel:`consumibles` como " +"**productos** o un impuesto con :guilabel:`bienes` como **ámbito del " +"impuesto**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:348 msgid "`TD19`" @@ -28705,34 +28898,48 @@ msgid "" "Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are already in" " **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**:" msgstr "" +"Compra de **bienes** a un proveedor **extranjero**, pero los **bienes** se " +"encuentran en **Italia** en un **almacén donde se aprovisionan sin estar " +"sujetos al IVA**:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:353 msgid "" "From EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " "information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" msgstr "" +"De la UE: el *comprador* integra la factura recibida con la **información " +"IVA** que se debe presentar en Italia (es decir, **integración fiscal de la " +"factura del proveedor**);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:355 msgid "" "Non-EU: the *buyer* sends an invoice to *themselves* (i.e., **self-" "billing**)." msgstr "" +"Fuera de la UE: el *comprador* se envía a sí mismo la factura (es decir, se " +"**autofactura**)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:357 msgid "Odoo exports a move as a `TD19` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" +"Odoo exporta el movimiento como `TD19` si se cumplen las siguientes " +"condiciones:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:360 msgid "" "At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 " "`;" msgstr "" +"Al menos un impuesto en las líneas de la factura está dirigido a la tabla de" +" impuestos :ref:`VJ3 `;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:361 msgid "" "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` products, or a tax with" " :guilabel:`Goods` as tax scope." msgstr "" +"Todas las líneas de la factura tienen productos :guilabel:`consumibles` o un" +" impuesto con :guilabel:`bienes` como **ámbito del impuesto**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -28741,20 +28948,26 @@ msgid "" "requirements. Other providers and **Agenzia delle Entrate** supply free and " "certified storage to meet the requested conditions." msgstr "" +"Odoo no ofrece los requisitos de la `Conservazione Sostitutiva " +"`_. Otros " +"proveedores y la **Agenzia delle Entrate** suministran almacenamiento " +"gratuito y certificado para cumplir con las condiciones solicitadas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:373 msgid "Internal reverse charge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cobro revertido interno" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:376 msgid "" "Odoo currently does not support domestic **internal reverse charge** " "processes." msgstr "" +"Por el momento, Odoo no es compatible con los procesos nacionales de **cobro" +" revertido interno**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:381 msgid "'Reverse Charge' tax grids" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tablas de impuestos de 'cobro revertido'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -28763,10 +28976,15 @@ msgid "" "` tag, and can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`." msgstr "" +"La localización italiana tiene una sección específica de **tablas de " +"impuestos** para los de **cobro revertido** y se pueden identificar mediante" +" la etiqueta :ref:`VJ . Están disponibles en " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Reportes de auditoría: Reporte" +" de impuestos`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 msgid "Italian reverse charge tax grids" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tablas italianas de impuestos de cobro revertido" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:392 msgid "San Marino" @@ -28779,12 +28997,19 @@ msgid "" "requirements are not enforced by Odoo, however, the user is requested by the" " **State** to:" msgstr "" +"San Marino e Italia tienen acuerdos especiales con respecto a operaciones de" +" facturación electrónica. Las **facturas** siguen las reglas habituales de " +"**cobro revertido**. Odoo no aplica los requisitos adicionales, sin embargo," +" el **Estado** le pide al usuario que:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:401 msgid "" "Select a tax with the option :guilabel:`Has exoneration of tax (Italy)` " "ticked, and the :guilabel:`Exoneration` set to `N3.3`;" msgstr "" +"Seleccione un impuesto con la opción :guilabel:`Tiene exoneración de " +"impuestos (Italia)` marcada y la :guilabel:`exoneración` establecida como " +"`N3.3`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -28792,6 +29017,9 @@ msgid "" "Destinatario` `2R4GT08`. The invoice is then routed by a dedicated office in" " San Marino to the correct business." msgstr "" +"Utilice el :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` `2R4GT08` en el :abbr:`SdI " +"(Sistema di Interscambio)`. Después, una oficina especializada en San Marino" +" la envía a la empresa correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:407 msgid "Bills" @@ -28804,6 +29032,10 @@ msgid "" "the e-invoice's :guilabel:`Tipo Documento` field with the special value " "`TD28`." msgstr "" +"Cualquier empresa italiana **debe** presentar las **facturas no " +"electrónicas** que recibe de San Marino a la **Agenzia delle Entrate**, " +"indicando en el campo :guilabel:`Tipo Documento` de la factura electrónica " +"con el valor especial `TD28`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:415 msgid "`TD28`" @@ -28812,6 +29044,8 @@ msgstr "`TD28`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:417 msgid "Odoo exports a move as `TD28` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" +"Odoo exporta el movimiento como `TD28` si se cumplen las siguientes " +"condiciones:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:421 msgid "The **country** of the partner is **San Marino**." @@ -28844,6 +29078,10 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. The **XML** file must be certified " "using a certificate that is either:" msgstr "" +"Para las facturas destinadas a la **Pubblica Amministrazione (B2G)**, se " +"necesita una **firma electrónica calificada** para todos los archivos " +"enviados a través del :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. El archivo " +"**XML** debe certificarse mediante un certificado que sea:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:438 msgid "a **smart card**;" @@ -28851,11 +29089,12 @@ msgstr "una **tarjeta inteligente**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:439 msgid "a **USB token**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "un **token USB**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:440 msgid "a **Hardware Security Module (HSM)**." msgstr "" +"un **módulo de seguridad de hardware (HSM, por sus siglas en inglés)**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:443 msgid "CIG, CUP, DatiOrdineAcquisto" @@ -28866,18 +29105,25 @@ msgid "" "To ensure the effective traceability of payments by public administrations, " "electronic invoices issued to the public administrations must contain:" msgstr "" +"Para garantizar el seguimiento correcto de los pagos de las administraciones" +" públicas, las facturas electrónicas que se les expiden deben contener:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:448 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)`, except in cases of exclusion " "from traceability obligations provided by law n. 136 of August 13, 2010;" msgstr "" +"El :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)`, exceptuando los casos de " +"exclusión de las obligaciones de seguimiento previstas por la Ley número 136" +" del 13 de agosto de 2010;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:450 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`, in case of invoices related to " "public works." msgstr "" +"El :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)` en el caso de las facturas " +"relacionadas con obras públicas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:452 msgid "" @@ -28889,6 +29135,13 @@ msgid "" "identifier code that allows the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` to " "correctly deliver the electronic invoice to the recipient office." msgstr "" +"Si el archivo **XML** lo requiere, la **Agenzia Delle Entrate** *solo* puede" +" realizar pagos de facturas electrónicas cuando el archivo **XML** contiene " +"un :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` y un :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di" +" Progetto)`. Para cada factura electrónica, es **necesario** indicar el " +":abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)`, que representa el código identificador" +" único que permite al :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` entregar " +"correctamente la factura electrónica a la oficina receptora." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:460 msgid "" @@ -28901,6 +29154,14 @@ msgid "" "**XML** file, whose table can be found on the government `website " "`_." msgstr "" +"El :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)` y el :abbr:`CIG (Codice " +"Identificativo Gara)` deben incluirse en uno de los bloques de información " +"*2.1.2** (DatiOrdineAcquisto), **2.1.3** (Dati Contratto), **2.1.4** " +"(DatiConvenzione), **2.1.5** (Date Ricezione) o **2.1.6** (Dati Fatture " +"Collegate). Estos corresponden a los elementos :guilabel:`CodiceCUP` y " +":guilabel:`CodiceCIG` del archivo **XML** de la factura electrónica, su " +"tabla se puede encontrar en el `sitio web `_ " +"del gobierno." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:466 msgid "" @@ -28908,6 +29169,9 @@ msgid "" "invoice corresponding to the element **1.1.4** " "(:guilabel:`CodiceDestinario`)." msgstr "" +"El :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)` debe incluirse en la factura " +"electrónica correspondiente al elemento **1.1.4** (:guilabel:`Codice " +"Destinario`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:3 msgid "Kenya" @@ -28962,7 +29226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "También debe instalar el paquete **Integración con dispositivos Tremol para " "el intercambio electrónico de datos en Kenia** para poder declarar sus " -"impuestos ante la **Autoridad fiscal de Kenia (KRA, por sus siglas en " +"impuestos ante la **Autoridad Fiscal de Kenia (KRA, por sus siglas en " "inglés)** mediante la unidad de control Tremol G03:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:37 @@ -29003,11 +29267,10 @@ msgid "" "compliance through standardization, validation, and transmission of invoices" " to KRA on a real-time or near real-time basis." msgstr "" -"La Autoridad fiscal de Kenia (KRA, por sus siglas en inglés) decidió " -"digitalizar el cobro de impuestos mediante el **sistema de gestión de " -"facturas de impuestos (TIMS, por sus siglas en inglés)**. Desde el 1 de " -"diciembre de 2022, todos los sujetos pasivos deben utilizar el TIMS. Esto " -"con el objetivo de reducir los fraudes por IVA, aumentar los ingresos " +"La Autoridad Fiscal de Kenia (KRA) decidió digitalizar el cobro de impuestos" +" mediante el **sistema de gestión de facturas de impuestos (TIMS)**. Desde " +"el 1 de diciembre de 2022, todos los sujetos pasivos deben utilizar el TIMS." +" Esto con el objetivo de reducir los fraudes por IVA, aumentar los ingresos " "fiscales y mejorar el cumplimiento del IVA mediante la estandarización, " "validación y transmisión de facturas a la KRA en tiempo real o casi real." @@ -29038,8 +29301,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to `odoo.com/download `_, fill out " "the required information and click :guilabel:`Download`." msgstr "" -"Diríjase a `odoo.com/download `_, " -"complete la información solicitada y haga clic en :guilabel:`Descargar`." +"Vaya a `odoo.com/download `_, complete " +"la información solicitada y haga clic en :guilabel:`Descargar`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 msgid "Install the Proxy Server on a Windows device" @@ -29071,6 +29334,12 @@ msgid "" "Unit (type C) appears, confirming the connection between the device and your" " computer." msgstr "" +"La nueva página que se despliega confirma que su :doc:`Caja IoT " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` está funcionando. Conecte su " +"dispositivo físico **unidad de control Tremol G03 (tipo C)** a su " +"computadora portátil mediante USB. Compruebe que la unidad anterior aparece " +"en la sección :guilabel:`Dispositivo IoT` para confirmar la conexión entre " +"el dispositivo y su computadora." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 msgid "Your IoT box is up and running" @@ -29089,10 +29358,12 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Connect an IoT box to your database " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Conecte una caja IoT a su base de datos " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:93 msgid "Sending the data to KRA using the Tremol G03 Control Unit" -msgstr "Enviar los datos a la KRA mediante la unidad de control Tremol G03" +msgstr "Envío de los datos a la KRA mediante la unidad de control Tremol G03" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -29105,7 +29376,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como requisito previo, revise que los :ref:`módulos contables de Kenia " "` estén instalados en su base de datos. " "Después, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes " -"--> sección Integración con el TIMS de Kenia` y verifique que la " +"--> sección de Integración con el TIMS de Kenia` y verifique que la " ":guilabel:`dirección proxy de la unidad de control` coincida con la " "dirección de la caja IoT." @@ -29229,7 +29500,7 @@ msgid "" "Installing the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` installs " "all three modules at once." msgstr "" -"Al instalar el módulo :guilabel:`Luxemburgo - Reportes de Contabilidad` se " +"Cuando instala el módulo :guilabel:`Luxemburgo - Reportes contables` se " "instalan los tres módulos a la vez." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:36 @@ -29242,6 +29513,9 @@ msgid "" "for Luxembourg includes the current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN " "2020)**, effective since January 2020." msgstr "" +"El :ref:`paquete de localización fiscal ` de " +"Luxemburgo incluye el **Plan de cuentas estándar (PCN 2020)** actual, " +"vigente desde enero de 2020." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 msgid "eCDF tax return" @@ -29323,11 +29597,10 @@ msgid "" "Report` dropdown menu and select the type of report you want to display." msgstr "" "Para ayudarle a completarlo, puede usar la información que tiene en el " -":guilabel:`Reporte de impuestos`. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Reportes de auditoría --> " -"Reportes de impuestos`, después haga clic en el menú desplegable de " -":guilabel:`Reportes de impuestos` y seleccione el tipo de reporte que quiere" -" mostrar." +":guilabel:`Reporte de impuestos`. Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Reportes --> Reportes de auditoría --> Reportes de impuestos`, después haga " +"clic en el menú desplegable de :guilabel:`Reportes de impuestos` y " +"seleccione el tipo de reporte que desea mostrar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown menu to select the type of Tax Report" @@ -29437,7 +29710,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "Prerrequisitos" +msgstr "Requisitos previos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -29469,9 +29742,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " "`_." msgstr "" -"Elija un comité de cuentas públicas y compre timbres. Actualmente, la " -"localización mexicana en Odoo trabaja con los siguientes comités: `Solución " -"Factible `_, `Quadrum (antes Finkok) " +"Seleccione un proveedor autorizado de certificación y compre timbres " +"fiscales. Por el momento, la localización mexicana en Odoo trabaja con los " +"siguientes proveedores: `Solución Factible " +"`_, `Quadrum (antes Finkok) " "`_ y `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " "`_." @@ -29481,9 +29755,9 @@ msgid "" "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" " of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -"Cuente con el conocimiento y la experiencia en facturación, ventas y " -"contabilidad en Odoo. Esta documentación contiene solo la información " -"necesaria para permitir el uso de Odoo en una empresa que trabaje en México" +"Cuente con conocimiento y experiencia en facturación, ventas y contabilidad " +"en Odoo. Esta documentación contiene solo la información necesaria para " +"permitir el uso de Odoo en una empresa establecida en México." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" @@ -29537,12 +29811,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Todos los datos básicos para gestionar la contabilidad, los impuestos y el " "plan de cuentas. El plan de cuentas instalado se basa en el `código " -"agrupador de cuentas SAT " +"agrupador de cuentas del SAT " "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" -msgstr "**EDI para México (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +msgstr "**EDI para México (l10n_mx_edi y l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -29575,10 +29849,10 @@ msgid "" "recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -"Los siguientes módulos son opcionales y solo se deben instalar si cumplen " -"con un requisito específico de la organización. No se recomienda instalar " -"estos módulos a menos que esté seguro de que son necesarios, ya que agregan " -"campos que pueden complicar innecesariamente el llenado del formulario." +"Los siguientes módulos son opcionales y solo debe instalarlos si cumplen con" +" un requisito específico de la organización. No se recomienda instalar estos" +" módulos a menos que esté seguro de que son necesarios pues agregan campos " +"que pueden complicar innecesariamente el llenado del formulario." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" @@ -29717,8 +29991,8 @@ msgid "" "the drop-down list." msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Contabilidad --> Facturación electrónica " -"(MX) --> Régimen fiscal`, y seleccione la opción que corresponda a su " -"empresa de la lista desplegable." +"(MX) --> Régimen fiscal` y seleccione la opción que corresponda a su empresa" +" de la lista desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" @@ -29768,8 +30042,8 @@ msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -"Para realizar esta configuración primero debe ir a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Impuestos`." +"Para realizar esta configuración primero vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad" +" --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Impuestos`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -29781,7 +30055,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "En la lista de impuestos precargados, seleccione la opción *Ventas* en el " "filtro, esto es para ver solo los impuestos asociados con las ventas, los " -"cuales son los que están validados para el sellado de facturas. Abra la " +"cuales son los que están validados para el timbrado de facturas. Abra la " "vista de formulario de cualquiera de los impuestos de ventas, seleccione la " "pestaña **Opciones avanzadas** y dentro del campo **Tipo de factor** elija " "la opción *Tasa*." @@ -29803,6 +30077,10 @@ msgid "" "option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " ":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." msgstr "" +"Para el IVA del 0%, seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Tasa` dentro del campo " +":guilabel:`Tipo de factor`. Para la **exención** del IVA del 0%, seleccione " +"la opción :guilabel:`Exento` en vez de :guilabel:`Tasa` dentro del mismo " +"campo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -29872,10 +30150,11 @@ msgid "" "`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " "`_." msgstr "" -"Recuerde que debe registrarse directamente con el PAC de su elección antes " -"de comenzar a crear facturas desde Odoo. Tenemos disponibles los siguientes " -"PACs: `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible" -" `_ y `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"Recuerde que debe registrarse directamente con el proveedor autorizado de " +"certificación de su elección antes de comenzar a crear facturas desde Odoo. " +"Están disponibles los siguientes proveedores: `Quadrum " +"`_, `Solución Factible " +"`_ y `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 @@ -29912,8 +30191,8 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" "Si selecciona la casilla de **Entorno de prueba**, no es necesario ingresar " -"un nombre de usuario y/o contraseña de PAC, pero debe seleccionar un PAC de " -"la lista desplegable." +"un nombre de usuario y/o contraseña de PAC, pero debe seleccionar uno de la " +"lista desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -29938,7 +30217,7 @@ msgid "" "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" "Si aún no tiene uno de los PAC contratados y quiere probar la facturación " -"electrónica, puede utilizar los siguientes certificados de prueba SAT:" +"electrónica, puede utilizar los siguientes certificados de prueba del SAT:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid ":download:`Certificate `" @@ -29980,9 +30259,9 @@ msgid "" "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -"Para comenzar a facturar desde Odoo, se debe crear una factura mediante el " -"flujo de facturación estándar, es decir, desde una orden de venta o desde el" -" menú de facturas en la aplicación Contabilidad." +"Para comenzar a facturar desde Odoo debe crear una factura mediante el flujo" +" de facturación estándar, es decir, desde una orden de venta o desde el menú" +" de facturas en la aplicación Contabilidad." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -29991,9 +30270,9 @@ msgid "" "validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -"La factura se sellará después de hacer clic en *Validar*, antes de eso el " +"La factura se timbrará después de hacer clic en *Validar*, antes de eso el " "estado todavía está en modo de borrador y se pueden realizar cambios. " -"Después de validar la factura, puede verificar que se haya sellado con " +"Después de validar la factura, puede verificar que se haya timbrado con " "éxito, ya que se vería así:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 @@ -30008,8 +30287,8 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" "Los detalles de la factura se reflejarán en el chatter, que es lo que ve a " -"la derecha de la factura en la imagen adjunta. Ahí podrá encontrar su XML " -"enviado al SAT y el estado del sello, es decir, si se validó o no." +"la derecha de la factura en la imagen adjunta. Ahí encontrará su XML enviado" +" al SAT y el estado del timbre, es decir, si se validó o no." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -30018,11 +30297,10 @@ msgid "" "button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -"Para enviar la factura sellada a su cliente, puede enviar el XML junto con " -"el archivo PDF directamente desde Odoo, al hacer clic en el botón *Enviar e " -"imprimir*. También puede descargar el archivo PDF directamente a su " -"computadora al hacer clic en el botón *Imprimir* y seleccionar la opción " -"deseada." +"Para enviar la factura timbrada a su cliente, puede enviar el XML junto con " +"el archivo PDF directamente desde Odoo si hace clic en el botón *Enviar e " +"imprimir*. También puede descargar el archivo PDF a su computadora al hacer " +"clic en el botón *Imprimir* y seleccionar la opción deseada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -30076,7 +30354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Es un anexo a la factura electrónica que permite la identificación de " "exportadores e importadores, además de ampliar la descripción de la " -"mercadería vendida." +"mercancía vendida." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" @@ -30205,9 +30483,8 @@ msgid "" "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -"Generalmente será un cliente extranjero, en el cual deberá verificar que " -"tiene al menos los siguientes campos completados con la información " -"correspondiente." +"Por lo general será un cliente extranjero. Deberá verificar que tiene al " +"menos los siguientes campos completados con la información correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "External trade invoice" @@ -30224,7 +30501,7 @@ msgid "" "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" "El formato del NIF extranjero (Número de Identificación Fiscal) se validará " -"según corresponda en cada país (Ejemplo: Colombia `` 123456789-1``)" +"según corresponda en cada país (Ejemplo: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -30291,8 +30568,8 @@ msgstr "" "Al crear la factura de venta al extranjero, debe seleccionar el **Incoterm**" " correspondiente y debe seleccionar la casilla de verificación **¿Necesita " "comercio exterior?**. Con esta configuración habilitada, el **PDF** y el " -"complemento **XML** de la factura contarán con la información necesaria para" -" cumplir con la normativa del SAT." +"complemento **XML** de la factura contará con la información necesaria para " +"cumplir con la normativa del SAT." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" @@ -30337,9 +30614,9 @@ msgid "" "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -"Primero, vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones`, elimine el filtro " -"\"Aplicaciones\" y busque ``México``, ``mx`` o ``l10n_mx``. Luego, instale " -"el módulo **Localización de Odoo México para las existencias/almacenamiento " +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones`, elimine el filtro \"Aplicaciones\" y " +"busque ``México``, ``mx`` o ``l10n_mx``. Luego, instale el módulo " +"**Localización de Odoo México para las existencias/almacenamiento " "(l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 @@ -30557,8 +30834,8 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" "El diario será el método de pago donde recibe o envía el pago. También debe " -"asociar una **forma de pago** y una cuenta bancaria destinatario (esta " -"última debe crearse dentro del contacto asociado a la factura)." +"asociar una **forma de pago** y una cuenta bancaria receptora (esta última " +"debe crearse dentro del contacto asociado a la factura)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" @@ -30567,8 +30844,8 @@ msgid "" "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" "Una vez realizado el pago, se asociará a la factura correspondiente y su " -"estado será *En pago*, ya que el pago se validará cuando se realice la " -"conciliación bancaria." +"estado será *En pago*, ya que se validará cuando se realice la conciliación " +"bancaria." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." @@ -30584,9 +30861,9 @@ msgid "" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -"La **cuenta bancaria destinataria** es la que se adjunta a la pestaña " +"La **cuenta bancaria receptora** es la que se adjunta a la pestaña " "**Contabilidad** en el contacto asociado a la factura, debe ser válida para " -"que se pueda crear el complemento de pago sellado." +"que se pueda crear el complemento de pago timbrado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 msgid "" @@ -30723,7 +31000,7 @@ msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -"El producto de Anticipo debe ser del tipo *Servicio* y debe utilizar la " +"El producto de anticipo debe ser de tipo *servicio* y debe utilizar la " "**Categoría de producto NSPSC**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 @@ -33142,6 +33419,8 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." msgstr "" +"Visite la siguiente sección de nuestra documentación para obtener más información acerca de \n" +":doc:`multimonedas <../accounting/others/multi_currency>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 msgid "Configure Master data" @@ -33344,6 +33623,11 @@ msgid "" "<../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields " "required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya configurado sus datos principales, las facturas se pueden " +"crear desde sus ordenes de ventas o manualmente. Además de la información " +"básica de la factura descrita en :doc:`nuestra página acerca del proceso de" +" facturación<../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview>, hay " +"otros campos requeridos como parte del EDI para Perú. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -33769,6 +34053,9 @@ msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" +"Para terminar el flujo de trabajo, siga las instrucciones de :doc:`nuestra " +"página acerca de las Notas de " +"Crédito<../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:578 msgid "" @@ -34534,6 +34821,8 @@ msgid "" "current account (payable)`, :guilabel:`Tax current account (receivable)`, " "and an :guilabel:`Advance Tax payment account` for the **5%** group." msgstr "" +"Para acceder a sus impuestos, vaya :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos`. Active/desactive o :doc:`configure ` los impuestos relevantes para su empresa haciendo clic en ellos. Recuerde que solo debe establecer las cuentas fiscales en el grupo de impuestos del **5%**, ya que otros grupos no necesitan cierre. Para hacerlo, active el :doc:`modo desarrollador <../../general/developer_mode>` y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Grupos de impuestos`. Luego, establezca una :guilabel:`Cuenta corriente de impuestos (por pagar)\n" +"`, :guilabel:`Cuenta corriente de impuestos (por cobrar)`, y una :guilabel:`Cuenta avanzada de pago de impuestos` para el grupo del **5%**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:127 msgid "The :abbr:`RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism)` is supported by Odoo." @@ -34882,7 +35171,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`impuestos <../accounting/taxation/taxes>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -35228,6 +35517,13 @@ msgid "" "pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured on your Accounting " "app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." msgstr "" +"Algunos de estos proveedores de pago también se pueden agregar como " +":doc:`cuentas bancarias <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, " +"pero **no es** el mismo proceso que el de agregarlos como proveedores de " +"pago. Los proveedores de pago le permiten a los clientes pagar en línea, " +"mientras que las cuentas bancarias se agregan y configuran en su aplicación " +"Contabilidad para hacer una conciliación bancaria, que es un proceso de " +"control contable." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -35262,22 +35558,20 @@ msgstr "" " recibido en su cuenta bancaria." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "Domiciliación bancaria SEPA" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Funciones adicionales " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above ` to " @@ -35287,11 +35581,11 @@ msgstr "" " pago. Vea la:ref:`tabla anterior ` para" " comprobar si su proveedor de pago admite estas funciones. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "Tokenización " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -35306,7 +35600,7 @@ msgstr "" "para la tasa de conversión de los comercios electrónicos y para las " "suscripciones que usan pagos recurrentes. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " @@ -35316,7 +35610,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor de pago y seleccione la casilla de :guilabel:`Permitir guardar " "métodos de pago`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -35328,11 +35622,11 @@ msgstr "" "token de pago que solo guarda una referencia de los detalles de la tarjeta " "almacenados en el servidor del proveedor de pago. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "Captura manual " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -35350,7 +35644,7 @@ msgstr "" "reservados; eso es el quivalente de una cancelación normal. Capturar los " "pagos manualmente puede ser útil en varias situaciones: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." @@ -35358,7 +35652,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recibir la confirmación de pago y esperar hasta que la orden se envíe para " "capturar el pago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." @@ -35366,7 +35660,7 @@ msgstr "" "Revisar y verificar que las órdenes sean legítimas antes de que se complete " "el pago y empiece el proceso de cumplimiento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." @@ -35374,7 +35668,7 @@ msgstr "" "Evitar procesar cuotas potencialmente altas para pagos cancelados: los " "proveedores de pago no le harán un cargo por anular una autorización. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." @@ -35382,7 +35676,7 @@ msgstr "" "Retener un depósito de seguridad para despúes devolverlo, menos cualquier " "deducción (por ejemplo, después de un daño). " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" @@ -35392,7 +35686,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor de pago y seleccione la casilla de :guilabel:`Capturar importe " "manualmente`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" @@ -35403,7 +35697,7 @@ msgstr "" "TRANSACCIÓN`. Para liberar los fondos, haga clic en el botón de " ":guilabel:`ANULAR TRANSACCIÓN`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -35418,7 +35712,7 @@ msgstr "" "que solo admiten la captura o anulación completa del importe tienen marcado " "el valor de **Solo completo**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" @@ -35429,7 +35723,7 @@ msgstr "" "la documentación de su proveedor de pago para conocer la duración exacta de " "la reservación de fondos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." @@ -35437,11 +35731,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo no admite esta función para todos los proveedores de pago pero algunos " "permiten la captura manual desde la interfaz de su sitio web. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Reembolsos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " @@ -35452,7 +35746,7 @@ msgstr "" " pago de un cliente, vaya al pago y haga clic en el botón de " ":guilabel:`REEMBOLSAR`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -35467,7 +35761,7 @@ msgstr "" "que solo admiten el reembolso completo del importe tienen marcado el valor " "de **Solo completo**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." @@ -35475,11 +35769,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo no admite esta función en todos los proveedores de pago pero algunos " "permiten el reembolso de pagos desde la interfaz de su sitio web. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "Finalización de compra exprés" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -35494,7 +35788,7 @@ msgstr "" "directamente del carrito a la página de confirmación pasando por el " "formulario de pago de Google Pay o Apple Pay para validar el pago. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " @@ -35504,7 +35798,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor de pago y seleccione la casilla de :guilabel:`Permitir " "finalización de compra exprés`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." @@ -35512,11 +35806,11 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los precios mostrados en el formulario de pago de la finalización de " "compra exprés siempre incluyen impuestos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "Cuotas adicionales " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -35531,7 +35825,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicar de acuerdo con la geolocalización **nacional¨** o **internacional**." " " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -35544,11 +35838,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cuotas` y seleccione la casilla de :guilabel:`Agregar cuotas " "adicionales`. Configure los ajustes de acuerdo a sus necesidades. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "Las cuotas se calculan sobre el precio con impuestos incluidos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available `." @@ -35556,11 +35850,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cada proveedor tiene su propio flujo de configuraciones, dependiendo de " ":ref:`que función tenga disponible `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "Agregar un nuevo proveedor de pago " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -35582,7 +35876,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en Instalar, luego en activar para que su proveedor de pago " "aparezca como disponible en Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -35598,7 +35892,7 @@ msgstr "" "algunos problemas con el enumeramiento de sus facturas si quisiera probar " "sus proveedores de pago en su base de datos principal. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -35609,7 +35903,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "Pestaña de credenciales" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -35620,7 +35914,7 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo necesita estas credenciales para comunicarse con el proveedor de pago." " " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." @@ -35628,13 +35922,13 @@ msgstr "" "El formulario de esta sección es específico al proveedor de pago que esta " "configurando. Vea la documentación para más información. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Pestaña de configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" @@ -35644,11 +35938,11 @@ msgstr "" "su nombre en el campo de **Mostrar como** y que iconos de tarjeta de " "crédito quiere mostrar en el campo **Iconos de pago admitidos**. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Países" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." @@ -35657,11 +35951,11 @@ msgstr "" "campo en blanco para que el proveedor de pago aparezca como disponible en " "todos los países. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "Importe máximo " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" @@ -35671,7 +35965,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionado. Deje este campo en `0.00` para que el proveedor de pago " "aparezca como disponible sin importar cuál sea el importe a pagar. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -35683,11 +35977,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sitio web y la página **Finalizar compra** de la aplicación **Comercio " "electrónico** cuando los métodos de envío pagados están activdos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "Diario de pagos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." @@ -35695,11 +35989,11 @@ msgstr "" "El **Diario de pagos** que este seleccionado para su proveedor de pago debe " "ser un diario *de banco*. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "Publicar en el sitio web " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -35716,7 +36010,7 @@ msgstr "" "normalmente le permite probar un proveedor mientras previene que se realicen" " pagos y se registren nuevos tokens. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " @@ -35727,7 +36021,7 @@ msgstr "" "aparezca como disponible para sus clientes. Haga clic en el botón de " ":guilabel:`Quitar publicación` para quitar la publicación. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." @@ -35735,11 +36029,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los proveedores de pago se publican o se quitan automáticamente cuando " "cambia su estado respectivamente a `activado` y `prueba`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "Perspectiva contable" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -35753,7 +36047,7 @@ msgstr "" "registrar los asientos de diario de sus pagos. Le recomendamos consultarlo " "con su contador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " @@ -35763,7 +36057,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor para registrar los pagos, en una **Cuenta pendiente**. El **tipo**" " del diario debe ser **Diario de banco**. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" @@ -35771,7 +36065,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede usar un único diario para muchos métodos de pago. Y para cada método " "de pago puede:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." @@ -35779,7 +36073,7 @@ msgstr "" "Definir una **Cuenta de contabilidad** para separar estos pagos de otro " "método de pago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -35791,7 +36085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "Un diario de banco en la \"Pestaña Pagos entrantes\". " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." @@ -35800,63 +36094,63 @@ msgstr "" "algunos diarios, o para un solo método de pago. Lo que mejor satisfaga sus " "necesidades." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" @@ -35899,7 +36193,6 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr ":doc:`../payment_providers`" @@ -38259,66 +38552,97 @@ msgstr "" "Esta operación debe repetirse cuando el dominio de su sitio web cambie. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "¿Cómo recibir pagos por transferencias electrónicas?" +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -"**Wire Transfer** es el método de pago predeterminado disponible. El " -"objetivo es proporcionarle a sus clientes sus detalles bancarios para que " -"ellos puedan realizar el pago. Esto es muy fácil pero también es un proceso " -"lento e ineficiente. ¡Elija un proveedor de pago tan pronto como le sea " -"posible!" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "¿Cómo proporcionar instrucciones de pago a los clientes?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -"Ponga sus instrucciones de pago en el **mensaje de agradecimiento** de su " -"método de pago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Sus clientes los verán cuando hagan una orden." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar una orden una vez que le hayan pagado?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -"Cada que un cliente paga por transferencia bancaria, la orden se queda en la" -" etapa intermediaria **Cotización enviada** (orden sin pagar). Una vez que " -"le paguen, debe confirmar la orden de forma manual para iniciar con la " -"entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" -"Si gestiona un negocio B2B, puede crear otros métodos de pago de proceso " -"manual como el pago con cheque. Para ello, basta con cambiar el nombre de " -"*Transferencia bancaria* o duplicarlo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 1b7f1bf42..680793394 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -2520,6 +2520,61 @@ msgstr "" "mode>`. Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Automatización --> " "Acciones programadas` y busque :guilabel:`Correo: Servicio de Fetchmail`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode `, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" @@ -4056,7 +4111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "En la herramienta de importación se proporcionan las plantillas para " "importar los datos más comunes (contactos, productos, estados de cuenta " -"bancarios, etc.). Puede abrirlas con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo " +"bancarios...). Puede abrirlas con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo " "(Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:372 @@ -4068,8 +4123,8 @@ msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -"Elimine las columnas que no necesita. Recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* " -"(vea por qué a continuación)." +"Elimine las columnas que no necesita. Recomendamos que no elimine la de *ID*" +" (obtenga más información a continuación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -4100,8 +4155,8 @@ msgid "" "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -"El *ID* (ID externo) es un identificador único por línea de artículo. Puede " -"usar el de su software anterior para facilitar la transición a Odoo." +"El **ID** (ID externo) es un identificador único por línea de artículo y " +"puede usar el de su software anterior para facilitar la transición a Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:397 msgid "" @@ -4116,11 +4171,11 @@ msgid "" "duplicates;" msgstr "" "Actualizar importaciones: puede importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " -"crear duplicados." +"crear duplicados;" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:400 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Importar campos de relación (ver a continuación)." +msgstr "Importar campos de relación (obtenga más información a continuación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:403 msgid "How to import relation fields" @@ -4145,10 +4200,10 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Puede hacerlo tanto mediante el nombre del registro relacionado como su ID. " -"El ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso, " -"agregue \"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (por ejemplo, para " -"atributos de producto: Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID)." +"Puede hacerlo mediante el nombre del registro relacionado o por su ID, este " +"último se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso, " +"agregue \" /ID\" al final del título de la columna (por ejemplo, para " +"atributos de producto: Atributos de producto / Atributo / ID)." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" @@ -4191,7 +4246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "Cuentas IAP" +msgstr "Cuentas de compras dentro de la aplicación" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4201,12 +4256,12 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Technical" " Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"Los créditos para usar los servicios IAP se almacenan en las cuentas IAP, " -"las cuales son específicas para cada servicio y base de datos. De forma " -"predeterminada, las cuentas IAP son comunes para todas las empresas, pero se" -" pueden restringir a algunas específicas. Active el :ref:`modo de " -"desarrollador `, luego vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes " -"técnicos --> Cuenta IAP`." +"Los créditos para usar los servicios de compras dentro de la aplicación se " +"almacenan en las cuentas IAP, las cuales son específicas para cada servicio " +"y base de datos. De forma predeterminada, las cuentas de compras dentro de " +"la aplicación son comunes para todas las empresas, pero se pueden restringir" +" a algunas específicas. Active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `, y después vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes técnicos --> Cuenta IAP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "IAP Portal" @@ -4219,11 +4274,11 @@ msgid "" "there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -"El portal IAP es una plataforma que reagrupa sus servicios IAP. Se puede " -"acceder a ella en :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Odoo IAP --> Ver mis " -"servicios`. Ahí puede ver su balance actual, recargar sus créditos, revisar " -"su consumo y establecer un recordatorio para cuando los créditos lleguen a " -"una cantidad mínima." +"El portal IAP es una plataforma que reagrupa sus servicios de compras dentro" +" de la aplicación. Se puede acceder mediante :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " +"Odoo IAP --> Ver mis servicios`. Ahí puede ver su saldo actual, recargar sus" +" créditos, revisar su consumo y establecer un recordatorio para cuando los " +"créditos lleguen a una cantidad mínima." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" @@ -4240,16 +4295,16 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" "Para recibir una notificación cuando sea el momento de recargar sus " -"créditos, vaya a su portal IAP a través de la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Odoo IAP --> Ver mis servicios`, despliegue un " -"servicio y marque la opción \"recibir advertencia de umbral\". Luego, " -"proporcione una cantidad mínima de créditos y direcciones de correo " -"electrónico. Ahora, cada vez que se alcance el límite, se enviará un " -"recordatorio automático por correo electrónico." +"créditos, vaya a su portal de compras dentro de la aplicación a través de la" +" aplicación :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Odoo IAP --> Ver mis servicios`, " +"despliegue un servicio y marque la opción \"recibir advertencia de límite\"." +" Luego, proporcione una cantidad mínima de créditos y direcciones de correo " +"electrónico. Ahora cada que alcance el límite, se le enviará un recordatorio" +" automático por correo electrónico." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "Servicios IAP disponibles" +msgstr "Servicios de compras dentro de la aplicación disponibles" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4264,9 +4319,9 @@ msgid "" "*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " "SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -"*Odoo en línea*: solo se pueden utilizar los servicios IAP proporcionados " -"por Odoo (es decir, las funciones de SMS, correo postal, revelar y " -"autocompletar al partner)." +"*Odoo en línea*: solo se pueden utilizar los servicios compras dentro de la " +"aplicación proporcionados por Odoo (es decir, las funciones de SMS, correo " +"postal, revelar y autocompletar al partner)." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4288,10 +4343,11 @@ msgid "" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." msgstr "" -"¡Es bienvenido a ofrecer sus propios servicios IAP a través de Odoo! Es la " -"oportunidad perfecta para conseguir ingresos recurrentes mediante un " -"servicio continuo en lugar de una única compra inicial. Puede obtener más " -"información en :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +"¡Puede ofrecer sus propios servicios de compras dentro de la aplicación a " +"través de Odoo! Es la oportunidad perfecta para conseguir ingresos " +"recurrentes mediante un servicio continuo en lugar de una única compra " +"inicial. Puede obtener más información en " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -4472,10 +4528,10 @@ msgid "" " one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " "(:guilabel:`➖`)." msgstr "" -"Agrupar datos es esencial para la vista de tabla dinámica. Le permite " +"Agrupar datos es esencial para la vista de tabla dinámica pues le permite " "desglosar los datos para obtener información más detallada. Aunque puede " -"usar la opción :guilabel:`agrupar por` para agregar con rapidez un grupo en " -"el nivel de las filas, como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior, también puede" +"usar la opción :guilabel:`Agrupar por` para agregar con rapidez un grupo en " +"el nivel de las filas, como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior. También puede" " hacer clic en el botón con el signo de más (:guilabel:`➕`) junto al " "encabezado de :guilabel:`total` en el nivel de las filas *y* columnas, y " "luego seleccionar uno de los **grupos preconfigurados**. Para eliminar uno, " @@ -4511,7 +4567,7 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`⇄`)." msgstr "" "Puede cambiar los grupos de las filas y columnas al hacer clic en el botón " -"\"cambiar eje\" (:guilabel:`⇄`)." +"\"girar eje\" (:guilabel:`⇄`)." #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -5115,7 +5171,7 @@ msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya creado las empresas puede gestionar los :doc:`permisos de " +"Una vez que haya creado las empresas puede gestionar los :doc:`permisos de " "acceso ` de sus empleados para *Multiempresas*." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index e319b86fc..b23fe4717 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -18,20 +18,21 @@ # Raquel Iciarte , 2023 # AleEscandon , 2023 # Pablo Rojas , 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -427,8 +428,6 @@ msgstr "" "agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Recepciones" @@ -1214,7 +1213,6 @@ msgstr "" "serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la aplicación" @@ -1229,7 +1227,6 @@ msgstr "" " funciones de *Lotes y Números de serie* y *Fechas de caducidad*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1320,400 +1317,1027 @@ msgstr "" "caducidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "Administra varios productos idénticos" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"Los lotes son útiles para productos que recibe en grandes cantidades. Para " -"estos productos, un lote puede ayudar al momento de reportar, realizar los " -"controles de calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes ayudan a " -"identificar el número de piezas que tienen, por ejemplo, un error de " -"producción. Se puede usar para producción masiva de ropa o comida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene la capacidad de gestionar lotes. Esto asegura que se cumpla los " -"requisitos de trazabilidad que imponen la mayoría de las industrias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -"La gestión de doble-entrada de Odoo le permite ejecutar trazabilidad muy " -"avanzada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de la aplicación" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"Primero debe activar el rastreo de números de lote. Para hacer esto, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marke *Lotes y " -"números de serie*. Después, haga clic en guardar." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del producto" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" -"Ahora debe configurar los productos que quiere rastrear con números de " -"serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Datos principales --> Productos` y abra el producto " -"de su elección. Ahí, haga clic en *Editar* y seleccione *Seguimiento por " -"lotes* en la pestaña de inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "Gestionar lotes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -"Para recibir un producto al que se le dará seguimiento por lote, debe " -"especificar su número de lote. Puede hacer esto de varias maneras:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "Asigne manualmente los diferentes números de lote" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copie y pegue los números de lote desde un archivo Excel. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "Primero, debe abrir las operaciones detalladas de su recolección." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -"Al abrir las operaciones detalladas, puede dar clic en *Agregar una línea*. " -"Después, podrá llenar el número de lote. Después haga clic de nuevo en " -"*Agregar línea* para registrar un número de lote nuevo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copie y pegue los números de lote desde un archivo Excel. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" -"Una vez que tenga la hoja de cálculo con los números de lote que le mandó su" -" proveedor copie la lista. Después, los puede pegar en la columna de " -"*\"Nombre del número de lote/de serie\"* para que Odoo cree las líneas " -"necesarias automáticamente. Después de eso, deberá de ingresar manualmente " -"el número de productos que cada lote contiene." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Tipos de operación" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -"Claro que también tiene la posibilidad de definir cómo gestionará los lotes " -"para cada tipo de operación. Para hacerlo, abra la aplicación de " -"*Inventario* y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Tipos de " -"operaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" -"Para cada tipo (recepciones, transferencias internas, entregas, ...) puede " -"decidir si quiere permitir la creación de nuevos números de lote o solo usar" -" los que ya existen. Por defecto, solo se permite crear nuevos números de " -"lote al recibir productos y no se permite usar números de lote existentes en" -" esta operación. Si tiene transferencias entre almacenes y da seguimiento a " -"los productos por lotes, también puede ser de ayuda permitir el uso de " -"números de lote existentes en las recepciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -"El número de lote asignado al producto le permite saber en dónde se recibió," -" en qué almacén se puso, a quién se le vendió y a dónde se envió." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -"Para dar seguimiento a un artículo, abra el módulo de *Inventario*. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Datos prcincipales --> Lotes o núnmeros de serie` y haga " -"clic en el número de serie que corresponda a su búsqueda." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -"Al abrir la información de *trazabilidad* podrá ver en qué documentos se usó" -" el número de lote." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" -"Puede hacer clic en el botón de estado *Ubicación* para localizar el número " -"de lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "Trabaje con números de serie" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -"Para rastrear productos con números de serie puede usar el seguimiento de " -"número de serie. De esta manera puede rastrear la ubicación actual del " -"producto y, cuando los productos se muevan de una ubicación a otra, el " -"sistema identificará automáticamente la ubicación actual del producto de " -"acuerdo con el último movimiento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -"Si quiere hacerlo o si quiere activar trazeabilidad muy avanzada, necesita " -"la función de gestión de doble entrada de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "Configuraciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -"Primero necesita activar el seguimiento de números de serie. Para hacerlo, " -"vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` en la aplicación de " -"*Inventario*. Después, active la función y haga clic en \"guardar\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -"Ahora debe configurar los productos que quiere rastrear por número de serie." -" Para hacerlo vaya a menuselection:`Datos principales --> Productos` y abra " -"el producto que quiera. Edítelo y seleccione *Seguimiento por número de " -"serie único* en la *pestaña de Inventario*. Después haga clic en guardar." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Administrar números de serie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -"Para recibir un producto al que se le da seguimiento por número de serie, " -"debe especificar el número de serie. Esto se puede hacer de varias maneras:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "asignación manual," - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "asignación múltiple, y" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "copiar y pegar desde un archivo Excel. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"No importa cuál sea tu método favorito para asignar números de serie, " -"primero debe abrir operaciones detalladas de su recolección." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "Asignación manual de los diferentes números de serie." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Puede hacer clic en *Agregar una línea* al abrir las operaciones detalladas." -" Después podrá llenar el campo de número de serie. Ya que lo haga, puede " -"hacer clic de nuevo en *Agregar una línea* para registrar un nuevo número de" -" serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -"Al usar la asignación múltiple de números de serie, Odoo creará " -"automáticamente las líneas necesarias. Para hacerlo, primero debe ingresar " -"el número de serie del conjunto y el número de productos a los que les debe " -"asignar un número de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que esté listo, haga clic en *Asignar números de serie* y Odoo hará " -"el resto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -"Para usar la función de copiar y pegar, abra la hoja de cálculo que contenga" -" los números de serie que recibió y copie la lista. Después, cópielos en la " -"columna de *Nombre del número de lote / de serie* del asistente. Al hacerlo," -" Odoo creará automáticamente las líneas que necesita." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "Tipos de operaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -"También puede definir cómo gestionará los lotes para cada tipo de operación." -" Para definirlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración--> Tipos de " -"operaciones` en la aplicación de *Inventario*. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -"Para cada tipo, puede decidir si permite la creación de nuevos números de " -"serie o si quiere usar los números existentes. Por defecto, solo se permite " -"crear nuevos lotes al momento de la recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -"Si tiene transferencias entre almacenes y rastrea productos por lotes, puede" -" ser útil permitir el uso de números de lote existentes también en las " -"recepciones." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Trazabilidad de número de serie" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -"Los números de serie le permiten saber en dónde se recibió, en qué almacén " -"se puso, a quién se le vendió y a dónde se envió." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -"Es fácil darle seguimiento a un artículo: abra la aplicación de *Inventario*" -" y vaya a :menuselection:`Datos principales --> Lotes/números de serie` y " -"haga clic en el número de serie que corresponde a su búsqueda. Después abra " -"la información de *trazabilidad*. Verá qué documentos ha usado el número de " -"serie," -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" -"Puede hacer clic en el botón de *Ubicación* para localizar el número de " -"serie. Este botón se encuentra en la plantilla del número de serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -3863,21 +4487,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -"Al elegir :guilabel:`costo promedio` como el :guilabel:`método de costo`, el" -" valor númerico en el campo :guilabel:`costo` de los productos en la " -"respectiva categoría de producto ya no se podrá editar, y aparecerá en color" -" gris. El importe de :guilabel:`costo` se actualizará de forma automática " -"según el precio de compra promedio del inventario a la mano y los costos " -"acumulados de órdenes de compra validadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" @@ -3886,7 +4516,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta de existencias` porque ahora son campos necesarios debido al cambio a" " valoración de inventario. Estas cuentas se definen de la siguiente manera:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " @@ -3896,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" "valoración automatizada de inventario en un producto, esta cuenta contendrá " "el valor actual de los productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3911,7 +4541,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y " "también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3926,12 +4556,12 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y " "también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" "Acceder a los datos de reporte generados por la valoración de inventario" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3944,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`al` a :guilabel:`hoy` y ajuste el filtro :guilabel:`opciones` a " ":guilabel:`desplegar todo` para ver todos los datos más recientes a la vez." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -3954,7 +4584,7 @@ msgstr "" " de apunte anidada :guilabel:`cuenta de valoración de existencias`, donde se" " muestra la valoración total de todo el inventario a la mano." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -9563,11 +10193,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar el uso de paquetes, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario " "--> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Encuentre la sección **paquetes** y " "seleccione **registrar los paquetes utilizados en el empaquetado: palés, " -"cajas,...**." +"cajas...**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "Haga clic en **aplicar** cuando termine." +msgstr "Cuando termine, haga clic en **aplicar**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 @@ -9888,10 +10518,10 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" "Para crear una nueva cuenta, Sendcloud le solicitará un número de " -":abbr:`registro de IVA` o un número :abbr:`EORI (identificación y registro " -"de operadores económicos, por sus siglas en inglés)`. Después de completar " -"la configuración de la cuenta, active (o desactive) los transportistas que " -"se utilizarán en la base de datos de Odoo." +"identificación tributaria o un número :abbr:`EORI (Registro e identificación" +" de operadores económicos, por sus siglas en inglés)`. Tras completar la " +"configuración de la cuenta, active (o desactive) los transportistas que se " +"utilizarán en la base de datos de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9951,7 +10581,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la dirección (opcional)`: `Almacén #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Marca`: `predeterminada`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Marca`: `Predeterminada`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" @@ -9978,12 +10608,12 @@ msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -"Note como la información ingresada en el campo :guilabel:`almacén` para " +"Observe como la información ingresada en el campo :guilabel:`almacén` para " "ambas configuraciones es exactamente igual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" -msgstr "Generar credenciales Sendcloud" +msgstr "Generar credenciales de Sendcloud" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -9992,8 +10622,8 @@ msgid "" "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" "En su cuenta de Sendcloud, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Integraciones`" -" en el menú a la derecha. A continuación, busque :guilabel:`Odoo nativo`. " -"Posteriormente, haga clic en :guilabel:`conectar`." +" en el menú a la derecha. A continuación, busque :guilabel:`Odoo nativo` y " +"después haga clic en :guilabel:`conectar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -10004,11 +10634,11 @@ msgid "" "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -"Después de hacer clic en :guilabel:`conectar`, la página lo redirigirá a la " -"página de ajustes :guilabel:`API de Sendcloud`, en donde se generan las " +"Tras hacer clic en :guilabel:`conectar`, la página lo redirigirá a la página" +" de ajustes :guilabel:`API de Sendcloud` en donde se generan las " ":guilabel:`claves pública y secreta`. El siguiente paso es darle un nombre a" " la :guilabel:`integración`. La convención para los nombres es la siguiente:" -" `Odoo NombredeEmpresa`, en donde `NombredeEmpresa` es el nombre de la " +" `Odoo NombredelaEmpresa`, en donde `NombredelaEmpresa` es el nombre de la " "empresa del usuario (por ejemplo, `Odoo StealthyWood`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 @@ -10525,7 +11155,7 @@ msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" -"Se calcula el precio cuando se guarda la orden de venta o cuando se hace " +"El precio se calcula cuando se guarda la orden de venta o cuando se hace " "clic en **Fijar precio**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 @@ -10535,7 +11165,7 @@ msgid "" "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" "Si desea facturar el precio de los gastos de envío en la orden de venta, " -"haga clic en **Fijar precio**, esto añadirá una línea con el nombre del " +"haga clic en **Fijar precio**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del " "método de envío como producto. Puede variar del precio real." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 @@ -10545,8 +11175,8 @@ msgid "" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" "De lo contrario, el precio real (calculado cuando se valida la entrega) se " -"añadirá automáticamente a la factura. Para más información, lea el documento" -" :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +"agregará automáticamente a la factura. Para más información, lea el " +"documento :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -10773,7 +11403,7 @@ msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: MRP `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr ":doc:`Cajas IoT (MES)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 msgid "Maintenance" @@ -11002,7 +11632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La pestaña de mantenimiento para el nuevo equipo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -11011,6 +11641,11 @@ msgid "" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" +"La pestaña de :guilabel:`mantenimiento` también incluye secciones para el " +":guilabel:`tiempo medio entre fallos`, :guilabel:`próximo fallo estimado`, " +":guilabel:`último fallo` y :guilabel:`tiempo medio de reparación`. Estos " +"valores se calculan de forma automática según las solicitudes de " +"mantenimiento, si las hay." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -11018,10 +11653,13 @@ msgid "" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +"Para ver las solicitudes de mantenimiento de un equipo, vaya a la página del" +" equipo y seleccione :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` en la esquina superior " +"derecha del formulario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestión de fabricación" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 msgid "Alternative Work Centers" @@ -11035,6 +11673,12 @@ msgid "" "waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility " "on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time." msgstr "" +"Para las empresas, la fabricación de varios productos diferentes de forma " +"simultanea en el mismo centro de trabajo es un problema común. Aunque los " +"empleados pueden fabricar los productos en otro centro de trabajo en lugar " +"de esperar a que uno esté disponible, no siempre es fácil saber qué centro " +"de trabajo está ocupado y planificar los recursos según sea el caso en " +"tiempo real." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -11042,12 +11686,18 @@ msgid "" "This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent " "ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly." msgstr "" +"Con Odoo, puede configurar centros de trabajo alternativos para resolver " +"este problema, pues se comprueba en automático qué centro de trabajo está " +"ocupado y cuáles equivalentes están libres, así como también se programan " +"las órdenes y el mantenimiento debidamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14 msgid "" "This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is" " optimised." msgstr "" +"De este modo, su proceso se vuelve más eficiente, ya que se optimiza el uso " +"del centro de trabajo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17 msgid "Configure your Work Centers" @@ -11059,10 +11709,15 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para comenzar, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Fabricación --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. Luego, active la función :guilabel:`Órdenes de " +"trabajo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1 msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"Casilla seleccionada de ajustes de orden de trabajo en la aplicación " +"Fabricación de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -11070,10 +11725,13 @@ msgid "" "new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first " "one and vice versa." msgstr "" +"Ahora, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Centros de trabajo` y cree " +"dos centros de trabajo nuevos. Agregue el segundo centro de trabajo como " +"alternativa al primero y viceversa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1 msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un centro de trabajo secundario como alternativo al primero." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -11081,18 +11739,22 @@ msgid "" "product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"A continuación, vaya a :menuselection:`Productos --> Lista de materiales`, " +"elija su producto y agregue estos centros de trabajo a las operaciones de su" +" :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1 msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations." msgstr "" +"Agregar centros de trabajo a las operaciones de la lista de materiales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41 msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "Cree sus centros de trabajo" +msgstr "Cree sus órdenes de trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43 msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puede crear *órdenes de trabajo* ya que todo está configurado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -11101,6 +11763,10 @@ msgid "" "plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list " "view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y presione " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`, luego agregue su producto a su orden de fabricación y " +"planifíquela. Puede recuperarlas de la vista de lista :guilabel:`Órdenes de " +"trabajo`, en :menuselection:`Operaciones > Órdenes de trabajo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -11108,10 +11774,13 @@ msgid "" "one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as " "shown below." msgstr "" +"Cada *orden de trabajo* nueva, que se creará antes de que finalice la " +"primera, se programará en el centro de trabajo alterno que haya configurado," +" como se muestra a continuación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1 msgid "Work order creation and scheduling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creación de la orden de trabajo y planificación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -11145,9 +11814,9 @@ msgid "" "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de Fabricación, podemos vincular varias :abbr:`LdM (listas " -"de materiales)` a un solo producto, de esta manera se pueden crear variantes" -" de producto que tengan sus propias :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)`." +"En la aplicación Fabricación podemos vincular varias :abbr:`LdM (Listas de " +"materiales)` a un solo producto, de esta manera se pueden crear variantes de" +" producto que tengan sus propias listas de materiales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -11159,7 +11828,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales (LdM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -11226,7 +11895,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -"También puede asignar :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)` a *variantes de " +"También puede asignar :abbr:`LdM (Listas de materiales)` a *variantes de " "productos* específicas. Cuenta con dos opciones de configuración disponibles" " para elegir." @@ -11273,8 +11942,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" -"Añada una :guilabel:`Operación` en la :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` en " -"la que se especifiquen las instrucciones para la producción y registre el " +"Agregue una :guilabel:`Operación` en la :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)` en" +" la que se especifiquen las instrucciones para la producción y registre el " "tiempo invertido en una operación. Si desea usar esta función, debe " "habilitar las :guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` en " ":menuselection:`Fabricación--> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`." @@ -11306,14 +11975,18 @@ msgid "" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" +"Cada operación es única ya que siempre está vinculada exclusivamente a una " +":abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)`. Las operaciones se pueden reutilizar al " +"configurar una nueva lista de materiales gracias a la función " +":guilabel:`Copiar operaciones existentes` ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Función \"Copiar operaciones existentes\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar subproductos a una lista de materiales (LdM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -11322,6 +11995,10 @@ msgid "" "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Un *subproducto* es un producto residual que se crea durante la producción " +"además del producto principal de una :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)`. A " +"diferencia del producto principal, en una lista de materiales puede haber " +"más de un subproducto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -11329,6 +12006,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" +"Para agregar subproductos a la :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)` debe " +"habilitar la función :guilabel:`Subproductos` en :menuselection:`Fabricación" +" --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -11340,10 +12020,18 @@ msgid "" "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la función se encuentra activada, puede agregar subproductos a " +"la lista de materiales haciendo clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones` y" +" después en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. Luego, escriba un nombre para el " +"subproducto e indique la :guilabel:`cantidad` y la :guilabel:`unidad de " +"medida`. Si la :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)` tiene operaciones " +"configuradas, especifique exactamente en qué operación se produce el " +"subproducto en el campo :guilabel:`Producido en la operación` y por último " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar kits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11352,10 +12040,14 @@ msgid "" "(BoMs). To use kits, the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory`" " applications need to be installed." msgstr "" +"Un *kit* es un conjunto de componentes sin ensamblar. Se pueden vender como " +"productos, pero también son herramientas útiles para gestionar listas de " +"materiales (LdM) más complejas. Si desea usar kits, debe instalar las " +"aplicaciones :guilabel:`Fabricación` e :guilabel:`Inventario`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "Create the kit as a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un kit como producto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -11364,6 +12056,10 @@ msgid "" " go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Para utilizar un kit como un producto vendible o incluso como una " +"herramienta de organización de componentes, primero debe crearse como un " +"producto. Para hacer esto, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación o Inventario " +"--> Productos --> Productos` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -11374,6 +12070,13 @@ msgid "" "parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Después, establezca el :guilabel:`tipo de producto` como :guilabel:`producto" +" almacenable` para permitir la gestión del inventario del kit. La " +"designación de la :guilabel:`ruta` en la pestaña :guilabel:`inventario` no " +"importa, pues Odoo utiliza las rutas de los componentes del kit para " +"propósitos de reabastecimiento. Todos los otros parámetros para kit pueden " +"modificarse según las preferencias. Por último, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -11381,10 +12084,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> Products`. These" " components require no specific configuration." msgstr "" +"Los componentes del kit también deben configurarse como productos en " +":menuselection:`Fabricación o Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y " +"estos no requieren configuración específica." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:26 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar la LdM para un kit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -11396,10 +12102,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kit`. Finally, add each component and specify its quantity. Make " "sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"Tras configurar por completo el kit y sus componentes, debe crear su lista " +"de materiales. Vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> Lista de" +" materiales` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. Luego establezca el campo " +":guilabel:`Producto` en el kit previamente configurado, luego en " +":guilabel:`tipo de LdM` seleccione :guilabel:`Kit`. Por último, agregue cada" +" componente y especifique su cantidad, asegúrese de :guilabel:`guardar` los " +"cambios." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selección de kit en la lista de materiales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -11407,6 +12120,9 @@ msgid "" "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" +"Si el kit se utiliza únicamente como un producto vendible, solo es necesario" +" agregar los :guilabel:`componentes` en la pestaña correspondiente y no es " +"necesario configurar las operaciones de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -11414,10 +12130,13 @@ msgid "" "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" +"Cuando un kit se vende como un producto, en la cotización y la orden de " +"venta aparece como un artículo de una sola línea pero en las órdenes de " +"entrega, cada componente del kit se enumera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar kits para gestionar LdM complejas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11431,10 +12150,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Los kits también se utilizan para gestionar listas de materiales de *varios " +"niveles*. Estos son productos que contienen otros productos como componentes" +" y por lo tanto necesitan :abbr:`LdM (Listas de materiales)` anidadas. " +"Incorporar kits preconfigurados a las listas de materiales de varios niveles" +" permite que exista una mejor organización de los productos agrupados. En " +":guilabel:`Componentes`, establezca un kit como componente en la LdM de un " +"producto de nivel superior con la finalidad de no agregar las piezas del kit" +" individualmente. Puede utilizar cualquier :guilabel:`tipo de LdM` para la " +"lista de materiales del producto en un nivel superior." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kit como componente en una lista de materiales de varios niveles." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11443,10 +12171,14 @@ msgid "" "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" +"Para poder tener una visión general de los componentes de la lista de " +"materiales de varios niveles, haga clic en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Estructura y costo`. Las LdM de un subnivel se pueden ampliar y " +"ver desde este reporte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kit ampliado en el reporte de Estructura y costo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -11456,6 +12188,11 @@ msgid "" "Materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" +"Cuando se crea una orden de fabricación para un producto con una :abbr:`LdM " +"(Lista de materiales)` de varios niveles, el kit se amplía de forma " +"automática para mostrar todos los componentes. Cualquier operación en la " +"lista de materiales del kit también se agrega a la lista de órdenes de " +"trabajo en la orden de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -11463,10 +12200,14 @@ msgid "" "sale. To manage multilevel products that require manufactured subcomponents," " refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-assemblies." msgstr "" +"El propósito principal de los kits es agrupar componentes para venderlos o " +"tener organizados. Si desea gestionar productos de varios niveles que " +"requieren subcomponentes fabricados, consulte la :doc:`siguiente " +"documentación ` sobre subensamblajes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionar listas de materiales para variantes de productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11474,10 +12215,14 @@ msgid "" "the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " "saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." msgstr "" +"Odoo permite utilizar una lista de materiales (LdM) para múltiples variantes" +" del mismo producto. Tener una LdM consolidada para un producto con " +"variantes ahorra tiempo ya que no es necesario administrar varias listas de " +"materiales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar variantes de producto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -11487,14 +12232,20 @@ msgid "" " setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " ":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." msgstr "" +"Si desea activar las variantes, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes --> Productos` y active la opción " +":guilabel:`Variantes`, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar " +"la configuración. Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de " +"variantes de productos, consulte :doc:`esta página " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar \"Variantes\" desde los ajustes de la aplicación Inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicar componentes de LdM a las variantes de producto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -11506,10 +12257,17 @@ msgid "" "application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " "visible, activate it from the additional options menu." msgstr "" +"Cree una nueva LdM o edite una existente, vaya :menuselection:`Fabricación " +"--> Productos --> Lista de materiales` y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Editar`. La opción :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes` para asignar " +"componentes a variantes de producto específicas en la LdM está disponible " +"una vez que se activan las :guilabel:`variantes` desde la aplicación " +":guilabel:`Inventario`, si no es visible de forma inmediata, active este " +"campo desde el menú de opciones adicionales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opción \"Aplicar en variantes\" en el menú de opciones adicionales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -11517,6 +12275,9 @@ msgid "" "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" +"Cada componente puede asignarse a multiples variantes y en cada variante del" +" producto se utilizan componentes sin variantes especificadas. El mismo " +"principio aplica cuando se configuran operaciones y subproductos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -11525,14 +12286,19 @@ msgid "" " below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +"Cuando se definen LdM de variantes por asignación de componentes, se debe " +"dejar en blanco el campo :guilabel:`Variante del producto` en la sección " +"principal de la LdM, como se muestra a continuación. Este campo se utiliza " +"solo cuando se crea una lista de materiales específicamente para una " +"variante de producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicar componentes a multiples variantes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Control calidad" +msgstr "Control de calidad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11540,6 +12306,9 @@ msgid "" "production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " "stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." msgstr "" +"Ya sea que desee controlar la calidad de su producción o la producción de su" +" subcontratista antes de registrar los productos en su inventario, puede " +"confiar en el módulo de calidad de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -11550,6 +12319,12 @@ msgid "" "products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " "well." msgstr "" +"Para controlar la calidad de su producción, debe establecer un *Punto de " +"control de calidad* en el tipo de operación de fabricación, como se muestra " +"a continuación. Vaya a :menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad --> " +"Puntos de control` y haga clic en **Crear**. Si la verificación solo aplica " +"en ciertos productos o categorías de productos, puede especificarlo durante " +"la configuración." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -11557,6 +12332,9 @@ msgid "" "Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " "type. For the rest, the same principles apply." msgstr "" +"En cuanto a la recepción de productos subcontratados, debe seleccionar el " +"tipo de operación de \"recibos\" en lugar del tipo de operación de " +"fabricación. Para lo demás, aplican los mismos principios." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11565,6 +12343,11 @@ msgid "" " be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " "can be set up for the same Operation Type." msgstr "" +"Al hacer esto, se crea una revisión de calidad de forma automática cada que " +"se fabrica y/o se recibe un producto terminado. Tenga en cuenta que se " +"pueden elegir varios *tipos* de control de calidad del menú desplegable y " +"que también se pueden configurar varios puntos de control de calidad para el" +" mismo tipo de operación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" @@ -11580,10 +12363,17 @@ msgid "" "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" +"Un producto *semielaborado* (o *subensamblaje*) es aquel que se utiliza como" +" componente en la lista de materiales (LdM) de otro producto. Los productos " +"semielaborados se utilizan para simplificar LdM complejas o para representar" +" con mayor precisión un flujo de fabricación. Una lista de materiales que " +"incluye productos semielaborados se conoce como una *LdM de varios niveles*," +" donde se distinguen el producto principal *de nivel superior* y sus " +"subconjuntos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar productos semielaborados" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11592,18 +12382,22 @@ msgid "" "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar una lista de materiales de varios niveles, también debe " +"configurar el producto de nivel superior y los productos semielaborados, así" +" que el primer paso es crear los productos semielaborados y sus :abbr:`LdM " +"(Listas de materiales)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una lista de materiales para un producto semielaborado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear la lista de materiales (LdM) del nivel superior" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -11612,6 +12406,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Tras configurar los productos semielaborados por completo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> Productos` y :guilabel:`cree` " +"el producto de nivel superior. Después, configure las especificaciones del " +"producto como desee y asegúrese de :guilabel:`guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -11621,22 +12419,32 @@ msgid "" "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" +"Una vez que configuró el producto de nivel superior, haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Lista de materiales` en el formulario del producto, " +"luego haga clic en :guilabel:`crear` para elaborar una :abbr:`LdM (Lista de " +"materiales)` para el producto de nivel superior. Luego, solo agregue los " +"productos semielaborados a esa lista junto con cualquier otro componente " +"necesario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" +"Una lista de materiales para un producto de nivel superior que incluye un " +"componente de subconjunto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionar la planificación de producción" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"Hay varios métodos para gestionar la automatización de órdenes de " +"fabricación para productos con listas de materiales de múltiples niveles." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11645,6 +12453,10 @@ msgid "" "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" +"Los productos semielaborados se utilizan específicamente para gestionar los " +"productos que se fabrican con LdM de varios niveles. Si crea una lista de " +"materiales solo para organizar componentes o agrupar productos vendibles, es" +" una mejor opción usar :doc:`kits `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -11652,6 +12464,9 @@ msgid "" "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" +"Hay dos opciones para activar de forma automática las órdenes de fabricación" +" de productos semielaborados después de confirmar una orden de fabricación " +"del producto principal:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -11659,10 +12474,13 @@ msgid "" "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" +"**Opción 1 (recomendada):** cree *reglas de reordenamiento* para los " +"productos semielaborados y establezca las cantidades de existencias mínimas " +"y máximas deseadas en `0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -11670,6 +12488,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" +"**Opción 2:** active la opción :guilabel:`Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)` y " +"las rutas de :guilabel:`Fabricación` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` " +"del formulario del producto semielaborado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11680,16 +12501,26 @@ msgid "" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"La primera opción es más flexible que la segunda, así que esta se " +"recomienda. Las reglas de reordenamiento no vinculan directamente la demanda" +" de reabastecimiento y, por lo tanto, permiten que las existencias no se " +"reserven y se redirijan a otras órdenes, en caso necesario. La ruta " +"Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO) crea un vínculo único entre los productos " +"semielaborados y de nivel superior, reservando cantidades solo para la orden" +" de fabricación de nivel superior confirmada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" +"Sin importar el método que elija, los productos semielaborados deben " +"fabricarse por completo antes de que se pueda comenzar a fabricar el " +"producto de nivel superior." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una orden de fabricación para un producto de nivel superior." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" @@ -11700,35 +12531,40 @@ msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" +"Subcontratar una parte o el total de las necesidades de fabricación de su " +"empresa no es fácil. Para que funcione bien, debe:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionar el inventario de materias primas con su subcontratista" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "" +"Enviar las materias primas a sus subcontratistas en el momento indicado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controlar la calidad de los productos entrantes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controlar las facturas de los subcontratistas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -"El siguiente es un ejemplo de subcontratación de la fabricación de “C”, que " -"se produce a partir de las materias primas “A” y “B”." +"El siguiente es un ejemplo de subcontratación de la fabricación de \"C\", " +"que se produce a partir de las materias primas \"A\" y \"B\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" +"Gracias a la función de subcontratación de Odoo, podrá gestionar este flujo " +"con facilidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11744,7 +12580,7 @@ msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -"Para definir si un producto se debe subcontratar, utilice una *Lista de " +"Para definir si un producto se debe subcontratar, utilice una *lista de " "Materiales (LdM)* de tipo *Subcontratación*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 @@ -11755,13 +12591,18 @@ msgid "" "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva *LdM*, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos" +" --> Lista de materiales` y haga clic en crear. A continuación, enumere los " +"componentes que necesita su subcontratista para fabricar el producto. Por " +"motivos de costo, es posible que desee registrar todos los componentes, " +"incluso los que se obtienen directamente del subcontratista." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya establecido el *Tipo de LdM* en *Subcontratación*, " +"Una vez que haya establecido el *tipo de LdM* en *Subcontratación*, " "especifique a uno o varios subcontratistas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 @@ -11775,6 +12616,10 @@ msgid "" "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" +"Para que su subcontratista sepa cuántos productos necesita, cree y envíe " +"órdenes de compra. Para ello, vaya a la aplicación *Compras* y cree una " +"nueva orden de compra, asegúrese de enviársela a un proveedor que esté " +"definido como subcontratista en la *LdM* de estos productos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11782,22 +12627,30 @@ msgid "" "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que se valida la *orden de compra* (1), se crea un recibo pendiente." +" Cuando se reciben los productos, se valida el recibo (2), con la cantidad " +"real recibida. Como resultado de estas acciones, Odoo realiza lo siguiente:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "" +"Consume los componentes correspondientes en la ubicación del subcontratista " +"basándose en la *LdM* y su entrada (3);" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" +"Produce los productos terminados en la ubicación del subcontratista (4);" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" +"Traslada los productos desde la ubicación del subcontratista a SuEmpresa a " +"través del recibo validado (5)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11806,6 +12659,10 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" +"La *orden de compra* es opcional. Si crea manualmente un recibo, con el " +"subcontratista adecuado, Odoo seguirá realizando todos los movimientos. " +"Resulta útil si el subcontratista no factura un precio fijo por artículo, " +"sino por el tiempo y los materiales utilizados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" @@ -11813,7 +12670,7 @@ msgstr "Valoración del inventario" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "El costo del producto fabricado “C” se define como:" +msgstr "El costo del producto fabricado \"C\" se define de la siguiente manera:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" @@ -11821,15 +12678,15 @@ msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" -msgstr "Con:" +msgstr "Donde:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "**A**: Costo de las materias primas provenientes de SuEmpresa;" +msgstr "**A**: costo de las materias primas provenientes de SuEmpresa;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "**B**: Costo de las materias primas obtenidas directamente del" +msgstr "**B**: costo de las materias primas obtenidas directamente del" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" @@ -11837,7 +12694,7 @@ msgstr "subcontratista;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "**s**: Costo del servicio subcontratado." +msgstr "**s**: costo del servicio subcontratado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -11846,6 +12703,10 @@ msgid "" "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" +"El envío de materias primas a sus subcontratistas (**A**) no afecta a la " +"valoración del inventario, pues los componentes aún se valoran como parte de" +" sus existencias. Puede es posible si establece la *ubicación de " +"subcontratación* en una *ubicación interna*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -11864,6 +12725,8 @@ msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" +"Por último, la factura del subcontratista coincide con la orden de compra, y" +" el precio previsto procede de los productos C terminados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -11871,10 +12734,10 @@ msgid "" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -"Si la gestión de la reposición de las materias primas **B** en la ubicación " -"de su subcontratista no es necesaria, simplemente incluya el costo de **B** " -"en el precio del subcontratista **s** y elimine los productos *B* de la " -"*LdM*." +"Si la gestión de la reabastecimiento de las materias primas **B** en la " +"ubicación de su subcontratista no es necesaria, solo incluya el costo de " +"**B** en el precio del subcontratista **s** y elimine los productos *B* de " +"la *LdM*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" @@ -11886,6 +12749,9 @@ msgid "" "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" +"En caso de que los productos recibidos del subcontratista contengan " +"componentes con seguimiento, es necesario especificar sus números de serie o" +" de lote durante la recepción." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -11894,6 +12760,11 @@ msgid "" "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" +"Al recibir el producto subcontratado, aparecerá un botón con el *Registrar " +"componentes*, haga clic para abrir un cuadro de diálogo y registrar los " +"números de serie o de lote de los componentes. Si también se realiza el " +"seguimiento del producto terminado, su número de serie o de lote también se " +"puede registrar aquí." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -11902,7 +12773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "A efectos de auditoría, es posible comprobar los números de lote registrados" " en un recibo utilizando el icono situado a la derecha de los productos " -"finales:" +"terminados:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -11912,6 +12783,11 @@ msgid "" "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" +"De igual forma, tenga en cuenta que en caso de que se haya seleccionado un " +"consumo flexible en la LdM subcontratada para un producto no rastreado, la " +"opción para registrar componentes también aparecerá opcionalmente en cada " +"línea de movimiento, si desea registrar más o menos consumo de componentes " +"en su ubicación de subcontratación, al recibir su producto final." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -11919,10 +12795,14 @@ msgid "" "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" +"Como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior, la recepción de estos dos productos " +"no rastreados se puede realizar al seleccionar la opción 'Establecer " +"cantidades' o a través de los menús de tres rayas horizontales de la línea " +"de movimiento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "Automatizar la reposición para los subcontratistas" +msgstr "Automatizar el reabastecimiento para los subcontratistas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -11933,6 +12813,12 @@ msgid "" "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" +"Hay dos maneras de automatizar el suministro de materias primas a sus " +"subcontratistas al comprar el producto final. El método que elija depende de" +" si desea o no que los materiales transiten por su almacén. Ambos métodos se" +" describen como mecanismos de estilo *pull*, pues lo que hace que se " +"ejecuten es la orden de compra inicial del subcontratista, lo que crea la " +"necesidad de materia prima." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -11941,6 +12827,10 @@ msgid "" "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" +"Si está suministrando materia prima a su subcontratista desde su propio " +"almacén, debe activar la ruta \"Reabastecer al subcontratista al hacer un " +"pedido\" como se muestra a continuación. Si este es un componente que compra" +" a un proveedor, también debe activar la ruta de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -11952,12 +12842,22 @@ msgid "" "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" +"Si desea que su proveedor reabastezca a su subcontratista directamente, debe" +" elegir la opción \"Triangular al subcontratista al hacer un pedido\". Para " +"que esta opción esté activa en el formulario del producto, primero active la" +" opción de triangulación desde :menuselection:`Compra --> Configuración --> " +"Ajustes --> Triangular`. Una vez que se valida la orden de compra al " +"subcontratista, esta ruta creará una solicitud de cotización de " +"triangulación de su proveedor a ese subcontratista, después solo tiene que " +"revisarla y validarla." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que la ruta de compra no está seleccionada en este caso, " +"pues la ruta de triangulación ya es una ruta de compra. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -11966,18 +12866,24 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" +"Finalmente, si quiere rastrear las existencias de esta materia prima en sus " +"ubicaciones subcontratadas, entonces debe activar *Multi-ubicaciones* en " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Ubicaciones de " +"almacenaje`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "" +"Desde el formulario de ubicación, podrá acceder a las Existencias Actuales " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" -msgstr "Abastecimiento Manual" +msgstr "Reabastecimiento manual" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "" +"También puede elegir reabastecer de forma manual a sus subcontratistas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -11986,6 +12892,10 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" +"Si quiere enviar componentes a su subcontratista de manera que sea " +"conveniente para usted, seleccione el Tipo de Operación 'Reabastecer " +"Subcontratista' desde el módulo *Inventario*, y cree una recolección, " +"especificando a que subcontratista le va a entregar. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -11993,6 +12903,10 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" +"De manera alternativa, también puede solicitarle a su proveedor manualmente " +"que reabastezca a su subcontratista creando una orden de compra tipo " +"triangulación, con su subcontratista establecido como la dirección de " +"entrega. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" @@ -12011,15 +12925,18 @@ msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" -"Vaya a la sección :menuselection:`Aplicación de Fabricación --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la función del Programa maestro de " -"producción antes de hacer clic en guardar." +"Vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> " +"Ajustes` y active la función del Programa maestro de producción antes de " +"hacer clic en guardar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "" +"Desde los ajustes del programa maestro de producción puede definir el " +"intervalo de tiempo de su PMP (mes/semana/día) y el número de periodos que " +"desea mostrar en todo momento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -12028,6 +12945,11 @@ msgid "" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" +"Ahora vaya a :menuselection:`Planeación --> Programa maestro de producción` " +"y haga clic en *agregar un producto*. Podrá definir su objetivo de " +"existencias de seguridad (es decir, las existencias que quiere tener a la " +"mano al final del periodo) y las cantidades mínimas y máximas que se pueden " +"o se deben reabastecer en cada periodo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -12038,6 +12960,13 @@ msgid "" "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" +"En la vista del PMP, puede decidir qué información desea mostrar haciendo " +"clic en las *filas*. Se pueden añadir algunos campos a la vista, como " +"*Demanda real*, que mostrará la cantidad de productos ordenados para el " +"periodo, o *Disponible para prometer*, que le permite saber lo que todavía " +"se puede vender durante el periodo (el reabastecimiento previsto - lo que ya" +" se vendió durante el periodo). También puede decidir ocultar cierta " +"información si no es necesaria." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" @@ -12051,6 +12980,11 @@ msgid "" "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso es estimar la demanda para el periodo. Esta estimación " +"debe introducirse en la fila *Previsión de la demanda*. En cualquier momento" +" puede comparar la previsión de demanda con la demanda real (= ventas " +"confirmadas). La previsión de la demanda de un producto final tendrá un " +"impacto en la demanda indirecta de sus componentes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -12060,6 +12994,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" +"A continuación, se calculará automáticamente la cantidad a reabastecer para " +"los distintos periodos. Se muestran en verde los reabastecimientos que debe " +"iniciar según los plazos de entrega (plazo de entrega del proveedor o plazo " +"de entrega de la fabricación). Para iniciar el reabastecimiento, haga clic " +"en el botón de reabastecimiento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -12078,6 +13017,9 @@ msgid "" "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" +"En caso de editar manualmente la cantidad *A reabastecer*, aparecerá una " +"pequeña cruz a la izquierda. En caso de que desee volver al valor calculado " +"automáticamente por Odoo, puede hacer clic en la cruz." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 msgid "Cells color signification" @@ -12088,6 +13030,8 @@ msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" +"Las celdas que forman parte de la línea *reabastecimiento sugerido* pueden " +"tomar distintos colores según la situación:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -12112,7 +13056,7 @@ msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" -"**Rojo**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y la cantidad era " +"**Rojo**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y su cantidad era " "demasiado alta considerando los datos actuales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 @@ -12128,7 +13072,7 @@ msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" -"La línea de *Previsión de existencias* también puede contener celdas rojas, " +"La línea de *previsión de existencias* también puede contener celdas rojas, " "lo que significa que las existencias serán negativas durante dicho periodo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 @@ -12157,7 +13101,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Puede disminuir la previsión de la demanda. La celda se volverá roja para " "informarle que ha ordenado más de lo previsto. Si todavía puede, cancele " -"manualmente algunas u órdenes de fabricación." +"manualmente algunas solicitudes de cotización u órdenes de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" @@ -12170,12 +13114,12 @@ msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" -"Puede eliminar un elemento del PMP al hacer clic en el icono de bote de " -"basura ubicado a la derecha del producto." +"Puede eliminar un elemento del PMP al hacer clic en el icono de la papelera " +"ubicado a la derecha del producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestione órdenes de trabajo usando los centros de trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12187,6 +13131,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" +"Fabricación de Odoo le permite a las órdenes de trabajo ejecutarse en " +"centros de trabajo específicos. Cuando se crea una orden de fabricación para" +" un producto, cualquier orden de trabajo enumerada en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Operaciones` de la lista de materiales del producto (LdM) se " +"creará automáticamente y se asignará a un centro de trabajo específico. Las " +"órdenes de trabajo se pueden gestionar en el módulo :guilabel:`Fabricación` " +"al seleccionar :menuselection:`Operaciones --> Órdenes de Trabajo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -12196,10 +13147,16 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" +"Para usar centros de trabajo, debe estar activada la función " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de Trabajo` . Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo " +":guilabel:`Fabricación` , seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> " +"Ajustes`, y active la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Órdenes de Trabajo`. Los " +"centros de trabajo se pueden crear y gestionar si selecciona " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Centros de Trabajo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un centro de trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -12207,47 +13164,65 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"Dentro del módulo :guilabel:`Fabricación` , seleccione " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Centros de Trabajo --> Crear`. El " +"formulario del centro de trabjo se puede llenar de la siguiente manera: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre del centro de trabajo`: dele al centro de trabajo un " +"nombre claro que descirba el tipo de operaciones para las que se usará. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Centros de trabajo alternativos`: especifíque un centro de " +"trabajo alternativo para que ahí se ejecuten las operaciones si el centro de" +" trabajo principal no está disponible. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Código`: asinge un código de referencia al centro de trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horas de trabajo`: defina el número de horas semanales en las que" +" se puede usar el centro de trabajo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione la empresa a la que le pertenece el centro " +"de trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" +"Un ejemplo de un formulario de centro de trabajo configurado en su " +"totalidad. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Establezca estándares para la productividad del centro de trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Infromación General` en el formulario del centro de " +"trabajo le permite asignar objetivos de productividad al centro de trabajo:" +" " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -12256,47 +13231,64 @@ msgid "" "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eficiencia de tiempo`: se usa para calcular la duración esperada " +"de una orden de trabajo en el centro de trabajo. Por ejemplo, si normalmente" +" una orden de trabajo tarda una hora en realizarse y la eficiencia está " +"establecida en 200%, la orden tardará 30 minutos en completarse. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Capacidad`: el número de operaciones que se pueden ejecutar de " +"manera simultánea en el centro de trabajo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Objetivo de la eficacia general del equipo`: el objetivo para la " +"eficacia en el centro de trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tiempo antes de la producción.`: tiempo establecido qie se " +"requiere antes de que comience el trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tiempo después de la producción`: tiempo de descanso o limpieza " +"que se requiere después de que se terminó el trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Costo por hora`: el costo operacional del centro de trabajo por " +"una hora " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuenta analítica`: la cuenta dónde se debe registrar el costo del" +" centro de trabajo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" +"La pestaña de información general del formulario del centro de trabajo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asignar equipo a un centro de trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -12304,78 +13296,97 @@ msgid "" "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" +"Al usar la pestaña :guilabel:`Equipo`, es posible asignar piezas de equipo " +"específicas a un centro de trabajo. La siguiente información se mostrará " +"para cada pieza de equipo que agregue: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del equipo`: nombre de la pieza de equipo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Técnico`: el técnico responsable de darle mantenimiento al equipo" +" " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categoría del equipo`: la categoría del equipo le pertenece a" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tiempo medio esperado entre fallos`: la cantidad promedio de " +"tiempo que se espera que el equipo funcione antes de fallar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tiempo medio de recuperación`: el tiempo promedio que tarda el " +"equipo en recuperarse para volver a ser completamente funcional de nuevo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Próxima falla estimada`: un estimado de cuándo ocurrirá el " +"siguiente fallo del equipo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La pestaña de equipo en el formulario del centro de trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Tiempo medio esperado entre fallos`, el :guilabel:`Tiempo " +"medio de recuperación`, y la :guilabel:`Próxima falla esperada` se calculan " +"automáticamente con base en datos anteriores de fallos, si es que existen." +" " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integración de dispositivos IoT " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Activadores de IoT` permite la integración de " +"dispositivos :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las Cosas)` con un centro de trabajo: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dispositivo`: especifica el dispositivo IoT que se activará" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Clave`: la clave de seguridad para el dispositivo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Acción`: la acción para activar el dispositivo IoT " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La pestaña Activadores de IoT en el formulario del centro de trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caso de uso: configure un centro de trabajo alternativo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -12384,6 +13395,10 @@ msgid "" "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" +"Cuando un centro de trabajo tiene completa sus capacidad, no puede aceptar " +"nuevas órdenes de trabajo. En lugar de esperar a que el centro de trabajo " +"esté disponible, es posbile especificar un centro de trabajo alternativo " +"donde se ejecutarán las órdenes de trabajo excedentes. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -12393,6 +13408,12 @@ msgid "" "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" +"Comience creando un nuevo centro de trabajo. Configure la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Equipo` para que tenga el mismo equipo que el centro de trabajo " +"principal. Esto garantizará que se ejecuten las mismas tareas en ambos " +"centros de trabajo. Vaya al centro de trabajo principal e incluya un nuevo " +"centro de trabajo en el campo de selección :guilabel:`Centros de trabajo " +"alternativos`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -12402,25 +13423,36 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" +"Ahora, cree una nueva orden de fabricación que use el centro de trabajo " +"principal para una de sus operaciones. El centro de trabajo principal se " +"seleccionará de manera automática para la operación en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo`. Después de confirmar la orden de " +"fabricación, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Planear` que aparece del lado " +"superior izquierdo del formulario. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón planear para seleccionar automáticamente un centro de " +"trabajo disponible. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" +"Si el centro de trabajo principal tiene completa su capacidad, el centro de " +"trabajo seleccionado para la operación se cambiará automáticamente por el " +"centro de trabajo alternativo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El centro de trabajo alternativo se selecciona automáticamente. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 msgid "Monitor work center performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monitoree el rendimiento del centro de trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -12429,36 +13461,48 @@ msgid "" "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" +"Puede ver el rendimiento de un centro de trabajo individual si selecciona " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Centros de trabajo`, y haga clic en un " +"centro de trabajo. Puede ver una variedad de métricas en el lado superior " +"derecho del formulario que muestran el rendimiento del centro de trabajo: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eficacia general del equipo`: el porcentaje de tiempo que el " +"centro de trabajo fue totalmente productivo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pérdida`: la cantidad de tiempo perdido a causa de interrupciones" +" en el trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Carga`: la cantidad de tiempo que le tomará completar la carga de" +" trabajo actual" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rendimiento`: la duraión real del tiempo de trabajo mostrado como" +" porcentaje de la duración esperada " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Control de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear alertas de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12468,20 +13512,28 @@ msgid "" "Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " "detected by automated processes." msgstr "" +"Configurar puntos de control de calidad es una excelente manera de " +"garantizar que el control de calidad se haga en etapas rutinarias durante " +"operaciones específicas. Sin embargo, los problemas de calidad pueden " +"aparecer frecuentemente fuera de esos controles programados. Al usar " +"*Calidad* de Odoo, los usuarios pueden crear alertas por problemas de " +"calidad que se detectaron durante el proceso automatizado. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Agregar puntos de control de calidad `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encuentre y llene el formulario de las alertas de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 msgid "" "In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" " the *Quality* module." msgstr "" +"En algunas situaciones, es necesario crear manualmente las alertas de caliad" +" dentro del módulo *Calidad*. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -12489,6 +13541,9 @@ msgid "" " create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " "quality team." msgstr "" +"Un usuario que recibe un ticket de un cliente notificando un defecto en un " +"producto, puede crear una alerta para llamar la atención del equipo de " +"calidad correspondiente. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -12496,66 +13551,86 @@ msgid "" "module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " "Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva alerta de calidad, vaya al módulo " +":menuselection:`Calidad` y seleccione :menuselection:`Control de calidad -->" +" Alertas de calidad --> Crear`. La alerta de calidad se puede llenar de la " +"siguiente manera:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " "alert" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Título`: elija un título claro y descriptivo para la alerta de " +"calidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " "created" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto sobre el cual se crea la alerta de calidad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " "the quality issue, if applicable" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Variante de producto`: la variante específica del producto que " +"tiene un problema de calidad, solo si aplica " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote`: el número de lote que tiene asignado el producto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Centro de trabajo`: el centro de trabajo donde se originó el " +"problema de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " "originated" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Recolección`: la operación de recolección durante la cual se " +"originó el problema de calidad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " "alert" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Equipo`: el equipo de calidad al que se le enviará la alerta " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" " alert" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable`: la persona responsable de gestionar la alerta de " +"calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: clasifique la alerta de calidad con base en etiquetas" +" creadas por el usuario " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Causa`: la causa del problema de calidad, si se sabe" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " "ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prioridad`: asigne la prioridad entre uno y tres estrellas para " +"garantizar que los problemas urgentes tengan prioridad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 @@ -12563,36 +13638,47 @@ msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" msgstr "" +"Las pestañas al final del formulario se pueden usar para proporcionar " +"infromación adicional a los equipos de calidad: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: proporcione detalles adicionales sobre el problema " +"de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Acciones correctivas`: el método para arreglar los productos " +"afectados " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " "occurring in the future" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Acciones preventivas`: procedimientos para prevenir que el " +"problema vuelva a ocurrir " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " "that produces the product, and the date assigned" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Otro`: el proveedor del producto (si aplica), la empresa que " +"produce el prodcuto y la fecha asignada " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." msgstr "" +"Un ejemplo de un formulario de alerta de calidad configrado en su totalidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregue alertas de calidad durante el proceso de fabricación " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -12601,10 +13687,15 @@ msgid "" "view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " "and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." msgstr "" +"Odoo le permite a los empleados de fabricación crear alertas de calidad en " +"una orden de trabajo sin tener que acceder al módulo *Calidad*. Desde la " +"vista de tableta de una orden de trabajo, haga clic en :guilabel:` ☰ ` icono" +" de menú tipo hamburguesa en la esquina superior izquierda y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Alerta de calidad`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceda almenú de la orden de trabajo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -12613,10 +13704,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." msgstr "" +"El formulario de las alertas de calidad se pueden llenar tal como se detalló" +" en la sección anterior. Después de guardar el formulario, aparecerá una " +"nueva alerta en el tablero de :guilabel:`Alertas de calidad` al que puede " +"acceder desde el menú :menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestione alertas de calidad existentes " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -12626,6 +13721,11 @@ msgid "" "Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " "calendar, and pivot table views." msgstr "" +"De manera predeterminada, las alertas de calidad están organizadas en una " +"vista kanban. Las etapas del tablero kanban son totalmente configurables y " +"las alertas se pueden mover de una etapa a otra arrastrando y soltando, o " +"desde cada alerta. Otras opciones adicionales disponibles para ver las " +"alertas incluyen las vistas de gráficos, calendario, y tablas pivote. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12633,10 +13733,14 @@ msgid "" "Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " "found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." msgstr "" +"Filtre las alertas según diferentes criterios como la fecha asignada o la " +"fecha finalizada. Las alertas también se pueden agrupar según el equipo de " +"calidad, causa u otros parámetros que puede encontrar en el botón de menú " +":guilabel:`Filtros` . " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregue controles de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12646,10 +13750,16 @@ msgid "" "manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " "specific points during production." msgstr "" +"Use *Calidad de Odoo* para controlar la calidad de los productos antes de " +"que se registren en las existencias, durante las operaciones de recolección " +"y cuando salgan del almacén para completar una orden de envio. Al crear " +"*puntos de control de calidad*, los fabricantes pueden establecer controles " +"de calidad que se activan automáticamente en puntos específicos durante la " +"producción. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure los puntos de control de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -12657,18 +13767,26 @@ msgid "" " --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " "accordingly:" msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo punto de control de calidad, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control --> Crear`. Luego, " +"llene los siguientes campos del formulario como corresponde: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " "title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Título`: introduzca un título simple e informativo para su punto " +"de control de calidad, para que los equipos de producción y control de " +"calidad lo puedan entender fácilmente. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " "specific quality control point" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Productos`: indique que producto(s) deben pasar a través del " +"punto específico de control de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -12676,6 +13794,9 @@ msgid "" "the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " "Orders`, etc.)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operaciones`: determine qué equipo(s) de operaciones deben " +"realizar el control de calidad (por ejemplo, `Fabricación`, `Recibos`, " +"`Órdenes de envio`, etc.)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -12684,6 +13805,11 @@ msgid "" "point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " ":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operación de la orden de trabajo`: para las operaciones de " +"fabricación, utilice el menú desplegable para indicar para que tipo de orden" +" de trabajo aplica el punto de control de calidad: :guilabel:`Ensamblaje " +"manual`, :guilabel:`Empaquetado`, :guilabel:`Ensamblaje`, :guilabel:`Prueba`" +" o :guilabel:`Ensamblaje a largo plazo`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -12692,6 +13818,11 @@ msgid "" "However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " "cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: agregue la empresa que implementará el punto de control" +" de calidad. Generalmente, será la empresa que sea propietaria de la base de" +" datos de Odoo. Sin emabrgo, puede seleccionar un perfil multiempresa o de " +"proveedor para casos en los que existan varias ubicaciones de fabricación y " +"de ingeniería. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -12699,6 +13830,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" " to determine how often the control point should executed" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de control`: usando el menú desplegable, elija entre " +":guilabel:`Todas las operaciones`, :guilabel:`Al azar` o " +":guilabel:`Periodicamente` para determinar que tan seguido se debe ejecutar " +"el punto de control de calidad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12706,37 +13841,49 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " "Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo`: usando el menú desplegable, elija el tipo del punto de " +"control : :guilabel:`Instrucciones`, :guilabel:`Tomar una foto`, " +":guilabel:`Aprobado - No aprobado`, o :guilabel:`Medida` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " "the quality control point check" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Equipo`: decida qué equipo de calidad debe recibir los resultados" +" del punto de control de calidad" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " "evolution of the quality control point over time" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable`: agregue una persona por punto para que gestione el " +"estado y la evolución del punto de control de calidad a lo largo del tiempo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instrucciones`: describa el control de calidad que se ejecutará " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " "fails" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mensaje en caso de fallo`: escriba con detalle qué es lo que se " +"debe hacer en caso de que la revisión falle " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Notas`: úselas para incluir información adicional" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." msgstr "" +"Un ejemplo de un formulario de punto de control de calidad configurado en su" +" totalidad para una prueba de Aprobado-No aprobado. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -12745,6 +13892,10 @@ msgid "" "order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se ha configurado un punto de control, se creará y asignará " +"automáticamente un control de calidad cuando haya llegado a la operación u " +"orden de trabajo especificados. Los controles de calidad se pueden gestionar" +" seleccionando `Control de Calidad --> Controles de calidad`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -12752,10 +13903,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," " and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." msgstr "" +"Para ver todos los controles de calidad creados por un putno de control, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control`, seleccione" +" un punto de control, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Controles de calidad` en la " +"esquina superior derecha. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caso de uso: configure una medidia de control de calidad " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -12766,18 +13921,28 @@ msgid "" "fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " "will pass the check:" msgstr "" +"Para asegurar que el producto cumpla con las medidas requeridas, seleccione," +" :guilabel:`Medida` del menú desplegable :guilabel:`Tipo` . Seleccionar el " +"tipo de control de calidad :guilabel:`Medida` desplega tres nuevos campos: " +":guilabel:`Dispositivo`, :guilabel:`Norma`, y :guilabel:`Tolerancia`. Estos " +"campos se pueden configurar para que solo los productos con cierta " +"tolerancia pasen el control:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " "the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dispositivo`: seleccione el dispositivo de medición que debe " +"usarse para tomar las medidas (por ejemplo, cinta métrica)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " "conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Norma`: especifíque la medida deseada a la que el producto debe " +"ajustarse y la unidad de medida que debe usarse " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -12785,12 +13950,17 @@ msgid "" "while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" " 60.5 mm)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tolerancia`: seleccione el rango dentro del cual puede estar la " +"medida y aún así pasar el control (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`de` 59.5 mm " +":guilabel:`a` 60.5 mm)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " "check." msgstr "" +"Un ejemplo de un formulario de un punto de control de calidad configurado " +"para un control de calidad de medidas. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -12798,6 +13968,9 @@ msgid "" "Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " "specified on the form." msgstr "" +"Cuando el formulario de los puntos de control de calidad este completo, haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Ahora, este prueba basada en las medidas se " +"activará para los productos especificados en el formulario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -12811,6 +13984,15 @@ msgid "" "view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " "team." msgstr "" +"Cuando la producción del producto específicado llega al punto de operación " +"que necesita un control de calidad de medida, se le solicita al empleado de " +"fabricación responsable que registre y valide el valor medido desde la vista" +" de tableta. Para productos que tengan las medidas dentro de los valores " +"indicados en los campos de :guilabel:`Tolerancia` la prueba será aprobada. " +"Sin embargo, para los productos que tienen medidas fuera de esos valores, la" +" purueba no será aprobada. En ese caso, el empleado que hizo el control de " +"calidad debe crear una alerta de calidad desde la vista de tableta. El " +"equipo de gestión de calidad puede trabajar en esa alerta. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" @@ -12822,7 +14004,7 @@ msgid "" "and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " "replenishments and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" -"La aplicación de **Compra de Odoo** le ayuda a llevar un seguimiento de los " +"La aplicación **Compras de Odoo** le ayuda a llevar un seguimiento de los " "acuerdos de compra, las cotizaciones y las órdenes de compra. Aprenda a " "automatizar el proceso de reabastecimiento y a llevar un seguimiento tanto " "de las ofertas de compra como de sus órdenes." @@ -12874,7 +14056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tablero de reportes en Compras de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -12957,7 +14139,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtros de reporte en Compras de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" @@ -12988,7 +14170,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtros de reportes personalizados en Compras de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -13024,7 +14206,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar la vista de reportes en Compras de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" @@ -13044,7 +14226,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de gráfico de informes en Compras de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -13085,7 +14267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica en Compras de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -13102,6 +14284,8 @@ msgstr "Gestionar ofertas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" +"Utilice los contratos marco para crear contratos de compra con los " +"proveedores " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13110,6 +14294,11 @@ msgid "" "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" +"Los contratos marco son contratos de compra a largo plazo entre una empresa " +"y un proveedor para enviar productos de manera recurrente con precios ya " +"establecidos. Los contratos marco son útiles cuando se compran productos del" +" mismo proveedor, pero en diferentes cantidades en periodos de tiempo " +"diferentes. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -13117,14 +14306,17 @@ msgid "" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" +"Al simplificar los procesos de solicitar órdenes, los contratos marco no " +"solo ahorran tiempo, sino también dinero, pues pueden ser ventajosas al " +"negociar precios al por mayor con los proveedores. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Create a new blanket order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree un nuevo contrato marco " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -13135,10 +14327,16 @@ msgid "" "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" +"Para crear contratos marco, la función de *Contratos de compra* primero debe" +" estar activada en los ajustes de la aplicación *Compras*. Para hacerlo, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Compras --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, and under the" +" :guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " +"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contratos de compra activados en los ajustes de la aplicación Compras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -13146,6 +14344,9 @@ msgid "" "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" +"Para crear un contrato marco, vaya a :menuselection:`Compras --> Órdenes -->" +" contratos marco`, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Esto crea (y lo " +"redirige a) un formulario para una orden de un contrato marco. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -13153,6 +14354,9 @@ msgid "" "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" +"Desde este nuevo formulario para un contrato marco, puede configurar " +"diferentes campos y ajustes, para que existan reglas predeterminadas que " +"debe seguir el contrato recurrente a largo plazo: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -13160,6 +14364,10 @@ msgid "" "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Representante de compras`: es el usuario que tiene asignado " +"esta orden específica de contrato marco. De manera predeterminada, es el " +"usuario que creó el contrato. Puede cambiar al usuario directamente desde el" +" menú desplegable que está junto a este campo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -13167,6 +14375,9 @@ msgid "" "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de contrato`: es el tipo de contrato de compra en el que se " +"clasifica este contrato marco. En Odoo, los contratos marco son los únicos " +"contratos de compra oficiales. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13174,6 +14385,9 @@ msgid "" "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Proveedor`: es el proveedor con quién se celebra el contrato, ya " +"sea una vez o de manera recurrente. Puede seleccionar el proveedor " +"directamente desde el menú desplegable que está junto a este campo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -13181,6 +14395,9 @@ msgid "" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Divisa`: es la divisa acordada que se utilizará para este " +"acuerdo. Si tiene activadas varias divisas en su base de datos, puede " +"cambiarlas desde el menú desplegable que está junto a este campo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index f0d476b10..cf1f6bd05 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ msgid "" "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" "**¿Puedo enviar un SMS a un número de teléfono fijo (no un teléfono celular)" -" porque veo el icono en frente del campo “Teléfono”?**" +" porque veo el icono frente al campo “Teléfono”?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." @@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" -"Consulte nuestras `Políticas de privacidad aquí " +"Consulte nuestras Políticas de privacidad `aquí " "`__." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 @@ -3599,16 +3599,25 @@ msgid "" "can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner " "of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." msgstr "" +"En el tablero de :guilabel:`Campañas` puede crear una nueva haciendo clic en" +" el signo de agregado rápido :guilabel:`+ (signo de más)` ubicado en la " +"esquina superior derecha de cada etapa en el flujo, visible en la vista " +"kanban. También puede crear una campaña haciendo clic en :guilabel:`nuevo` " +"en la esquina superior izquierda del mismo tablero." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 msgid "" "Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." msgstr "" +"Ambas opciones muestran una ventana de detalle para una nueva campaña " +"directamente en el tablero de :guilabel:`campañas` al hacer clic." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"Vista de la opción para agregar una campaña de forma rápida en la aplicación" +" Marketing social de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -3616,6 +3625,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click " ":guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." msgstr "" +"Ingrese aquí el :guilabel:`nombre de la campaña`, el :guilabel:`responsable`" +" y las :guilabel:`etiquetas`. Cuando termine de escribir todas las " +"modificaciones, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar` para añadir la campaña a la" +" base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" @@ -3628,18 +3641,26 @@ msgid "" "be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a " "template page for a campaign." msgstr "" +"Debe acceder y modificar, según lo requiera, la página de la plantilla de la" +" campaña deseada para poder editarla mayor precisión, y crear y enviar " +"varias formas de comunicaciones relacionadas con ella. Hay distintas maneras" +" de acceder a una página de plantilla para una campaña." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 msgid "" "After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` " "campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Después de agregar la información pertinente en el menú desplegable de " +":guilabel:`agregado rápido` de la campaña, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 msgid "" "Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard " "in list or kanban view." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la campaña deseada en el tablero :guilabel:`Campañas` en la vista" +" de lista o kanban." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3647,12 +3668,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and " "select :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"En el tablero de :guilabel:`Campañas` desde la vista kanban, seleccione el " +"menú desplegable :guilabel:`⋮ (tres puntos)` en la campaña deseada y después" +" presione :guilabel:`Editar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 msgid "" "Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that " "specific campaign." msgstr "" +"Cualquiera de las rutas anteriores mostrará la página de *plantilla de " +"campaña* para esa campaña en específico." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" @@ -3664,6 +3690,10 @@ msgid "" " and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or " "scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." msgstr "" +"Desde la página de *plantilla de campaña* puede personalizar o modificar " +"varios elementos y puede crear, modificar, enviar o programar varias formas " +"de comunicación. A continuación se muestra una muestra de una plantilla de " +"campaña completa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." @@ -3679,6 +3709,12 @@ msgid "" "Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing " "Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la función *campañas de correo* se encuentra habilitada en " +"la aplicación *Marketing por correo electrónico*, así la opción " +":guilabel:`Enviar nuevo correo masivo` aparecerá en las plantillas de " +"campaña. Vaya a :menuselection:`Marketing por correo electrónico --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`, active las :guilabel:`campañas de correo` y haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3690,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar contenido y comunicaciones a las campañas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3699,18 +3735,28 @@ msgid "" "campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left " "corner of the campaign template page." msgstr "" +"Si instala las aplicaciones adecuadas y realiza los ajustes correspondientes" +" (como se indicó anteriormente), hay cuatro formas de opciones de " +"comunicación y contenido que se pueden agregar a las campañas. Cada una de " +"estas opciones se muestra como botones en la esquina superior izquierda de " +"la página de plantilla de campaña." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate " "page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enviar nuevo correo masivo`: muestra una plantilla de correo " +"electrónico en blanco en una página separada, desde allí puede personalizar " +"el mensaje completamente de varias maneras." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in " "which a SMS communication can be created and configured." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enviar SMS`: muestra una plantilla de SMS en blanco en una página" +" separada, en esta puede crear y configurar una comunicación SMS." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -3718,6 +3764,10 @@ msgid "" "separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media " "accounts that are already connected to the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enviar publicación social`: muestra una plantilla de publicación " +"social en blanco en una página separada, desde aquí puede crear una " +"publicación y esta se aplica a las cuentas de redes sociales que ya están " +"conectadas a la base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -3725,6 +3775,10 @@ msgid "" "on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are " "already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notificación push`: muestra una plantilla de publicación social " +"similar en blanco en una página separada, sin embargo, las opciones de " +":guilabel:`notificación push` ya están preseleccionadas en el campo " +":guilabel:`Publicar en` ." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -3734,6 +3788,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push " "Notifications`)." msgstr "" +"Una vez que termina de crear cualquier forma de comunicación, Odoo vuelve a " +"la página :guilabel:`Plantilla de campaña` y muestra el nuevo contenido en " +"la pestaña correspondiente (es decir, :guilabel:`correos`, :guilabel:`SMS`, " +":guilabel:`redes sociales` y/o :guilabel:`notificaciones push`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -3742,6 +3800,10 @@ msgid "" "(e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"A medida que agrega contenido y comunicaciones a una campaña, aparecen " +"pestañas para esos medios específicos, junto con una variedad de botones " +"inteligentes analíticos (por ejemplo, guilabel:`ingresos`, " +":guilabel:`cotizaciones`, :guilabel:`leads`...)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -3751,12 +3813,20 @@ msgid "" "particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized " "analysis." msgstr "" +"Estos botones inteligentes, ubicados en la parte superior de la plantilla, " +"muestran diferentes métricas relacionadas con la campaña y sus diversas " +"comunicaciones y contenidos. Cuando hace clic en cualquier botón " +"inteligente, aparece una página separada específica para ese elemento " +"particular de la campaña, lo que permite un análisis más rápido y " +"organizado." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 msgid "" "The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, " "such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Marketing social* está integrada con otras aplicaciones de " +"Odoo, como *Ventas*, *Facturación*, *CRM* y *Sitio web*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -3766,7 +3836,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Social marketing essentials" -msgstr "Fundamentos del marketing social" +msgstr "Fundamentos de marketing social" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3774,6 +3844,11 @@ msgid "" " manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " "engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Marketing social* de Odoo ayuda a quienes se encargan del " +"marketing de contenido a crear y programar publicaciones, gestionar varias " +"cuentas de redes sociales, analizar la efectividad del contenido e " +"interactuar directamente con los seguidores de las redes sociales en una " +"ubicación centralizada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 msgid "Add social media accounts" @@ -3784,10 +3859,12 @@ msgid "" "In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " "stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." msgstr "" +"Debe agregar cada cuenta de redes sociales como flujo en la aplicación " +"*Marketing social* para poder crear publicaciones." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 msgid "Add a social media stream" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar flujos de redes sociales" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3795,29 +3872,40 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " "Stream` button located in the upper left corner" msgstr "" +"Para agregar una cuenta de redes sociales como flujo vaya a " +":menuselection:`Marketing social`, luego haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Agregar un flujo` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " "displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." msgstr "" +"Cuando presiona :guilabel:`Agregar un flujo`, aparece la siguiente ventana " +"emergente mostrando los diferentes medios sociales a elegir." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Vista de la ventana emergente que aparece cuando selecciona \"Agregar un " +"flujo\" en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" "Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " "version of Odoo." msgstr "" +"Están disponibles opciones de redes sociales adicionales dependiendo de la " +"versión de Odoo que utilice." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 msgid "" "From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " ":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." msgstr "" +"En esta ventana emergente seleccione una de las siguientes redes sociales: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn` o :guilabel:`Twitter`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3826,6 +3914,10 @@ msgid "" "add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " "application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." msgstr "" +"Después, Odoo navega directamente a la página de autorización de esa red " +"social específica, donde debe otorgar permiso para que esa cuenta en " +"particular se agregue a la aplicación *Marketing social* como flujo en el " +"tablero principal." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3833,6 +3925,9 @@ msgid "" "permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " "added for different streams." msgstr "" +"Se puede agregar una página de Facebook siempre que la cuenta que realiza " +"esta acción tenga permisos de administrador de la página. Además, puede " +"agregar diferentes páginas para distintos flujos." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3840,17 +3935,25 @@ msgid "" "the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " "account's posts are automatically added." msgstr "" +"Una vez que cuenta con la autorización necesaria, Odoo regresa al " +":guilabel:`Feed` en el tablero principal de :guilabel:`Marketing social`, " +"también se agrega de forma automática una nueva columna con las " +"publicaciones de esa cuenta." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 msgid "" "From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." msgstr "" +"Desde aquí puede agregar y administrar nuevas cuentas y/o flujos en " +"cualquier momento." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " "Marketing" msgstr "" +"Ejemplo de cómo se ve un tablero lleno con flujos en la aplicación Marketing" +" social de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -3859,16 +3962,23 @@ msgid "" "statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " ":guilabel:`Insights`." msgstr "" +"Cuando agrega cuentas de redes sociales al feed también se vinculan los " +"indicadores clave de rendimiento (KPI) de esa plataforma en específico (si " +"los tiene). Para que se le redirija a las estadísticas y métricas " +"relacionadas con cualquier cuenta social, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Información`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" "The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"El enlace de información al que se puede acceder para cada flujo de redes " +"sociales agregado en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear y realizar publicaciones en redes sociales con Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -3877,16 +3987,25 @@ msgid "" " upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " ":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." msgstr "" +"Para crear contenido para cuentas de redes sociales en la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Marketing social` haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nueva " +"publicación` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda del tablero principal," +" o vaya a :menuselection:`Publicaciones --> Nuevo` desde el menú del " +"encabezado." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 msgid "" "Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " "configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" +"Cualquiera de las rutas anteriores muestra una página de plantilla de " +"publicación en blanco que se puede personalizar y configurar de varias " +"maneras diferentes." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" msgstr "" +"Cómo crear una publicación en redes sociales directamente a través de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 msgid "Post template" @@ -3895,10 +4014,12 @@ msgstr "Plantilla de publicación" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." msgstr "" +"La página de plantilla de publicaciones tiene muchas opciones distintas " +"disponibles." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección de \"su publicación\"" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3906,6 +4027,9 @@ msgid "" "determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " "notification, this post will be published." msgstr "" +"La primera opción es el campo :guilabel:`Publicar en`, aquí determina en qué" +" cuenta de redes sociales, o en qué sitio web a través de una notificación " +"push, se realizará la publicación." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3915,12 +4039,21 @@ msgid "" "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para que aparezca la opción :guilabel:`Notificación push`, asegúrese de que " +"la función *Habilitar notificaciones push del sitio web* esté habilitada en " +"la aplicación *Sitio web*. Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`, active :guilabel:`Habilitar notificaciones push " +"del sitio web`, complete los campos correspondientes y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" " linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." msgstr "" +"Odoo también proporciona, de forma automática, todas las cuentas de redes " +"sociales disponibles que se han vinculado a la base de datos como una opción" +" en esta sección." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3928,12 +4061,17 @@ msgid "" "Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " "template." msgstr "" +"Si no ha agregado una cuenta de redes sociales como flujo a la aplicación " +"*Marketing social*, entonces no aparecerá como una opción en la plantilla de" +" publicación." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" +"Luego está el campo :guilabel:`Mensaje`. Aquí se crea el contenido principal" +" de la publicación." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3942,6 +4080,11 @@ msgid "" "the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" " the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." msgstr "" +"Escriba el mensaje que desea adjuntar a su publicación en este campo. A la " +"derecha, conforme va escribiendo en el campo :guilabel:`Mensaje`, Odoo " +"presenta muestras visuales de cómo se verá la publicación en todas las " +"cuentas de redes sociales previamente seleccionadas en el campo anterior " +":guilabel:`Publicar en`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -3950,6 +4093,11 @@ msgid "" "line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " "reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" +"También puede agregar emojis directo al texto en el campo " +":guilabel:`Mensaje`, solo haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`emoji (cara " +"sonriente)` ubicado en la parte derecha de la línea de este campo. Al hacer " +"clic en este icono se muestra un menú desplegable que contiene varios emojis" +" para elegir." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -3957,12 +4105,18 @@ msgid "" "link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " "window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." msgstr "" +"Si utilizará imágenes en su publicación, haga clic en :guilabel:`ADJUNTE " +"IMÁGENES` debajo del campo de :guilabel:`Mensaje` y Odoo mostrará una " +"ventana emergente. Desde allí, elija la imagen para su publicación y luego " +"cárguela." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 msgid "" "A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " "displayed in the visual preview of the post." msgstr "" +"Se muestra al instante una vista previa de la publicación completa, es " +"decir, texto e imagen (si corresponde)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3971,6 +4125,10 @@ msgid "" "line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " "campaigns to choose from." msgstr "" +"En el siguiente campo, :guilabel:`Campaña`, puede adjuntar esta publicación " +"a una campaña de marketing específica en la base de datos. Haga clic en la " +"línea en blanco junto a este campo para elegir entre las campañas " +"previamente configuradas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3980,10 +4138,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" "created campaign." msgstr "" +"También puede crear una nueva campaña desde el campo :guilabel:`Campaña` en " +"blanco. Escriba el nombre de la nueva campaña y seleccione :guilabel:`Crear`" +" desde el menú desplegable, o seleccione :guilabel:`Crear y editar` en el " +"menú para seguir personalizando la campaña recién creada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." msgstr "" +"*No* es necesario que una publicación de red social esté adjunta a una " +"campaña." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3991,6 +4155,9 @@ msgid "" "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Cuando`, elija :guilabel:`Enviar ahora` o " +":guilabel:`Programar después`. Con la primera opción, Odoo enviará la " +"publicación de inmediato; con la segunda, en una fecha y hora posteriores." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -4000,6 +4167,11 @@ msgid "" " which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " "social media accounts." msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Programar después`, Odoo mostrará un nuevo campo " +"(con el nombre :guilabel:`Fecha programada`) abajo del anterior. Al hacer " +"clic en ese campo vacío se mostrará un calendario emergente, seleccione allí" +" la fecha y la hora en la que Odoo realizará la publicación en las cuentas " +"de redes sociales que seleccionó con anterioridad." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -4009,6 +4181,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " "choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la fecha en la que desea enviar la publicación para ese día, " +"después seleccione y personalice la hora predeterminada en el campo " +":guilabel:`Fecha programada` de forma manual o ajuste la hora de envío de su" +" publicación. En este caso, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`planificación " +"(reloj)` ubicado en la ventana emergente del calendario, y elija la hora " +"deseada para que Odoo realice esta publicación en esa fecha." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -4017,6 +4195,10 @@ msgid "" "to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " ":guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" +"Si programa una publicación, recuerde hacer clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Planificación` en la parte superior izquierda de la plantilla de " +"publicación. Al hacerlo, fija una fecha y hora específica para que Odoo " +"envíe la publicación, también cambia su estado a :guilabel:`programado`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -4026,10 +4208,15 @@ msgid "" "etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " "as well." msgstr "" +"Además, cuando hace clic en :guilabel:`Planificación`, aparecen varios " +"botones inteligentes analíticos en la página de la publicación. Cada uno " +"ofrece un análisis detallado de la métrica correspondiente (por ejemplo, " +"guilabel:`leads`, :guilabel:`ingresos`...). Estos mismos botones " +"inteligentes también aparecen cuando un mensaje se publica de forma oficial." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección de \"opciones de notificación web\"" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -4038,6 +4225,10 @@ msgid "" "of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " "required." msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Notificaciones push` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Publicar en`, Odoo proporciona otra sección de ajustes y opciones" +" en la parte inferior de la plantilla de la publicación. Tome en cuenta que " +"*ninguno* de estos campos es obligatorio." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -4045,6 +4236,9 @@ msgid "" "that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " "Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." msgstr "" +"El primer campo es para el :guilabel:`título de la notificación`. Este es un" +" texto que se muestra como el título de la notificación push cada vez que se" +" envía. Odoo muestra una vista previa de este título si asigna uno." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -4053,6 +4247,10 @@ msgid "" "field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " "the push notification." msgstr "" +"Para indicar una página específica en el sitio web que debería activar esta " +"notificación push, escriba la URL de esa página en el campo :guilabel:`URL " +"objetivo`. Una vez que un visitante ingrese a esa página en específico, Odoo" +" mostrará la notificación push." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -4060,6 +4258,9 @@ msgid "" "This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " "uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." msgstr "" +"Debajo de ese campo se encuentra la opción para agregar una " +":guilabel:`imagen del icono` personalizada. Este icono aparece junto a la " +"notificación push y Odoo usa una \"cara sonriente\" de forma predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -4068,6 +4269,11 @@ msgid "" "proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " "displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." msgstr "" +"Para subir una nueva imagen, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Editar " +"(lápiz)` cuando pase por encima del campo :guilabel:`imagen del icono` con " +"el cursor. Después, localice y cargue la imagen deseada, Odoo mostrará en " +"automático una vista previa de cómo aparecerá el icono en la notificación " +"push." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -4075,10 +4281,14 @@ msgid "" "enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " "the visitor's location into consideration." msgstr "" +"Después se encuentra la opción para realizar la publicación en una " +":guilabel:`hora local`. Si está activada, Odoo realizará la publicación en " +"el momento adecuado y predeterminado, teniendo en cuenta la ubicación del " +"visitante." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opciones para guardar, publicar y probar notificaciones" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -4088,6 +4298,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " "accounts." msgstr "" +"Cuando haya realizado todas las modificaciones y la publicación esté " +"completa, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para que se quede como un " +"*borrador, o si está lista para que se publique en ese momento, haga clic en" +" :guilabel:`Publicar` y Odoo realizará la publicación de forma automática en" +" las cuentas de redes sociales predeterminadas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -4096,20 +4311,29 @@ msgid "" " Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" " for visitors." msgstr "" +"También tiene la opción de :guilabel:`probar la notificación` si seleccionó " +"las :guilabel:`notificaciones push` en el campo :guilabel:`Publicar en`. Al " +"hacer clic, se proporciona un ejemplo rápido de cómo se mostrará la " +"notificación a los visitantes." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Barra de estado de publicación en redes sociales" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 msgid "" "In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " ":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." msgstr "" +"En la parte superior derecha de la página de :guilabel:`plantilla de " +"publicación` se encuentra la :guilabel:`barra de estado`, en ella se muestra" +" el estado actual de la publicación." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." msgstr "" +"Cuando hace clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`, la publicación se encuentra en " +"estado de *Borrador*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -4117,6 +4341,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " "*Scheduled*." msgstr "" +"Si programó el envío de la publicación en una fecha u hora posterior e hizo " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Planificación`, entonces el estado de la " +"publicación es *Planificado*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -4124,10 +4351,13 @@ msgid "" "status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " "published or sent, the status is *Posted*." msgstr "" +"Si la publicación está en proceso de publicarse o enviarse, el estado de la " +"publicación es *Publicando*. En caso de que ya se haya publicado o enviado, " +"su estado es *Publicado*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 msgid "Posts page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de publicaciones" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -4135,6 +4365,10 @@ msgid "" "Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" " post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." msgstr "" +"Para obtener una visión completa de las publicaciones, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Marketing social` y haga clic en " +":menuselection:`Publicaciones` en el menú de encabezado. Aquí se encuentra " +"disponible cada publicación que ha creado y publicado con Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -4143,10 +4377,14 @@ msgid "" "the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " "bar." msgstr "" +"Hay cuatro opciones de vista diferentes para los datos en la página de " +":guilabel:`Publicaciones`: *kanban*, *calendario*, *lista* y *tabla " +"dinámica*. Estas se encuentran en la esquina superior derecha de la página " +"de :guilabel:`Publicaciones`, debajo de la barra de búsqueda." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de kanban" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -4154,15 +4392,21 @@ msgid "" "this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " ":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Odoo muestra las publicaciones en una vista de kanban de forma " +"predeterminada. La información en esta página se puede clasificar con mas " +"detalle gracias a los menús desplegables de :guilabel:`Filtros` y " +":guilabel:`Agrupar por` ." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" +"Vista de kanban de la página de publicaciones en la aplicación Marketing " +"social de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 msgid "Calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de calendario" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -4171,14 +4415,21 @@ msgid "" "option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " "Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." msgstr "" +"La opción de vista de calendario muestra una representación visual en un " +"formato de calendario de cuándo se realizaron, o están programadas, las " +"publicaciones. Esta opción proporciona una vista general clara de cualquier " +"día, semana o mes planificado. Odoo muestra todas las publicaciones en " +"borradores, programadas y publicadas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"Ejemplo de la vista de calendario en la aplicación de Marketing social de " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "List view" -msgstr "Vista de listado" +msgstr "Vista de lista" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -4187,10 +4438,17 @@ msgid "" "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +"La opción de vista de lista es parecida a la de kanban, pero en lugar de " +"bloques individuales, muestra toda la información de la publicación en un " +"diseño de lista más despejado. Cada línea de la lista muestra las " +":guilabel:`cuentas de redes sociales`, el :guilabel:`mensaje` y el " +":guilabel:`estado` de cada publicación." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"Vista de la opción de lista en la página de publicaciones en la aplicación " +"Marketing social de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 msgid "Pivot view" @@ -4201,10 +4459,15 @@ msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." msgstr "" +"La opción de vista de tabla dinámica proporciona una tabla de cuadrícula " +"personalizable en su totalidad, en ella puede agregar y analizar diferentes " +"medidas de datos." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"Vista de la opción de tabla dinámica en la página de publicaciones en la " +"aplicación Marketing social de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -4638,7 +4901,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de opciones" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 4255b0d28..55c9c0ae5 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -11,21 +11,21 @@ # marcescu, 2023 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Raquel Iciarte , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # jabelchi, 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1678,6 +1678,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -2061,6 +2062,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "La configuración está lista. Puede iniciar una nueva sesión de PdV." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solución de problemas" @@ -2318,6 +2320,343 @@ msgstr "" "La caja registradora se debe conectar a la impresora y se debe seleccionar " "la casilla de *Caja registradora* en la configuración del PdV." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" @@ -3726,6 +4065,192 @@ msgstr "" " en **Información**, a pesar de tener acceso al artículo que contienen la " "vista." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` " +"to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " +"` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Creación" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Retirada" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Categorías" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -4270,11 +4795,11 @@ msgid "" "url>`_.)" msgstr "" "Como parte de sus guías de seguridad, Google necesita que los creadores de " -"complementos proporcionen una lista de URL que se pueden utilizar en " -"acciones y en las redirecciones que el complemento activa. Esto protege a " -"los usuarios al garantizar, por ejemplo, que ningún complemento redireccione" -" a los usuarios a un sitio web malicioso. (Puede leer más al respecto en " -"`Google Apps Script `_.)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:89 @@ -4285,7 +4810,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Dado que Odoo solo puede listar el dominio `odoo.com` y no los dominios de " "cada servidor local único por cliente, los clientes con alojamiento local no" -" pueden instalar el plugin de Gmail desde el Google Workspace Marketplace." +" pueden instalar el complemento de Gmail desde Google Workspace " +"Marketplace." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4295,17 +4821,17 @@ msgid "" "the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" "Primero, acceda al `repositorio de GitHub `_ para ver los plugins de correo de Odoo. A continuación," -" haga clic en el botón verde de :guilabel:`Código`. Posteriormente, haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Descargar ZIP` para descargar los archivos del plugin de " -"correo en la computadora del usuario." +"client-extensions>`_ para ver los complementos de correo de Odoo. A " +"continuación, haga clic en el botón verde de :guilabel:`Código`. Luego haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Descargar ZIP` para descargar los archivos del " +"complemento de correo en la computadora del usuario." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." msgstr "" "Descargar el archivo ZIP del repositorio de Odoo en GitHub para obtener los " -"plugins de correo." +"complementos de correo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -4314,10 +4840,10 @@ msgid "" ":file:`login.ts` file using any text editor software, such as Notepad " "(Windows), TextEdit (Mac), or Visual Studio Code." msgstr "" -"Abra el archivo ZIP en la computadora. Posteriormente, vaya a " -":menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master --> gmail --> src --> vistas` " -"y abra el archivo :file:`login.ts` con cualquier software de edición de " -"texto, como Notepad (Windows), TextEdit (Mac) o Visual Studio Code." +"Abra el archivo ZIP en la computadora y vaya a :menuselection:`mail-client-" +"extensions-master --> gmail --> src --> views` y abra el archivo " +":file:`login.ts` con cualquier software de edición de texto, como Bloc de " +"notas (Windows), TextEdit (Mac) o Visual Studio Code." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -4329,8 +4855,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This removes the `odoo.com` domain constraint from the Gmail Plugin program." msgstr "" -"Esto elimina las restricciones del dominio `odoo.com` del programa del " -"plugin de Gmail." +"Al hacer lo anterior, elimina las restricciones del dominio `odoo.com` del " +"programa del complemento de Gmail." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -4342,8 +4868,8 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, en el archivo ZIP, vaya a :menuselection:`mail-client-" "extensions-master --> gmail` y abra el archivo denominado " ":guilabel:`appsscript.json`. En la sección :guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` " -"remplace todas las referencias a `odoo.com` con el dominio de servidor único" -" en Odoo del cliente." +"sustituya todas las referencias a `odoo.com` con el dominio de servidor " +"único en Odoo del cliente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -4353,8 +4879,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Luego, en la misma carpeta de :guilabel:`gmail`, abra el archivo denominado " ":guilabel:`README.md`. Siga las instrucciones en el archivo " -":guilabel:`README.md` para insertar los archivos del plugin de Gmail como un" -" proyecto de Google." +":guilabel:`README.md` para insertar los archivos del complemento de Gmail " +"como un proyecto de Google." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -4372,26 +4898,25 @@ msgid "" "on` to install the Gmail Plugin." msgstr "" "Después, comparta el proyecto de Google con la cuenta de Gmail que el " -"usuario desea conectar con Odoo. Posteriormente, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Publicar` y en :guilabel:`Desplegar desde el manifest`. Por " -"último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar el complemento` para instalar el " -"plugin de Gmail." +"usuario desea conectar con Odoo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Publicar` y en " +":guilabel:`Desplegar desde el manifiesto`. Por último, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Instalar el complemento` para instalar el plugin de Gmail." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Plugin" -msgstr "Plugin de Outlook" +msgstr "Complemento de Outlook" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:8 msgid "" "The Outlook :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both" " on Odoo and Outlook." msgstr "" -"El :doc:`plugin de correo <../mail_plugins>` de Outlook se debe configurar " -"tanto en Odoo como en Outlook." +"El :doc:`complemento de correo <../mail_plugins>` de Outlook se debe " +"configurar tanto en Odoo como en Outlook." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:13 msgid "Enable Mail Plugin" -msgstr "Habilitar el plugin de correo" +msgstr "Habilitar el complemento de correo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -4399,13 +4924,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, enable " "*Mail Plugin*, and *Save* the configuration." msgstr "" -"Primero, debe habilitar la función de *plugin de correo* en su base de " +"Primero debe habilitar la función de *complemento de correo* en su base de " "datos. Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> " -"Integraciones`, habilite el *plugin de correo*, y *guarde* la configuración." +"Integraciones`, habilite el *plugin de correo* y *guarde* la configuración." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:21 msgid "Install the Outlook Plugin" -msgstr "Instalar el plugin de Outlook" +msgstr "Instalar el complemento de Outlook" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:23 msgid "Open your Outlook mailbox and select any email." @@ -4436,7 +4961,7 @@ msgid "" "from URL...*" msgstr "" "En *Complementos personalizados*, haga clic en *+ Agregar un complemento " -"personalizado* y luego en *Agregar desde dirección URL...*" +"personalizado* y luego en *Agregar desde la URL...*" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Custom add-ins in Outlook" @@ -4448,13 +4973,13 @@ msgid "" "`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press " "*OK*." msgstr "" -"Introduzca el siguiente URL " +"Escriba la siguiente URL " "`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` y haga clic " -"en *de acuerdo*." +"en *OK*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Entering the add-in URL in Outlook" -msgstr "Introducir el URL del complemento en Outlook" +msgstr "Escribir la URL del complemento en Outlook" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:50 msgid "Read the warning and click on *Install*." @@ -4498,7 +5023,7 @@ msgid "" " available as a trial. This feature requires :ref:`prepaid credits " "`." msgstr "" -"Solo está disponible una cantidad limitada de solicitudes de *Información de" +"Está disponible solo una cantidad limitada de solicitudes de *Información de" " la empresa* (*Enriquecimiento de leads*) como prueba. Esta función requiere" " :ref:`créditos prepagados `." @@ -4510,7 +5035,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si después de un rato el panel sigue vacío, es posible que los ajustes de " "cookies de su navegador evitaron que cargara. Tome en cuenta que estos " -"ajustes también cambian si está en el modo de \"Navegación privada\" de su " +"ajustes también cambian si está en el modo de \"navegación privada\" de su " "navegador." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:84 @@ -4518,8 +5043,8 @@ msgid "" "To fix this issue, configure your browser to always allow cookies on Odoo's " "plugin page." msgstr "" -"Para arreglar este problema, configure su navegador para que siempre permita" -" cookies en la página de complementos de Odoo." +"Para solucionar este problema, configure su navegador para que siempre " +"permita cookies en la página de complementos de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -4529,10 +5054,10 @@ msgid "" " and adding `download.odoo.com` to the list of `Sites that can always use " "cookies`." msgstr "" -"En Google Chrome, puede hacerlo al seguir esta guía: " +"Siga esta guía para Google Chrome: " "`https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647 " "`_" -" y agregar `download.odoo.com` a la lista de `Sitios que siempre pueden usar" +" y agregue `download.odoo.com` a la lista de `Sitios que siempre pueden usar" " cookies`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:90 @@ -4547,7 +5072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Entering your Odoo database URL" -msgstr "Introducir el URL de su base de datos de Odoo" +msgstr "Introducir la URL de su base de datos de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:99 msgid "Click on *Allow* to open the pop-up window." @@ -4565,16 +5090,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:107 msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Outlook Plugin connect to your database." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en *Permitir* para que el plugin de Outlook se conecte con su base" -" de datos." +"Haga clic en *Permitir* para que el complemento de Outlook se conecte con su" +" base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Allowing the Outlook Plugin to connect to a database" -msgstr "Permitir al plugin de Outlook conectarse a la base de datos" +msgstr "Permitir al complemento de Outlook conectarse a la base de datos" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:116 msgid "Add a shortcut to the plugin" -msgstr "Agregar un atajo al plugin" +msgstr "Agregar un atajo al complemento" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -4582,9 +5107,9 @@ msgid "" "However, to save time, it's possible to add it next to the other default " "actions." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, el plugin de Outlook se puede abrir desde el menú " -"de *Más acciones*. Sin embargo, para ahorrar tiempo, es posible agregarlo al" -" lado de las demás acciones predeterminadas." +"De forma predeterminada, el complemento de Outlook se puede abrir desde el " +"menú de *Más acciones*. Sin embargo, para ahorrar tiempo, es posible " +"agregarlo junto a las demás acciones predeterminadas." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -4624,8 +5149,8 @@ msgid "" "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" "Studio es un conjunto de herramientas que le permiten personalizar Odoo sin " -"necesidad de saber codificación. Por ejemplo, en cualquier aplicación puede " -"agregar o modificar:" +"necesidad de escribir o entender sobre código. Por ejemplo, en cualquier " +"aplicación puede agregar o modificar:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" @@ -4678,8 +5203,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Las acciones automatizadas se utilizan para activar cambios automáticos " "según las acciones de usuario (por ejemplo, aplicar una modificación cuando " -"un campo se establece con un valor específico) o según condiciones de tiempo" -" (por ejemplo, archivar un registro 7 días después de su última " +"se establece un valor específico en un campo) o las condiciones de tiempo " +"(por ejemplo, archivar un registro 7 días después de su última " "actualización)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 @@ -4698,9 +5223,9 @@ msgid "" "actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." msgstr "" "Por cada acción automatizada que cree, debe definir los siguientes " -"elementos: el :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, el " -":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, el :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on`, y la :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +"elementos: :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/trigger`, :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-on` y la " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" @@ -4740,7 +5265,7 @@ msgstr "Al crear" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." -msgstr "Se activa la acción cuando se crea un registro y se guarda." +msgstr "La acción se activa cuando se crea un registro y se guarda." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 msgid "On Update" @@ -4759,8 +5284,8 @@ msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " "trigger the action on their update." msgstr "" -"Utilice :guilabel:`Campos activadores` para actualizar qué campos, y solo " -"esos campos, activan la acción a su actualización." +"Utilice los :guilabel:`campos activadores` para especificar qué campos, y " +"solo esos campos, activan la acción a su actualización." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4772,10 +5297,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Para detectar cuando un registro cambia de un estado a otro, defina un " "filtro de :guilabel:`Antes de la actualización del dominio`, el cual " -"comprueba si se cumplió la condición antes de actualizar el registro. " -"Posteriormente, establezca un filtro :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-" -"on`, el cual verifica si se cumplió la condición después de la actualización" -" del registro." +"comprueba si se cumplió la condición antes de actualizarlo. Después, " +"establezca un filtro :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-on`, que verifica " +"si se cumplió la condición después de la actualización del registro." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -4817,8 +5341,8 @@ msgid "" "This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " "deletion." msgstr "" -"Este activador raramente se utiliza, ya que normalmente se prefiere archivar" -" registros en lugar de eliminarlos." +"Este activador no se utiliza con frecuencia, ya que normalmente se prefiere " +"archivar registros en lugar de eliminarlos." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 msgid "Based on Form Modification" @@ -4836,8 +5360,8 @@ msgstr "" "campo activador en la :ref:`Vista de formulario " "`, incluso antes de guardar el registro. Este " "activador solo funciona en la interfaz de usuario cuando un usuario realiza " -"una modificación. Si el campo se cambia debido a otra acción y no por el " -"usuario, la acción no se ejecutará." +"una modificación. La acción no se ejecutará si el campo se modifica debido a" +" otra acción y no por el usuario." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -4881,12 +5405,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea enviar un correo electrónico de recordatorio 30 minutos antes del " "inicio de un evento de calendario, seleccione :guilabel:`Inicio (evento de " "calendario)` en :guilabel:`Fecha de activador` y establezca el " -":guilabel:`Retraso después de la fecha de activador` como **-30** " +":guilabel:`Retraso después de la fecha de activador` en **-30** " ":guilabel:`minutos`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" -msgstr "Ejemplo de un activador Con base en una condición de tiempo" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un activador con base en una condición de tiempo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." @@ -4920,7 +5444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 msgid "Execute Python Code" -msgstr "Ejecutar el código Python" +msgstr "Ejecutar código Python" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -4930,7 +5454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "La acción se utiliza para ejecutar código Python. Las variables disponibles " "se describen en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Código Python`, la cual también se " -"utiliza para escribir su código, o en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Ayuda`." +"utiliza para escribir su código o en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Ayuda`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -5005,9 +5529,9 @@ msgid "" "and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." msgstr "" "Si una acción automatizada crea una nueva tarea en un proyecto, puede " -"asignarla a un usuario en específico al establecer el :guilabel:`Campo` como" -" :guilabel:`Usuario responsable (proyecto)`, el :guilabel:`Tipo de " -"evaluación` como :guilabel:`Referencia`, y el :guilabel:`Registro` a un " +"asignarla a un usuario específico al establecer el :guilabel:`Campo` como " +":guilabel:`Usuario responsable (proyecto)`, el :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"evaluación` como :guilabel:`Referencia` y el :guilabel:`Registro` a un " "usuario específico." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 @@ -5084,7 +5608,7 @@ msgstr "La acción se utiliza para suscribir contactos existentes al registro." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 msgid "Create Next Activity" -msgstr "Crear nueva actividad" +msgstr "Crear siguiente actividad" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -5114,11 +5638,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " "User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." msgstr "" -"Después de que un lead se convierte en una oportunidad, quiere que su acción" -" automatizada configure una llamada para el usuario responsable del lead. " -"Para hacerlo, establezca la :guilabel:`Actividad` como :guilabel:`Llamada` y" -" establezca el :guilabel:`tipo de usuario de actividad` como " -":guilabel:`Usuario genérico del registro`." +"Después de que un lead se convierte en una oportunidad, desea que su acción " +"automatizada configure una llamada para el usuario responsable del lead. " +"Para hacer esto, establezca la :guilabel:`Actividad` en :guilabel:`Llamada` " +"y el :guilabel:`Tipo de actividad de usuario` como :guilabel:`Usuario " +"genérico del registro`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" @@ -5156,10 +5680,10 @@ msgid "" "them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " "Interface)` is defined by their widget." msgstr "" -"Los campos dan estructura a los modelos de una base de datos. Si se imagina " -"que un modelo es una tabla o una hoja de cálculo, los campos son las " -"columnas donde los datos se almacenan en los registros (por ejemplo, filas)." -" Los campos también definen el tipo de datos que se almacenan en ellos. Sus " +"Los campos dan estructura a los modelos de una base de datos. Piense en que " +"un modelo es una tabla o una hoja de cálculo, los campos son las columnas " +"donde los datos se almacenan en los registros (por ejemplo, filas). Los " +"campos también definen el tipo de datos que se almacenan en ellos. Sus " "widgets son los que definen cómo los datos se presentan y su formato en la " ":abbr:`UI (interfaz de usuario)`." @@ -5224,8 +5748,8 @@ msgid "" "tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Insignia`: muestra el valor dentro de una forma redonda, similar " -"a una etiqueta. El valor no se puede editar en la UI, pero se puede " -"establecer un valor predeterminado." +"a una etiqueta. El valor no se puede editar en la interfaz de usuario, pero " +"se puede establecer un valor predeterminado." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:71 @@ -5247,7 +5771,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" " manually, but a default value can be set." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Imagen`: muestra una imagen que utiliza un URL. El valor no se " +":guilabel:`Imagen`: muestra una imagen que utiliza una URL. El valor no se " "puede editar de forma manual, pero se puede establecer un valor " "predeterminado." @@ -5275,13 +5799,13 @@ msgid "" "Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " "Odoo next to the field." msgstr "" -"Seleccione :guilabel:`Habilitar SMS` para agregar una opción de enviar un " -"SMS directamente desde Odoo junto al campo." +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Habilitar SMS` para agregar la opción de enviar un SMS" +" directamente desde Odoo junto al campo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL`: el valor se convierte en un URL en el que se puede hacer " +":guilabel:`URL`: el valor se convierte en una URL en la que se puede hacer " "clic." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 @@ -5315,7 +5839,7 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " "(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." msgstr "" -"El campo :guilabel:`entero` se utiliza para todos los números enteros " +"El campo :guilabel:`Integro` se utiliza para todos los números enteros " "(:dfn:`positivos, negativos, o cero, sin decimales`)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:87 @@ -5335,7 +5859,7 @@ msgid "" "usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " "default value can be set." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Barra de progreso`: muestra el valor a lado de una barra de " +":guilabel:`Barra de progreso`: muestra el valor junto a una barra de " "porcentaje, normalmente para valores calculados. El campo no se puede editar" " de forma manual, pero se puede establecer un valor predeterminado." @@ -5454,7 +5978,7 @@ msgid "" "raw HTML." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Texto multilínea`: deshabilita el editor HTML de Odoo para " -"permitir editar el HTML raw." +"permitir editar el HTML sin procesar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" @@ -5534,7 +6058,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " "switching to the edit mode." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Botón`: muestra un botón de radio. El widget funciona sin tener " +":guilabel:`Botón`: muestra un botón de opción. El widget funciona sin tener " "que cambiar al modo de edición." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:204 @@ -5567,7 +6091,7 @@ msgid "" "rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Insignias`: muestra todos los valores seleccionables dentro de " -"formas rectangulares, organizadas horizontalmente." +"formas rectangulares, organizadas de manera horizontal." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -5577,11 +6101,11 @@ msgid "" "fields/priority>`, although, for the latter, four priority values are " "already predefined." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Prioridad`: muestra símbolos de estrellas en lugar de valores, " -"que pueden utilizarse para indicar un nivel de importancia o de " -"satisfacción. Esto tiene el mismo efecto que seleccionar el :ref:`Campo de " -"prioridad `, aunque, para este último," -" ya hay cuatro valores de prioridad predefinidos." +":guilabel:`Prioridad`: muestra símbolos de estrellas en lugar de valores y " +"se utilizan para indicar un nivel de importancia o de satisfacción. Tiene el" +" mismo efecto que seleccionar el :ref:`Campo de prioridad " +"`, aunque, para este último, ya hay " +"cuatro valores de prioridad predefinidos." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:352 @@ -5589,15 +6113,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " "buttons." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Radio`: muestra todos los valores seleccionables como botones de " -"radio." +":guilabel:`Radio`: muestra todos los valores seleccionables como los botones" +" de opción." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:231 msgid "" "By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " "horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." msgstr "" -"Los botones de radio se organizan verticalmente de forma predeterminada. " +"Los botones de opción se organizan verticalmente de forma predeterminada. " "Marque :guilabel:`mostrar horizontalmente` para cambiar la forma en que se " "muestran." @@ -5710,9 +6234,9 @@ msgstr "" "la :ref:`Vista de formulario `. Este tipo de " "campo es un :ref:`Campo de archivo ` que " "cuenta con el widget :guilabel:`Imagen` seleccionado de forma " -"predeterminada. Por lo tanto, los widgets :guilabel:`Archivo`, :guilabel: " -"`Lector PDF` y :guilabel: `Firma` tienen los mismos propósitos que los " -"descritos en :ref:`Archivo `." +"predeterminada. Por lo tanto, los widgets :guilabel:`Archivo`, " +":guilabel:`Lector PDF` y :guilabel:`Firma` tienen los mismos propósitos que " +"los descritos en :ref:`Archivo `." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -5912,8 +6436,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "El campo :guilabel:`Many2Many` se utiliza para vincular varios registros de " "otro modelo con varios registros del modelo actual. Los campos Many2Many " -"pueden utilizar :guilabel: `Desactivar creación`, :guilabel: `Desactivar " -"apertura`, :guilabel: `Dominio`, al igual que los campos :ref:`Many2One " +"pueden utilizar :guilabel:`Desactivar creación`, :guilabel:`Desactivar " +"apertura`, :guilabel:`Dominio`, al igual que los campos :ref:`Many2One " "`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:405 @@ -5923,10 +6447,10 @@ msgid "" "single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " "assigned to a single task." msgstr "" -"En el modelo *Tarea*, el campo :guilabel:`Asignados` es un campo :guilabel: " -"`Many2Many` que apunta al modelo *Contacto*. Esto permite que un solo " -"usuario pueda estar asignado a **muchas** tareas y que **muchos** usuarios " -"estén asignados a una sola tarea." +"En el modelo *Tarea*, el campo :guilabel:`Asignados` es un campo " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` que apunta al modelo *Contacto*. Esto permite que un " +"solo usuario pueda estar asignado a **muchas** tareas y que **muchos** " +"usuarios estén asignados a una sola tarea." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" @@ -6790,7 +7314,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External header" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un encabezado externo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -6799,10 +7323,14 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" " number." msgstr "" +"El pie de página muestra los valores establecidos en los campos para el " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/default-layout/details` y :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/tagline`, así como el número de página." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External footer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplo de pie de página externo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" @@ -6813,10 +7341,12 @@ msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" +"El encabezado muestra la fecha y hora actuales del usuario, el " +":guilabel:`nombre de la empresa` y el número de página." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No hay pie de página." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" @@ -6824,11 +7354,11 @@ msgstr "Vacío" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No hay ni un encabezado ni un pie de página." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir pestaña" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6838,6 +7368,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" +"Después de abrir un reporte existente o crear uno nuevo, vaya a la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Agregar` para agregar o editar elementos. Los elementos están " +"organizados en cuatro categorías: ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table` y :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" @@ -6847,38 +7382,50 @@ msgstr "Bloquear" msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" +"Los elementos de bloque inician en una nueva línea y ocupan todo el ancho de" +" la página." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" +"Para establecer el ancho de un elemento selecciónelo y luego vaya a la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones` ." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texto`: agregue cualquier texto, de forma predeterminada se usa " +"un tamaño de fuente pequeño" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bloque de título`: agregue cualquier texto, de forma " +"predeterminada se usa un tamaño de fuente más grande" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagen`: agregue una imagen desde su dispositivo, desde una URL o" +" seleccione una ya existente en su base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Campo`: agregue el valor de un campo de forma dinámica" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Campo y etiqueta`: agregue el valor y la etiqueta de un campo de " +"forma dinámica." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -6886,10 +7433,13 @@ msgid "" "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " "*Email*." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: agregue de forma dinámica los valores, si los " +"hay, de un contacto (modelo `res.partner`): *Nombre*, *dirección*, " +"*teléfono*, *móvil* y *correo electrónico*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Example of an Address Block" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un bloque de direcciones" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" @@ -6900,12 +7450,16 @@ msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" +"Los elementos en línea se utilizan alrededor de otros elementos, no inician " +"en una nueva línea y su ancho se adapta a la longitud del contenido." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" +"Para establecer el ancho y los márgenes de un elemento selecciónelo y luego " +"vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" @@ -6914,6 +7468,8 @@ msgstr "Mesa" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" +"Los elementos de tabla se usan de forma conjunta para crear una tabla de " +"datos." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -6922,10 +7478,14 @@ msgid "" "fields/many2many>` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tabla de datos`: cree una tabla y, de forma dinámica, agregue " +"una primera columna que muestre los valores del *nombre* de los campos " +":ref:`Many2Many ` o " +":ref:`One2Many ` en su modelo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Example of a Data table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplo de una tabla de datos" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -6933,10 +7493,16 @@ msgid "" "values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Columna de campo`: agregue una nueva columna a la tabla que " +"muestra los valores de un :ref:`Campo relacionado ` al que se usa para crear la :guilabel:`Tabla de " +"datos`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texto en la celda`: agregue cualquier texto dentro de una celda " +"de tabla existente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -6944,6 +7510,10 @@ msgid "" " a :ref:`Related Field ` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Campo en la celda`: agregue, dentro de la celda de una tabla " +"existente, los valores de un :ref:`Campo relacionado " +"` al que se usa para crear la" +" :guilabel:`Tabla de datos`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -6951,6 +7521,9 @@ msgid "" "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal y total`: agregue un valor de campo :guilabel:`Total` " +"existente. Si existe un campo de :guilabel:`Impuestos`, las cantidades con y" +" sin impuestos se agregan antes de la cantidad total." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" @@ -6961,24 +7534,32 @@ msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." msgstr "" +"Las columnas se utilizan para agregar varios elementos de :ref:` bloque " +"` en la misma línea." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dos columnas`: agregue cualquier texto en dos columnas " +"diferentes." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tres columnas`: añadir cualquier texto en tres columnas " +"diferentes." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de reporte" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Reporte` están disponibles varias opciones de " +"configuración." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -7004,22 +7585,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de opciones" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" +"Seleccione un elemento en el reporte para acceder sus opciones y editarlo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "The Options tab for a text element" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La pestaña Opciones para un elemento de texto" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 msgid "" "You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " "the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Puede seleccionar y editar varios elementos al mismo tiempo haciendo clic en" +" las diferentes secciones o divisiones (por ejemplo, `div`, `table`, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" @@ -7055,6 +7639,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Decoración del texto`: ponga la fuente en negrita, cursiva o " +"subráyela." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -7075,6 +7661,8 @@ msgid "" "You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " "edit to see some of the options described above." msgstr "" +"Es posible que necesite seleccionar una sección o división sobre el elemento" +" que desea editar para ver algunas de las opciones descritas anteriormente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 31ee5e068..b22af3d8e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -20,18 +20,18 @@ # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -122,7 +122,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -8593,16 +8592,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Rewards` to add *rewards* to the program." " This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Reglas y recompensas` del formulario del programa, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar` junto a :guilabel:`Recompensas` para " +"agregar *recompensas* al programa. Esta acción despliega la ventana " +"emergente :guilabel:`Crear recompensas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 msgid "" "The options for :guilabel:`Rewards` vary depending on the selected " ":ref:`Program Type `." msgstr "" +"Las opciones para otorgar :guilabel:`recompensas` varían según el :ref:`tipo" +" de programa ` seleccionado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:154 msgid "The following options are available for configuring rewards:" msgstr "" +"Las siguientes opciones están disponibles para configurar las recompensas:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -8611,32 +8617,42 @@ msgid "" "options for reward configuration depend on the :guilabel:`Reward Type` " "selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de recompensa`: seleccione el tipo de recompensa entre " +":guilabel:`Producto gratis`, :guilabel:`Descuento` y :guilabel:`Envío " +"gratis`, otras opciones dependen del :guilabel:`tipo de recompensa` " +"seleccionado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Free Product`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Producto gratis`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity Rewarded`: Select the number of free products rewarded " "to the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cantidad recompensada`: seleccione el número de productos " +"gratuitos que se le otorgarán al cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one" " product can be selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Producto`: seleccione el producto que se otorgará de forma " +"gratuita como recompensa, solo puede elegir uno." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product " "eligible for the reward." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiqueta del producto`: seleccione una etiqueta para especificar " +"el producto gratuito elegible para la recompensa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Descuento`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -8646,6 +8662,11 @@ msgid "" " the entire :guilabel:`Order`, only the :guilabel:`Cheapest Product` on the " "order, or only :guilabel:`Specific Products`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descuento`: Ingrese el importe descontado en " +":guilabel:`porcentaje`, :guilabel:`divisa por punto` o :guilabel:`divisa por" +" orden`. Después seleccione si el descuento se aplica a toda la " +":guilabel:orden`, solo al :guilabel:`producto más barato` en ella o solo a " +":guilabel:`productos específicos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:179 @@ -8653,10 +8674,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Discount`: Enter the maximum amount (in currency) that this " "reward may grant as a discount. Leave this field at `0` for no limit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descuento máximo`: escriba la cantidad máxima (en moneda) que " +"esta recompensa puede conceder como descuento. Deje este campo en `0` para " +"que no haya límite." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Envío gratis`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -8664,16 +8688,23 @@ msgid "" "for the reward (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get " "Y` programs)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A cambio de`: ingrese el número de puntos necesarios para canjear" +" la recompensa (para los programas :guilabel:`Tarjetas de lealtad` y " +":guilabel:`Comprar X y obtener Y`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:184 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which" " is displayed to the customer upon checkout." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción en la orden`: escriba la descripción de la " +"recompensa, se le mostrará al cliente cuando finalice su pedido." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." msgstr "" +"Ventana de configuración de recompensas para un programa de descuento o " +"lealtad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 msgid "Manage your pricing" @@ -8861,7 +8892,7 @@ msgstr "Precios temporales" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:48 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -"Permita ofertas para los días festivos, etc. Introduzca las fechas de inicio" +"Aplique ofertas para los días festivos, etc. Introduzca las fechas de inicio" " y fin." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:54 @@ -9002,7 +9033,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:131 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "Calcular y mostrar % de descuento a los clientes." +msgstr "Calcular y mostrar % de descuento a los clientes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -9247,14 +9278,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Habilite el API." +msgstr "Active la API." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " "Platform" msgstr "" -"Mosaico \"búsqueda personalizada de API\" con el botón Habilitar resaltado " +"Ventana \"búsqueda personalizada de API\" con el botón Habilitar resaltado " "en Google Cloud Platform." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 @@ -9328,7 +9359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 msgid "" "Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "Guarde su **ID de motor de búsqueda**. ¡Deberá utilizarlo en Odoo!" +msgstr "¡Guarde su **ID de motor de búsqueda**, deberá utilizarlo en Odoo!" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 msgid "Odoo" @@ -9577,8 +9608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Seleccionar`: las opciones aparecen en un menú desplegable." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Selección`: las opciones aparecen en un menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -9664,7 +9694,7 @@ msgid "" "A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " "entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." msgstr "" -"Se puede seleccionar un código de color arrastrando el control deslizante o " +"Puede seleccionar un código de color arrastrando el control deslizante o " "escribiendo un código de color HTML específico (por ejemplo, #FF0077)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 @@ -9682,9 +9712,8 @@ msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -"Los atributos también se pueden crear desde la plantilla de producto, " -"agregue una nueva línea y escriba el nombre en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Variantes` ." +"También puede crear atributos desde la plantilla de producto. Agregue una " +"nueva línea y escriba el nombre en la pestaña :guilabel:`Variantes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9729,18 +9758,17 @@ msgid "" "attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Para agregar una nueva variante, haga clic en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Variantes` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` " -"para agregar cualquier atributo y valor. Cuando se hayan agregado todos los " -"atributos y valores, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." +":guilabel:`Variantes` y luego en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` para agregar " +"cualquier atributo y valor. Cuando haya agregado todos, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -"Se puede acceder a procesos de creación de variantes para productos " -"similares a través de las aplicaciones Compra, Inventario y Comercio " -"electrónico." +"Puede acceder a procesos de creación de variantes para productos similares a" +" través de las aplicaciones Compra, Inventario y Comercio electrónico." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 msgid "Managing product exclusions" @@ -10028,9 +10056,9 @@ msgid "" "in the Chatter, and the invoice (accessible through the :guilabel:`Invoices`" " smart button) will have a green banner across it." msgstr "" -"Para iniciar una devolución, vaya a la orden de ventas correspondiente, Si " +"Para iniciar una devolución, vaya a la orden de ventas correspondiente. Si " "hay un pago registrado en la orden de ventas, los detalles de pago " -"aparecerán en el Chatter, y la factura (se puede acceder a ella desde el " +"aparecerán en el chatter, y la factura (se puede acceder a ella desde el " "botón inteligente :guilabel:`Facturas`) tendrá un aviso de color verde. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:53 @@ -10127,7 +10155,7 @@ msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -"Con la aplicación de Ventas de Odoo, es posible agregar inmediatamente una " +"Con la aplicación Ventas de Odoo, es posible agregar inmediatamente una " "**Fecha de vencimiento** de la cotización o de la orden de venta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 @@ -10265,7 +10293,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " "one." msgstr "" -"Ingrese la información de la dirección. Luego, hag clic en " +"Ingrese la información de la dirección. Luego, haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Guardar y Cerrar` para guardar la dirección y cerrar la ventana " "de :guilabel:`Crear Contacto`. O, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y " "NuevoSave` para guardar esa dirección y poner otra inmediatamente. " @@ -10325,7 +10353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "En general, se considera que los pagos en línea son una alternativa más " "rápida, barata y segura comparada con los métodos tradicionales de pago. Con" -" la aplicación de Ventas de Odoo, puede usar los pagos en línea para " +" la aplicación Ventas de Odoo, puede usar los pagos en línea para " "automatizar la confirmación de las órdenes. Los pagos en línea se realizan " "de manera instantánea, lo cual es muy conveniente y ahorra mucho tiempo en " "el proceso básico de venta." @@ -10691,7 +10719,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Configurator` option selected." msgstr "" "El :guilabel:`Configurador de producto` aparece en una cotización o en una " -"orden de venta cuando los productos se agregan tienen ambas variantes " +"orden de venta cuando los productos que se agregan tienen ambas variantes " "configuradas y la opción :guilabel:`Configurador de producto` está " "seleccionada. " @@ -10705,10 +10733,18 @@ msgid "" "variant attributes are selected, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the product " "variant to the quotation or sales order." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Configurador de Producto` le permite a los vendedores escoger " +"exactamente que variante de producto agregar a la cotización o a la orden de" +" venta usando un formato similar al de compras en línea. Las opciones de " +"color muestran cualquier código de color HTML en el atributo de " +":guilabel:`Color`. Las funciones con un costo adicional mostrarán el costo " +"adicional junto al nombre. Una vez que los atributos deseados para las " +"variantes de prodcuto estén seleccionados, hag clic en guilabel:`Agregar` " +"para agregar la variante de producto a la cotización o a la orden de venta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product Configurator and Price Extras." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurador de prodcuto y precios adicionales " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10717,10 +10753,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant` column can be added through the additional " "options menu (3 vertical dots icon)." msgstr "" +"De manera predeterminada, los atributos de las variantes de producto se " +"muestran en la columna de :guilabel:`Descripción` de la cotización o de la " +"orden de venta, pero la columna de :guilabel:`Variante del prodcuto` se " +"puede agregar a través de un menú de opciones adicionales (icono de 3 puntos" +" en vertical). " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:57 msgid "Use Variant Grid Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar las entradas de cuadrícula de variantes " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -10730,6 +10771,13 @@ msgid "" "process of creating large, varied quotations by letting salespeople enter " "exact quantities of each product variant all at once." msgstr "" +"Las :guilabel:`Entradas de cuadrícula de variantes` aparecen en una " +"cotización o en una orden de venta cuando se agregan productos que tienen " +"ambas variantes configuradas y la opción :guilabel:`Ordenar entrada de " +"cuadrícula` seleccionada. La entrada de cuadrícula puede agilizar el proceso" +" de crear cotizaciones grandes y variadas al permitir que los vendedores " +"introduzcan las cantidades exactas de cada variante de producto al mismo " +"tiempo. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -10741,20 +10789,31 @@ msgid "" "quantities have been set, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add them to the " "quotation or sales order." msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`Entrada de cuadrícula de variante` muestra cada variante " +"disponible del producto seleccionado en una cuadrícula. Elija las cantidades" +" exactas de cada variante de producto para una cotización o una orden de " +"venta al introducir el número o utilizando las flechas. El aviso " +":guilabel:`No Disponible` se muestra cuando una variante en particular se " +"desactivo en la base de datos. Una vez que haya establecido todas las " +"variantes del producto y sus cantidades, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` " +"para agregarlas a la cotización o a la orden de venta. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "Variant Grid Entry pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventana emergente de la entrada de cuadrícula de variantes " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:74 msgid "" "Each product variant appears as an individual line item on the quotation or " "sales order, because each of these items has its own stock." msgstr "" +"Cada variante de prodcuto aparece como una línea de artículo individual en " +"la cotización o en la orden de venta, porque cada uno de estos articulos " +"tiene su propio conteo de existencias. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 msgid "Line items for grid variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Líneas de artículos para variantes en cuadrícula " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" @@ -10779,7 +10838,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo activar las plantilas de cotizaciones en Ventas de Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10793,7 +10852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo activar el constructor de cotizaciones en Ventas de Odoo? " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" @@ -10818,7 +10877,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree una nueva plantilla de cotización en Ventas de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "Design your template" @@ -10840,7 +10899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diseñe su propia plantilla de cotización en Ventas de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -10856,6 +10915,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" msgstr "" +"Arrastre y suelte los bloques de creación en su plantilla de cotización en " +"Ventas de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" @@ -10867,7 +10928,7 @@ msgstr "Cuando cree una cotización, puede escoger una plantilla específica." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione una plantilla específica en Ventas de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -10895,6 +10956,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" msgstr "" +"Permita que sus clientes firmen de manera electrónica o que paguen en líne " +"en Ventas de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -10953,6 +11016,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" msgstr "" +"¿Cómo activar los Términos y Condiciones predeterminados en Ventas de Odoo? " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10982,6 +11046,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" msgstr "" +"Términos y condiciones predeterminados en una cotización en Ventas de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." @@ -11006,6 +11071,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" msgstr "" +"Agregue términos y condiciones predeterminados a sus plantillas de " +"cotización en Ventas de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -11034,7 +11101,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Términos y condiciones generales en su sitio web " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11049,7 +11116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Términos y condiciones generales en sus documentos de negocios " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" @@ -11068,6 +11135,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" msgstr "" +"Términos y condiciones generales como un archivo adjunto en su correo " +"electrónico " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" @@ -11098,6 +11167,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" +"Términos y condiciones generales como archivo adjunto en sus plantillas de " +"cotización " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -11128,6 +11199,14 @@ msgid "" "Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR (Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, " ":abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, retention, churn, etc." msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Suscripciones* se usa para manejar negocios recurrentes: " +":ref:`vender nuevos contratos `, :doc:`hacer " +"ventas adicionales a los clientes " +"`, controlar el churn, y " +":doc:`generar reportes ` en los " +":abbr:`KPIs (Indicadores clave de rendimiento)`: :abbr:`MRR (Ingresos " +"recurrentes mensuales)`, :abbr:`ARR (Ingresos recurrentes anuales)`, " +"retención, churn, etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -11139,43 +11218,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:28 msgid "Subscription quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cotizaciones de suscripción " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:31 msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." msgstr "" +"Las ordenes de venta con una recurrencia definida se vuelven suscripciones. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -11183,12 +11263,17 @@ msgid "" "*Subscription* or the :doc:`Sales ` app. You can " "either:" msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva suscripción, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nueva` en la " +"aplicación *Suscripciones* o :doc:`Ventas ` app. Puede:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:36 msgid "" "Select a :doc:`subscription plan ` " "to prefill the quotation instantly, or" msgstr "" +"Seleccionar un :doc:`plan de suscripción " +"` para pre-llenar la cotización de " +"manera instantánea, o " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -11196,6 +11281,9 @@ msgid "" "end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products " "`." msgstr "" +"Llenar la cotización normalemente, asegurándose de seleccionar una " +"recurrencia y una fecha de finalización, si es necesario, y de agregar " +":doc:`productos recurrentes `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -11203,6 +11291,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Customer Addresses " "` feature." msgstr "" +"Puede definir diferentes facturas y sirecciones de entrega al activar la " +"función :doc:`Direcciones de clientes " +"`. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 msgid "Confirmation" @@ -11214,6 +11305,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send by email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Envie la cotización al cliente para que la confirme haciendo clic en " +":guilabel:`Enviar por correo`, o confírmela inmediatamente haciendo clic en " +":guilabel:`Confirmar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -11221,10 +11315,13 @@ msgid "" "the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with" " you." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Vista del cliente` para previsualizar el portal del " +"cliente, donde podrá ver la cotización, firmar, pagar y comunicarselo a " +"usetd. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 msgid "Automatic payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagos automáticos " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -11233,6 +11330,11 @@ msgid "" " To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check " "the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." msgstr "" +"Puede solicitar al cliente que establezca un método de pago automático y " +"realizar un prepago la primera vez de la suscripción antes de confirmar su " +"cotización. Para hacerlo, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Más infromación` de " +"la cotización y seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Pago` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Confirmación en línea`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -11240,6 +11342,9 @@ msgid "" "pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not " "automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." msgstr "" +"Si deja sin seleccionar :guilabel:`Pago`, el cliente no tiene que realizar " +"un prepago para comenzar la suscripción. Esto significa que el pago no es " +"automático y que el cliente debe pagar cada factura manualmente. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -11249,10 +11354,16 @@ msgid "" "`. This ensures that the customer " "is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" +"Si la confirmación en línea requiere un prepago, su cliente puede " +"seleccionar solo los :ref:`proveedores de pago " +"` que tienen activada la " +":ref:`función de tokenización `. " +"Esto asegura que se ke haga el cargo automático al cliente cada nuevo " +"periodo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Automatic alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alertas automáticas " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11311,7 +11422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nueva alerta automática en Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -11383,7 +11494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encuesta de satisfacción en Suscripciones de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:63 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" @@ -11399,7 +11510,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificar una alerta automática en Suscripciones de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -11433,7 +11544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:106 @@ -11441,7 +11552,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`plans`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:107 @@ -11449,7 +11560,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`products`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:3 msgid "Close a subscription" @@ -11530,7 +11641,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración para cerrar su suscripción con Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -11538,6 +11649,10 @@ msgid "" "templates ` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a " "basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de consultar nuestra documentación sobre cómo :doc:`Usar " +"plantillas de suscripción ` para entender por completo la importancia" +" de esta función en un flujo básico utilizando la aplicación **Suscripciones" +" de Odoo**. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:49 msgid "Close your first subscription" @@ -11562,6 +11677,8 @@ msgid "" "Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo " "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Cierre su suscripción desde el punto de vista administrativo con " +"Suscripciones de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -11581,7 +11698,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué pasa cuando cierra su suscripción con Suscripciones de Odoo? " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:72 msgid "Customer view" @@ -11607,6 +11724,8 @@ msgid "" "Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo " "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Cierre su suscripción desde el punto de vista del cliente con Suscripciones " +"de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -11621,6 +11740,8 @@ msgid "" "What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo " "Subscriptions?" msgstr "" +"¿Qué pasa cuando los clientes cierran su suscripción con Suscripciones de " +"Odoo? " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -11640,6 +11761,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" msgstr "" +"¿Qué pasa cuando los clientes cierran su suscripción en Suscripciones de " +"Odoo? " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -11648,16 +11771,22 @@ msgid "" "understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** " "application." msgstr "" +"Antes de cerrar una suscripción, revise nuestra documentación sobre cómo " +":doc:`Crear una cotización usando productos de la suscripción " +"<../subscriptions>` para entender cómo se gestionan las suscripciones en la " +"aplicación **Suscripciones de Odoo**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:3 msgid "Use subscriptions in the eCommerce shop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use las suscripciones en la tienda de su comercio electrónico " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "" "Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like " "regular sales products." msgstr "" +"Los productos de suscripciones se pueden vender en la tienda del *comercio " +"electrónico* de Odoo como un producto normal. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -11667,28 +11796,41 @@ msgid "" "*yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears " "on the eCommerce page for that product by default." msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, la página del producto en el comercio electrónico, solo " +"muestra, de manera predeterminada, el periodo recurrente más corto que " +"aparece en la pestaña :guilabel:`Precio basado en el tiempo` en el " +"formulario del producto. Por ejemplo, si un producto de suscripción tiene " +"periodos recurrentes configurados en *mensuales* y *anuales*, entonces solo " +"aparecerá el precio mensual en la página del comercio electrónico para ese " +"producto de manera predeterminada. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 msgid "" "To add more recurrence periods to the eCommerce product page, create a " "*product variant* for each recurrence period." msgstr "" +"Para agregar más periodos recurrentes en la página del producto del comercio" +" electrónico, cree una *variante de producto* para cada periodo recurrente. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:16 msgid "" ":doc:`Configure subscription products " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Configure productos de suscripción " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Product variants " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Variantes de producto " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:20 msgid "Create recurrence periods as product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree periodos recurrentes como variantes de producto " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -11697,6 +11839,10 @@ msgid "" "product. In the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, click :guilabel:`Add " "a line`." msgstr "" +"Para establecer cada periodo recurrente como una variante de producto, vaya " +"a :menuselection:`Suscripciones --> Suscripciones --> Productos` y " +"seleccione un producto. En la pestaña :guilabel:`Atributos y Variantes` , " +"haga clic :guilabel:`Agregar línea`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -11705,6 +11851,10 @@ msgid "" "attribute name appears as the option heading on the product page of the " "eCommerce shop." msgstr "" +"Cree un :guilabel:`Atributo` llamado `Periodo de facturación` (o algo " +"similar) escribiendo el nombre y haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. Este " +"nombre de atributo aparece como la opción principal en la página del " +"producto en la tienda del comercio electrónico. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -11714,12 +11864,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the " "product page of the eCommerce shop." msgstr "" +"Luego, cree un :guilabel:`Valor` que corresponda a los periodos recurrentes " +"que están configurados en la pestaña :guilabel:`Precio basado en el tiempo` " +"del formulario del producto. Escriba el nombre del periodo recurrente, luego" +" haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. Estos nombres de valor aparecen como " +"opciones elegibles en la página del producto de la tienda del comercio " +"elecrónico. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "" "Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" "the product form." msgstr "" +"Periodos recurrentes configurados como variantes de producto en la pestaña \"Atributos y Variantes\" del\n" +"formulario del producto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11728,127 +11886,321 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their " "corresponding recurrence periods and prices." msgstr "" +"Haha clic en el icono de :guilabel:`☁️ (nube)` en la parte superior de la " +"página para guardar manualmente. Después de guardar, aparecerá una columna " +"de :guilabel:`Variantes de Producto` en la pestaña guilabel:`Precio basado " +"en tiempo`. Asigne las variantes del producto a sus periodos recurrentes y " +"precios correspondientes. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." msgstr "" +"Las variantes de producto en la pestaña *Precio basado en tiempo* del " +"formulario del producto. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:48 msgid "" "The product variants are now available for selection on the eCommerce " "product page." msgstr "" +"Las variantes de producto ahora están disponibles para elegir en la página " +"del prodcuto del comercio electrónico. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "" "Recurrence periods configured as product variants on the eCommerce product " "page." msgstr "" +"Periodos recurrentes configurados como variantes de producto en la página " +"del producto del comercio electrónico. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:3 msgid "Subscription plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planes de suscripción " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." msgstr "" +"Los *Planes de suscripción* son :doc:`plantillas de cotización " +"` que se usan para" +" pre-configurar cotizaciones con los productos de suscripción. Use los " +"planes de suscripción para crear rápidamente órdenes de suscripción. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" +msgstr "Configure planes de suscripción " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." msgstr "" +"Para configurar planes de suscripción, vaya a :menuselection:`Suscripciones " +"--> Configuración --> Planes`. Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para " +"crear un nuevo plan o seleccionar uno ya existente para editarlo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." +msgstr "" +"Puesto que la aplicación *Suscripciones* de Odoo está estrechamente " +"integrada con la aplicación *Ventas* , los planes de suscripción usan el " +"mismo formulario como plantillas de cotización. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" +"Configuración del formulario del plan de suscripción (plantilla de " +"cotización) " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" +"El formulario del plan de suscripción incluye las siguientes opciones: " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre`: Introduzca un nombre para el plan de suscripción en la " +"aparte superior de la página. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`La cotización vence después de`: Introduzca el número de días " +"después de los cuales la cotización vence, comenzando desde el día en que " +"envía la cotización al cliente. Deje este campo en cero para que la " +"cotización no tenga fecha de vencimiento." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Confirmación en línea`: Seleccione las casillas junto a " +":guilabel:`Firma` o :guilabel:`Pago` para permitir que el cliente confirme " +"su orden de suscripción al firmar o pagar la cotización. Active ambos campos" +" para que el cliente pueda escoger una opción. Deje ambos en blanco para " +"confirmar la cotización solo desde el backend. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo de confirmación`: Seleccione una :doc:`plantilla de correo" +" electrónico` para" +" que el correo de confirmación se envie automáticamente al cliente después " +"de confirmar la cotización. Deje este cmapo en blanco para no enviar nada. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva plantilla de correo electrónico, introduzca un nombre " +"para la plantilla, luego haga clic :guilabel:`Crear y editar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" +"Para editar una plantilla de correo que ya existe, seleccione una del menú " +"desplegable, luego haga clic en la flecha :guilabel:`Enlace interno` al " +"final de la línea. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Recurrencia`: Seleccione el periodo recurrente que usará el plan." +" Los periodos recurrentes que están disponibles aquí son los mismos que " +"están configurados en :menuselection:`Suscripciones --> Configuración --> " +"Periodos Recurrentes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar una :guilabel:`Recurrencia` convierte la plantilla de cotización" +" en un plan de suscripción y activa las siguientes opciones adicionales: " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: Elija si el plan de suscripción no tiene fecha de " +"finalización (:guilabel:`Para siempre`) o una duración :guilabel:`Fija`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" +"Si establece la duración como :guilabel:`Para siempre`, entonces el plan de " +"suscripción se renovará hasta que el cliente o la empresa finalicen " +"manualmente la suscripción. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" +"Si establece la duración como :guilabel:`Fija`, entonces introduzca una " +"fecha de :guilabel:`Terminar después de` , lo que determina la cantidad de " +"tiempo tras la cual la suscripción terminará automáticamente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Autocancelable`: Seleccione esta casilla para permitir que el " +"cliente cancele su suscripción desde el :doc:`portal de cliente " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cancelación automática`: Introduzca el número de días tras los " +"cuales las suscripciones *pendientes de pago* que *pasaron* la fecha límite " +"de pago se cancelan automáticamente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Diario contable`: Seleccione el diario contable en el cual se " +"registrarán las facturas para este plan de suscripción. Deje este campo en " +"blanco para usar el diario de ventas con la secuencia más baja. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "Plan de suscripción con Recurrencia seleccionada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas` , cree las líneas de la orden para la " +"cotización. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto`, selecciones un " +"producto para incluir el plan, y luego introduzca la :guilabel:`Cantidad` y" +" la :guilabel:`Unidad de Medida`. Agregue tantos productos como quiera a las" +" líneas de la orden." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Productos opcionales` , introduzca cualquiera de " +"los productos opcionales que el cliente pueda añadir a su cotización antes " +"de confirmar la orden. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" +"Si el plan de suscripción tiene :doc:`términos y condiciones " +"`, " +"especiales, agreguelos en la pestaña :guilabel:`Términos y Condiciones`. Si " +"los términos y condiciones están especificados en un plan, se usarán estos " +"en lugar de los términos y condiciones predeterminados establecidos en las " +"configruaciones de la aplicación *Ventas*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "Pestaña de Términos y Condiciones del plan de suscripción " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "Use los planes de suscripción en las cotizaciones " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" +"Lac cotizaciones para los productos de suscripción se pueden crear tanto en " +"la aplicación *Suscripciones* como en *Ventas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" +"Desde el tablero de :guilabel:`Suscripciones` , haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una nueva cotización. Luego, seleccione un plan" +" de suscripción en el campo :guilabel:`Plan de suscripción`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`Recurrencia`, los productos y otros campos del plan se llenan " +"automáticamente. La cotización se puede modificar después si es necesario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" +"Desde el tablero de :guilabel:`Ventas` , haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para" +" crear una nueva cotización. Luego, seleccione un plan de suscripción en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de cotización`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" +"Todas las órdenes de suscripción aparecerán en el tablero de " +":guilabel:`Suscripciones` sin importar si se crearon en la aplicación " +"*Suscripciones* or *Ventas*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 msgid "Subscription products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prodcutos de suscripción " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11857,20 +12209,29 @@ msgid "" "products. While regular products are sold on a one-time basis, subscription " "products are sold on a renewing basis, generating recurring revenue." msgstr "" +"Al integrar estrechamente las aplicaciones de Odoo *Ventas* y " +"*Suscricpiones*, los usuarios pueden vender productos de suscripción junto " +"con productos normales. Mientras que los productor normales se venden de una" +" vez, los productos de suscripción se venden por renovación, generando un " +"ingreso recurrente. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo, subscription products are also called *recurring* products." msgstr "" +"En Odoo, a los productos de suscripción también se les llama productos " +"*recurrentes*. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:12 msgid "Configure recurrence periods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar periodos recurrentes " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:14 msgid "" "To get started with subscriptions, first make sure that the *recurrence " "periods* are configured as needed." msgstr "" +"Para iniciar con las suscripciones, primero asegúrese de que los *periodos " +"recurrentes* estén configurados como lo necesite. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -11878,12 +12239,17 @@ msgid "" "designate how often the customer pays for (and receives) subscription " "products." msgstr "" +"Los periodos recurrentes son los periodos de tiempo en los que las " +"suscripciones se renuevan. Designan cada cuánto el cliente debe pagar por (y" +" recibir) los productos de suscripción. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure recurrence periods, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " "Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar los periodos recurrentes, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Suscripciones --> Configuración --> Periodos Recurrentes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -11892,6 +12258,10 @@ msgid "" " These can be edited as needed, and any number of new recurrence periods can" " be added." msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Suscripciones* incluye periodos recurrentes ya configurados: " +"Diario, Mensualmente, Trimestralmente, Semanalmente, Anualmente, Cada 3 " +"años, Cada 5 años. Los puede editar si lo necesita y puede agregar cualquier" +" número como un nuevo periodo recurrente. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -11900,6 +12270,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration` of the recurrence period, and select the " ":guilabel:`Unit` that defines the duration." msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo periodo recurrente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` en el" +" tablero de periodos recurrentes. Luego, introduzca el, :guilabel:`Nombre` y" +" la :guilabel:`Duración` del periodo recurrente, y selecciones la " +":guilabel:`Unidad` que define la duración." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -11907,14 +12281,17 @@ msgid "" "weeks, set the :guilabel:`Duration` to `2` and the :guilabel:`Unit` to " "`Weeks`." msgstr "" +"Para crear un periodo recurrente para una suscripción que se renovará cada 2" +" semanas, establezca la :guilabel:`Duración` a `2` y la :guilabel:`Unidad` a" +" `Semanas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:0 msgid "A recurrence period of 2 weeks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Periodo recurrente de 2 semanas " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:40 msgid "Configure the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure el formulario del prodcuto " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -11923,6 +12300,10 @@ msgid "" " --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new product. Enter a " ":guilabel:`Product Name`." msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo producto de suscripción, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Suscripciones`. Luego vaya a :menuselection:`Suscripciones " +"--> Productos`, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear un nuevo " +"producto. Introduzca un :guilabel:`Nombre del producto`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -11931,6 +12312,10 @@ msgid "" "well; however, they currently *cannot* be set to :guilabel:`Storable " "Product`." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Tipo de prodcuto` se establece automáticamente como " +":guilabel:`Servicio` para el nuevo producto. Los productos de suscripción se" +" pueden establecer como otros tipos. Sin embargo, actualmente *no se pueden*" +" establecer como :guilabel:`Producto almacenable`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -11939,19 +12324,25 @@ msgid "" "sure to leave the :guilabel:`Recurring` and :guilabel:`Can be Sold` options " "enabled." msgstr "" +"El nuevo producto tendra automáticamente seleccionada la casilla de " +":guilabel:`Recurrente`. Esto le permite a Odoo reconocerlo como un producto " +"de suscripción. Asegúrese de dejar activadas las opciones " +":guilabel:`Recurrente` y :guilabel:`Se puede vender`. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "The \"Recurring\" checkbox on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La casilla \"Recurrente\" en el formulario del producto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:59 msgid "Time-based pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Precio basado en tiempo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:61 msgid "" "Next, configure the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab on the product form." msgstr "" +"Luego, configure la pestaña :guilabel:`Precio basado en tiempo` en el " +"formulario del producto. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11959,17 +12350,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Period` column, select a recurrence period. In the " ":guilabel:`Price` column, enter the price for that recurrence period." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar precio` para empezar a definir los precios " +"recurrentes. En la columna :guilabel:`Periodo`, seleccione un periodo " +"recurrente. En la columna :guilabel:`Precio` , introduzca el precio para el " +"periodo recurrente. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods cannot be used on recurring" " products." msgstr "" +"Los periodos :guilabel:`Diario` y :guilabel:`Por hora` no se pueden usar en " +"los productos recurrentes. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:70 msgid "" "Add as many lines as needed to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` table." msgstr "" +"Agregue tantas líneas como necesite en la tabla de :guilabel:`Precio basado " +"en tiempo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11977,6 +12376,9 @@ msgid "" "marking it as :guilabel:`Recurring` and configuring :guilabel:`Time-based " "pricing` on the product form." msgstr "" +"Un producto existente se puede convertir a producto de suscripción " +"simplemente marcándolo como :guilabel:`Recurrente` y configurando el " +":guilabel:`Precio basado en tiempo` en el formulario del producto. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -11984,6 +12386,9 @@ msgid "" "to a quotation and *not* selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` on the " "quotation." msgstr "" +"Un producto de suscripción se puede vender como un prodcuto normal al " +"agregarlo a la cotización y *no* seleccionar el campo :guilabel:`Recurrente`" +" en la cotización." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -11994,6 +12399,12 @@ msgid "" "pricing` tab of the product form, or on the pricelist form in the *Sales* " "app." msgstr "" +"Use las :doc:`listas de precios " +"` con lo " +"sproductos de suscripción para darle un precio especial a los clientes que " +"están dentro de una lista de precios. Esto se puede configurar tanto en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Precio basado en tiempo` del formualario del producto, " +"como en la lista de precios de la aplicación *Ventas*. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -12001,16 +12412,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form, select a pricelist " "in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" +"Para crear reglas de precio recurrentes para listas de precios específicas " +"en la pestaña :guilabel:`Precio basado en tiempo` del formulario de " +"producto, seleccione una lista de precios en la columna :guilabel:`Listas de" +" precios`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 msgid "Pricelists in the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listas de precios en la pestaña \"Precios basados en tiempo\". " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:94 msgid "" "When pricelists are added to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab, the " "pricelist form in the *Sales* app is automatically updated." msgstr "" +"Cuando las lista de precios se agregan a la pestaña :guilabel:`Precios " +"basados en tiempo`, el formulario de la lista de precios en la aplicación " +"*Ventas* se actualiza automáticamente. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -12019,6 +12437,12 @@ msgid "" "and select a pricelist (or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist)." " In the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"Las reglas para los precios basados en tiempo también se pueden configurar " +"directamente desde el formulario de las listas de precios. Para hacerlo, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Listas de precios` y " +"seleccione una lista de precios (o haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear" +" una nueva lista de precios). En la pestaña :guilabel:`Reglas basadas en " +"tiempo` , haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -12027,6 +12451,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price` for that particular product and period. Add as many lines " "as needed." msgstr "" +"Luego, seleccione un producto de suscripción en la columna " +":guilabel:`Productos` , y seleccione un periodo recurrente en la columna " +":guilabel:`Periodo`. Introduzca un :guilabel:`Precio` para ese producto y " +"periodo particulares. Agregue tantas líneas como necesite. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -12034,6 +12462,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form is automatically " "updated." msgstr "" +"Cuando se agregan :guilabel:`Reglas basadas en tiempo` al formulario de la " +"lista de precios, la pestaña :guilabel:`Precios basados en tiempo` del " +"formulario del prodcuto se actualiza automáticamente. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:3 msgid "Renew a subscription" @@ -12068,7 +12499,7 @@ msgid "" " well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " "easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." msgstr "" -"Gracias a la aplicación de **Suscripción de Odoo**, puede tener todas sus " +"Gracias a la aplicación **Suscripción de Odoo**, puede tener todas sus " "suscripciones en una sola aplicación, sugerir la renovación automática de " "una suscripción a sus clientes (o una manual), y, por último, filtrar todas " "sus suscripciones para encontrar fácilmente las que necesitan renovación " @@ -12089,10 +12520,19 @@ msgid "" "can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " "automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" +"Antes de renovar una suscripción, asegúrese de consultar nuestra " +"documentación sobre cómo :doc:`Crear una cotización <../subscriptions>` " +"usando prodcutos de suscripción. Efectivamente, una vez confirmada, la " +"cotización se convierte en una orden de venta y se crea automáticamente una " +"nueva suscripción. Por lo tanto, esta suscripción tiene el estado de *En " +"progreso*. Apartir de ahí, tiene la posibilidad de renovar la suscripción. " +"Puede activar la opción *A renovar* en la pestaña de más infromación, debajo" +" de la sección A renovar. Cuando se activa, aparece automáticamente una " +"etiqueta amarilla en la esquina superior derecha de la suscripción. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renueve su suscripción con Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -12108,7 +12548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista previa del cliente de una renovación con Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -12142,7 +12582,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renueve una cotización con Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -12159,6 +12599,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Renovación como formulario de Gestión de Suscripciones en Suscripciones de " +"Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:70 msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" @@ -12179,6 +12621,8 @@ msgid "" "List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo " "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Vista de lista de todas las suscripciones y uso de un filtro para renovar en" +" Suscripciones de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 msgid "Reports" @@ -12229,7 +12673,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diferencia entre MRR y ARR en Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -12307,6 +12751,7 @@ msgstr "del 9.33%." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Diferencia entre el logo churn y el ingreso churn en Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -12357,11 +12802,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Ingresos anuales recurrentes* y *Cuenta*. En este ejemplo, se añade " "*Cantidad*. De esta manera puede revisar ambas medidas al mismo tiempo. " "Incluso puede *Agrupar por fecha de inicio* o por *Semana*, para obtener una" -" mejor vista de su reporte." +" mejor vista de su reporte. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de análisis de las suscripciones en Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:74 msgid "Retention analysis report" @@ -12383,7 +12828,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de análisis de retención en Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:86 msgid "Revenue KPIs report" @@ -12407,7 +12852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de los ingresos de KPI en Suscripciones de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -12426,7 +12871,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte MRR detallado en Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:108 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" @@ -12448,7 +12893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte del tablero del vendedro en Suscripciones de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:3 msgid "Upsell a subscription" @@ -12507,7 +12952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activación de la opción de descuento en Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:36 msgid "Upsell your first subscription" @@ -12522,10 +12967,18 @@ msgid "" "the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " "your subscription." msgstr "" +"Antes de realizar una venta adicional en una suscripción, asegúrese de " +"revisar nuestra documentación sobre cómo :doc:`Crear una cotización " +"<../subscriptions>` usando productos de cotización. Efectivamente, una vez " +"confirmada, una cotización se convierte en una orden de venta y " +"automáticamente se crea una nueva suscripción. Por lo tanto, esta " +"suscripción tiene el estado de *En Progreso*. A partir de ahí, tiene la " +"posibilidad de realziar una venta adicional en su suscripción. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Realice una venta adicional en su suscripción con Suscripciones de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12541,6 +12994,8 @@ msgid "" "Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo " "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Agregue productos a su suscripción a través de la opción de realizar una " +"venta adicional en Suscricpiones de Odoo " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -12577,6 +13032,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" +"Visualice todas las actualizaciones de sus suscripciones con Suscripciones " +"de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -12589,6 +13046,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" msgstr "" +"Vista de lista de todas las órdenes de venta creadas para una suscripción " #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:79 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 0cbe8d658..dcf1d8770 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -68,7 +69,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -874,6 +874,451 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one `. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -905,7 +1350,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -3196,6 +3640,9 @@ msgid "" "filtered to show the number of SLAs failed and the failure rate over the " "last 30 days, grouped by team." msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, el reporte se muestra en una vista de " +":guilabel:`tabla dinámica` y se filtra para mostrar el número de SLA " +"fallidos y la tasa de fallos en los últimos 30 días, agrupados por equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk" @@ -3213,6 +3660,13 @@ msgid "" "corresponding new column will emerge in the pivot table to show the relevant" " calculations." msgstr "" +"Para agregar el número de SLA aprobados o en curso, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Medidas` para mostrar un menú desplegable con los criterios para " +"reporte y elija entre las opciones disponibles según las medidas que " +"prefiera. Cada que selecciona una, aparecerá una marca de verificación en el" +" menú desplegable para indicar que está incluida, luego aparecerá una nueva " +"columna correspondiente en la tabla dinámica para mostrar los cálculos " +"pertinentes." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -3220,6 +3674,10 @@ msgid "" "next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. To remove one," " click the minus :guilabel:` - ` button and deselect." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un grupo a una fila o columna, haga clic en el botón más " +":guilabel:`+` junto a :guilabel:`Total` y después seleccione uno de los " +"grupos. Para quitar uno, haga clic en el botón menos :guilabel:` - ` y " +"deseleccione." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:140 msgid "Using the Graph view" @@ -3267,6 +3725,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stacked`. This presents two or more groups to appear on top of " "each other instead of next to each other, making it easier to compare data." msgstr "" +"Tanto el :guilabel:`gráfico de barras` como el :guilabel:`gráfico de líneas`" +" se pueden visualizar de forma :guilabel:`apilada`, la cual presenta dos o " +"más grupos uno encima del otro, en lugar de uno junto al otro, lo que " +"facilita la comparación de datos." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:172 msgid "Using the Cohort view" @@ -3279,6 +3741,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cohort` view, click the icon in the top right corner above the " "chart." msgstr "" +"La vista de :guilabel:`cohorte` se utiliza para realizar un seguimiento de " +"los cambios en los datos durante un período de tiempo. Para mostrar el " +"reporte :guilabel:`Análisis del estado` en una vista de :guilabel:`cohorte` " +"haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior derecha sobre el gráfico." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view" @@ -3296,485 +3762,6 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Permita que los clientes cierren sus tickets " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "Hoja de horas y facturación" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" -"Facturar el tiempo dedicado en tickets (servicios de soporte prepagados)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"Tiene la opción de trabajar con servicios de soporte prepagados, lo que " -"significa que se emite una orden de venta y una factura correspondiente y, " -"una vez realizado el servicio, se puede deducir el tiempo dedicado. Odoo lo " -"permite porque las aplicaciones están totalmente integradas, lo que da lugar" -" a respuestas más rápidas a las necesidades de sus clientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Paso 1: configurar un equipo de Servicio de asistencia" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipos " -"de Servicio de asistencia`, cree o edite un equipo existente y habilite las " -"funciones *Hoja de horas en el ticket* y *Volver a facturar el tiempo*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione o cree un proyecto en *Hoja de horas en el ticket*. El " -"seleccionado/creado es aquel en el que los empleados registran sus hojas de " -"horas de manera predeterminada. Sin embargo, se puede modificar fácilmente " -"en cada ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de ajustes del equipo de servicio de asistencia, con énfasis las funciones de hojas de horas en el ticket y\n" -"volver a facturar el tiempo en la aplicación Servicio de asistencia de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "Paso 2: configurar un servicio" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y habilite " -"*Unidades de medida* para poder elegir de forma opcional *horas* (por " -"ejemplo) como unidad de medida de su servicio." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"Posteriormente, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Productos`, " -"cree o edite uno existente y configure su *tipo de producto* como *servicio*" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vista de un formulario de producto con énfasis en los campos de tipo de producto y unidad de medida\n" -"en la aplicación Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la gestión de facturación que desea tener en la pestaña *Ventas*." -" Recomendamos la siguiente configuración:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vista de un formulario de producto y las opciones de facturación en la " -"pestaña de ventas en la aplicación Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"Esta configuración garantiza que se facture al cliente por el número de " -"horas pronosticadas en la orden de venta, lo que significa que no se tienen " -"en cuenta las horas adicionales o no usadas. También garantiza que cada vez " -"que se confirma una orden de venta, se crea una nueva tarea en el proyecto " -"correspondiente, lo que automatiza el proceso." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Le recomendamos configurar un proyecto en específico, así como se hizo en " -"este ejemplo. Debe tener en cuenta que el artículo en la orden de venta se " -"debe establecer en el proyecto/tarea correspondiente, de esta manera, se " -"podrá volver a facturar el tiempo dedicado en el ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "Previsión de una factura y registro del tiempo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "Paso 1: Crear una orden" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Órdenes --> Órdenes` y cree uno para el " -"producto de servicio de asistencia que configuró previamente, con el cliente" -" que necesita que se abra el ticket. Establezca el número de horas " -"necesarias y *Confirme* la orden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vista de una orden de venta que destaca las líneas de orden en la aplicación" -" de Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "Paso 2: Facturar al cliente" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" -"En *Ventas*, seleccione la orden de venta correspondiente para *Crear " -"factura*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vista de una orden de venta en la que se destaca el botón de crear factura " -"en la aplicación de Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Paso 3: Vincular la tarea al ticket" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación *Servicio de asistencia* puede crear o editar el ticket " -"correspondiente y vincularlo a la tarea creada al confirmar la orden de " -"venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vista de un ticket de servicio de asistencia que destaca el campo tarea en " -"la aplicación de Servicio de asistencia de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "Paso 4: Registrar el tiempo dedicado" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña *Hojas de horas*, registre las horas dedicadas en el ticket de" -" servicio de asistencia correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vista de un ticket de servicio de asistencia que destaca la pestaña de hojas" -" de horas en la aplicación de Servicio de asistencia de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que las horas registradas en el formulario del ticket se " -"muestran en la columna *Entregado* de la orden de venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vista de una orden de venta que destaca la columna entregado en la " -"aplicación de Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"Las horas registradas en el ticket se muestran automáticamente en *Hojas de " -"horas* y en la tarea correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" -"Facturación del tiempo dedicado en los tickets (servicio de asistencia de " -"pospago)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" -"La integración :guilabel:`Hojas de horas` proporciona más control y " -"transparencia sobre cómo se cobra a los clientes y qué se les factura de " -"forma específica." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, el agente de servicio de asistencia puede usar el ticket para " -"registrar las hojas de horas. Una vez que se resuelva el ticket, el cliente " -"puede facturar el tiempo dedicado en el ticket. Odoo sacará la información " -"correcta de las hojas de horas." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" -"Para activar la función :guilabel:`Hojas de horas`, vaya a :menuselection: " -"`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipos del servicio de " -"asistencia`, seleccione un equipo del servicio de asistencia y, a " -"continuación, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. Active las opciones " -":guilabel:`Hojas de horas` y :guilabel:`Facturación de horas`. " -"Posteriormente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar estos cambios " -"a la configuración del equipo de servicio de asistencia." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la función :guilabel:`Hojas de horas` esté activada, aparecerá " -"la opción desplegable :guilabel:`Proyecto` debajo de :guilabel:`Hojas de " -"horas`. Se establecerá de manera automática la opción :guilabel:`Proyecto` " -"en un proyecto que Odoo haya creado para el equipo de Servicio de " -"asistencia. A su vez, se almacenarán las hojas de horas de los tickets en el" -" proyecto seleccionado." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que un ticket entre en el flujo, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Crear`. Añada el cliente del ticket al campo :guilabel: `Cliente` de la " -"nueva cotización. En la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas de orden`, cree o " -"seleccione un producto para cobrar al cliente por el tiempo empleado en su " -"ticket de servicio de asistencia." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" -"Si crea un nuevo producto desde el formulario de orden de venta, primero " -"debe nombrarlo en la columna :guilabel:`Producto`. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear y editar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Información general` defina el :guilabel:`Tipo de " -"producto` como :guilabel:`Servicio` y el :guilabel:`Precio de venta` como la" -" tarifa de servicio del personal del servicio de asistencia. Después, " -"establezca la :guilabel:`Política de facturación` a :guilabel:`Basado en " -"hojas de horas`. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para crear el " -"nuevo producto y añadirlo a la cotización." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que añada el producto, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para " -"convertir la cotización en orden de venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "Crear una orden de venta y añada un producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "Registrar una hoja de horas" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Para registrar una hoja de horas, regrese al ticket del servicio de " -"asistencia en el panel :guilabel:`Servicio de asistencia`, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Tickets` en la tarjeta del equipo y busque el ticket " -"correspondiente. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` y utilice la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Hojas de horas` para registrar el tiempo dedicado al ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "Registrar el tiempo dedicado en el ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" -"Se pueden registrar las hojas de horas del ticket antes o después de hacer " -"la orden de venta, el orden no es importante." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "Vincule el ticket del servicio de asistencia a una orden de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" -"Para vincular la :guilabel:`Orden de venta` al ticket, vaya al formulario " -"del ticket y haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. Seleccione la :guilabel:`Orden" -" de venta` creada desde el menú desplegable del :guilabel:`Artículo de la " -"orden de venta`. De esta manera Odoo filtrará las opciones de manera que " -"solo se mostrarán las órdenes de venta que estén vinculadas al ticket del " -"cliente. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para vincular el " -"ticket y el :guilabel:`Artículo de la orden de venta`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "Vincular el artículo de la orden de venta al ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" -"Se puede vincular el :guilabel:`Artículo de orden de venta` al ticket antes " -"o después de haber registrado cualquier hoja de horas, el orden no importa." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "Modificar tasas de facturación" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" -"Si se registra una entrada de hoja de horas, pero el agente no desea " -"facturar al cliente por ese tiempo, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Hoja de " -"horas` y active la visibilidad de la columna :guilabel:`Artículo de la orden" -" de venta`. Al completar la información de la entrada de hoja de horas, " -"asegúrese de dejar en blanco el campo :guilabel:`Artículo de la orden de " -"venta` de la entrada de hojas de horas no facturables." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" -"Si el agente desea cobrar un precio diferente para una entrada de hoja de " -"horas, primero debe añadir un nuevo producto a la :abbr:`Orden de venta` que" -" tenga el precio deseado. Después, seleccione el nuevo producto en el campo " -":guilabel:`Artículo de la orden de venta` de la entrada de la hoja de horas." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "Crear factura" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se haya resuelto el ticket del servicio de asistencia y el cliente " -"esté listo para recibir la factura por el tiempo dedicado, comience por " -"hacer clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Orden de venta` en el " -"formulario del ticket para acceder a la orden de venta. La columna " -":guilabel: `Entregado` debe coincidir con el número de horas registradas en " -"la hoja de horas del ticket. Después de revisar y completar la información " -"correspondiente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear factura` para facturar al " -"cliente por el tiempo dedicado al ticket. De esta manera, Odoo generará " -"automáticamente una factura para el cliente y el ticket se podrá marcar como" -" cerrado." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoice_time`" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Proyecto" @@ -4233,7 +4220,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" #: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po index a12444602..98143a98d 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -264,6 +264,6 @@ msgid "" "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" "**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de una aplicación en un " -"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratuita): así podrá saber qué" -" otras aplicaciones puede necesitar, etc. Así evitará sorpresas al " -"desinstalar o al recibir sus facturas." +"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratuita): de esta forma podrá" +" saber qué otras aplicaciones puede necesitar, etc. Así evitará sorpresas al" +" desinstalar o al recibir sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 5c47fb87d..3fed15f75 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`products`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:43 msgid "Browsing" @@ -3488,10 +3488,10 @@ msgid "" "visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" "En el siguiente campo, establezca un nombre para su nuevo sitio web y un " -"nombre específico de dominio. Deje vacío para publicar su nuevo sitio web " -"bajo el dominio predeterminado de su base de datos de Odoo. Después podrá " -"establecer algunos grupos de países para redirigir a los visitantes mediante" -" GeoIP." +"nombre específico de dominio, déjelo vacío para publicar su nuevo sitio web " +"bajo el dominio predeterminado de su base de datos de Odoo. Más adelante " +"podrá establecer algunos grupos de países para redirigir a los visitantes " +"mediante GeoIP." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -3499,9 +3499,9 @@ msgid "" "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " "theme!" msgstr "" -"Después, seleccione un tema. Este nuevo sitio web puede tener un propósito o" -" audiencia totalmente diferente al primero, por lo que puede usar otro tipo " -"de tema." +"Lo siguiente será seleccionar un tema. Este nuevo sitio web puede tener un " +"propósito o audiencia totalmente diferente al primero, por lo que puede usar" +" otro tipo de tema." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -3871,13 +3871,13 @@ msgid "" "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" "Vimos anteriormente cómo publicar un registro específico en solo un sitio " -"web. Puede encontrar el campo *sitio web* en la pestaña \"comercio " +"web. Puede encontrar el campo \\*sitio web\\* en la pestaña \"comercio " "electrónico\" del formulario de edición del producto. Si está vacío " "significa que está disponible para todos los sitios web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:249 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "Productos disponibles en *algunos* sitios web." +msgstr "Productos disponibles en *algunos* sitios web" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -3895,12 +3895,12 @@ msgid "" " in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -"Si necesita una referencia única para gestionar en su inventario, debe " -"instalar *Fabricación* y crear LdM (listas de materiales) de tipo *kit*. " -"Cada kit vinculará cada producto \"virtual\" publicado con la referencia " -"principal que gestiona en su inventario. De esta forma, cualquier producto " -"que venda en su sitio web se convertirá en un artículo almacenable en la " -"orden de entrega." +"Si necesita una referencia única para gestionar dentro de su inventario, " +"debe instalar *Fabricación* y crear LdM (listas de materiales) de tipo " +"*kit*. Cada kit vinculará cada producto \"virtual\" publicado con la " +"referencia principal que gestiona en su inventario. De esta forma, cualquier" +" producto que venda en su sitio web se convertirá en un artículo almacenable" +" en la orden de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:261 msgid "Pricelists" @@ -3979,7 +3979,7 @@ msgid "" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" "Si desea publicar objetos personalizados en el sitio web, le damos algunos " -"consejos para que funcione en múltiples sitios web:" +"consejos para que funcione en varios sitios web:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:306 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@ msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* en el controlador para garantizar que el " +"*can_access_from_current_website* en el controlador para asegurar que el " "visitante pueda ver un registro en el sitio web actual." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:314 @@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:313 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" -"que el dominio solo muestre los registros disponibles en el sitio web." +"el dominio para que solo muestre los registros disponibles en el sitio web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" @@ -4026,8 +4026,7 @@ msgid "" "being used." msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que la instalación depende del sistema operativo y la " -"distribución de su computadora. Asumiremos que se está utilizando un sistema" -" operativo Linux." +"distribución de su computadora. Asumiremos que utiliza Linux." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" @@ -4063,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no puede o no desea localizar la base de datos geoip en " "``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, puede utilizar la opción ``-geoip-db``` de la " "interfaz de línea de comandos de Odoo. Esta opción toma la ruta absoluta al " -"archivo de base de datos GeoIP y lo usa como base de datos GeoIP. Por " +"archivo de base de datos GeoIP y la usa como base de datos GeoIP. Por " "ejemplo:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 @@ -4184,8 +4183,7 @@ msgstr "Vaya a su sitio web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:19 msgid "Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **language menu**." -msgstr "" -"Desplácese hasta la parte inferior de la página al **menú de idioma**." +msgstr "Diríjase a la parte inferior de la página al **menú de idioma**." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:20 msgid "Click the language and select :guilabel:`Add a language`." @@ -4228,8 +4226,8 @@ msgid "" "If the language of the visitor's browser is not installed on your website, " "the content is displayed in the default language." msgstr "" -"Si el idioma del navegador del visitante no está instalado en su sitio web, " -"el contenido se muestra en el idioma predeterminado." +"El contenido se mostrará en el idioma predeterminado en caso de que el " +"idioma del navegador del visitante no esté instalado en su sitio web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4237,7 +4235,7 @@ msgid "" " –> Settings`, and select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field." msgstr "" "Para definir un idioma predeterminado, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web –> " -"Configuración –> Ajustes`, y seleccione un idioma en el campo " +"Configuración –> Ajustes` y seleccione un idioma en el campo " ":guilabel:`Predeterminado`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 @@ -4260,9 +4258,9 @@ msgid "" "task bar to activate the **translation mode**." msgstr "" "Una vez que se han agregado los idiomas, puede traducir el contenido de su " -"sitio web. Para ello, vaya a su sitio web, seleccione el idioma en el menú " -"de idioma y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Traducir` en la parte derecha " -"de la barra de tareas para activar el **modo de traducción**." +"sitio web. Vaya a su sitio web, seleccione el idioma en el menú de idioma y " +"haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Traducir` en la parte derecha de la barra " +"de tareas para activar el **modo de traducción**." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 msgid "Translate button" @@ -4302,11 +4300,11 @@ msgid "" "next to the text you want to translate (e.g., the product name) and add the " "translation." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se instalaron los idiomas, también puede traducir algunos " -"elementos (por ejemplo, el nombre y la descripción del producto) desde el " -"backend (p. ej., en la plantilla del producto). Para ello, haga clic en el " -"código de idioma (p. ej., :guilabel:`EN`) junto al texto que desea traducir " -"(por ejemplo, el nombre del producto) y agregue la traducción." +"Una vez que instaló los idiomas, también puede traducir algunos elementos " +"(por ejemplo, el nombre y la descripción del producto) desde el backend (por" +" ejemplo, en la plantilla del producto). Para ello, haga clic en el código " +"de idioma (:guilabel:`EN` o el que corresponda) junto al texto que desea " +"traducir (en este caso, el nombre del producto) y agregue la traducción." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 msgid "Translate product-related items." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index bb864a76e..b9727b2b1 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ # romrik_, 2023 # jb78180 , 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Fernanda Marques , 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -95,288 +95,331 @@ msgstr "Comptabilité en partie double" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Odoo crée automatiquement en coulisse toutes les entrées de journaux pour " -"chacune de vos opérations comptables : factures clients, ticket de point de " -"vente, dépenses, mouvement de stocks, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -"Odoo suit les règles de la comptabilité en partie double : toutes les " -"entrées de journaux sont automatiquement équilibrées (somme des débits = " -"somme des crédits)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "Méthodes de l'accumulation et de la trésorerie" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -"Odoo prend en charge les rapports de comptabilité d'exercice et " -"d'encaissement. Cela vous permet de déclarer les revenus / dépenses au " -"moment où les transactions se produisent (c'est-à-dire la comptabilité " -"d'exercice), ou lorsque le paiement est effectué ou reçu (c'est-à-dire la " -"comptabilité d'encaissement)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-sociétés" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" msgstr "" -"Odoo permet de gérer plusieurs entreprises au sein d'une même base de " -"données. Chaque entreprise a son propre plan comptable et ses propres " -"règles. Vous pouvez obtenir des rapports de consolidation en suivant vos " -"règles de consolidation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs peuvent accéder à plusieurs sociétés, mais travaillent " -"toujours sur une seule société à la fois." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Multi-devises" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts `, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -"Chaque transaction est enregistrée dans la devise par défaut de la société. " -"Pour les transactions qui se produisent dans une autre devise, Odoo " -"enregistre de plus la valeur dans la devise de la transaction. Odoo peut " -"générer des gains et pertes de change après le lettrage des écritures." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -"Les taux de change sont mis à jour quotidiennement en utilisant un web-" -"service en ligne yahoo.com." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "Standard internationaux" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"`" msgstr "" -"Odoo Comptabilité prend en charge plus de 50 pays. La comptabilité de base " -"d'Odoo met en œuvre des normes comptables communes à tous les pays. Des " -"modules spécifiques existent par pays pour les spécificités locales comme le" -" plan comptable, les impôts, ou encore les interfaces bancaires." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "En particulier, le noyau de la comptabilité d'Odoo prend en charge :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" -"Comptabilité anglo-saxonne (États-Unis, Royaume-Uni et autres pays " -"anglophones, dont l'Irlande, le Canada, l'Australie et la Nouvelle-Zélande) " -"où les coûts des biens vendus sont déclarés lorsque les produits sont " -"vendus/livrés." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -"La comptabilité européenne où les achats sont comptabilisées à la date de la" -" facture fournisseur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo dispose de modules pour se conformer aux règles IFRS." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "Comptes payables et recevables" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Odoo utilise un seul compte pour toutes les écritures comptables" -" à encaisser, et un autre pour toutes les écritures comptables à payer. Vous" -" pouvez créer des comptes séparés pour chaque client / fournisseur, mais ce " -"n'est pas une obligation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Analyse" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +"The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -"Comme les transactions sont associées à des clients ou des fournisseurs, " -"vous obtenez des rapports permettant d'effectuer une analyse par client / " -"fournisseur, comme les arrêtés de compte client, les revenus par client, les" -" balances âgés..." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Relevé" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Bilan" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "Large choix de rapports financiers" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Compte de résultat" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez générer des rapports financiers en temps réel. Les " -"rapports d'Odoo vont des rapports comptables de base aux rapports de gestion" -" avancées. Les rapports d'Odoo comprennent :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Déclaration de TVA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -"Les rapports de performance (comme le Compte de résultat, les Ecarts " -"Budgétaires)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "Les rapports de situation (comme le Bilan, les Balances Agées)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Audit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "les rapports de trésorerie (comme les Relevés de Banque)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "Les rapports détaillés (comme la Balance Générale et le Grand Livre)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Balance générale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Les rapports de gestion (comme les Budgets, et le Résumé Analytique)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -"Le générateur de rapports d'Odoo vous permet de personnaliser vos propres " -"rapports basés sur vos propres formules." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "Importation automatique des données bancaires" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -"Le lettrage bancaire est un processus qui fait correspondre vos lignes de " -"relevés bancaires, telles que fournies par la banque, à vos opérations " -"comptables dans le grand livre. Odoo rend le lettrage bancaire facile par " -"l'importation fréquente des lignes de relevés depuis votre banque " -"directement dans votre compte bancaire dans Odoo. Cela signifie que vous " -"pouvez avoir une vue quotidienne de votre trésorerie sans avoir à vous " -"connecter à votre banque en ligne ou à attendre vos relevés bancaires " -"papier." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -"Odoo accélère le lettrage bancaire en faisant correspondre la plupart de vos" -" lignes de relevés importées à vos opérations comptables. Odoo se souvient " -"aussi de la façon dont vous avez traité d'autres lignes de relevés et " -"fournit des suggestions parmi les transactions du grand livre." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "Calcul de l'impôt que vous devez à votre autorité fiscale" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partenaire" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Gestion" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" -"Odoo totalise toutes les transactions comptables de votre période " -"d'imposition et utilise ces totaux pour calculer vos impôts. Vous pouvez " -"ensuite vérifier votre impôt en exécutant le Rapport de taxes d'Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" -"Odoo supporte à la fois la valorisation des inventaires périodique " -"(manuelle) et permanente (automatisée). Les méthodes disponibles sont le " -"coût standard, le coût moyen, LIFO (pour les pays qui l'autorisent) et le " -"FIFO." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 -msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`" +":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "Résultats non distribués faciles à gérer" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Les résultats non répartis sont la partie du revenu retenu par votre " -"entreprise. Odoo calcule automatiquement vos gains de l'année courante en " -"temps réel, donc sans attendre la cloture de fin d'année. Ils sont calculés " -"en reportant automatiquement le solde de votre compte de résultat dans votre" -" bilan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank and cash accounts" @@ -518,6 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -534,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -554,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -562,6 +606,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -754,10 +799,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -3068,10 +3109,6 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez la balance agée pour déterminer quels clients sont en retard et " "commencer vos efforts de collecte." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "Compte de résultat" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -3084,10 +3121,6 @@ msgstr "" "Il est parfois appelé la « Déclaration de Revenu » ou « État des Revenus et " "Dépenses »." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "Bilan" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -4238,18 +4271,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." @@ -4258,51 +4291,63 @@ msgstr "" " réduit considérablement les erreurs de frappe qui pourraient entraîner des " "problèmes de paiement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité n'est disponible que dans plusieurs pays européens tels" -" que l'Autriche, la Belgique, la Finlande, l'Allemagne et les Pays-Bas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." -msgstr "" -"allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"activez la fonctionnalité **Code QR SEPA**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." @@ -4310,34 +4355,35 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Factures`, et créez une" " nouvelle facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -7122,6 +7168,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Position fiscale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -8871,10 +9041,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Analyse" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "Rapports principaux disponibles" @@ -9784,7 +9950,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -9908,23 +10074,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -9949,7 +10137,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -9963,7 +10151,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -9971,14 +10159,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -9994,7 +10182,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -10010,11 +10198,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -10023,53 +10211,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -10081,11 +10269,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -10094,11 +10282,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Colonnes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -10112,7 +10300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -10958,7 +11146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -12575,111 +12763,72 @@ msgstr "Positions fiscales (correspondances de taxes et de comptes)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" -"Des taxes et des comptes par défaut sont définis sur les produits et les " -"clients pour créer de nouvelles transactions à la volée. Cependant, vous " -"devrez peut-être utiliser des taxes différentes et enregistrer les " -"transactions sur différents comptes, selon les localisations et les types " -"d'activité de vos clients et fournisseurs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -"Les **Positions fiscales** vous permettent de créer des *ensembles de " -"règles* pour adapter automatiquement les taxes et les comptes utilisés pour " -"une transaction." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, " +":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"`." msgstr "" -"Exemple : Correspondances de taxes belges et de taxes intracommunautaires " -"avec les positions fiscales dans Odoo Comptabilité" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "Elles peuvent être appliqués de différentes manières :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package `." msgstr "" -":ref:`appliquée automatiquement, sur la base de certaines règles " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -":ref:`appliquée manuellement sur une transaction `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"`" -msgstr "" -":ref:`attribuée à un partenaire, sur son formulaire de contact " -"`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "Correspondances de taxes et de comptes" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier ou créer une position fiscale, allez à " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Positions fiscales` et " -"ouvrez l'entrée que vous souhaitez modifier ou cliquez sur *Créer*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -"Les correspondances de taxes et de comptes sont basées sur les taxes et les " -"comptes par défaut définis dans les formulaires des produits." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -"Pour mapper avec une autre taxe ou un autre compte, remplissez la colonne de" -" droite (**Taxe à appliquer**/**Compte à utiliser à la place**)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer une taxe, plutôt que de la remplacer par une autre, laissez " -"le champ **Taxe à appliquer** vide." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" -"Pour remplacer une taxe par plusieurs autres taxes, ajoutez plusieurs lignes" -" avec la même **Taxe sur le produit**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." @@ -12688,133 +12837,97 @@ msgstr "" "conséquent, assurez-vous qu'elles soient actives en allant à " ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "Application automatique" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer vos positions fiscales pour qu'elles s'appliquent " -"automatiquement, selon un ensemble de conditions." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, ouvrez la position fiscale que vous souhaitez modifier et " -"cliquez sur **Détecter automatiquement**. Vous pouvez configurer quelques " -"conditions :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" -"**TVA requise** : Le numéro de TVA *doit* être indiqué dans le formulaire de" -" contact du client." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" -"**Groupe de pays** / **Pays** : la position fiscale s'applique à ces pays." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" -msgstr "" -"Exemple des paramètres pour automatiquement appliquer une position fiscale" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" -"Les taxes sur les **commandes eCommerce** sont automatiquement mises à jour " -"une fois que le visiteur s'est connecté ou a rempli ses coordonnées de " -"facturation." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" -"La **séquence** des positions fiscales - l'ordre dans lequel elles sont " -"disposées - définit la position fiscale à appliquer si les conditions sont " -"remplies dans plusieurs positions fiscales." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, si la première position fiscale cible le *pays A* et la " -"deuxième position fiscale cible un *groupe de pays* qui comprend également " -"le *pays A*, seule la première position fiscale sera appliquée aux clients " -"du *pays A*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 msgid "Application" msgstr "Application" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "Assigner une position fiscale à un partenaire" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "Application automatique" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir manuellement quelle position fiscale doit être utilisée " -"par défaut pour un partenaire spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, ouvrez le formulaire de contact du partenaire, allez à " -"l'onglet **Ventes & Achats**, modifiez le champ **Position fiscale**, puis " -"cliquez sur *Sauvegarder*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -"Sélection d'une position fiscale sur une commande client / facture dans Odoo" -" Comptabilité" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" -"Choisir manuellement les positions fiscales sur les commandes clients et les" -" factures" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -"Pour sélectionner manuellement la position fiscale à utiliser pour une " -"nouvelle commande client ou une facture, accédez à l'onglet **Autres " -"informations** et sélectionnez la bonne **position fiscale** *avant* " -"d'ajouter des lignes de produits." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -15971,13 +16084,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partenaire" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -31162,33 +31268,31 @@ msgstr "" " fois que vous l'avez reçu sur votre compte bancaire." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "Prélèvement SEPA" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Fonctionnalités supplémentaires" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above ` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -31197,14 +31301,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -31212,11 +31316,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -31227,7 +31331,7 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." @@ -31235,7 +31339,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recevez la confirmation de paiement et attendez que la commande soit " "expédiée pour saisir le paiement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." @@ -31243,33 +31347,33 @@ msgstr "" "Examinez et vérifiez que les commandes soient légitimes avant que le " "paiement ne soit effectué et que le processus d'exécution ne commence." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -31278,31 +31382,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Retours" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -31311,17 +31415,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "Paiement rapide" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -31330,24 +31434,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -31356,7 +31460,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -31364,21 +31468,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -31393,7 +31497,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -31403,7 +31507,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -31414,54 +31518,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "Onglet Identifiants" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Onglet Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Pays" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "Montant maximum" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -31469,21 +31573,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "Journal des paiements" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -31493,24 +31597,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "Perspective Comptable" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -31525,14 +31629,14 @@ msgstr "" "comptables de vos paiements. Nous vous recommandons de demander conseil à " "votre comptable." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" @@ -31540,7 +31644,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez utiliser un seul journal pour de nombreux modes de paiement. Et " "pour chaque moyen de paiement, vous pouvez soit :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." @@ -31548,7 +31652,7 @@ msgstr "" "Définissez un **compte comptable** pour séparer ces paiements d'un autre " "mode de paiement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -31560,7 +31664,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." @@ -31569,63 +31673,63 @@ msgstr "" "certains journaux seulement, ou un seul mode de paiement... Ce qui " "correspond le mieux à vos besoins." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -31666,7 +31770,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -33522,61 +33625,97 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " -"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -"À chaque fois qu'un client paye par virement bancaire, l'ordre reste au " -"stage intermédiaire **Devis envoyé** (par ex. commande impayée). Lorsque le " -"paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour " -"déclencher la livraison." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" -"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de " -"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " -"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index a7202a9fd..8410cc23b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -2183,8 +2183,8 @@ msgid "" "following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" msgstr "" "Pour forcer l'adresse email à partir de laquelle les emails sont envoyés, " -"vous devez définir une combinaison des clés suivantes dans les paramètres de" -" système de la base de données :" +"vous devez définir une combinaison des clés suivantes dans les paramètres " +"système de la base de données :" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Le champ peut être un nom de domaine ou une adresse email complète ou il " "peut rester vide. Si l'adresse email de l'expéditeur ne correspond pas à ce " -"filtre défini, l'email sera encapsulé par les deux paramètres de système : " +"filtre défini, l'email sera encapsulé par les deux paramètres système : " "`mail.default.from` et `mail.catchall.domain`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ msgid "" "``." msgstr "" "Dans l'exemple suivant, l'adresse email d'origine est remplacée par la " -"combinaison des deux paramètres de système (`mail.default.from` et " +"combinaison des deux paramètres système (`mail.default.from` et " "`mail.catchall.domain`). Il s'agit de la configuration de notification par " "défaut dans Odoo : ``“Admin” `` => ``“Admin” " "``." @@ -2352,8 +2352,8 @@ msgid "" "first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)." msgstr "" "Si cette requête ne renvoie aucun résultat, Odoo effectue une recherche de " -"serveur de messagerie à l'aide du paramètre de système: `mail.default.from`." -" Tout d'abord, l'adresse email indiquée tente de trouver un serveur de " +"serveur de messagerie à l'aide du paramètre système: `mail.default.from`. " +"Tout d'abord, l'adresse email indiquée tente de trouver un serveur de " "messagerie, puis le domaine tente de trouver une correspondance. Si aucun " "serveur de messagerie n'est trouvé, Odoo renvoie le premier serveur de " "messagerie sortant (trié par priorité)." @@ -2658,6 +2658,84 @@ msgstr "" "Automatisation --> Actions planfiiées` et recherchez :guilabel:`Mail: " "Service Fetchmail`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "Paramètres système qui préviennent les boucles de rétraction" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" +"Deux paramètres système vous aident à prévenir des boucles de rétroaction " +"dans Odoo. Ces paramètres ont été introduits dans Odoo 16 pour empêcher les " +"alias de créer trop d'enregistrements et pour prévenir les boucles de " +"rétroaction sur l'adresse email de réponse catchall. Ils se trouvent dans la" +" base de données, mais pas dans les *Paramètres système*. Pour remplacer les" +" valeurs par défaut suivantes, ils doivent être ajoutés." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "Les deux paramètres système sont les suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes par défaut)" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 par défaut)" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode `, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez ces champs dans Odoo en activant d'abord le :ref:`mode développeur " +"`, et en allant ensuite à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Menu technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres système`. Modifiez la valeur de" +" ces paramètres le cas échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un email arrive dans la base de données Odoo sur l'adresse email " +"catchall ou sur n'importe quel alias, Odoo vérifie l'email reçu pendant la " +"période indiquée dans le paramètre de système `mail.incoming.limit.period`. " +"Si l'email reçu a été envoyé à un alias, Odoo vérifiera le paramètre système" +" `mail.incoming.limit.alias` et déterminera la valeur et le nombre " +"d'enregistrements que cet alias est autorisé à créer pendant la période " +"donnée (valeur de `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" +"De plus, lorsqu'un email arrive à l'adresse email catchall, Odoo vérifiera " +"les emails reçus dans la base de données pendant la période donnée (telle " +"que précisée par la valeur du paramètre système : " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo déterminera ensuite si l'un des emails " +"reçus correspond à ou aux emails reçus au cours de la période donnée et " +"préviendra une boucle de rétroaction s'il détecte un email dupliqué." + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "Modèles d'emails" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index bd0638a41..83202fb9c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -11,22 +11,22 @@ # Stéphane GUILLY , 2022 # Alain Prasquier , 2022 # Vallen Delobel , 2022 +# Fernanda Marques , 2022 # William Henrotin , 2023 # Renaud de Colombel , 2023 # Jérôme Tanché , 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 -# Fernanda Marques , 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -426,8 +426,6 @@ msgstr "" "d'opérations." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Réceptions" @@ -1318,7 +1316,6 @@ msgstr "" " d'expiration, même s'ils sont déjà suivis par lots ou par numéros de série." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Configuration de l'application" @@ -1334,7 +1331,6 @@ msgstr "" "d'expiration*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1424,411 +1420,1505 @@ msgstr "" "les lots/numéros de série qui ont dépassé leurs dates d'alerte respectives." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "Gérer des lots de produits identiques" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgstr "Utiliser des lots pour gérer des groupes de produits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"Les lots sont utiles pour les produits que vous recevez en grande quantité " -"et pour lesquels un numéro de lot peut être utile dans les rapports, les " -"contrôles qualité ou toute autre information. Les lots permettent " -"d'identifier un nombre de pièces présentant un défaut de production par " -"exemple. Cela peut être utile pour une production par lot de vêtements ou de" -" denrées alimentaires." +"Les *lots* sont l'une des deux façons d'identifier et de suivre des produits" +" dans Odoo. Un lot indique généralement un lot spécifique d'un article qui a" +" été reçu, qui est actuellement stocké ou qui a été expédié depuis un " +"entrepôt, mais il peut également concerner un lot de produits fabriqués en " +"interne." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" -"Odoo propose la possibilité de gérer des lots, assurant ainsi la conformité " -"avec les exigences de traçabilité imposées pour la majorité des secteurs " -"d'activité." +"Les fabricants attribuent des numéros de lot à des groupes de produits ayant" +" des propriétés communes, ce qui peut conduire à ce que plusieurs " +"marchandises partagent le même numéro de lot. Cela aide à identifier un " +"certain nombre de produits au sein d'un même groupe et d'assurer la " +"traçabilité de bout en bout de ces produits à chaque étape de leur cycle de " +"vie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -"La gestion à double entrée dans Odoo vous permet de gérer une traçabilité " -"très avancée." +"Les lots sont utiles pour les produits fabriqués ou reçus en grandes " +"quantités (comme les vêtements ou les denrées alimentaires) et peuvent être " +"utilisés pour retracer un produit jusqu'à un groupe. C'est particulièrement " +"utile pour gérer les rappels de produits ou les dates de péremption." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'application" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord activer le suivi des numéros de lot. Pour ce faire, allez" -" à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la" -" case *Lots & Numéros de série*. Cliquez ensuite sur sauvegarder." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration du produit" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "Activer les lots et les numéros de série" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -"À présent, vous devez configurer quels produits vous voulez suivre par " -"numéros de série." +"Pour suivre les produits à l'aide de lots, la fonctionnalité *Lots & Numéros" +" de série* doit être activée. Allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, faites défiler" +" jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité` et cochez la case à côté de " +":guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité Lots et numéros de série activée dans les paramètres " +"d'inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" +msgstr "Suivre des produits par lots" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Données de base --> Produits` et ouvrez le produit " -"de votre choix. Cliquez ensuite sur *Éditer* et sélectionnez *Par lots* dans" -" l'onglet inventaire." +"Une fois que la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` est " +"activée, il est possible de configurer des produits individuels pour être " +"suivis à l'aide de lots. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits` et choisissez un " +"produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "Gérer des lots" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -"Pour recevoir un produit suivi par lots, vous devez indiquer ses numéros de " -"lot. Vous disposez de plusieurs possibilités pour le faire :" +"Sur la fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer` pour modifier le " +"formulaire. Cliquez ensuite sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire`. Dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Par lots`. Cliquez " +"ensuite sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer les changements. Les " +"numéros de lot existants ou les nouveaux numéros peuvent maintenant être " +"assignés aux lots nouvellement reçus ou fabriqués de ce produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "Assigner manuellement les différents numéros de lot" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copier/coller les numéros de lot depuis un fichier Excel" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord ouvrir les opérations détaillées de votre transfert." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" -"En ouvrant les opérations détaillées, vous pouvez cliquer sur *Ajouter une " -"ligne*. Vous pourrez ensuite compléter le numéro de lot. Cliquez ensuite à " -"nouveau sur *Ajouter une ligne* pour enregistrer un nouveau numéro de lot." +"Si un produit est un stock avant l'activation du suivi par lots ou numéros " +"de série, il peut être nécessaire de procéder à un ajustement d'inventaire " +"afin d'assigner des numéros de lot au stock existant." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "La fonctionnalité de Suivi par lots activée sur la fiche du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "Créer de nouveaux lots pour des produits déjà en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de créer de nouveaux lots pour des produits déjà en stock " +"auxquels aucun numéro de lot n'a été assigné. Pour ce faire, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de " +"série` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître une" +" page distincte sur laquelle un nouveau :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de lot` est " +"généré automatiquement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" +"Bien qu'Odoo génère automatiquement un nouveau :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de " +"série` pour suivre le numéro le plus récent, il peut être édité et modifié " +"en n'importe quel autre numéro, en cliquant sur la ligne sous le champ " +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et en changeant le numéro généré." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le nouveau :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` est généré, cliquez " +"sur le champ vierge à côté de :guilabel:`Produit` pour révéler un menu " +"déroulant. Dans ce menu, sélectionnez le produit auquel ce nouveau numéro " +"sera assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" +"Ce formulaire permet également d'ajuster la :guilabel:`Quantité`, d'assigner" +" un numéro de :guilabel:`Référence interne` unique (à des fins de " +"traçabilité) et d'assigner cette configuration de lot ou de numéro de série " +"spécifique à un site web spécifique dans le champ :guilabel:`Site web` (si " +"vous avez plusieurs sites web)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copier/coller un numéro de lot depuis un fichier Excel" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez la feuille de calcul contenant les numéros de lot que vous avez reçus" -" de votre fournisseur et copiez la liste. Vous pouvez ensuite coller la " -"liste dans la colonne *Nom du lot/numéro de série* pour que Odoo puisse " -"créer automatiquement les lignes nécessaires. Ensuite, vous devez saisir " -"manuellement le nombre de produits contenus dans chacun des lots." +"Il est aussi possible d'ajouter une description détaillée de ce lot ou " +"numéro de série spécifique dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description` en dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque toutes les configurations souhaitées sont terminées, cliquez sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer tous les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" +"Formulaire de création d'un nouveau numéro de lot avec le produit assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un nouveau numéro de lot a été créé, sauvegardé et assigné au " +"produit souhaité, retournez à la fiche du produit dans l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire` en allant à :menuselection:`Produits --> " +"Produits` et en sélectionnant le produit auquel ce numéro de lot " +"nouvellement créé vient d'être assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." +msgstr "" +"Sur la fiche détaillée de ce produit, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéros de série` pour afficher le nouveau numéro de lot. " +"Lorsqu'une quantité supplémentaire de ce produit est reçue ou fabriquée, ce " +"nouveau numéro de lot peut être sélectionné et lui être assigné." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Types d'opérations" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "Gérer des lots pour l'expédition et la réception" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -"Bien sûr, vous avez la possibilité de définir comment vous allez gérer les " -"lots pour chaque type d'opération. Pour le définir, allez à l'application " -"*Inventaire* et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Types " -"d'opérations`." +"Les numéros de lot peuvent être assignés à des marchandises **entrantes** et" +" **sortantes**. Pour les marchandises entrantes, les numéros de lot sont " +"directement assignés sur le bon de commande. Pour les marchandises " +"sortantes, les numéros de lot sont directement assignés sur la commande " +"client." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "Gérer des lots lors des réceptions" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"Pour chaque type (réceptions, transferts internes, livraisons,...), vous " -"pouvez décider si vous autorisez la création de nouveaux numéros de lots ou " -"uniquement l'utilisation de numéros existants. Par défaut, la création de " -"nouveaux lots n'est autorisée qu'à la réception du produit et l'utilisation " -"de numéros de lot existants n'est pas autorisée dans cette opération. Si " -"vous avez des transferts entre entrepôts et si vous suivez les produits par " -"lots, il peut être utile d'autoriser l'utilisation de numéros de lot " -"existants dans les réceptions également." +"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de lot à des " +"marchandises **entrantes** sur le bon de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un bon de commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats " +"--> Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de demande de prix" +" vierge." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." +msgstr "" +"Sur cette demande de prix, complétez les informations nécessaires en " +"ajoutant un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et en ajoutant les produits souhaités " +"aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un " +"produit` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Produits`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez la quantité souhaitée du produit à commander en modifiant le " +"nombre dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que la demande de prix a été complétée, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Lorsque la demande de prix est confirmée," +" elle devient un :guilabel:`Bon de commande` et un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Réception` apparaît. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Réception` pour accéder au formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` avant d'assigner un numéro de lot " +"aux quantités de produits commandées, une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur` s'affiche. La fenêtre contextuelle exige la" +" saisie d'un numéro de lot ou de série pour les produits commandés. La " +"demande de prix **ne peut pas être** validée sans l'assignation d'un numéro " +"de lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur lors de l'ajout d'un lot/numéro " +"de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"À partir de là, cliquez sur le menu :guilabel:`Options supplémentaires`, " +"représenté par une icône :guilabel:`hamburger (quatre lignes horizontales)`," +" située à droite de la colonne :guilabel:`Unité de Mesure` dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Opérations`). Le fait de cliquer sur cette icône fait apparaître " +"une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, configurez un certain nombre de champs " +"différents, y compris l'assignation d'un numéro de lot dans la colonne " +":guilabel:`Nom du lot/numéro de série`, située en bas de la fenêtre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" +"Il y a deux façons d'assigner des numéros de lot : **manuellement** et " +"**copier/coller**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" +"**Assigner des numéros de lot manuellement** : Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et choisissez l'emplacement où les produits " +"seront stockés dans la colonne :guilabel:``Vers`. Saisissez ensuite un " +"nouveau :guilabel:`Nom de numéro de lot` et définissez la quantité " +":guilabel:`faite`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées d'assignation d'un numéro de " +"lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" +"Si des quantités doivent être traitées dans plusieurs emplacements et lots, " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et saisissez un nouveau " +":guilabel:`Nom de numéro de lot` pour les quantités additionnelles. Répétez " +"jusqu'à ce que la :guilabel:`Quantité faite` corresponde à la " +":guilabel:`Demande`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" +"**Copier/coller des numéros de lot à partir d'une feuille de calcul** : " +"Remplissez une feuille de calcul avec tous les numéros de lot reçus du " +"fournisseur (ou choisis manuellement pour être assignés à la réception). " +"Copiez et collez-les ensuite dans la colonne :guilabel:`Nom de lot/numéro de" +" série`. Odoo créera automatiquement le nombre de lignes nécessaires en " +"fonction du nombre de numéros collés dans la colonne. À partir de là, il est" +" possible de saisir manuellement les emplacements :guilabel:`Vers` et les " +"quantités :guilabel:`faites` dans chaque ligne de numéro de lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "Liste des numéros de lot copiés dans la feuille de calcul Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un numéro de lot a été assigné à toutes les quantités de " +"produits, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la fenêtre " +"contextuelle. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Valider`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` s'affiche lors de la " +"validation de la réception. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis " +"à jour, qui inclut : un document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le " +":guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le :guilabel:`# de lot/série` assigné, et" +" bien plus encore." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "Gérer des lots sur des bons de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de lot à des " +"marchandises **sortantes** à partir de la commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une commande client, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes" +" --> Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de devis vierge." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" +"Sur ce formulaire de devis vierge, complétez les informations nécessaires en" +" ajoutant un :guilabel:`Client` et en ajoutant les produits aux lignes de " +":guilabel:`Produits` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de la commande`) en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez ensuite la quantité que vous voulez vendre en changeant le nombre" +" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le devis a été complété, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer le devis. Lorsque le devis est " +"confirmé, il devient une commande client et un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` pour afficher le " +"formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour cette commande spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"À partir de là, cliquez sur le menu :guilabel:`Options supplémentaires`, " +"représenté par une icône `hamburger` (quatre lignes horizontales situées à " +"droite de la colonne :guilabel:`Unité de Mesure` dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Opérations`). Le fait de cliquer sur cette icône fait apparaître " +"une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle, un :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` sera choisi" +" par défaut et la quantité :guilabel:`Réservée` totale sera prélevée de ce " +"lot spécifique (s'il y a suffisamment de stock dans ce lot)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" +"Si le stock de ce lot est insuffisant ou si des quantités partielles de la " +":guilabel:`Demande` doivent être prélevées sur plusieurs lots, changez la " +"quantité dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fait` pour uniquement inclure cette " +"partie spécifique de la quantité totale." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" +"Le lot automatiquement choisi pour les bons de livraison varie en fonction " +"de la stratégie d'enlèvement sélectionnée (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, " +"First Out)`). Il dépendra également de la quantité commandée et de " +"l'existence d'une quantité suffisante dans un lot pour honorer la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`, sélectionnez un " +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` supplémentaire (différent), appliquez le " +"reste des quantités :guilabel:`faites` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` " +"pour fermer la fenêtre contextuelle. Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Valider` pour livrer les produits." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées pour le numéro de lot source " +"sur la commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la validation du bon de livraison, un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis " +"à jour, qui inclut : un document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le " +":guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, la :guilabel:`Date` et le :guilabel:`# de" +" lot/série` assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` peut également inclure un reçu de " +":guilabel:`Référence` du bon de commande précédent, si les quantités de " +"produits partagent le même numéro de lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "Gérer des lots pour différents types d'opérations" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, il est uniquement autorisé de créer de nouveaux lots lors de la " +"**réception** de produits provenant d'un bon de commande, par défaut. Il " +"n'est pas possible d'utiliser des numéros de lot **existants**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" +"Pour les commandes clients, l'inverse est vrai : il n'est pas possible de " +"créer de nouveaux numéros de lots sur le bon de livraison, seuls des numéros" +" de lots existants peuvent être utilisés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la possibilité d'utiliser de nouveaux numéros de lots (ou des " +"numéros de lot existants) sur n'importe quel type d'opération, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Types " +"d'opération` et sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` souhaité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" +"Pour les :guilabel:`Réceptions`, trouvées sur la page des " +":menuselection:`Types d'opérations`, il est possible d'activer l'option " +":guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Éditer` et en cochant la case à côté de l'option " +":guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` (dans la section " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité`). Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Pour les :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`, il est possible d'activer l'option " +":guilabel:`Créer de nouveaux lots/numéros de série`, en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Éditer` et en cochant la case à côté de l'option :guilabel:`Créer" +" de nouveaux lots/numéros de série`. Assurez-vous de cliquer sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer tous les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" +"Le paramètre de traçabilité activé sur le formulaire des types d'opérations." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" +"Pour les transferts entre entrepôts qui impliquent des produits suivis par " +"lots, il peut être utile d'activer l'option :guilabel:`Utiliser les " +"lots/numéros de série existants` pour les réceptions à l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Traçabilité des lots" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -"Le numéro de lot attribué aux produits vous permet de suivre l'endroit où " -"les produits ont été reçus, mis en stock, à qui ils ont été vendus et où ils" -" ont été expédiés." +"Les fabricants et les entreprises peuvent se rapporter aux rapports de " +"traçabilité pour voir le cycle de vie complet d'un produit : d'où (et quand)" +" il vient, où il a été stocké et chez qui (et quand) il est allé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -"Pour suivre un article, ouvrez le module *Inventaire* et, dans " -":menuselection:`Données de base --> Lots/Numéros de série`, cliquez sur le " -"numéro de lot correspondant à votre recherche." +"Pour voir la traçabilité complète d'un produit, ou regrouper des produits " +"par lots, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> " +"Lots/Numéros de série`. Cette opération affiche le tableau de bord des " +":menuselection:`Lots/Numéros de série`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -"En ouvrant les informations relatives à *Traçabilité*, vous verrez dans " -"quels documents le numéro de lot a été utilisé." +"À partir de là, les produits auxquels des numéros de lot ont été assignés " +"sont répertoriés par défaut, et il est possible de les développer pour " +"afficher les numéros de lot assignés à ces produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -"À présent, si vous voulez localiser le numéro de lot, vous pouvez le faire " -"en cliquant sur le bouton *Emplacement*." +"Pour regrouper les produits par lots (ou numéros de série), commencez par " +"supprimer tous les filtres de la barre de recherche. Cliquez ensuite sur le " +"menu déroulant :guilabel:`Regrouper par`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Ajouter un" +" groupe personnalisé` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` dans " +"le menu déroulant. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Appliquer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" +"Cette opération permet d'afficher tous les lots et numéros de série " +"existants et il est possible de les développer pour afficher toutes les " +"quantités de produits portant le numéro assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "Rapport de traçabilité des lots et numéros de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "Travailler avec des numéros de série" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" +msgstr "Utiliser des numéros de série pour suivre des produits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -"Pour suivre les produits avec des numéros de série, vous pouvez utiliser le " -"suivi des numéros de série. Vous pouvez ainsi suivre l'emplacement actuel du" -" produit et, lorsque les produits sont déplacés d'un emplacement à un autre," -" le système identifiera automatiquement l'emplacement actuel du produit, en " -"fonction de son dernier déplacement." +"Les *Numéros de série* sont l'une des deux façons d'identifier et de suivre " +"des produits dans Odoo. Un numéro de série est un identifiant unique assigné" +" de manière incrémentielle (ou séquentielle) à un article ou un produit, " +"utilisé pour le distinguer des autres articles et produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez les appliquer ou exécuter une traçabilité très avancée, la " -"gestion à double entrée d'Odoo est la fonctionnalité dont vous avez besoin." +"Les numéros de série peuvent être composés de différents types de caractères" +" : ils peuvent être strictement numériques, ils peuvent contenir des lettres" +" et d'autres symboles typographiques ou ils peuvent être un mélange de tous " +"ces éléments." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "Configurations" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord activer le suivi des numéros de série. Pour ce faire, " -"allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` dans l'application " -"*Inventaire*. Activez ensuite la fonctionnalité et cliquez sur sauvegarder." +"L'assignation de numéros de série à des produits individuels permet de " +"s'assurer que l'historique de chaque article est identifiable lorsqu'il " +"bouge dans la chaîne d'approvisionnement. Ceci peut être particulièrement " +"utile pour les fabricants qui fournissent des services après-vente aux " +"produits qu'ils vendent et livrent." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -"À présent, vous devez configurer les produits que vous voulez suivre par " -"numéros de série. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Données de base -->" -" Produits` et ouvrez le produit de votre choix. Éditez-le et sélectionnez " -"*Par numéro de série unique* dans l'onglet *Inventaire*. Cliquez ensuite sur" -" sauvegarder. " +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." msgstr "" -"Pour recevoir un produit qui est suivi par numéro de série, vous devez " -"indiquer son numéro de série. Vous disposez bien entendu de plusieurs " -"possibilités pour le faire : " +"Pour suivre des produits à l'aide de numéros de série, la fonctionnalité " +":guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` doit être activée. Pour ce faire, allez " +"à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " +"Paramètres`, faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité` et " +"cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`. Pensez à " +"cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer tous les " +"changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "Paramètre des lots et numéros de série activé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "Configurer le suivi par numéro de série sur les produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" +"Une fois le paramètre :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` activé, il est " +"possible de suivre des produits individuels pour être suivis à l'aide de " +"numéros de série. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits` et choisissez un " +"produit à suivre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" +"Sur la fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et cliquez sur " +"l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" +"Sur la fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`, allez à l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Inventaire` et faites défiler jusqu'à la section " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité`. Ensuite, sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Par " +"numéro de série unique` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour " +"enregistrer les changements. Il est désormais possible de sélectionner des " +"nouveaux numéros de série ou des numéros de série existants et les assigner " +"aux lots nouvellement reçus ou fabriqués de ce produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." +msgstr "Le suivi par numéro de série activé sur la fiche du produit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "Assignation manuelle" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "Assignation multiple" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copier/copier depuis un fichier Excel" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Quelle que soit votre méthode préférée pour assigner des numéros de série, " -"vous devez d'abord ouvrir les opérations détaillées de votre transfert." +"Si un produit n'a pas de numéro de série assigné, une fenêtre contextuelle " +"d'erreur d'utilisateur apparaît. Le message d'erreur stipule que le ou les " +"produits en stock n'ont pas de lot/numéro de série. Cependant, il est " +"possible d'assigner un lot/numéro de série au produit en procédant à un " +"ajustement d'inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "Créer de nouveaux numéros de série pour des produits déjà en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de créer de nouveaux numéros de série pour des produits déjà" +" en stock auxquels aucun numéro de série n'a été assigné. Pour ce faire, " +"allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série` " +"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un " +"formulaire de lots/numéros de série vierge. Sur ce formulaire, un nouveau " +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` est généré automatiquement." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "Assignation manuelle des différents numéros de série" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"En ouvrant les opérations détaillées, vous pouvez cliquer sur *Ajouter une " -"ligne*. Vous pourrez ensuite compléter le champ numéro de série. Cliquez " -"ensuite à nouveau sur *Ajouter une ligne* pour enregistrer un nouveau numéro" +"Bien qu'Odoo génère automatiquement un nouveau lot/numéro de série pour " +"suivre le numéro le plus récent, il peut être édité et modifié en n'importe " +"quel autre numéro, en cliquant sur la ligne sous le champ " +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et en changeant le numéro généré." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" +"Une fois le :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` généré, cliquez sur le champ " +"vierge à côté du :guilabel:`Produit` pour révéler un menu déroulant. Dans ce" +" menu, sélectionnez le produit auquel ce nouveau numéro sera assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" +"Ce formulaire permet également d'ajuster la :guilabel:`Quantité`, d'assigner" +" un numéro de :guilabel:`Référence interne` unique (à des fins de " +"traçabilité) et d'assigner cette configuration de lot/numéro de série " +"spécifique à un site web spécifique dans le champ :guilabel:`Site web` (si " +"vous avez plusieurs sites web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" +"Il est aussi possible d'ajouter une description détaillée à ce lot/numéro de" +" série spécifique dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description` en dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "Nouveau numéro de série créé pour un produit existant en stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un nouveau numéro de série a été créé, assigné au produit " +"souhaité et sauvegardé, retournez à la fiche du produit en allant à " +":menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez le produit auquel ce " +"numéro de série nouvellement créé vient d'être assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." +msgstr "" +"Sur la fiche détaillée de ce produit, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéros de série` pour afficher le nouveau numéro de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série pour l'expédition et la réception" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." +msgstr "" +"Les numéros de série peuvent être assignés à des marchandises **entrantes** " +"et **sortantes**. Pour les marchandises entrantes, les numéros de série sont" +" directement assignés sur le bon de commande. Pour les marchandises " +"sortantes, les numéros de série sont directement assignés sur la commande " +"client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" +msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série lors des réceptions" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de série à des " +"marchandises **entrantes** sur le bon de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un bon de commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats " +"--> Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de demande de prix" +" vierge." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" +"Sur cette demande de prix, complétez les informations nécessaires en " +"ajoutant un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et en ajoutant les produits souhaités " +"aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un " +"produit` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Produits`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez la quantité souhaitée du produit à commander en modifiant le " +"nombre dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque les configurations nécessaires sont terminées, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Cette action transformera la demande de " +"prix en bon de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` pour " +"afficher le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour ce bon de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` avant d'assigner un numéro de série " +"aux quantités de produits commandées, une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur` s'affiche. La fenêtre exige la saisie d'un " +"numéro de lot ou de série pour les produits commandés. La demande de prix " +"**ne peut pas être** validée sans l'assignation d'un numéro de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur demandant la saisie d'un numéro " +"de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" +"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, configurez un nombre de champs différents, " +"y compris l'assignation d'un numéro de série (ou de numéros de série) dans " +"la colonne :guilabel:`Nom du lot/numéro de série`, située en bas de la " +"fenêtre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" +"Il existe trois façons d'y procéder : l'assignation manuelle des numéros de " +"série, l'assignation automatique des numéros de série et copier/coller les " +"numéros de série à partir d'une feuille de calcul." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "Assigner des numéros de série manuellement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" +"Pour assigner des numéros de série manuellement, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` dans la fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` et choisissez d'abord l'emplacement où le " +"produit sera stocké dans la colonne :guilabel:`Vers`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez ensuite un nouveau :guilabel:`Nom de numéro de série` et " +"définissez la quantité :guilabel:`Fait` dans les colonnes appropriées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" +"Répétez ce processus pour la quantité de produits affichée dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Demande` et jusqu'à ce que le champ :guilabel:`Quantité faite` " +"affiche le bon nombre (correspondant) de produits traités." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "Assigner des numéros de série automatiquement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" +"Si une grande quantité de produits nécessite l'assignation de numéros de " +"série individuels, Odoo peut automatiquement générer et assigner des numéros" +" de série à chaque produit individuel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, commencez par le champ :guilabel:`Premier NS` dans la fenêtre" +" contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` et saisissez le premier " +"numéro de série dans l'ordre d'assignation souhaité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, dans le champ :guilabel:`Nombre de NS`, saisissez le nombre total " +"d'articles auxquels des numéros de série uniques nouvellement générés " +"doivent être assignés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Assigner des numéros de série` et une liste " +"s'affichera avec de nouveaux numéros de série correspondant à la quantité de" +" produits commandés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" +"L'assignation automatique des numéros de série dans la fenêtre contextuelle " +"des opérations détaillées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "Copier/coller des numéros de série depuis une feuille de calcul" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Pour copier et coller des numéros de série à partir d'une feuille de calcul " +"existante, remplissez d'abord une feuille de calcul avec tous les numéros de" +" série reçus du fournisseur (ou choisis manuellement à la réception). " +"Ensuite, copiez et collez-les dans la colonne :guilabel:`Nom de lot/numéro " +"de série`. Odoo créera automatiquement le nombre de lignes nécessaires en " +"fonction du nombre de numéros collés dans la colonne." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" +"À partir de la, les emplacements :guilabel:`Vers` et les quantités " +":guilabel:`Fait` peuvent être saisis manuellement pour chaque ligne de " +"numéro de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "Liste des numéros de série copiés dans la feuille de calcul Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" +"Pour les bons de commande qui incluent de grandes quantités de produits à " +"recevoir, la meilleure méthode d'assignation des numéros de série est " +"d'assigner des numéros de série automatiquement en utilisant le bouton " +":guilabel:`Assigner des numéros de série` sur le bon de commande. Cela " +"permet d'éviter la réutilisation ou la duplication des numéros de série et " +"d'améliorer les rapports de traçabilité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un numéro de série a été assigné à toutes les quantités de " +"produits, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la fenêtre" +" contextuelle. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Valider`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît lors de la validation" +" de la réception. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` " +"pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis à jour, qui inclut : un " +"document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le " +":guilabel:`# de lot/série`, et bien plus encore." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un numéro de série a été assigné à toutes les quantités de " +"produits, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la fenêtre " +"contextuelle et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider`. Un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît lors de la validation de la réception. " +"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le " +":guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis à jour, qui inclut : un document de " +":guilabel:`Référence`, le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le :guilabel:`#" +" de lot/série`, et bien plus encore." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série sur des bons de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de vert à des " +"marchandises **sortantes** à partir de la commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une commande client, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Ventes` et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer`. Cette " +"opération fait apparaître un formulaire de devis vierge. Sur ce formulaire " +"de devis vierge, complétez les informations nécessaires en ajoutant un " +":guilabel:`Client` et en ajoutant des produits aux lignes de " +":guilabel:`Produits` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de la commande`), en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le devis a été complété, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer le devis. Lorsque le devis est " +"confirmé, il devient une commande client et un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle, un :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` sera choisi" +" par défaut, avec chaque produit de la quantité :guilabel:`Réservée` totale " +"avec leur numéro de série unique (très probablement dans l'ordre " +"séquentiel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier manuellement le numéro de série d'un produit, cliquez sur le " +"menu déroulent sous le :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et choisissez (ou " +"saisissez) le numéro de série souhaité. Notez ensuite les quantités " +":guilabel:`faites` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la " +"fenêtre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez enfin sur le bouton :guilabel:`Valider` pour livrer les produits." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" +"Numéros de série listés dans la fenêtre contextuelle des opérations " +"détaillées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la validation du bon de livraison, un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis " +"à jour, qui inclut : un document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le " +":guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, la :guilabel:`Date` et le :guilabel:`# de" +" lot/série` assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` peut également inclure un reçu de " +":guilabel:`Référence` du bon de commande précédent, si les quantités de " +"produits partagent le même numéro de série assigné lors de la réception de " +"ce bon de commande spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série pour différents types d'opérations" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut dans Odoo, la création de nouveaux numéros de série est " +"uniquement autorisée lors de la **réception** de produits d'un bon de " +"commande. Il n'est pas possible d'utiliser des numéros de série " +"**existants**. Pour les commandes clients, l'inverse est vrai : il n'est pas" +" possible de créer de nouveaux numéros de série sur le bon de livraison, " +"seuls des numéros de série existants peuvent être utilisés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la possibilité d'utiliser de nouveaux numéros de série (ou des" +" numéros de série existants) sur n'importe quel type d'opération, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Types " +"d'opérations` et sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` souhaité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" +"Pour le type d'opération :guilabel:`Réceptions`, trouvé sur la page des " +":guilabel:`Types d'opérations`, il est possible d'activer l'option " +":guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` en sélectionnant " +":guilabel:`Réceptions` sur la page des :guilabel:`Types d'opérations`, en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et ensuite en cochant la case à côté de " +"l'option :guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` (dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`). Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" +"Pour le type d'opération :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`, situé sur la page " +"des :guilabel:`Types d'opérations`, il est possible d'activer l'option " +":guilabel:`Créer de nouveaux lots/numéros de série` en sélectionnant " +":guilabel:`Bons de livraison` sur la page des :guilabel:`Types " +"d'opérations`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et en cochant la case à " +"côté de l'option :guilabel:`Créer de nouveaux lots/numéros de série` (dans " +"la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`). Assurez-vous de cliquer sur " +":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" +"Le paramètre de traçabilité activé dans le formulaire des types " +"d'opérations." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "Traçabilité des numéros de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" +"Les fabricants et les entreprises peuvent consulter les rapports de " +"traçabilité pour voir le cycle de vie complet d'un produit : d'où il vient " +"(et quand), où il a été stocké et chez qui il est allé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir la traçabilité complète d'un produit ou regrouper des produits par" +" numéros de série, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> " +"Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`. Cette opération affiche le tableau de " +"bord des :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" +"À partir de là, les produits auxquels des numéros de série ont été assignés " +"sont répertoriés par défaut et il est possible de les développer pour " +"afficher les numéros de série assignés à ces produits." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" +"Pour regrouper par numéros de série (ou lots), supprimez d'abord les filtres" +" par défaut de la barre de recherche dans le coin supérieur droit. Cliquez " +"ensuite sur :guilabel:`Regrouper par` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Ajouter un " +"groupe personnalisé`, qui affiche un mini menu déroulant. Dans ce mini menu " +"déroulant, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Appliquer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" +"Cette opération affiche tous les numéros de série et lots existants et il " +"est possible de les développer pour afficher toutes les quantités des " +"produits auxquels ce numéro est assigné. Pour des numéros de série uniques " +"qui ne sont pas réutilisés, il ne doit y avoir qu'un seul produit par numéro" " de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "Page de rapport sur les numéros de série avec listes déroulantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" -"En utilisant l'assignation multiple des numéros de série, Odoo créera " -"automatiquement les lignes nécessaires. Pour ce faire, vous devez saisir le " -"premier numéro de série de votre ensemble et le nombre de produits auxquels " -"vous devez assigner un numéro de série." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que c'est fait, cliquez sur *Assigner des numéros de série* et Odoo" -" s'occupe du reste." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le copier/coller, ouvrez la feuille de calcul qui contient les" -" numéros de série reçus et copiez la liste. Ensuite, collez-la dans la " -"colonne *Nom de lot/numéro de série* de l'assistant. Odoo créera alors " -"automatiquement les lignes dont vous avez besoin." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "Types d'opérations" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez également la possibilité de définir comment vous allez gérer les " -"lots pour chaque type d'opération. Pour le définir, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'opérations` dans l'application " -"*Inventaire*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" -"Pour chaque type, vous pouvez décider si vous autorisez la création de " -"nouveaux numéros de lots ou si vous voulez utiliser des numéros existants. " -"Par défaut, la création de nouveaux lots est uniquement autorisée à la " -"réception des produits." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" -"Si vous devez effectuer des transferts entre entrepôts et vous suivez les " -"produits par lots, il peut être utile d'autoriser l'utilisation de numéros " -"de lot existants dans les réceptions également." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Traçabilité par numéro de série" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation des numéros de série vous permet de suivre l'endroit où les " -"produits ont été reçus, mis en stock, à qui ils ont été vendus et où ils ont" -" été expédiés." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." -msgstr "" -"Le suivi d'un article est facile : ouvrez l'application *Inventaire* et " -"allez à:menuselection:`Données de base --> Lots/Numéros de série` et cliquez" -" sur le numéro de série correspondant à votre recherche. Ensuite, ouvrez les" -" informations relatives à la *Traçabilité*. Vous y verrez dans quels " -"documents le numéro de série a été utilisé." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" -"Et si vous voulez localiser un numéro de série, vous pouvez le faire en " -"cliquant sur le bouton *Emplacement* disponible sur le formulaire du numéro " -"de série." +"Pour obtenir des informations supplémentaires sur un numéro de série (ou de " +"lot) individuel, cliquez sur la ligne correspondant au numéro de série pour " +"révéler le formulaire de :guilabel:`Numéro de série` de ce numéro de série " +"spécifique. Dans ce formulaire, cliquez sur les boutons intelligents " +":guilabel:`Emplacement` et :guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir tous les stocks" +" disponibles qui utilisent ce numéro de série et toutes les opérations " +"effectuées à l'aide de ce numéro de série." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -2298,7 +3388,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Puisque le consignataire ne possède pas réellement le stock en consignation," " ces produits ne figurent *pas* dans le rapport de :guilabel:`Valorisation " -"de stock` et n'ont aucun impact sur la valorisation d'inventaire du " +"de stock` et n'ont aucun impact sur la valorisation des stocks du " "consignataire. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96 @@ -3243,7 +4333,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous également que le :guilabel:`Type du produit` est `Produit stockable` " "dans la fiche du formulaire. Par définition, les niveaux d'inventaire d'un " "produit consommable ne sont pas surveillés, donc Odoo ne peut donc pas tenir" -" compte d'un produit consommable dans la valorisation des stocks." +" compte d'un produit consommable dans la valorisation du stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -4034,7 +5124,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de la valorisation de l'inventaire" +msgstr "Configuration de la valorisation des stocks" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4057,20 +5147,20 @@ msgid "" "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Odoo utilise une valorisation d'inventaire périodique (également" -" connue sous le nom de valorisation d'inventaire manuelle). Cette méthode " +"Par défaut, Odoo utilise une valorisation périodique des stocks (également " +"connue sous le nom de valorisation manuelle des stocks). Cette méthode " "implique que l'équipe comptable enregistre des pièces comptables basées sur " "l'inventaire physique de l'entreprise et que les employés de l'entrepôt " "prennent le temps de compter l'inventaire. Dans Odoo, cette méthode est " "reflétée dans chaque catégorie de produit, où le champ :guilabel:`Méthode de" " coût` sera défini sur `Prix standard` par défaut et le champ " -":guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire` sera défini sur `Manuelle`." +":guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` sera défini sur `Manuelle`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -"Les champs de valorisation de l'inventaire sont situés sur la fiche de la " +"Les champs de valorisation des stocks sont situés sur la fiche de la " "catégorie de produit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 @@ -4080,10 +5170,10 @@ msgid "" "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "" -"Par ailleurs, la valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire est une méthode de" -" valorisation intégrée qui met à jour la valeur de l'inventaire en temps " -"réel en créant des pièces comptables chaque fois qu'un mouvement de stock " -"est initié entre des emplacements dans l'inventaire d'une entreprise." +"Par ailleurs, la valorisation automatisée des stocks est une méthode de " +"valorisation intégrée qui met à jour la valeur de l'inventaire en temps réel" +" en créant des pièces comptables chaque fois qu'un mouvement de stock est " +"initié entre des emplacements dans l'inventaire d'une entreprise." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4093,8 +5183,8 @@ msgid "" "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -"La valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire est une méthode recommandée pour" -" les experts-comptables, vu les étapes supplémentaires impliqués dans la " +"La valorisation automatisée des stocks est une méthode recommandée pour les " +"experts-comptables, vu les étapes supplémentaires impliqués dans la " "configuration d'une pièce comptable. Même après la configuration initiale, " "la méthode sera vérifiée périodiquement pour s'assurer de son exactitude et " "des ajustements peuvent être nécessaires en permanence en fonction des " @@ -4156,7 +5246,7 @@ msgid "" "valuation." msgstr "" "Vous trouverez ci-dessous trois méthodes de coût qui sont utilisées dans " -"Odoo pour la valorisation de l'inventaire." +"Odoo pour la valorisation des stocks." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4180,8 +5270,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**Coût moyen (AVCO)** : permet de calculer la valorisation d'un produit sur " "la base du coût moyen de ce produit, divisé par la quantité totale de stock " -"disponible. Grâce à cette méthode de coût, la valorisation de l'inventaire " -"est *dynamique* et s'ajuste constamment en fonction du prix d'achat des " +"disponible. Grâce à cette méthode de coût, la valorisation des stocks est " +"*dynamique* et s'ajuste constamment en fonction du prix d'achat des " "produits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 @@ -4201,8 +5291,8 @@ msgstr "" " produit suivant vendu jusqu'à ce qu'un lot entier de ce produit soit vendu." " Lorsque le lot suivant remonte dans la file d'attente, le coût du produit " "mis à jour est utilisé sur la base de la valorisation de ce lot spécifique. " -"Cette méthode est sans doute la méthode de valorisation de l'inventaire la " -"plus précise pour diverses raisons, mais elle est très sensible aux données " +"Cette méthode est sans doute la méthode de valorisation des stocks la plus " +"précise pour diverses raisons, mais elle est très sensible aux données " "saisies et à l'erreur humaine." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70 @@ -4211,13 +5301,13 @@ msgid "" " recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " "here." msgstr "" -"Changer la méthode de coût a un grand impact sur la valorisation de " -"l'inventaire. Il est fortement recommandé de consulter un comptable avant de" -" procéder à des changements." +"Changer la méthode de coût a un grand impact sur la valorisation des stocks." +" Il est fortement recommandé de consulter un comptable avant de procéder à " +"des changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "Configurer la valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire dans Odoo" +msgstr "Configurer la valorisation automatisée des stocks dans Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4226,7 +5316,7 @@ msgid "" "choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " "apply." msgstr "" -"Modifiez les options de valorisation de l'inventaire en allant à " +"Modifiez les options de valorisation des stocks en allant à " ":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et " "choisissez la ou les catégories auxquelles la méthode de valorisation " "automatisée doit s'appliquer." @@ -4248,59 +5338,78 @@ msgid "" "In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " ":guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -"Il y a deux libellés sous l'en-tête :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire`" -" : :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` et :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire`. " +"Il y a deux libellés sous l'en-tête :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` : " +":guilabel:`Méthode de coût` et :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks`. " "Sélectionnez la :guilabel:`méthode de coût` sélectionnée à l'aide du menu " "déroulant (par ex. :guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Coût moyen (AVCO)` ou " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`) et changez la :guilabel:`valorisation" -" de l'inventaire` en :guilabel:`automatisée`." +" des stocks` en :guilabel:`automatisée`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Using the inventory valuation " "`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Utiliser la valorisation de l'inventaire " +":doc:`Utiliser la valorisation des stocks " "`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez le :guilabel:`Coût moyen (AVCO)` comme :guilabel:`Méthode" -" de coût`, la valeur numérique dans le champ :guilabel:`Coût` pour les " -"produits de la catégorie de produits correspondante ne sera plus modifiable " -"et apparaîtra en grisé. Le montant du :guilabel:`coût` sera automatiquement " -"mis à jour en fonction du prix d'achat moyen du stock disponible et les " -"coûts accumulés à partir des bons de commande validés." +"Si vous choisissez :guilabel:`Coût moyen (AVCO)` comme :guilabel:`Méthode de" +" coût`, la modification de la valeur numérique dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Coût` pour les produits de la catégorie de produits respective " +"crée un nouvel enregistrement dans le rapport de *Valorisation des stocks* " +"pour ajuster la valeur du produit. Le montant du :guilabel:`Coût` sera " +"automatiquement mis à jour en fonction du prix d'achat moyen du stock " +"disponible et des coûts accumulés à partir des bons de commande validés." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" +"Quand la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` est modifiée, la valeur des produits " +"déjà en stock qui utilisaient la méthode de coût :guilabel:`Standard` ne " +"changera **pas** ; Au contraire, les unités existantes conservent leur " +"valeur et tout mouvement de produit à partir de ce moment affecte le coût " +"moyen. Si la valeur dans le champ :guilabel:`Coût` sur une fiche produit est" +" modifiée manuellement, Odoo génère un enregistrement correspondant dans le " +"rapport *Valorisation des stocks*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" "Sur le même écran, les champs :guilabel:`Propriétés comptables pour le " "stock` apparaissent et sont désormais obligatoires en raison du passage à la" -" valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire. Ces comptes sont définis comme " -"suit :" +" valorisation automatisée des stocks. Ces comptes sont définis comme suit :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Compte de valorisation de stock` : lorsque la valorisation " -"automatisée est activée sur un produit, ce compte contient la valeur " -"actuelle des produits." +":guilabel:`Compte de valorisation des stocks` : lorsque la valorisation " +"automatisée des stocks est activée sur un produit, ce compte contient la " +"valeur actuelle des produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -4315,7 +5424,7 @@ msgstr "" "tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être défini " "directement pour chaque produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -4330,12 +5439,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être " "défini directement pour chaque produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "" -"Accéder aux données d'analyse générées par la valorisation de l'inventaire" +msgstr "Accéder aux données d'analyse générées par la valorisation des stocks" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -4349,17 +5457,17 @@ msgstr "" "filtrage sur :guilabel:`Tout déplier` afin de voir toutes les données les " "plus récentes affichées en une seule fois." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" "Sous le poste parent :guilabel:`Actifs circulants`, cherchez le poste " -"imbriqué :guilabel:`Compte de valorisation du stock`, où est affichée la " +"imbriqué :guilabel:`Compte de valorisation des stocks`, où est affichée la " "valorisation totale de tout le stock disponible." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -4381,12 +5489,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" -"Voir la décomposition complète de la valorisation de l'inventaire dans " +"Voir la décomposition complète de la valorisation des stocks dans " "l'application Odoo Comptabilité." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" -msgstr "Utiliser la valorisation de l'inventaire" +msgstr "Utiliser la valorisation des stocks" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4394,10 +5502,10 @@ msgid "" "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" -"La *valorisation de l'inventaire* est une procédure comptable essentielle " -"qui permet de calculer la valeur du stock disponible. Une fois déterminé, le" -" montant de la valorisation de l'inventaire est ensuite compté dans la " -"valeur globale de l'entreprise." +"La *valorisation des stocks* est une procédure comptable essentielle qui " +"permet de calculer la valeur du stock disponible. Une fois déterminé, le " +"montant de la valorisation des stocks est ensuite compté dans la valeur " +"globale de l'entreprise." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4413,12 +5521,12 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " "`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configuration de la valorisation de l'inventaire " +":ref:`Configuration de la valorisation des stocks " "`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" -msgstr "Comprendre les bases de la valorisation de l'inventaire" +msgstr "Comprendre les bases de la valorisation des stocks" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -4454,7 +5562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à la catégorie de produit en allant à l'application " ":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits`, et" " sur la bonne fiche, définissez la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` sur `First In" -" First Out (FIFO)` et la :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire` sur " +" First Out (FIFO)` et la :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` sur " "`Automatisée`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 @@ -4543,16 +5651,16 @@ msgid "" "valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " ":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les enregistrements automatiques de valorisation de l'inventaire " -"sont également enregistrés dans l'application *Comptabilité*. Pour accéder à" -" ces écritures comptables, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Pièces " -"comptables` et recherchez les écritures de valorisation de l'inventaire avec" -" le préfixe `STJ` dans les colonnes :guilabel:`Journal` et " -":guilabel:`Numéro`, respectivement." +"Dans Odoo, les enregistrements automatiques de valorisation des stocks sont " +"également enregistrés dans l'application *Comptabilité*. Pour accéder à ces " +"écritures comptables, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Pièces " +"comptables` et recherchez les écritures de valorisation des stocks avec le " +"préfixe `STJ` dans les colonnes :guilabel:`Journal` et :guilabel:`Numéro`, " +"respectivement." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "Pièce comptable pour la valorisation de l'inventaire de 10 tables." +msgstr "Pièce comptable pour la valorisation des stocks de 10 tables." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 msgid "Deliver a product" @@ -4577,7 +5685,7 @@ msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire réduite après l'expédition d'un produit. #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "Le rapport de valorisation de l'inventaire" +msgstr "Le rapport de valorisation des stocks" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -4588,16 +5696,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" "Pour afficher la valeur actuelle de tous les produits dans l'entrepôt, allez" -" à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation de " -"l'inventaire`. Les enregistrements dans le tableau sont organisés par " -"produit et la sélection du menu déroulant d'un produit permet d'afficher des" -" enregistrements détaillés avec la :guilabel:`Date`, la :guilabel:`Quantité`" -" et la :guilabel:`Valeur totale` de l'inventaire." +" à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation des" +" stocks`. Les enregistrements dans le tableau sont organisés par produit et " +"la sélection du menu déroulant d'un produit permet d'afficher des " +"enregistrements détaillés avec la :guilabel:`Date`, la :guilabel:`Quantité` " +"et la :guilabel:`Valeur totale` de l'inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -"Le rapport de valorisation de l'inventaire affichant de multiples produits." +"Le rapport de valorisation des stocks affichant de multiples produits." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4607,7 +5715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Le bouton :guilabel:`Valorisation à la date`, situé dans le coin supérieur " "gauche du tableau de bord de la :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire`, " -"affiche la valorisation de l'inventaire des produits disponibles à une date " +"affiche la valorisation des stocks des produits disponibles à une date " "antérieure précisée." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 @@ -4653,10 +5761,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Créez des entrées de valorisation manuelle sur le tableau de bord de la " ":guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire` en allant d'abord à l'application " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation de l'inventaire`, " -"puis cliquez sur la petite icône grise déroulante à gauche d'un nom de " -"produit pour faire apparaître les lignes de valorisation des stocks en " -"dessous ainsi qu'un bouton :guilabel:`+ (plus)` bleu-vert sur la droite." +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation des stocks`, puis " +"cliquez sur la petite icône grise déroulante à gauche d'un nom de produit " +"pour faire apparaître les lignes de valorisation des stocks en dessous ainsi" +" qu'un bouton :guilabel:`+ (plus)` bleu-vert sur la droite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -4666,8 +5774,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`+ (plus)` bleu-vert pour ouvrir le " "formulaire :guilabel:`Revalorisation du produit`, qui permet de mettre à " -"jour le calcul de la valorisation de l'inventaire en augmentant ou en " -"diminuant le prix unitaire de chaque produit." +"jour le calcul de la valorisation des stocks en augmentant ou en diminuant " +"le prix unitaire de chaque produit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4679,7 +5787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Réceptions et bons de livraison" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4691,22 +5799,35 @@ msgid "" "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" +"Il existe plusieurs façons de gérer comment un entrepôt reçoit des produits " +"(réceptions) et expédie des produits (livraisons). En fonction de plusieurs " +"facteurs, tels que le type de produits stockés et vendus, la taille de " +"l'entrepôt et le nombre de réceptions et bons de livraisons confirmés par " +"jour, la façon dont les produits sont gérés lors de leur entrée et sortie de" +" l'entrepôt peut différer grandement. Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs " +"paramètres pour les réceptions et les livraisons et il n'est pas nécessaire " +"de les configurer pour qu'elles aient le même nombre d'étapes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" +"`Utiliser des routes (Tutoriel eLearning) " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Routes de flux tirés & poussés (Tutoriel eLearning) " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" +"Choisir le bon flux d'inventaire pour gérer les réceptions et les livraisons" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4719,16 +5840,27 @@ msgid "" "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, Odoo gère les expéditions et les réceptions de trois façons " +"différentes : en une, deux ou trois étapes. La configuration la plus simple " +"est une étape, qui est la configuration par défaut. Chaque étape " +"supplémentaire nécessaire pour les réceptions ou les expéditions d'un " +"entrepôt ajoute une couche supplémentaire d'opérations à effectuer avant " +"qu'un produit soit expédié ou réceptionné. Ces configurations dépendent " +"entièrement des exigences pour les produits stockés, tels que des contrôles " +"qualité sur les produits reçus ou un emballage spécial pour les produits " +"expédiés." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30 msgid "One-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flux en une étape" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Les règles de réception et d'expédition dans le cadre d'une configuration en" +" une étape sont les suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4736,12 +5868,18 @@ msgid "" "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "" +"**Réception** : Réceptionnez les produits directement dans le stock. Il n'y " +"a aucune étape intermédiaire entre la réception et le stock, telle qu'un " +"transfert vers un emplacement de contrôle qualité." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" +"**Expédition** : Expédiez des produits directement depuis le stock. Il n'y a" +" aucune étape intermédiaire entre le stock et l'expédition, telle qu'un " +"transfert vers un emplacement de colisage." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4749,36 +5887,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" +"Peut uniquement être utilisé si vous n'utilisez pas les stratégies " +"d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les réceptions et/ou les livraisons sont gérées rapidement." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" +"Recommandé pour les petits entrepôts avec de faibles niveaux de stock et des" +" articles non périssables." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" +"Les articles directement réceptionnés ou expédiés dans/depuis le stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Traiter des réceptions et livraisons en une étape " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48 msgid "Two-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flux en deux étapes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Les règles de réception et d'expédition dans le cadre d'une configuration en" +" deux étapes sont les suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4787,6 +5935,11 @@ msgid "" "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" +"**Emplacement d'entrée + stock**. Amenez des produits à un emplacement " +"d'entrée *avant* de les mettre en stock. Les produits peuvent être organisés" +" par différents emplacements de stockage internes, tels que plusieurs " +"étagères, congélateurs et zones fermées, avant d'être stockés dans " +"l'entrepôt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4794,6 +5947,9 @@ msgid "" "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" +"**Transfert + expédition** : Amenez des produits à un emplacement de sortie " +"avant l'expédition. Les colis peuvent être organisés par différents " +"transporteurs ou quais d'expédition avant d'être expédiés." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -4801,12 +5957,19 @@ msgid "" "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Exigence minimale pour utiliser des numéros de lot ou des numéros de série " +"pour suivre des produits dans le cadre d'une stratégie d'enlèvement " +":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` ou " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Recommandé pour des entrepôts plus grands avec des niveaux de stock élevés " +"ou pour le stockage d'articles volumineux (matelas, gros meubles, machines " +"lourdes, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83 @@ -4814,22 +5977,28 @@ msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" +"Les produits reçus ne seront pas disponibles pour la fabrication, " +"l'expédition, etc. tant qu'ils n'auront pas été transférés dans le stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Traiter les réceptions et les livraisons en deux étapes " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69 msgid "Three-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flux en trois étapes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Les règles de réception et d'expédition dans le cadre d'une configuration en" +" trois étapes sont les suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -4837,6 +6006,9 @@ msgid "" "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" +"**Emplacement d'entrée + contrôle qualité + stock** : Recevez des produits à" +" l'emplacement d'entrée, transférez-les vers une zone de contrôle qualité et" +" mettez en stock les produits qui ont passé l'inspection." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4844,6 +6016,9 @@ msgid "" "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" +"**Transfert + colisage + expédition** : Transférez des produits en fonction " +"de leur stratégie d'enlèvement, emballez-les dans une zone de colisage " +"dédiée et amenez-les à un emplacement de sortie pour les expédier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -4851,34 +6026,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Peut être utilisé pour le suivi des produits par lots ou numéros de série " +"dans le cadre d'une stratégie d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, " +"First Out)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" +"Recommandé pour les très grands entrepôts avec des niveaux de stock très " +"élevés." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" +"Nécessaire pour tout entrepôt devant effectuer des contrôles qualité avant " +"de mettre les articles en stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Traiter les réceptions en trois étapes " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Traiter les livraisons en trois étapes " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91 msgid "Inventory flow table of contents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Table des matières des flux d'inventaire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter des livraisons en trois étapes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4887,6 +6074,11 @@ msgid "" "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" +"Certaines entreprises traitent chaque jour un grand nombre de livraisons, " +"dont beaucoup comprennent plusieurs produits ou nécessitent un emballage " +"spécial. Pour que cela soit efficace, une étape de colisage est nécessaire " +"avant d'expédier les produits. Odoo propose donc un processus de livraison " +"des marchandises en trois étapes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4897,6 +6089,13 @@ msgid "" "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" +"Dans le processus de livraison en trois étapes par défaut, les produits qui " +"font partie d'un bon de livraison sont prélevés dans l'entrepôt en fonction " +"de leur stratégie d'enlèvement et acheminés vers une zone de colisage. Après" +" que les articles sont emballés dans les différents colis dans la zone de " +"colisage, ils sont acheminés vers un emplacement de sortie avant d'être " +"expédiés. Ces étapes ne peuvent pas être modifiées si elles ne correspondent" +" pas aux besoin de l'entreprise." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4907,12 +6106,21 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour :ref:`recevoir et livrer des marchandises" +" en une étape `, donc il faut modifier" +" les paramètres pour pouvoir utiliser les livraisons en trois étapes. " +"Assurez-vous d'abord que l'option *Routes en plusieurs étapes* est activée " +"dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> " +"Entrepôt`. Notez que l'activation de l'option :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs" +" étapes` activera également les *Emplacements de stockage*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" +"Activez les routes en plusieurs étapes et les emplacements de stockage dans " +"les paramètres d'inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -4922,10 +6130,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, l'entrepôt doit être configuré pour les livraisons en trois étapes." +" Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer` pour éditer l':guilabel:`Entrepôt`. " +"Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Emballer les marchandises, les envoyer à " +"l'emplacement de sortie et ensuite livrer (3 étapes)` pour les " +":guilabel:`Expéditions`. :guilabel:`Sauvegardez` ensuite les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définissez l'option d'expédition sur livrer en trois étapes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4935,10 +6149,18 @@ msgid "" "select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " "the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"L'activation des réceptions et expéditions en trois étapes créera deux " +"nouveaux emplacements internes : une *Zone de colisage* (WH/Packing Zone) et" +" *Sortie* (WH/Output). Pour renommer ces emplacements, allez à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Emplacements`, sélectionnez " +"l':guilabel:`Emplacement` à modifier, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`, mettez" +" à jour le nom et cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" +"Traiter un bon de livraison en trois étapes (transfert + colisage + " +"expédition)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 @@ -4953,6 +6175,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, créez un nouveau devis en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Client`, ajoutez " +"un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -4960,16 +6185,22 @@ msgid "" "on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " "which are all associated with the sales order." msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaîtra dans le coin " +"supérieur droit. Le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le bon de transfert, le " +"bon de colisage et le bon de livraison, qui sont tous associés à la " +"commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" +"Après avoir confirmé la commande, le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît et affiche les trois articles\n" +"qui y sont associés." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 msgid "Process a picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter un transfert" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4977,12 +6208,17 @@ msgid "" "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Les bons de transfert, de colisage et de livraison sont créés une fois la " +"commande confirmée. Pour visualiser ces transferts, allez à " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" +"Le statut est prêt pour l'opération de transfert, alors que les opérations de colisage et de livraison sont en attente\n" +"d'une autre opération." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -4993,6 +6229,12 @@ msgid "" "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Le statut du transfert sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque le produit doit être " +"prélevé du stock avant qu'il puisse être emballé. Le statut des bons de " +"colisage et de livraison sera :guilabel:`En attente d'une autre opération`, " +"puisque le colisage et la livraison ne peuvent avoir lieu qu'après le " +"transfert. Le statut du bon de livraison ne passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que " +"lorsque le colisage aura été marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -5000,10 +6242,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également trouver la réception dans l'application *Inventaire*. " +"Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, cliquez sur le bouton " +"intelligent :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Pick`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le bon de transfert se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'Inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -5014,15 +6259,21 @@ msgid "" "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le transfert à traiter. Si le produit est en stock, Odoo " +"réservera automatiquement le produit. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour " +"marquer le transfert comme fait et finalisez le transfert vers la " +":guilabel:`Zone de colisage`. Le bon de colisage sera ensuite prêt. Puisque " +"les documents sont liés, les produits qui ont été transférés précédemment " +"sont automatiquement réservés sur le bon de colisage." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validez le transfert en cliquant sur Valider." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 msgid "Process a packing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter un colisage" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -5031,22 +6282,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Le bon de colisage sera prêt à être traité une fois que le prélèvement est " +"finalisé et peut être trouvé dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu` de " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent" +" :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Pack`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le bon de colisage se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bon de colisage associé à la commande et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le colisage." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur Valider sur le bon de colisage pour transférer le produit de la zone de colisage vers\n" +"l'emplacement de sortie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -5054,10 +6313,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Une fois le bon de colisage validé, le produit quitte l'emplacement " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` et se déplace vers l'emplacement " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à " +":guilabel:`Fait`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 msgid "Process a delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter une livraison" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -5066,16 +6329,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Le bon de livraison sera prêt à être traité une fois le colisage finalisé et" +" peut être trouvé dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu` de " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent" +" :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" +"Le bon de livraison se trouve dans la vue kanban des Bons de livraisons." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bon de livraison associé à la commande et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 @@ -5083,6 +6353,8 @@ msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur Valider sur le bon de livraison pour transférer le produit de l'emplacement de sortie vers\n" +"l'emplacement client." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5091,10 +6363,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Une fois le bon de livraison validé, le produit quitte l'emplacement " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` et se déplace vers l'emplacement " +":guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à " +":guilabel:`Fait`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter des réceptions et des livraisons en une étape" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5103,6 +6379,10 @@ msgid "" "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les réceptions sont configurées pour être reçues directement " +"dans le stock et les expéditions sont configurées pour être livrées " +"directement depuis le stock au client ; le paramètre par défaut pour les " +"entrepôts dans Odoo est une réception et une livraison en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5110,22 +6390,29 @@ msgid "" "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" +"Les réceptions et les expéditions ne doivent pas être nécessairement " +"configurées avec le même nombre d'étapes. Par exemple, les produits peuvent " +"être reçus en une étape, mais expédiés en trois." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" +"Dans l'exemple suivant, les réceptions et les expéditions seront réalisées " +"en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer l'entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" +"Si une autre configuration de réception ou d'expédition est définie pour " +"l'entrepôt, il est facile de revenir à la configuration en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -5137,12 +6424,22 @@ msgid "" "directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"Commencez par aller à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " +"Entrepôts`, cliquez sur l'entrepôt souhaité et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Éditer`. Ensuite, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de " +"l'entrepôt`, dans la section :guilabel:`Expéditions`, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Recevoir les marchandises directement (1 étape)` pour les " +":guilabel:`Réceptions` et/ou :guilabel:`Livrer les marchandises directement " +"(1 étape)` pour les :guilabel:`Expéditions`, et :guilabel:`sauvegardez` les " +"changements pour terminer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" +"Définissez les options de réception et d'expédition sur recevoir et livrer " +"en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" @@ -5163,6 +6460,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" +"Sur le tableau de bord principal de l'application :menuselection:`Achats`, " +"commencez par faire un nouveau devis en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. " +"Ensuite, sélectionnez (ou créez) un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` dans le champ " +"déroulant, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable aux lignes de commande " +"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour finaliser le devis et " +"le transformer en bon de commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97 @@ -5171,10 +6474,14 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` apparaîtra dans le coin " +"supérieur droit du bon de commande - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le " +"reçu associé au bon de commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent Réception apparaît sur le bon de commande confirmé." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 @@ -5183,10 +6490,13 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également trouver les réceptions des bons de commande dans " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent" +" :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Réceptions`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Carte kanban des réceptions avec le bouton intelligent 1 à traiter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 @@ -5199,10 +6509,13 @@ msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "" +"Lors de la visualisation de la réception (associée au bon de commande ci-" +"dessus), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour ensuite finaliser la " +"réception." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validez le bon de commande via le bouton intelligent Valider." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -5211,12 +6524,19 @@ msgid "" "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" +"Si les :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` sont activés, le fait de cliquer" +" sur l'icône des détails :guilabel:`≣ (liste à puces)` à côté de l'icône de " +"suppression :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` fait apparaître la fenêtre " +"contextuelle des :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`. Ceci permet de préciser " +"le ou les emplacements pour le ou les produits reçus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez l'emplacement de stockage pour les produits en cours de " +"réception dans la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillées." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5226,6 +6546,11 @@ msgid "" "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" +"Une fois la réception validée, le produit quitte l':guilabel:`Emplacement " +"fournisseur` et entre dans :guilabel:`WH/Emplacement de stock`. Dès qu'il " +"arrive à cet emplacement, il sera disponible pour la fabrication, la vente, " +"etc. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`, finalisant " +"donc le processus de réception en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" @@ -5239,6 +6564,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" +"Commencez par aller au tableau de bord principal de l'application " +":menuselection:`Ventes` et faites un nouveau devis en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Créer`. Sélectionnez (ou créez) ensuite un :guilabel:`Client` " +"dans le champ déroulant, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable qui est en" +" stock aux lignes de commande et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour " +"transformer le devis en commande client." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -5246,10 +6577,15 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaîtra dans le coin " +"supérieur droit de la commande client - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le" +" bon de livraison associé à la commande client." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît après la confirmation de la " +"commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -5257,25 +6593,33 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également trouver les bons de commande dans l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire`. Sur le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, " +"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte " +"kanban :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" +"Carte kanban des bons de livraison avec le bouton intelligent 1 à traiter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter la livraison" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "" +"Lors de la visualisation du bon de livraison (associé à la commande ci-" +"dessus), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour ensuite finaliser la " +"livraison." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validez le bon de livraison." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -5284,10 +6628,14 @@ msgid "" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" +"Une fois le transfert validé, le produit quitte :guilabel:`WH/Emplacement de" +" stock` et se déplace vers :guilabel:`Partenaires/Emplacement client`. " +"Ensuite, le statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`, finalisant donc la " +"livraison en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter des réceptions et des livraisons en deux étapes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5297,6 +6645,13 @@ msgid "" "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" +"Selon les processus commerciaux d'une entreprise, plusieurs étapes peuvent " +"être nécessaires avant de recevoir ou expédier des produits. Dans le " +"processus de réception en deux étapes, les produits sont reçus dans une zone" +" d'entrée, puis transférés dans le stock. Les réceptions en deux étapes " +"fonctionnent mieux lorsque plusieurs emplacements de stockage sont utilisés," +" tels que des zones fermées ou sécurisées, des congélateurs et des " +"réfrigérateurs ou diverses étagères." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5305,6 +6660,10 @@ msgid "" "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" +"Les produits peuvent être triés en fonction de l'endroit où ils seront " +"stockés et les employés peuvent stocker tous les produits destinés à un " +"endroit spécifique. Les produits ne sont pas disponibles pour être traités " +"ultérieurement tant qu'ils n'ont pas été transférés dans le stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -5312,6 +6671,10 @@ msgid "" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" +"Dans le processus de livraison en deux étapes, les produits qui font partie " +"d'un bon de commande sont prélevés dans l'entrepôt en fonction de leur " +"stratégie d'enlèvement et acheminés vers un emplacement de sortie avant " +"d'être expédiés." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5321,6 +6684,11 @@ msgid "" "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" +"Une situation où cela peut être utile est lorsque l'on utilise les " +"stratégies d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, où les " +"produits qui sont prélevés doivent être sélectionnés en fonction de leur " +"date de réception ou d'expiration." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -5331,10 +6699,17 @@ msgid "" "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour :ref:`recevoir et livrer des marchandises" +" en une étape `, donc il faut modifier" +" le paramètre pour utiliser les réceptions et livraisons en deux étapes. Les" +" réceptions et les expéditions n'ont pas besoin d'être configurées pour " +"avoir les mêmes étapes. Par exemple, les produits peuvent être reçus en deux" +" étapes, mais expédiés en une étape. Dans l'exemple suivant, deux étapes " +"seront utilisées pour les réceptions et les livraisons." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer des routes en plusieurs étapes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -5343,12 +6718,18 @@ msgid "" "::guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save`" " the changes." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d'abord que l'option :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` est" +" activée dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, " +"dans la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Après avoir activé le paramètre, " +":guilabel:`sauvegardez` les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "" +"L'activation du paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` activera " +"également la fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5356,6 +6737,10 @@ msgid "" "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, l'entrepôt doit être configuré pour les réceptions et livraisons en" +" deux étapes. Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " +"Entrepôts` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer` pour modifier les paramètres de" +" l'entrepôt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5364,12 +6749,19 @@ msgid "" "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save`" " the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis " +"aller en stock (2 étapes)` pour les :guilabel:`Réceptions`, et " +":guilabel:`Amener les marchandises à l'emplacement de sortie et ensuite " +"livrer (2 étapes)` pour les :guilabel:`Expéditions`. :guilabel:`Sauvegardez`" +" les changements pour terminer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "" +"Définissez les options de réception et d'expédition sur recevoir et livrer " +"en deux étapes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5382,10 +6774,19 @@ msgid "" "Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" +"L'activation des réceptions et livraisons en deux étapes créera de nouveaux " +"emplacements d'*entrée* et de *sortie*, qui sont libellés par défaut " +":guilabel:`WH/Input` et :guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectivement, dans le " +"tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Emplacements`. Pour renommer ces " +"emplacements, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Emplacements`, " +"sélectionnez l':guilabel:`Emplacement` à modifier et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Éditer`. Sur le formulaire de l'emplacement, mettez à jour le " +":guilabel:`Nom de l'emplacement`, faites d'autres changements (le cas " +"échéant) et :guilabel:`sauvegardez` les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter une réception en deux étapes (Emplacement d'entrée + stock)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -5396,6 +6797,12 @@ msgid "" "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" +"Pour les entreprises disposant de plusieurs entrepôts avec des " +"configurations d'étapes différentes, le champ :guilabel:`Livrer à` sur le " +"bon de commande peut avoir besoin d'être précisé comme l'*emplacement " +"d'entrée* correct lié à l'entrepôt en deux étapes. Pour ce faire, " +"sélectionnez l'entrepôt dans la liste déroulante qui comprend le libellé " +"`Réceptions` à la fin du nom." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -5403,15 +6810,21 @@ msgid "" "smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" +"Après avoir confirmé le bon de commande, un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Réception` apparaîtra dans le coin supérieur droit du bon de " +"commande - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le reçu associé à la commande. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" +"Après avoir confirmé un bon de commande, un bouton intelligent Réception " +"apparaîtra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" +"Une réception prête à être traitée dans la vue kanban de l'aperçu du stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -5423,6 +6836,13 @@ msgid "" "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"La réception et le transfert interne seront créés une fois le bon de " +"commande confirmé. Le statut de la réception sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque " +"la réception doit être traitée en premier lieu. Le statut du transfert " +"interne sera :guilabel:`En attente d'une autre opération`, puisque le " +"transfert ne peut pas avoir lieu avant que la réception ne soit finalisée. " +"Le statut du transfert interne ne passe à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque la " +"réception aura été marquée comme :guilabel:`Fait`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -5430,16 +6850,21 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur la :guilabel:`Réception` associée au bon de commande, puis " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser la réception et déplacer le " +"produit vers l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" +"Validez la réception en cliquant sur Valider et le produit sera transféré vers\n" +"WH/Emplacement d'entrée." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter le transfert interne" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -5449,6 +6874,11 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Une fois le produit se trouve à l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`, le " +"transfert interne est prêt à déplacer le produit dans le stock. Allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire` et sur le tableau de bord " +":guilabel:`Aperçu du stock`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`# " +"à traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts internes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5456,6 +6886,8 @@ msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "" +"Un transfert interne prêt à être traité dans la vue kanban de l'aperçu du " +"stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -5464,14 +6896,19 @@ msgid "" "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le :guilabel:`Transfert` associé au bon de commande, puis " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser la réception et déplacer le " +"produit dans le stock. Une fois le transfert validé, le produit entre dans " +"le stock et est disponible pour les livraisons aux clients et les ordres de " +"fabrication." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validez le transfert interne pour déplacer l'article dans le stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter un bon de livraison en deux étapes (transfert + expédition)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -5480,6 +6917,10 @@ msgid "" "storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, créez un nouveau devis en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Sélectionnez (ou créez) un " +":guilabel:`Client`, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable aux lignes de " +"commande et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -5487,12 +6928,17 @@ msgid "" "button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Sales Order)` " "form — click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" +"Après avoir confirmé la commande, un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Réception` apparaîtra dans le coin supérieur droit du bon de " +"livraison - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le reçu associé." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" +"Après avoir confirmé la commande, le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît et affiche les deux articles\n" +"qui y sont associés." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5500,14 +6946,18 @@ msgid "" "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également trouver les reçus de commande dans l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire`. Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, " +"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte " +"kanban :guilabel:`Pick`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le bon de transfert se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'Inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter le transfert" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -5516,6 +6966,10 @@ msgid "" "arrive to the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking " "and the delivery orders." msgstr "" +"Les bons de transfert et de livraison seront créés une fois la commande " +"confirmée. Lorsque le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît, " +"cliquez dessus pour accéder au tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Transferts`, " +"qui répertorie tous les bons de transfert et de livraison." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -5526,12 +6980,20 @@ msgid "" "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Le statut du transfert sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque le produit doit être " +"prélevé du stock avant qu'il puisse être expédié. Le statut du bon de " +"livraison sera :guilabel:`En attente d'une autre opération`, puisque la " +"livraison ne peut avoir lieu qu'après le transfert. Le statut du bon de " +"livraison ne passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque le transfert aura été " +"marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" +"Le statut est prêt pour l'opération de transfert, alors que l'opération de livraison est En attente\n" +"d'une autre opération." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -5542,6 +7004,12 @@ msgid "" " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bon de transfert pour commencer à le traiter. Si le produit " +"est en stock, Odoo réservera automatiquement le produit. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` pour marquer le transfert comme :guilabel:`Fait` et le " +"bon de livraison sera prêt à être traité. Puisque les documents sont liés, " +"les produits qui ont été prélevés précédemment sont automatiquement réservés" +" sur le bon de livraison." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -5551,6 +7019,11 @@ msgid "" "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" +"Le bon de livraison sera prêt à être traité une fois le transfert terminé et" +" peut être trouvé dans l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire` dans le " +"tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu du stock`. Cliquez sur le bouton " +"intelligent :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Bons de " +"livraison` pour commencer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -5559,16 +7032,22 @@ msgid "" "again, and choosing the delivery order on the ::guilabel:`Transfers` page " "(which should now be marked as ::guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" +"Il est également possible d'accéder rapidement au bon de livraison associé à" +" la commande en cliquant à nouveau sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Livraison` et en choisissant le bon de livraison sur la page des " +"::guilabel:`Transferts` (qui devrait être marqué comme :guilabel:`Prêt`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le bon de livraison se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'Inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bon de livraison associé à la commande et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -5577,10 +7056,14 @@ msgid "" "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Une fois le bon de livraison validé, le produit quitte l'emplacement " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` dans le tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Transferts` et " +"se déplace vers l'emplacement :guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Ensuite, le " +"statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter des réceptions en trois étapes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5588,6 +7071,9 @@ msgid "" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" +"Certaines entreprises procèdent au contrôle qualité avant de recevoir les " +"marchandises des fournisseurs. Pour ce faire, Odoo propose un processus de " +"réception des marchandises en trois étapes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5597,6 +7083,12 @@ msgid "" "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" +"Dans le processus de réception en trois étapes, les produits sont reçus dans" +" une zone d'entrée, puis transférés dans une zone de contrôle qualité. Les " +"produits qui passent le contrôle de qualité sont ensuite transférés dans le " +"stock. Les produits ne sont pas disponibles pour traitement ultérieur tant " +"qu'ils n'ont pas été transférés de la zone de contrôle qualité vers le " +"stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5607,11 +7099,20 @@ msgid "" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour :ref:`recevoir et livrer des marchandises" +" en une étape `, donc il faut modifier" +" le paramètre pour pouvoir utiliser les réceptions en trois étapes. Assurez-" +"vous d'abord que l'option *Routes en plusieurs étapes* est activée dans " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Entrepôt`. " +"Notez que l'activation de l'option :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` " +"activera également les *Emplacements de stockage*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" +"Activez les routes en plusieurs étapes et les emplacements de stockage dans " +"les paramètres d'inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -5621,10 +7122,16 @@ msgid "" "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, l'entrepôt doit être configuré pour les réceptions en trois étapes." +" Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer` pour éditer l'entrepôt. Sélectionnez ensuite " +":guilabel:`Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un contrôle " +"qualité avant d'être admis en stock (3 étapes)` pour les " +":guilabel:`Réceptions`. :guilabel:`Sauvegardez` ensuite les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définissez l'option de réception sur recevoir en trois étapes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5634,10 +7141,18 @@ msgid "" "Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"L'activation des réceptions et expéditions en trois étapes créera deux " +"nouveaux emplacements internes : *Entrée* (WH/Input) et *Contrôle qualité* " +"(WH/Quality Control). Pour renommer ces emplacements, allez à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Emplacements`, sélectionnez " +"l':guilabel:`Emplacement` à modifier, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`, mettez" +" à jour le nom et cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +"Traiter une réception en trois étapes (emplacement d'entrée + contrôle " +"qualité + stock)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -5645,6 +7160,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" +"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Achats`, créez un nouveau devis en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Fournisseur`, " +"ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer" +" la commande`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5652,10 +7171,14 @@ msgid "" "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` apparaîtra dans le coin " +"supérieur droit et la réception sera associée au bon de commande. Le fait de" +" cliquer sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` affichera l'ordre " +"de réception." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 msgid "Process a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter une réception" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5664,12 +7187,18 @@ msgid "" "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" +"Une réception et deux transferts internes (un transfert vers le contrôle " +"qualité et un transfert subséquent vers le stock) seront créés une fois que " +"le bon de commande est confirmé. Pour visualiser ces transferts, allez à " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" +"Le statut des trois transferts de réception indique les opérations prêtes et celles\n" +"en attente d'une autre opération. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -5679,6 +7208,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" +"Le statut de la réception transférant le produit vers l'emplacement d'entrée" +" sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque la réception doit être traitée avant toute " +"autre opération. Le statut des deux transferts internes est :guilabel:`En " +"attente d'une autre opération`, car les transferts ne peuvent pas être " +"traités tant que l'étape associée précédant chaque transfert n'est pas " +"terminée." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5688,6 +7223,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Le statut du premier transfert interne vers le *contrôle qualité* ne passera" +" à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque la réception a été marquée comme " +":guilabel:`Fait`. Le statut du second transfert interne vers le *stock* ne " +"passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque le transfert vers le contrôle qualité" +" aura été marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -5695,10 +7235,15 @@ msgid "" " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également trouver la réception dans l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire`. Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, " +"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte " +"kanban :guilabel:`Réceptions`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" +"Une réception prête à être traitée dans la vue kanban de l'aperçu du stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -5706,16 +7251,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur la réception associée au bon de commande, cliquez ensuite sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser la réception et déplacer le produit vers " +"l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" +"Validez la réception en cliquant sur Valider et le produit sera transféré vers\n" +"WH/Contrôle qualité." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter un transfert vers le contrôle qualité" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -5725,6 +7275,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" +"Une fois que le produit se trouve à l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`, le " +"transfert interne est prêt à déplacer le produit vers le :guilabel:`Contrôle" +" qualité`. Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu` de " +"l':menuselection:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts " +"internes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -5734,16 +7290,23 @@ msgid "" "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le :guilabel:`Transfert` associé au bon de commande, cliquez sur" +" :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert et déplacez le produit vers" +" l'emplacement de :guilabel:`Contrôle qualité`. Une fois le transfert " +"validé, le produit est prêt pour le contrôle qualité, mais n'est pas " +"disponible pour les ordres de fabrication ou les bons de livraison." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" +"Validez le transfert interne pour déplacer l'article vers l'emplacement de " +"contrôle qualité." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traiter un transfert vers le stock" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -5752,6 +7315,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" +"Une fois que le produit se trouve à l'emplacement de :guilabel:`Contrôle " +"qualité`, le transfert interne final est prêt à déplacer le produit vers le " +":guilabel:`Stock`. Dans le tableau de bord aperçu de " +"l':guilabel:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`1 à " +"traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts internes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -5760,6 +7328,11 @@ msgid "" "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le :guilabel:`Transfert` final associé au bon de commande, " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert et déplacez le " +"produit vers le stock. Une fois le transfert validé, le produit entre dans " +"le stock et est disponible pour les livraisons aux clients ou les ordres de " +"fabrication." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" @@ -5767,7 +7340,7 @@ msgstr "Entrepôts" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un deuxième entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5775,6 +7348,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" +"Un *entrepôt* est un bâtiment ou un espace physique où les articles sont " +"stockés. Dans Odoo, il est possible de configurer plusieurs entrepôts et de " +"transférer des articles stockés entre eux." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5783,16 +7359,22 @@ msgid "" " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la plateforme Odoo a un entrepôt qui est déjà configuré, avec " +"l'adresse définie comme l'adresse de la société. Pour créer un deuxième " +"entrepôt, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts`, puis " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et configurez le formulaire comme suit :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : le nom complet de l'entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nom court` : le code abrégé par lequel l'entrepôt est désigné : " +"le nom abrégé de l'entrepôt par défaut dans Odoo est **WH**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5800,10 +7382,13 @@ msgid "" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : l'entreprise qui possède l'entrepôt ; il peut s'agir " +"de la société qui possède la base de données Odoo ou de la société d'un " +"client ou d'un fournisseur" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse` : l'adresse où l'entrepôt est situé" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5812,46 +7397,64 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" +"Les options suivantes apparaissent uniquement si la case à cocher à côté de " +":guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` est activée dans " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` dans la section " +":guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Pour plus d'informations sur les routes et la manière " +"dont elles fonctionnent dans Odoo, consultez :ref:`Utiliser des routes et " +"des règles de flux tirés/poussés `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Réceptions/Expéditions` : sélectionnez les routes que les " +"réceptions et expéditions devraient suivre" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner les sous-traitants` : permet aux sous-traitants " +"d'être réapprovisionnés depuis cet entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fabriquer pour réapprovisionner` : permet aux articles d'être " +"fabriqués dans cet entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fabriquer` : sélectionnez la route à suivre pour la fabrication " +"de marchandises dans l'entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Acheter pour réapprovisionner` : cochez la case pour autoriser la" +" livraison de produits achetés à l'entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner depuis` : sélectionnez des entrepôts qui peuvent" +" être utilisés pour réapprovisionner l'entrepôt en cours de création" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un formulaire complété pour la création d'un nouvel entrepôt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5861,16 +7464,23 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" +"La création d'un deuxième entrepôt active automatiquement le paramètre " +"*Emplacements de stockage* qui permet de suivre l'emplacement des produits " +"dans un entrepôt. Pour activer ce paramètre, allez à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la case dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" +"Après avoir complété le formulaire, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` et " +"le nouvel entrepôt sera créé." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter un inventaire au nouvel entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5881,12 +7491,21 @@ msgid "" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"Si un nouvel entrepôt est créé et qu'il contient un inventaire existant, " +"l'inventaire doit être ajouté à Odoo pour que le stock répertorié dans la " +"base de données Odoo reflète ce qui se trouve dans l'entrepôt physique. Pour" +" ajouter l'inventaire à un nouvel entrepôt, allez à " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Le formulaire de l'ajustement d'inventaire " +"peut être complété comme suit :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Référence de l'inventaire` : le nom ou le code par lequel " +"l'ajustement d'inventaire peut être désigné" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5894,12 +7513,18 @@ msgid "" "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Emplacements` : le ou les emplacements où l'inventaire est stocké" +" ; incluez le nouvel entrepôt et n'importe quel emplacement dans ce stock " +"sera ajouté" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produits` : incluez tous les produits qui seront ajoutés à " +"l'inventaire ou laissez blanc pour sélectionner n'importe quel produit lors " +"de l'étape suivante" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5907,18 +7532,25 @@ msgid "" "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inclure les produits épuisés` : incluez les produits dont la " +"quantité est nulle ; n'affecte pas les ajustements d'inventaire pour les " +"nouveaux entrepôts puisqu'ils n'ont pas de stock existant" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date comptable` : la date utilisée par les équipes comptables " +"pour la tenue des comptes relatifs à l'inventaire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : la société qui possède l'inventaire ; il peut s'agir " +"de la société de l'utilisateur ou d'un client ou fournisseur" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -5927,10 +7559,14 @@ msgid "" "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantités comptées` : choisissez si les quantités comptées pour " +"les produits ajoutés doivent correspondre par défaut au stock disponible ou " +"à zéro ; n'affecte pas les ajustements d'inventaire pour les nouveaux " +"entrepôts puisqu'ils n'ont pas de stock existant" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un formulaire complété pour un ajustement d'inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5939,10 +7575,15 @@ msgid "" "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" +"Une fois le formulaire correctement configuré, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Démarrer l'inventaire` pour passer à la page suivante où des " +"produits peuvent être ajoutés à l'ajustement de l'inventaire. Ajoutez un " +"nouveau produit en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer` et complétez la ligne de " +"produit comme suit :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit ajouté à l'inventaire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -5950,12 +7591,17 @@ msgid "" "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Emplacement` : l'emplacement où le produit est actuellement " +"stocké dans le nouvel entrepôt ; il peut s'agir de tout l'entrepôt ou d'un " +"emplacement dans l'entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` : le lot auquel appartient le produit ou le " +"numéro de série utilisé pour l'identifier" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -5963,12 +7609,17 @@ msgid "" "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`En stock` : la quantité totale du produit stocké dans " +"l'emplacement pour lequel l'inventaire est ajusté ; cette valeur doit être " +"égale à zéro pour un nouvel emplacement ou un nouvel entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantité comptée` : la quantité des produits ajoutée à " +"l'inventaire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -5976,14 +7627,17 @@ msgid "" "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Différence` : la différence entre les quantités *En stock* et " +"*Comptées* ; cette valeur sera automatiquement mise à jour pour refléter la " +"valeur saisie dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité comptée`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`UdM` : l'unité de mesure utilisée pour compter le produit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il y a une ligne pour chaque produit ajouté à l'inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -5993,6 +7647,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" +"Après avoir ajouté tous les produits déjà stockés dans le nouvel entrepôt, " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider l'inventaire` pour finaliser l'ajustement " +"d'inventaire. Les valeurs dans la colonne :guilabel:`En stock` seront mises " +"à jour pour refléter celles de la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` et " +"les produits ajoutés apparaîtront dans l'inventaire du nouvel entrepôt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" @@ -6977,6 +8636,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Comment choisir le bon flux pour gérer les réceptions et les " +"livraisons ? " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8904,7 +10566,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "Vue de la valorisation de l'inventaire des lots de t-shirt blanc." +msgstr "Vue de la valorisation des stocks des lots de t-shirt blanc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -9268,6 +10930,11 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser le dropshipping comme stratégie d'expédition, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et sélectionnez " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la section " +":guilabel:`Logistique`, cochez la case à côté :guilabel:`Dropshipping` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour terminer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9277,6 +10944,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, cliquez sur " +":menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et choisissez un produit existant ou " +"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Créer` pour en configurer un nouveau. Sur la page du" +" :guilabel:`Produit`, assurez-vous que les cases :guilabel:`Peut être vendu`" +" et :guilabel:`Peut être acheté` sont cochées." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -9328,6 +11000,13 @@ msgid "" "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un client effectue un achat en ligne pour un produit en dropshipping," +" une commande sera automatiquement créée avec une demande de prix " +"(:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) associée pour le fournisseur. Les " +"commandes peuvent être consultées dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`" +" en sélectionnant :menuselection:`Commandes --> Commandes`. Cliquez sur le " +"bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Achat` dans le coin supérieur droit de la " +"commande pour afficher la demande de prix associée." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -9335,6 +11014,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" +"Les commandes de dropshipping peuvent également être créées manuellement via" +" l'application :menuselection:`Ventes` en sélectionnant " +":menuselection:`Commandes --> Commandes --> Créer` et en ajoutant un produit" +" configuré pour le dropshipping." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -9388,6 +11071,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" +"Pour afficher toutes les commandes de dropshipping, allez simplement au " +"tableau de bord de l':guilabel:`Aperçu` d':menuselection:`Inventaire` et " +"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`# À TRAITER` sur la carte " +":guilabel:`Dropship`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -9535,7 +11222,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changer la taille de l'étiquette d'expédition" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9544,6 +11231,10 @@ msgid "" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, il existe une variété de types d'étiquettes d'expédition qui " +"peuvent être sélectionnés pour les bons de livraison. Selon les types de " +"colis d'expédition utilisés, différentes tailles d'étiquettes peuvent être " +"plus appropriées et peuvent être configurées pour s'adapter au colis." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9552,10 +11243,14 @@ msgid "" "delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " "*FedEx International* will be used." msgstr "" +"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`, allez à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Livraison --> Modes d'expédition`. " +"Choisissez un mode de livraison et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. Dans " +"l'exemple suivant, nous utiliserons *FedEx International*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Différents modes d'expédition." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -9563,10 +11258,13 @@ msgid "" "one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " "the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration`, sous :guilabel:`Type d'étiquette`, " +"choisissez un des types d'étiquettes disponibles. La disponibilité varie " +"selon le transporteur. :guilabel:`Sauvegardez` les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionnez un type d'étiquette." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9574,6 +11272,9 @@ msgid "" "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une commande avec le transporteur correspondant est confirmée et un " +"bon de livraison est validé, l'étiquette d'expédition sera automatiquement " +"créée en tant que PDF et apparaîtra dans le :guilabel:`Chatter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -9582,52 +11283,66 @@ msgid "" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et" +" sélectionnez un client international. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un " +"produit` et sélectionnez un article. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter " +"l'expédition`, sélectionnez un mode d'expédition, puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Calculer le tarif` et enfin cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter un mode d'expédition et un tarif à une commande" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" +"Une fois que le devis est confirmé en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`, un" +" bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaîtra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bouton intelligent bon de livraison." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" +"Une fois que le bon de livraison est validé en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` sur le bon de livraison, les documents d'expédition " +"apparaîtront dans le :guilabel:`Chatter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documents d'expédition en PDF." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemples d'étiquettes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`Type d'étiquette` par défaut est :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. " +"Voici un exemple d'étiquette FedEx au format lettre :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étiquette d'expédition FedEx pleine page au format lettre." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" +"À titre de comparaison, voici un exemple d'étiquette FedEx de la moitié " +"inférieure :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une demi-page d'étiquette d'expédition FedEx au format lettre." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 @@ -12338,7 +14053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" +msgstr "Valorisation des stocks" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" @@ -12376,10 +14091,9 @@ msgid "" "Location*." msgstr "" "L'envoi de matières premières à vos sous-traitants (**A**) n'a pas " -"d'incidence sur la valorisation de l'inventaire, car les composants sont " -"toujours valorisés comme faisant partie de votre stock. Cette situation est " -"gérée en faisant de l'*emplacement de sous-traitance* un *emplacement " -"interne*." +"d'incidence sur la valorisation des stocks, car les composants sont toujours" +" valorisés comme faisant partie de votre stock. Cette situation est gérée en" +" faisant de l'*emplacement de sous-traitance* un *emplacement interne*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 96437689d..fe533e6bd 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Laura Piraux , 2022 # Fernanda Marques , 2022 # Renaud de Colombel , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -2024,6 +2024,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "Assurez-vous que le serveur est configuré." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" @@ -2501,6 +2502,7 @@ msgstr "" "La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Aide au dépannage" @@ -2762,6 +2764,343 @@ msgstr "" "Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante et la case à côté de " "*Tiroir caisse* doit être cochée dans la configuration du Point de Vente." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Périphériques" @@ -4187,6 +4526,270 @@ msgstr "" "accéder dans **Connaissances**, même s'ils ont accès à l'article contenant " "la vue." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "Gestion des articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` " +"to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " +"` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" +"La gestion efficace des articles est essentielle pour maximiser la valeur de" +" vos ressources de connaissances, qu'il s'agisse de travailler sur un projet" +" de recherche, d'étudier pour un examen ou de construire une base de données" +" de connaissances pour votre entreprise. L'application Connaissances vous " +"permet de gérer entièrement vos articles, de la :ref:`création " +"` à la :ref:`suppression `, en passant" +" par le :ref:`partage ` et la :ref:`structure " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez la plupart des outils de gestion des articles en cliquant sur" +" le bouton ellipse vertical (:guilabel:`⋮`) à droite de la barre supérieure." +" À partir de là, vous pouvez déplacer, verrouiller, supprimer ou dupliquer " +"un article." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "Menu affichant les outils de gestion des articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "Création, partage et suppression d'articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Création" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer des articles, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`+ Nouveau` à " +"droite de la barre du haut ou sur le bouton :guilabel:`+` à côté d'une " +"catégorie ou d'un autre article." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" +"Créez rapidement des articles privés grâce au raccourci clavier Alt/Option +" +" C." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "Partage" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez partager des articles avec des utilisateurs internes ou " +"externes. Pour ce faire, ouvrez le menu de partage en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Partager` dans le menu supérieur droit des articles." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "Inviter des utilisateurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" +"Pour partager des articles avec des utilisateurs spécifiques (internes ou " +"externes, tels qu'un partenaire ou un client), cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Inviter`. Cette opération ouvre une fenêtre contextuelle dans " +"laquelle vous pouvez choisir l':guilabel:`Autorisation` :ref:`(c'est-à-dire," +" droits d'accès) ` et saisir le nom ou l'email des " +":guilabel:`Destinataires`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également empêcher un utilisateur spécifique d'accéder à " +"l'article en sélectionnant l'autorisation :guilabel:`Pas d'accès`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle permettant d'inviter des utilisateurs à accéder à un " +"article de Connaissances" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "Partager en ligne" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" +"Pour partager des articles **en ligne**, activez le bouton " +":guilabel:`Partager sur internet`. Ceci génère un lien URL que tout le monde" +" peut utiliser pour voir l'article." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" +"En outre, le menu de partage affiche l'autorisation par défaut pour les " +"membres internes, ainsi que tous les utilisateurs auxquels une autorisation " +"spécifique a été accordée." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" +"Menu de partage avec l'URL pour le partage en ligne et la liste des membres" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Suppression" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer un article, vous pouvez soit le **supprimer**, soit " +"l'**archiver**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer un article, ouvrez-le et cliquez sur le bouton ellipse " +"vertical :menuselection:`(⋮) --> Supprimer`. L'article est déplacé dans la " +"corbeille pendant 30 jours avant d'être définitivement supprimé. Pour le " +"restaurer, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ouvrir la corbeille`, sélectionnez " +"l'article et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Restaurer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" +"Pour archiver des articles, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Rechercher`, sélectionnez" +" le ou les articles et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Action --> Archiver --> " +"Archiver`. Les articles archivés sont masqués dans le menu de recherche. " +"Pour récupérer un article archivé, ajoutez un filtre personnalisé pour les " +"afficher (:menuselection:`Rechercher --> Filtres --> Ajouter un filtre " +"personnalisé` et définissez l'option :guilabel:`Actif` sur :guilabel:`est " +"Non`). Ensuite, sélectionnez le ou les articles et allez à " +":menuselection:`Action --> Désarchiver`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "Structure des articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" +"Les articles sont organisés selon une structure hiérarchique dans laquelle " +"l'article du dessus est un article parent et ceux du dessous sont des sous-" +"articles. Cette structure permet de regrouper des articles apparentés." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" +"Pour établir cette hiérarchie, créez de nouveaux articles en cliquant sur le" +" bouton :guilabel:`+` à côté de l'article qui deviendra le parent ou " +"déplacez des articles existants, soit en les glissant et déposant sous le " +"futur parent ou en cliquant sur le bouton ellipse vertical (:guilabel:`⋮`), " +"en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Déplacer vers` dans la boîte à outils et en " +"sélectionnant l'article à utiliser comme parent." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Catégories" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" +"En outre, les articles sont répartis en quatre catégories qui figurent dans " +"la barre latérale gauche. Ces catégories confèrent aux articles des **droits" +" d'accès** par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Favoris` : Vous pouvez définir n'importe quel article auquel vous" +" pouvez accéder comme favori. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'icône en forme " +"d'étoile (:guilabel:`★`) dans le menu supérieur droit des articles. Le fait " +"de marquer des articles comme **favoris** est propre à l'utilisateur et " +"n'affecte pas les autres utilisateurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Espace de travail` : Les articles affichés dans cette catégorie " +"sont disponibles à tous les utilisateurs internes. Ces utilisateurs ont le " +"droit de lire, modifier ou partager ces articles." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Partagé` : Les articles affichés dans cette catégorie sont ceux " +"qui vous partagez avec des utilisateurs internes, des utilisateurs externes " +"ou qu'ils partagent avec vous." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Privé` : Les articles affichés dans cette catégorie ne sont " +"accessibles qu'à vous." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" +"Catégories affichées dans la barre latérale gauche d'Odoo Connaissances" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 46b76802a..b0cee9626 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -115,7 +115,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -8889,7 +8888,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:3 msgid "Discount and loyalty programs" -msgstr "Remises et programmes de fidélité" +msgstr "Programmes de remise et de fidélité" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8901,7 +8900,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Les applications *Ventes*, *eCommerce* et *Point de Vente* d'Odoo permettent" " aux utilisateurs de créer des programmes de remise et de fidélité que les " -"clients peuvent utiliser lors de leurs courses en ligne et en magasin. Ces " +"clients peuvent utiliser lors de leur shopping en ligne et en magasin. Ces " "programmes proposent des options de prix plus variées, publiques et " "temporelles que les :doc:`listes de prix " "`." @@ -8945,7 +8944,7 @@ msgid "" "scratch." msgstr "" "Si aucun programme de remise ou de fidélité n'a encore été créé, Odoo " -"propose un choix de modèles pour voir aider à créer le premier programme. " +"propose un choix de modèles pour vous aider à créer le premier programme. " "Choisissez l'une des cartes modèles ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau` pour " "créer un nouveau programme à partir de zéro." @@ -8959,7 +8958,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." -msgstr "Cartes de modèles de programmes de remise et de fidélité." +msgstr "Cartes modèles de programmes de remise et de fidélité." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -9112,8 +9111,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant " "immediate access to rewards." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bons de réduction` : Générez et partagez des bons de réduction à " -"usage unique qui donnent un accès immédiat aux récompenses." +":guilabel:`Bons de réduction` : Générez et partagez des codes promo à usage " +"unique qui donnent un accès immédiat aux récompenses." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9121,8 +9120,8 @@ msgid "" "that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bons de réduction pour la prochaine commande` : Générez et " -"partagez des bons de réduction à usage unique qui donnent accès à des " -"récompenses lors de la prochaine commande du client." +"partagez des codes promo à usage unique qui donnent accès à des récompenses " +"lors de la prochaine commande du client." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -9224,7 +9223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Quantité minimale` : Saisissez le nombre minimum de produits qui " "doivent être achetés pour accéder à la récompense. Définissez la quantité " -"minimale à au moins `1` pour vous assurer que le client doit effectuer un " +"minimale sur au moins `1` pour vous assurer que le client doit effectuer un " "achat pour accéder à la récompense." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:123 @@ -12647,137 +12646,281 @@ msgstr "Plans d'abonnement" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." msgstr "" -"Les plans d'abonnement sont des :doc:`modèles de devis " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` spécifiques aux **abonnements** " -"utilisés pour préconfigurer les **plans** et **périodes de récurrence** " -"sélectionnables pour configurer rapidement les devis." +"Les *plans d'abonnement* sont des :doc:`modèles de devis " +"` utilisés pour " +"préconfigurer des devis avec des produits d'abonnement. Utilisez des plans " +"d'abonnement pour rapidement créer des commandes d'abonnement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" +msgstr "Configurer des plans d'abonnement" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau plan d'abonnement ou en éditer un existant, allez à " -":menuselection:`Abonnements --> Configuration --> Plans` et cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Nouveau` ou sélectionnez un plan existant." +"Pour configurer les plans d'abonnement, allez à :menuselection:`Abonnements " +"--> Configuration --> Plans`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Nouveau` pour " +"créer un nouveau plan ou sélectionnez un plan existant pour l'éditer." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." +msgstr "" +"Puisque l'application *Abonnements* d'Odoo est étroitement intégrée à " +"l'application *Ventes*, les plans d'abonnement sont basés sur le même " +"formulaire que les modèles de devis." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "Configuration d'un plan d'abonnement (modèle de devis)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" -"Lors de la création d'un plan d'abonnement, vous disposez de plusieurs " -"options :" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "Le **nom** du plan ;" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Le devis expire après` : après combien de jours le devis expire ;" +"Formulaire de configuration des plans d'abonnement (des modèles de devis)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation en ligne` : si la :guilabel:`Signature` ou le " -":guilabel:`Paiement` du client confirme la commande. L'activation des deux " -"options permet de laisser le choix au client ;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" +msgstr "Le formulaire de plan d'abonnement contient les options suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Email de confirmation` : le **modèle d'email** utilisé pour " -"l'email de confirmation de la commande ;" +":guilabel:`Nom` : Donnez un nom au plan d'abonnement en haut de la page." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Récurrence` : la récurrence des **produits récurrents** utilisés " -"avec ce modèle." +":guilabel:`Le devis expire après` : Saisissez le nombre de jours après " +"lesquels le devis expire, à partir du jour auquel le devis est envoyé au " +"client. Laissez ce champ à zéro pour que le devis n'expire jamais." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" -"La sélection d'une :guilabel:`Récurrence` active les options supplémentaires" -" suivantes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Durée` : si les **produits récurrents** utilisés avec ce modèle " -"n'ont pas de **date de fin**, ou s'ils ont une durée :guilabel:`fixe`. Si " -"vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`fixe`, une option supplémentaire vous permet de" -" sélectionner la **durée** ;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation en ligne` : Cochez les cases à côté de " +":guilabel:`Signature` ou :guilabel:`Paiement` pour permettre au client de " +"confirmer leur commande d'abonnement en signant ou en payant le devis. " +"Activez les deux options pour laisser le choix au client. Activez aucune " +"option pour uniquement confirmer le devis dans le backend." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Auto-résiliable` : si cette option est activée, le **client** " -"peut résilier son abonnement depuis son **portail client** ;" +":guilabel:`Email de confirmation` : Sélectionnez un :doc:`modèle d'email " +"` pour l'email de " +"confirmation qui est envoyé automatiquement au client après la confirmation " +"du devis. Laissez ce champ vide pour n'envoyer aucun email." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Résiliation automatique` : le nombre de jours après lesquels les " -"abonnements **impayés** dont la date d'échéance est *dépassée* sont " -"automatiquement résiliés ;" +"Pour créer un nouveau modèle d'email, donnez un nom au modèle et cliquez sur" +" :guilabel:`Créer et éditer`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Journal de facturation` : si cette option est activée, les " -"abonnements avec ce modèle sont facturés dans le journal défini. S'il n'y en" -" a pas, c'est le journal des ventes avec la séquence la plus basse qui est " -"utilisé." +"Pour éditer un modèle d'email existant, sélectionnez-en un dans le menu " +"déroulant et cliquez sur la flèche du :guilabel:`lien interne` à la fin de " +"la ligne." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." msgstr "" -"Sur chaque modèle, vous pouvez ajouter des :doc:`Conditions générales " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. Si des **conditions " -"générales** sont spécifiées sur un modèle, celles-ci seront utilisées à la " -"place des **conditions générales** par défaut définies dans les paramètres " -"de l'application **Ventes** (s'il y en a)." +":guilabel:`Récurrence` : Sélectionnez la période de récurrence utilisée pour" +" le plan. Les périodes de récurrence disponibles sont les mêmes que celles " +"qui sont configurées dans :menuselection:`Abonnements --> Configuration --> " +"Périodes de récurrence`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" +"La sélection d'une :guilabel:`Récurrence` transforme le modèle de devis en " +"un plan d'abonnement et active les options supplémentaires suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Durée` : Choisissez si le plan d'abonnement n'a pas de date de " +"fin (:guilabel:`Pour toujours`) ou une durée :guilabel:`Fixe`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" +"Si la durée est définie sur :guilabel:`Pour toujours`, le plan d'abonnement " +"sera renouvelé en permanence jusqu'à ce que soit le client, soit " +"l'entreprise mette manuellement fin à l'abonnement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" +"Si la durée est :guilabel:`fixe`, choisissez une date à côté de " +":guilabel:`Résilier après`, qui détermine le nombre de jours après lesquels " +"l'abonnement sera automatiquement résilié." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Auto-résiliable` : Cochez cette case pour permettre au client de " +"résilier lui-même son abonnement à partir du :doc:`portail client " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Résiliation automatique` : Saisissez le nombre de jours après " +"lesquels les abonnements *impayés* dont la date d'échéance est *dépassée* " +"sont automatiquement résiliés." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Journal de facturation` : Sélectionnez le journal comptable dans " +"lequel les factures relatives à ce plan d'abonnement sont enregistrées. " +"Laissez ce champ vide pour utiliser le journal des ventes avec la séquence " +"la plus basse." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" -msgstr "Les conditions générales d'un plan d'abonnement" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "Un plan d'abonnement avec la récurrence sélectionnée." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes`, créez les lignes de commande pour le " +"devis. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`, sélectionnez un produit à" +" inclure dans le plan et saisissez ensuite la :guilabel:`Quantité` et " +"l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure`. Ajoutez autant de produits que vous le " +"souhaitez aux lignes de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Produits optionnels`, saisissez tous les produits " +"optionnels que le client peut ajouter à leur devis avant de confirmer la " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" +"Si le plan d'abonnement a des :doc:`Conditions générales " +"` uniques, " +"ajoutez-les dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Conditions générales`. Si les " +"conditions générales sont précisées sur un plan, celles-ci seront utilisées " +"au lieu des conditions générales par défaut définies dans les paramètres de " +"l'application *Ventes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "L'onglet Conditions générales du plan d'abonnement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "Utiliser les plans d'abonnement sur les devis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" +"Les devis pour les produits d'abonnement peuvent être créés à la fois dans " +"l'application *Abonnements* et l'application *Ventes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" +"À partir du tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Abonnements`, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Nouveau` pour créer un nouveau devis. Sélectionnez ensuite un " +"plan d'abonnement dans le champ :guilabel:`Plan d'abonnement`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`Récurrence`, les produits et les autres informations du plan " +"sont automatiquement complétés. Le devis peut ensuite être modifié à votre " +"guise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" +"À partir du tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Ventes`, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Nouveau` pour créer un nouveau devis. Sélectionnez ensuite un " +"plan d'abonnement dans le champ :guilabel:`Modèle de devis`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les commandes d'abonnement apparaissent sur le tableau de bord des " +":guilabel:`Abonnements`, qu'elles aient été créées dans l'application " +"*Abonnements* ou dans l'application *Ventes*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 msgid "Subscription products" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 7723a61c5..99fe785a2 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -318,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr "Avancé" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "After-Sales services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Services après-vente" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -327,10 +326,15 @@ msgid "" "generate coupons, and/or schedule repair and field service interventions " "directly from a ticket." msgstr "" +"Il est possible de configurer des services *après-vente* dans l'application " +"*Assistance* pour des *équipes* individuelles. Une fois cette option " +"activée, les utilisateurs peuvent émettre des remboursements, traiter des " +"retours, générer des bons de réduction et/ou planifier des réparations ou " +"des services sur site directement à partir d'un ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the after-sales services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer les services après-vente" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -340,41 +344,59 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section on the team's settings page, and choose" " which of the following options to enable:" msgstr "" +"Commencez par activer les services après-vente sur des équipes " +"d'*Assistance* spécifiques, en allant à :menuselection:`Assistance --> " +"Configuration --> Équipes` et en sélectionnant la ou les équipes sur " +"lesquelles ces services devraient être actifs. Ensuite, faites défiler " +"jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Après-vente` sur la page des paramètres de " +"l'équipe et choisissiez l'une des options suivantes à activer :" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refunds`: issues credit notes to refund a customer, or adjust the" " remaining amount due" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Remboursements` : permet d'émettre des avoirs pour rembourser un " +"client ou ajuster le montant restant dû" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:18 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coupons`: offers discounts and free products through an existing " "coupon program" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bons de réduction` : permet d'offrir des remises et des produits " +"gratuits par le biais d'un programme de remises existant" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Returns`: initiates a product return from a customer through a " "reverse transfer" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Retours` : permet d'initier un retour de produit de la part d'un " +"client par le biais d'une annulation de transfert." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Repairs`: creates repair orders for broken or faulty products" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Réparations` : permet de créer des ordres de réparation pour les " +"produits cassés ou défectueux" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field Service`: plans onsite intervention through the *Field " "Service* application" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Services sur site` : permet de planifier une intervention sur " +"site par le biais de l'application *Services sur site*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:26 msgid "" "The services that are enabled can vary based on the type of support a team " "provides." msgstr "" +"Les services activés peuvent varier en fonction du type d'assistance fourni " +"par une équipe." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -385,10 +407,17 @@ msgid "" " paid subscription has not been added to the database, it will no longer be " "accessible.*" msgstr "" +"Comme tous les services d'après-vente d'Odoo nécessitent une intégration " +"avec d'autres applications, l'activation de l'un d'entre eux peut entraîner " +"l'installation de modules ou d'applications supplémentaires. *L'installation" +" d'une nouvelle application sur une base de données Une App Gratuite " +"déclenchera une période d'essai de 15 jours. À la fin de la période d'essai," +" si un abonnement payant n'a pas été ajouté à la base de données, celle-ci " +"ne sera plus accessible.*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:35 msgid "Issue a refund with a credit note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Émettre un remboursement avec un avoir" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -398,10 +427,18 @@ msgid "" " are usually created through the *Accounting* or *Invoicing* applications, " "they can be created through a *Helpdesk* ticket, as well." msgstr "" +"Un *avoir* est un document délivré à un client pour l'informer qu'il a été " +"crédité d'une certaine somme d'argent. Il peut être utilisé pour rembourser " +"intégralement un client ou ajuster le montant restant dû. Bien qu'ils soient" +" généralement créés par le biais des applications *Comptabilité* ou " +"*Facturation*, ils peuvent également être créés à partir d'un ticket " +"d'*Assistance*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:43 msgid "Invoices must be posted before a credit note can be generated." msgstr "" +"Les factures doivent être comptabilisées avant qu'un avoir puisse être " +"généré." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -411,20 +448,29 @@ msgid "" "corresponding invoice from the :guilabel:`Invoices to Refund` drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +"Pour créer un avoir, allez au ticket dans l'application " +":menuselection:`Assistance` et cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Remboursement` dans le coin supérieur gauche du tableau de bord " +"des tickets. Sélectionnez ensuite la facture correspondante dans le menu " +"déroulant :guilabel:`Factures à rembourser`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a refund creation page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'une page de création d'un remboursement." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:53 msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Credit Method` from one of the following options:" msgstr "" +"Choisissez une :guilabel:`Méthode de crédit` parmi l'une des options " +"suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: the credit note is created in draft and can be " "edited before being issued" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Remboursement partiel` : l'avoir est créé en brouillon et peut " +"être édité avant d'être émis" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -432,6 +478,9 @@ msgid "" "with the invoice. *This is the option to choose if a validated invoice needs" " to be canceled*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Remboursement intégral` : l'avoir est validé automatiquement et " +"lettré avec la facture. *Il s'agit de l'option à choisir lorsqu'une facture " +"validée doit être annulée*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -440,36 +489,49 @@ msgid "" "duplicated as a new draft. *This is the option to choose if a validated " "invoice needs to be modified*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Remboursement intégral et nouvelle facture brouillon` : l'avoir " +"est validé automatiquement et lettré avec la facture. La facture originale " +"est dupliquée comme un nouveau brouillon. *Il s'agit de l'option à choisir " +"lorsqu'une facture validée doit être modifiée*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Credit Method` options will **not** be available for invoices" " that have already been paid." msgstr "" +"Les options de :guilabel:`méthode de crédit` ne seront **pas** disponibles " +"pour les factures qui ont déjà été payées." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 msgid "" "Make any necessary changes to the details of the credit note and click " ":guilabel:`Reverse.` Then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to post the credit note." msgstr "" +"Apportez toutes les modifications nécessaires aux détails de l'avoir et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Extourner.` Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`" +" pour comptabiliser l'avoir." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:70 msgid "" "Once the credit note has been posted, a :guilabel:`Credit Notes` smart " "button will be added to the *Helpdesk* ticket." msgstr "" +"Une fois que l'avoir a été comptabilisé, un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Avoirs` sera ajouté au ticket d'*Assistance*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the credit note button." msgstr "" +"Vue des boutons intelligents sur un ticket surlignant le bouton des avoirs." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:81 msgid "Generate coupons from a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des bons de réduction à partir d'un ticket" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -477,12 +539,19 @@ msgid "" "constraints of a coupon are defined by conditional rules. *Coupon Programs* " "are configured in the *Sales* or *Website* applications." msgstr "" +"Les bons de réduction peuvent être utilisés pour modifier le prix des " +"produits ou des commandes. Les contraintes d'utilisation d'un bon de " +"réduction sont définies par les règles conditionnelles. Les *programmes de " +"bons de réduction* sont configurés dans les applications *Ventes* ou *Site " +"Web*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:88 msgid "" "The *eCommerce* module must be installed in order to create coupon codes " "from the *Website*." msgstr "" +"Le module *eCommerce* doit être installé afin de créer des codes promo à " +"partir du *Site Web*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -491,10 +560,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Coupon Program` drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" +"Pour générer un bon de réduction, ouvrez un ticket d'*Assistance* et cliquez" +" sur le bouton :guilabel:`Bon de réduction` dans le coin supérieur gauche. " +"Sélectionnez une option dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Programme de bon " +"de réduction` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Générer`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a coupon generation window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'une fenêtre de génération d'un bon de réduction." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -502,6 +575,9 @@ msgid "" "(by clicking the :guilabel:`Copy` button), or sent in an email by clicking " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`Code promo` peut être copié directement à partir de la fenêtre" +" contextuelle (en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Copier`) ou envoyé par " +"email en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Envoyer`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -510,10 +586,15 @@ msgid "" "as well, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field of the :guilabel:`Compose " "Email` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Lors de l'envoi par email d'un code promo, tous les abonnés d'un ticket " +"seront ajoutés en tant que destinataires de l'email. Il est possible " +"d'ajouter des destinataires supplémentaires à l'email dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Destinataires` de la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Composer un " +"email`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:0 msgid "View of an email draft window with coupon code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'une fenêtre de brouillon d'email avec un code promo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -521,10 +602,16 @@ msgid "" "smart button will be added to the top of the ticket; click the smart button " "to view the coupon code, expiration date, and additional information." msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un :guilabel:`Code promo` a été généré, un bouton intelligent " +":guilabel:`Bons de réduction` sera ajouté en haut du ticket ; cliquez sur le" +" bouton intelligent pour afficher le code promo, la date d'expiration et " +"d'autres informations." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of the smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the coupon button." msgstr "" +"Vue des boutons intelligents sur un ticket surlignant le bouton des bons de " +"réduction." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -536,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:122 msgid "Facilitate a product return with a reverse transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faciliter un retour de produit avec une annulation de transfert" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -545,26 +632,35 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return` button in the top-left corner of a ticket to open the " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Les retours sont effectués par le biais d'*annulations de transfert*, qui " +"génèrent de nouvelles opérations d'entrepôt pour les produits retournés. " +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Retour` dans le coin supérieur gauche d'un " +"ticket pour ouvrir la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Annuler le transfert`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a Helpdesk ticket with the return button highlighted." msgstr "" +"Vue d'un ticket d'assistance avec le bouton de retour mis en évidence." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:133 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Return` button only appears on a ticket if the customer has a" " recorded delivery in the database." msgstr "" +"Le bouton :guilabel:`Retour` s'affiche uniquement sur un ticket si le client" +" a une livraison enregistrée dans la base de données." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:136 msgid "" "By default, the quantity will match the validated quantity from the delivery" " order. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field if necessary." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la quantité correspondra à la quantité validée sur le bon de " +"livraison. Mettez à jour le champ :guilabel:`Quantité` le cas échéant." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a reverse transfer creation page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'une page de création d'une annulation de transfert." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -572,10 +668,14 @@ msgid "" "warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). A " ":guilabel:`Return` smart button will then be added to the top of the ticket." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Retour` pour confirmer le retour. Cette opération " +"génère une nouvelle opération d'entrepôt pour le ou les produits retournés " +"entrants. Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Retour` sera ajouté en haut du " +"ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of the return smart button on a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue du bouton intelligent de retour sur un ticket d'assistance." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" @@ -583,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:155 msgid "Send products for repair from a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer des produits en réparation à partir d'un ticket" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -591,22 +691,30 @@ msgid "" "repair order can be created from the *Helpdesk* ticket, and managed through " "the *Repairs* application." msgstr "" +"Si le ticket est lié à un problème avec un produit défectueux ou cassé, un " +"ordre de réparation peut être créé à partir du ticket d'*Assistance* et " +"généré via l'application *Réparations*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:160 msgid "" "To create a new repair order, open a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket and " "click on the :guilabel:`Repair` button in the upper left corner." msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouvel ordre de réparation, ouvrez un ticket " +"d':menuselection:`Assistance` et cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Réparation` dans le coin supérieur gauche." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:163 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Repair` button opens a blank :guilabel:`Repair " "Reference` form." msgstr "" +"Le fait de cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Réparation` ouvre un formulaire " +":guilabel:`Référence de réparation` vierge." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a repair reference page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'une page de référence de réparation." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -614,6 +722,10 @@ msgid "" "it will be added to the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field automatically. " "If not, click into the field to select a product from the drop down." msgstr "" +"Si un produit a été précisé dans le champ :guilabel:`Produit` sur le ticket," +" il sera automatiquement ajouté au champ :guilabel:`Produit à réparer`. " +"Sinon, cliquez dans le champ pour sélectionner un produit dans la liste " +"déroulante." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -623,6 +735,11 @@ msgid "" "repaired from. If a return has been initiated for the product, select the " "reference number from the drop-down in the :guilabel:`Return` field." msgstr "" +"Complétez le champ :guilabel:`Description de la réparation` en expliquant " +"brièvement le problème. Cliquez sur le champ :guilabel:`Commande client` et " +"sélectionnez ensuite la commande originale à partir de laquelle le produit " +"est réparé. Si un retour a été initié pour le produit, sélectionnez le " +"numéro de référence dans le menu déroulant du champ :guilabel:`Retour`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -631,6 +748,11 @@ msgid "" " before or after the work is completed. Selecting :guilabel:`No Invoice` " "means that an invoice cannot be generated for this service." msgstr "" +"Choisissez une :guilabel:`Méthode de facturation` dans le menu déroulant. " +"Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Avant la réparation` ou :guilabel:`Après la " +"réparation` pour générer une facture avant ou après l'achèvement du travail." +" Le fait de sélectionner :guilabel:`Pas de facture` signifie qu'aucune " +"facture ne sera générée pour ce service." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -642,16 +764,27 @@ msgid "" "automatically added to the PDF of the quotations generated from this " ":guilabel:`Repair Reference`." msgstr "" +"Si des pièces sont nécessaires pour la réparation, elles peuvent être " +"ajoutées dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Pièces`. Les services peuvent être ajoutés" +" en tant que lignes de produits dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations`. Il est" +" possible d'ajouter des informations supplémentaires dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Notes de réparation`. Les informations pour le client peuvent " +"être ajoutées dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Notes sur le devis` et seront " +"automatiquement ajoutées au PDF des devis générés à partir de cette " +":guilabel:`Référence de réparation`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:189 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Repairs` smart button will be added to the ticket, linking to " "the repair order." msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réparations` sera ajouté au ticket, lié à " +"l'ordre de réparation." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of smart buttons focusing on repair button." msgstr "" +"Vue des boutons intelligents mettant en évidence le bouton de réparation." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -660,10 +793,15 @@ msgid "" "from a link in the :guilabel:`Chatter`, even if they do not have access " "rights to the *Repair* application." msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un utilisateur a créé un ordre de réparation à partir d'un " +"ticket d'*Assistance*, il sera en mesure d'y accéder via le bouton " +"intelligent :guilabel:`Réparation` sur le ticket ou à partir d'un lient dans" +" le :guilabel:`Chatter`, même s'il n'a pas de droits d'accès à l'application" +" *Réparation*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:201 msgid "Create a field service task from a ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer une tâche de service sur site à partir d'un ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -672,6 +810,11 @@ msgid "" "` will be able to track the progress of " "a :guilabel:`Field Service` task just as they would a *Helpdesk* ticket." msgstr "" +"Les interventions sur site peuvent être planifiées à partir d'un ticket et " +"gérées via l'application *Services sur site*. Les clients disposant d'un " +":doc:`accès au portail ` pourront suivre" +" la progression d'une tâche de :guilabel:`services sur site` de la même " +"manière qu'ils le feraient pour un ticket d'*Assistance*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -679,6 +822,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Task` to open the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` " "pop-up. Confirm or update the task :guilabel:`Title`." msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle tâche, allez à un ticket " +"d':menuselection:`Assistance`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une tâche` pour " +"ouvrir la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer une tâche de services sur " +"site` ou mettre à jour le :guilabel:`Titre` d'une tâche." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -687,6 +834,11 @@ msgid "" " on the team's settings page. To change the project for this specific task, " "select one from the :guilabel:`Project` field." msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Projet` dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer " +"une tâche de services sur site` sera par défaut le même projet de *Services " +"sur site* que celui qui a été identifié sur la page des paramètres de " +"l'équipe. Pour modifier le projet pour cette tâche spécifique, sélectionnez-" +"en un dans le champ :guilabel:`Projet`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -695,30 +847,43 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`. Scroll to the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section and choose " "new project under :guilabel:`Field Service`." msgstr "" +"Pour changer le projet de *Services sur site* par défaut pour l'équipe, " +"allez à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Équipes` pour " +"sélectionnez une :guilabel:`Équipe`. Faites défiler jusqu'à la section " +":guilabel:`Après-vente` et choisissez nouveau projet dans :guilabel:`Service" +" sur site`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:220 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Task` or :guilabel:`Create & View Task`." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une tâche` ou :guilabel:`Créer et voir la " +"tâche`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of a Field Service task creation page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'une page de création d'une tâche de services sur site." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:226 msgid "" "After the task is created, a :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button will be added to" " the ticket, linking the :guilabel:`Field Service` task to the ticket." msgstr "" +"Après la création de la tâche, un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Tâches` sera" +" ajouté au ticket, liant la tâche de :guilabel:`Services sur site` au " +"ticket. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 msgid "View of ticket smart buttons focused on task." msgstr "" +"Vue des boutons intelligents d'un ticket mettant en évidant le bouton tâches" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:234 msgid "" "`Field Service `_" msgstr "" +"`Services sur site `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Closing tickets" @@ -1007,6 +1172,451 @@ msgstr "" "Les clients ayant accès au portail pourront consulter leurs tickets sous " ":menuselection:`Mon compte --> Tickets`." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one `. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -1038,7 +1648,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -2857,8 +3466,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " "least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nombre de SLA en échec` : nombre de tickets qui ont échoué à au " -"moins un :abbr:`SLA (Accord de niveau de service)`" +":guilabel:`Nombre de SLA en échec` : nombre de tickets qui ont échoué à un " +":abbr:`SLA (Accord de niveau de service)` au moins" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2950,7 +3559,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Le rapport *Évaluations des clients* (:menuselection:`Assistance --> Analyse" " -- Évaluations des clients`) montre une vue d'ensemble des évaluations " -"reçus sur les tickets d'assistance individuels, ainsi que tous les " +"reçues sur les tickets d'assistance individuels, ainsi que tous les " "commentaires supplémentaires laissés avec l'évaluation. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 @@ -3623,484 +4232,6 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Permettre aux clients de clôturer leurs tickets " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "Feuille de temps et facture" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" -"Facturer le temps passé sur les tickets (services d'assistance prépayés)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"Avoir la possibilité de travailler avec des services d'assistance prépayés, " -"ce qui signifie qu'une commande et une facture correspondante sont émises " -"et, une fois le service effectué, vous pouvez déduire le temps passé. Odoo " -"le permet parce que les applications sont entièrement intégrées, ce qui " -"permet de répondre plus rapidement aux besoins de vos clients." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Étape 1 : Configurer une équipe d'assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Équipes`, créez ou " -"modifiez une équipe existante et activez *Feuilles de temps sur ticket* et " -"*Facturation du temps*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez ou créez un projet sous *Feuilles de temps sur un ticket*. Le " -"projet sélectionné/créé est celui sur lequel les employés enregistrent par " -"défaut leurs feuilles de temps. Cependant, elles peuvent être modifiées " -"ultérieurement sur chaque ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vue de la page des paramètres d'une équipe d'assistance mettant en évident " -"les fonctionnalités Feuilles de temps sur ticket et Facturation du temps " -"dans Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "Étape 2 : Configurer un service" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " -"*Unités de mesure* pour éventuellement pouvoir choisir *heures* (par " -"exemple) comme unité de mesure de votre service." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> Produits`, créez un" -" produit ou modifiez-en un existant et définissez son *Type de produit* sur " -"*Service*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'un formulaire de produit mettant en évidence le type de produit et l'unité de mesure dans Odoo\n" -"Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, sélectionnez comment vous voulez gérer la facturation dans " -"l'onglet *Vente*. Nous recommandons la configuration suivante :" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'un formulaire de produit et des options de facturation dans l'onglet " -"Vente dans Odoo Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"Cette configuration garantit que le client est facturé en fonction du nombre" -" d'heures prévues dans la commande client, ce qui signifie que les heures en" -" moins ou en plus enregistrées ne sont pas prises en compte. Elle garantit " -"également qu'à chaque fois qu'une commande client est confirmée, une " -"nouvelle tâche est créée sous le bon projet, ce qui automatise le processus." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Nous vous recommandons de configurer un projet spécifique, comme nous " -"l'avons fait pour cet exemple de flux. La chose importante à retenir est que" -" l'élément de commande doit être définir sur le projet ou la tâche, afin de " -"facturer le temps passé sur un ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "Prévoir une facture et enregistrer le temps" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "Étape 1 : Placer une commande" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Commandes --> Commandes` et créez une " -"commande pour le produit de service d'assistance que vous avez précédemment " -"configuré, avec le client qui a besoin que le ticket soit ouvert. Définissez" -" le nombre d'heures nécessaires pour aider le client et *confirmez* la " -"commande." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'une commande mettant en évidence les lignes de la commande dans Odoo " -"Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "Étape 2 : Facturer le client" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" -"Dans *Ventes*, sélectionnez la commande client correspondante pour *Créer " -"une facture*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'une commande mettant en évidence le bouton Créer une facture dans Odoo" -" Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Étape 3 : Associer la tâche au ticket" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, dans *Assistance*, créez ou modifiez le ticket correspondant et " -"liez-le à la tâche créée par la confirmation de la commande client." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'un ticket d'assistance mettant en évidence le champ de tâche dans Odoo" -" Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "Étape 4 : Enregistrer le temps passé" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"Toujours sur le ticket d'assistance correspondant, enregistrez les heures " -"prestées dans l'onglet *Feuilles de temps*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'un ticket d'assistance mettant en évidence l'onglet Feuilles de temps " -"dans Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Notez que les heures enregistrées sur le formulaire du ticket sont affichées" -" dans la colonne *Livré* de la commande." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'un commande mettant en évidence la colonne Livré dans Odoo Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"Les heures enregistrées sur le ticket sont automatiquement affichées dans " -"*Feuilles de temps* et sur la tâche dédiée." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" -"Facturer le temps passé sur les tickets (services d'assistance postpayés)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" -"L'intégration des :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` offre plus de contrôle et de" -" transparence sur la façon dont les clients sont facturés, et sur ce qui " -"leur est spécifiquement facturé." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, l'agent du service d'assistance peut utiliser le ticket pour " -"enregistrer les feuilles de temps. Une fois le ticket résolu, le client peut" -" être facturé pour le temps passé sur le ticket. Odoo s'appuiera sur la " -"feuille de temps du ticket pour facturer le client avec précision." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps`, allez à " -":menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Équipes`, sélectionnez une " -"équipe d'assistance et cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. Ensuite, " -"activez les options :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` et :guilabel:`Facturation " -"du temps`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer ces " -"changements aux paramètres de l'équipe d'assistance." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" -"Une fois la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` activée, une option" -" déroulante :guilabel:`Projet` apparaîtra sous :guilabel:`Feuilles de " -"temps`. L'option déroulante :guilabel:`Projet` sera automatiquement définie " -"sur un projet créé par Odoo pour l'équipe d'assistance. Les feuilles de " -"temps des tickets seront enregistrées dans le projet sélectionné." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "Créer une commande client" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un ticket arrive dans le pipeline, allez à " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Créer`. Ensuite, ajoutez le client du ticket au " -"champ :guilabel:`Client` du nouveau devis. Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes " -"de commande`, créez ou sélectionnez un produit pour facturer au client le " -"temps passé sur son ticket du service d'assistance." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" -"Si vous créez un nouveau produit à partir du formulaire de commande, donnez-" -"lui d'abord un nom en le saisissant dans la colonne :guilabel:`Produit`. " -"Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et modifier`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations générales`, définissez " -"le :guilabel:`Type de produit` sur :guilabel:`Service` et le :guilabel:`Prix" -" de vente` sur le taux de service de l'agent du service d'assistance. " -"Ensuite, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Vente`, définissez la :guilabel:`Politique" -" de facturation` sur :guilabel:`Basé sur les feuilles de temps`. Enfin, " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour créer le nouveau produit et " -"l'ajouter au devis." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" -"Une fois le produit ajouté, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour " -"transformer le devis en commande." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "Créer une commande et ajouter un produit" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "Enregistrer une feuille de temps" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer une feuille de temps, revenez au ticket d'assistance en " -"allant au tableau de bord d':guilabel:`Assistance`, en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Tickets` sur la carte de l'équipe et en localisant le bon ticket." -" Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et utilisez l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` pour enregistrer le temps passé sur le ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "Enregistrer le temps passé sur un ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" -"Les feuilles de temps du ticket peuvent être enregistrées avant ou après la " -"réalisation de la commande, l'ordre importe peu." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "Lier un ticket d'assistance à la commande" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" -"Pour lier la :guilabel:`Commande client` au ticket, démarrez sur le " -"formulaire du ticket et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. Ensuite, " -"sélectionnez la :guilabel:`Commande` créée auparavant à partir du menu " -"déroulant de l':guilabel:`Article de commande`. Odoo filtrera " -"automatiquement les options pour uniquement afficher les commandes qui sont " -"liées au client du ticket. Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour " -"lier le ticket et l':guilabel:`Article de commande`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "Lier l'article de commande au ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" -"L':guilabel:`article de commande` peut être lié au ticket avant ou après " -"l'enregistrement des feuilles de temps, l'ordre importe peu." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "Modifier les tarifs de facturation" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" -"Si une entrée de feuille de temps est enregistrée, mais que l'agent ne veut " -"pas facturer le client pour ce temps, allez dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` et activez la visibilité de la colonne " -":guilabel:`Article de commande`. Lorsque vous remplissez les informations " -"pour l'entrée de la feuille de temps, assurez-vous de laisser le champ " -":guilabel:`Article de commande` de l'entrée de feuille de temps non " -"facturable vide." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" -"Si l'agent veut facturer un taux différent pour une entrée de feuille de " -"temps, il doit d'abord ajouter un nouveau produit à la commande client " -"associée avec un prix actualisé. Ensuite, sélectionnez le nouveau produit " -"dans le champ :guilabel:`Article de commande` de la feuille de temps." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "Créer la facture" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le ticket d'assistance est complété et que le client est prêt à être" -" facturé, commencez par cliquer sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Bon de " -"commande` sur le formulaire du ticket pour naviguer au bon de commande. La " -"colonne :guilabel:`Livré` devrait correspondre au nombre d'heures " -"enregistrées sur la feuille de temps du ticket. Après avoir vérifié et " -"complété les informations pertinentes, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une " -"facture` pour facturer au lient le temps passé sur le ticket. Odoo générera " -"automatiquement une facture à envoyer au client et le ticket d'assistance " -"peut être officiellement clôturé." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoice_time`" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Projet" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 528e51f5a..fd7ba293a 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Ofir Blum , 2022 # Jonathan Spier, 2022 -# Amit Spilman , 2022 # שהאב חוסיין , 2022 # david danilov, 2022 # Adi Sharashov , 2022 @@ -17,9 +16,10 @@ # ExcaliberX , 2023 # NoaFarkash, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Netta Waizer, 2023 # דודי מלכה , 2023 # hed shefer , 2023 +# Amit Spilman , 2023 +# Netta Waizer, 2023 # ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -70,215 +70,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts `, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "דו\"חות" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "דף בנק" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "דוח מע\"מ" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "בקרה" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "מאזן בוחן" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "לקוח/ספק" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "ניהול" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "הערכת שווי המלאי" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -421,6 +536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -437,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -457,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -465,6 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" @@ -646,10 +763,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2582,10 +2695,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2594,10 +2703,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3680,97 +3785,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6219,6 +6341,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "עמדה פיסקלית" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7898,10 +8144,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "דו\"חות" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8756,7 +8998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8880,23 +9122,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8921,7 +9185,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8935,7 +9199,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -8943,14 +9207,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -8966,7 +9230,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -8982,11 +9246,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -8995,53 +9259,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9053,11 +9317,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9066,11 +9330,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "עמודות" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9084,7 +9348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9902,7 +10166,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11249,185 +11513,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, " +":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "יישום" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "יישום" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14205,13 +14452,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "לקוח/ספק" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28595,33 +28835,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "חיוב ישיר של SEPA" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above ` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28630,14 +28868,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28645,11 +28883,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28660,45 +28898,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28707,31 +28945,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "החזרים כספיים" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28740,17 +28978,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28759,24 +28997,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28785,7 +29023,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28793,21 +29031,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28822,7 +29060,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28832,7 +29070,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28843,54 +29081,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "ארצות" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28898,21 +29136,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28922,24 +29160,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -28948,26 +29186,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -28977,69 +29215,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29080,7 +29318,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30830,51 +31067,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index aa22dcbf2..d545546ff 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -315,8 +315,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "קבלות" @@ -961,7 +959,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -973,7 +970,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1039,302 +1035,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "סוגי פעולות" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3056,28 +3774,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3086,7 +3816,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3095,11 +3825,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3108,14 +3838,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index de4c7d8d0..4f666c964 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,28 +4,29 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 # שהאב חוסיין , 2022 # Leandro Noijovich , 2022 # Netta Waizer, 2022 # דודי מלכה , 2022 # Jonathan Spier, 2023 -# Ha Ketem , 2023 # Roy Sayag, 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 # NoaFarkash, 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Ha Ketem , 2023 +# ilan kl , 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Yihya Hugirat , 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -36,6 +37,569 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Productivity" msgstr "יצרנות" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "יומן" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console `_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook `. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "צ'אט" @@ -107,7 +671,7 @@ msgid "" "integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The Twilio welcome page." msgstr "" @@ -129,7 +693,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "" "The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " "section." @@ -148,7 +712,7 @@ msgid "" "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -170,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -180,7 +744,7 @@ msgid "" "your own list of ICE servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -211,7 +775,7 @@ msgid "" "to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -226,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -236,7 +800,7 @@ msgid "" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -252,7 +816,7 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss" @@ -270,7 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " "in Odoo Discuss" @@ -297,7 +861,7 @@ msgid "" "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -337,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -372,7 +936,7 @@ msgid "" "*Activities* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -387,7 +951,7 @@ msgid "" "*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -403,7 +967,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -425,7 +989,7 @@ msgid "" "*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" "Discuss" @@ -437,7 +1001,7 @@ msgid "" " next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" "shown for Odoo Discuss" @@ -470,7 +1034,7 @@ msgid "" "visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -492,7 +1056,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -515,7 +1079,7 @@ msgid "" "*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -546,7 +1110,7 @@ msgid "" "messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -562,7 +1126,7 @@ msgid "" " to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -574,7 +1138,7 @@ msgid "" "messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -590,7 +1154,7 @@ msgid "" "addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -608,7 +1172,7 @@ msgid "" " and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -631,7 +1195,7 @@ msgid "" "single character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -791,6 +1355,435 @@ msgid "" "Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"``_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a ``_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:167 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "סיבה:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:171 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach ``_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with ``_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:141 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach ``_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Check if ``_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket `_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:163 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"``_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:174 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:176 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:203 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:210 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:214 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:220 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:223 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:229 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:231 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:237 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:241 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS `_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" @@ -881,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"`." +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 @@ -896,6 +1889,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -1089,6 +2083,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "מכשירים" @@ -1110,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 msgid "Connection" msgstr "חיבור" @@ -1448,7 +2779,7 @@ msgid "" "connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" @@ -1459,7 +2790,7 @@ msgid "" "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" @@ -1474,7 +2805,7 @@ msgid "" "configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." msgstr "" @@ -1484,7 +2815,7 @@ msgid "" "Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -1496,7 +2827,7 @@ msgid "" "price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" @@ -1511,7 +2842,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" @@ -1522,17 +2853,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Display` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` Box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 msgid "" "Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" @@ -1569,7 +2900,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" "connected to an IoT Box." @@ -1581,7 +2912,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" @@ -1595,15 +2926,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 msgid "Usage" msgstr "שימוש" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 msgid "" "To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" @@ -1611,7 +2942,7 @@ msgid "" "Box Devices` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 msgid "" "Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " "in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -1621,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" "The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " "\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " @@ -1630,25 +2961,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "" -"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" -" with the screen." +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" +"screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " "and update when changes are performed on the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 msgid "Display a website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 msgid "" "Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " "device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " @@ -1656,7 +2987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 msgid "Knowledge" msgstr "ידע" @@ -1695,116 +3026,116 @@ msgid "" " line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "knowledge's user interface" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically " -"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " +"match your h1 :dfn:`(First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " "change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " "click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 msgid "Text editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:27 msgid "Then, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:29 msgid "" "Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown " "menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 " "→ Header 6, Quote`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:31 msgid "" "Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put" " it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to " "strikethrough;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:33 msgid "" "Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by " "clicking the **pencil** icon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 msgid "" "To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select " "the desired color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:37 msgid "" "To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by" " typing its hex code, or its RGBA values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:39 msgid "" "To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient " "or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 msgid "" "To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired " "size;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:43 msgid "" "Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an " "ordered list, or a checklist;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:45 msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "Text editor's toolbox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:51 msgid "" "To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens " "the **powerbox**, which allows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:55 msgid "" "Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or " "*quotes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57 -msgid "Add a cover" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 +msgid "Cover pictures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 msgid "" "You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover " "above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to" " set a cover picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:63 msgid "" "If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture" " is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover " @@ -1812,46 +3143,46 @@ msgid "" " and select another image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:67 msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:71 msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:73 msgid "" "To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click " ":guilabel:`Remove Cover`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 msgid "" "To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " -":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`." +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 msgid "" "The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the" " images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they " "automatically resize depending on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82 -msgid "Add an icon" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "סמלילים" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 msgid "" "To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. " "Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and " @@ -1859,23 +3190,23 @@ msgid "" "the red-circled :guilabel:`x`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 msgid "" "The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " "panel hierarchic tree." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:91 msgid "" "Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " "article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 msgid "Commands" msgstr "פקודות" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 msgid "" "To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's " "name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. " @@ -1884,28 +3215,18 @@ msgid "" " other application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:102 msgid "List of commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:104 msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 msgid "Structure" msgstr "מבנה" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234 -msgid "Command" -msgstr "פקודה" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164 @@ -1913,285 +3234,295 @@ msgstr "פקודה" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "פקודה" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 msgid "Create a bulleted list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 msgid "Create a list with numbering." msgstr "יצירת רשימה ממוספרת" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." msgstr "עקוב אחר משימות בעזרת צ'ק ליסט." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 msgid "Insert a table." msgstr "הכנס לטבלה." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." msgstr "הכנס קו מפריד אופקי." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 msgid "Add a blockquote section." msgstr "הוסף קטע ציטוט." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 msgid "Add a code section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 msgid "Convert into 2 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 msgid "Convert into 3 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 msgid "Convert into 4 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 msgid "Format" msgstr "תבנית" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 msgid "Big section heading." msgstr "כותרת בגודל גדול" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 msgid "Medium section heading." msgstr "כותרת בגודל בינוני" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 msgid "Small section heading." msgstr "כותרת בגודל קטן" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 msgid "Switch the text's direction." msgstr "החלף את כיוון הטקסט." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 msgid "Paragraph block." msgstr "בלוק פסקה." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 msgid "Media" msgstr "מדיה" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 msgid "Insert an image." msgstr "הכנס תמונה" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 msgid "Link an article." msgstr "קישור למאמר." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "ניווט" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 msgid "Add a link." msgstr "הוסף קישור." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 msgid "Add a button." msgstr "הוספת כפתור." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 msgid "Add a specific appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 msgid "Schedule an appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 msgid "Widget" msgstr "יישומון" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Index`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 msgid "Show all nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 msgid "Insert a list view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`File`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:225 msgid "" "Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions," " or description in other applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:228 msgid "Basic Blocks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 msgid "Insert your signature." msgstr "הכנס את החתימה שלך." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240 -msgid "Content from other app" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 +msgid "Content from other apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 msgid "" "Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do " "so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click " @@ -2199,7 +3530,7 @@ msgid "" "The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:248 msgid "" "To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking " @@ -2211,13 +3542,199 @@ msgstr "" msgid "article view from the Sales app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:257 msgid "" "Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access " "it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing " "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` " +"to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " +"` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "יצירה" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "ניפוק" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "קטגוריות" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -2249,7 +3766,7 @@ msgid "" " creation window, click anywhere." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" msgstr "" @@ -2315,7 +3832,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "property configuration form" msgstr "" @@ -2535,7 +4052,7 @@ msgid "" "the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." msgstr "" @@ -2545,7 +4062,7 @@ msgid "" " Inbox Addin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." msgstr "" @@ -2570,12 +4087,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 msgid "Configure the Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " "order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " @@ -2584,18 +4101,17 @@ msgid "" " click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 msgid "" "In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " "panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" @@ -2603,21 +4119,20 @@ msgid "" " window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" " the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 msgid "" "Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " "database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " @@ -2625,7 +4140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " "browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" @@ -2667,7 +4182,7 @@ msgid "" "the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." msgstr "" @@ -2693,19 +4208,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 msgid "" "Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " -"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`README`. Follow the " -"instructions in the :guilabel:`README` file to push the Gmail Plugin files " -"as a Google Project." +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" -"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " -"instructions on the :guilabel:`README` file." +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" "After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " "wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " ":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" @@ -2898,7 +4420,6 @@ msgid "" "then *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" msgstr "" @@ -4345,11 +5866,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -4357,21 +5892,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "עיצוב" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "אור" @@ -4379,7 +5914,7 @@ msgstr "אור" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "טבלה" @@ -4387,7 +5922,7 @@ msgstr "טבלה" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "מודגש" @@ -4395,7 +5930,7 @@ msgstr "מודגש" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "מפוספס" @@ -4403,157 +5938,157 @@ msgstr "מפוספס" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "גופן" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "צבעים" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports `. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports `. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "כותרת תחתונה " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' ` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "תבנית נייר" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -4564,11 +6099,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "חיצוני" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -4576,17 +6111,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -4594,37 +6129,37 @@ msgid "" " number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "פנימי" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "ריק" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -4633,48 +6168,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "חסום" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -4685,31 +6220,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "בשורה" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "טבלה" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field ` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "עמודה" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "The Options tab for a text element" msgstr "" @@ -5146,10 +6681,6 @@ msgid "" "Date Field` after activating the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "יומן" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ba02d33e1..9441ef87d 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roy Sayag, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -101,7 +101,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" @@ -9384,99 +9383,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 7add85735..f744ffce3 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adi Sharashov , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" @@ -859,6 +858,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one `. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -884,7 +1327,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -2748,350 +3190,6 @@ msgid "" "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "פרויקט" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 49772fd15..12763c0fb 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -62,215 +62,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts `, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Laporan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Laporan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Audit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Saldo trial" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Rekanan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Manajemen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Penilaian Stok Persediaan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -413,6 +528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -429,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -449,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -457,6 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" @@ -638,10 +755,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2574,10 +2687,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2586,10 +2695,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3672,97 +3777,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6211,6 +6333,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Fiscal position" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7890,10 +8136,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Laporan" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8748,7 +8990,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8872,23 +9114,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8913,7 +9177,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8927,7 +9191,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -8935,14 +9199,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -8958,7 +9222,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -8974,11 +9238,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -8987,53 +9251,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9045,11 +9309,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9058,11 +9322,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Kolom" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9076,7 +9340,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9894,7 +10158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11241,185 +11505,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, " +":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "aplikasi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "aplikasi" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14197,13 +14444,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Rekanan" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28587,33 +28827,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above ` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28622,14 +28860,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28637,11 +28875,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28652,45 +28890,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28699,31 +28937,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Pengembalian" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28732,17 +28970,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28751,24 +28989,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28777,7 +29015,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28785,21 +29023,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28814,7 +29052,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28824,7 +29062,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28835,54 +29073,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Negara" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28890,21 +29128,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28914,24 +29152,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -28940,26 +29178,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -28969,69 +29207,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29072,7 +29310,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30822,51 +31059,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 2cb2e27bc..eaf373ec0 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Bayu Indra Kusuma, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Bayu Indra Kusuma, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 msgid "Human resources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 msgid "Attendances" @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perangkat keras" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 msgid "Kiosk management" @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laptop dan desktop PC" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tablet dan mobile phone (Android dan iOS)" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -111,11 +112,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "sebuah kotak IoT **tidak** wajib" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Barcode scanners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemindai Barcode" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 13234c6f6..3eec406db 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -309,8 +309,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Penerimaan" @@ -955,7 +953,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -967,7 +964,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1033,302 +1029,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Tipe Operasi" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3050,28 +3768,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3080,7 +3810,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3089,11 +3819,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3102,14 +3832,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index b9924a711..26a38fe45 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -27,6 +27,569 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Productivity" msgstr "Produktifitas" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Kalender" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console `_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook `. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Diskusi" @@ -98,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" "integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The Twilio welcome page." msgstr "" @@ -120,7 +683,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "" "The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " "section." @@ -139,7 +702,7 @@ msgid "" "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -161,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -171,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "" "your own list of ICE servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -202,7 +765,7 @@ msgid "" "to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -217,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -227,7 +790,7 @@ msgid "" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -243,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss" @@ -261,7 +824,7 @@ msgid "" "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " "in Odoo Discuss" @@ -288,7 +851,7 @@ msgid "" "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -328,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -363,7 +926,7 @@ msgid "" "*Activities* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -378,7 +941,7 @@ msgid "" "*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -394,7 +957,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -416,7 +979,7 @@ msgid "" "*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" "Discuss" @@ -428,7 +991,7 @@ msgid "" " next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" "shown for Odoo Discuss" @@ -461,7 +1024,7 @@ msgid "" "visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -483,7 +1046,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -506,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" "*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -537,7 +1100,7 @@ msgid "" "messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -553,7 +1116,7 @@ msgid "" " to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -565,7 +1128,7 @@ msgid "" "messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -581,7 +1144,7 @@ msgid "" "addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -599,7 +1162,7 @@ msgid "" " and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -622,7 +1185,7 @@ msgid "" "single character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -782,6 +1345,435 @@ msgid "" "Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"``_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a ``_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:167 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "Alasan" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:171 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach ``_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with ``_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:141 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach ``_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Check if ``_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket `_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:163 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"``_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:174 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:176 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:203 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:210 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:214 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:220 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:223 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:229 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:231 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:237 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:241 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS `_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" @@ -872,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"`." +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 @@ -887,6 +1879,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -1080,6 +2073,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Perangkat" @@ -1101,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" @@ -1439,7 +2769,7 @@ msgid "" "connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" @@ -1450,7 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" @@ -1465,7 +2795,7 @@ msgid "" "configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." msgstr "" @@ -1475,7 +2805,7 @@ msgid "" "Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -1487,7 +2817,7 @@ msgid "" "price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" @@ -1502,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" @@ -1513,17 +2843,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Display` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` Box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 msgid "" "Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" @@ -1560,7 +2890,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" "connected to an IoT Box." @@ -1572,7 +2902,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" @@ -1586,15 +2916,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Penggunaan" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 msgid "" "To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" @@ -1602,7 +2932,7 @@ msgid "" "Box Devices` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 msgid "" "Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " "in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -1612,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" "The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " "\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " @@ -1621,25 +2951,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "" -"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" -" with the screen." +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" +"screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " "and update when changes are performed on the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 msgid "Display a website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 msgid "" "Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " "device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " @@ -1647,7 +2977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 msgid "Knowledge" msgstr "Pengetahuan" @@ -1686,116 +3016,116 @@ msgid "" " line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "knowledge's user interface" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically " -"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " +"match your h1 :dfn:`(First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " "change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " "click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 msgid "Text editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:27 msgid "Then, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:29 msgid "" "Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown " "menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 " "→ Header 6, Quote`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:31 msgid "" "Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put" " it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to " "strikethrough;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:33 msgid "" "Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by " "clicking the **pencil** icon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 msgid "" "To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select " "the desired color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:37 msgid "" "To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by" " typing its hex code, or its RGBA values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:39 msgid "" "To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient " "or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 msgid "" "To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired " "size;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:43 msgid "" "Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an " "ordered list, or a checklist;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:45 msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "Text editor's toolbox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:51 msgid "" "To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens " "the **powerbox**, which allows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:55 msgid "" "Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or " "*quotes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57 -msgid "Add a cover" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 +msgid "Cover pictures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 msgid "" "You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover " "above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to" " set a cover picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:63 msgid "" "If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture" " is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover " @@ -1803,46 +3133,46 @@ msgid "" " and select another image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:67 msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:71 msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:73 msgid "" "To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click " ":guilabel:`Remove Cover`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 msgid "" "To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " -":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`." +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 msgid "" "The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the" " images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they " "automatically resize depending on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82 -msgid "Add an icon" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 +msgid "Icons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 msgid "" "To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. " "Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and " @@ -1850,23 +3180,23 @@ msgid "" "the red-circled :guilabel:`x`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 msgid "" "The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " "panel hierarchic tree." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:91 msgid "" "Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " "article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 msgid "Commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 msgid "" "To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's " "name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. " @@ -1875,28 +3205,18 @@ msgid "" " other application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:102 msgid "List of commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:104 msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 msgid "Structure" msgstr "Struktur" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234 -msgid "Command" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164 @@ -1904,285 +3224,295 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235 -msgid "Use" +msgid "Command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 -msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +msgid "Use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 -msgid "Create a bulleted list." +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" +msgid "Create a bulleted list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 msgid "Create a list with numbering." msgstr "Buat daftar dengan numbering." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 msgid "Insert a table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 msgid "Add a blockquote section." msgstr "Tambahkan bagian blockquote." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 msgid "Add a code section." msgstr "Tambahkan bagian kode." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 msgid "Convert into 2 columns." msgstr "Konversikan menjadi 2 kolom." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 msgid "Convert into 3 columns." msgstr "Konversikan menjadi 3 kolom." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 msgid "Convert into 4 columns." msgstr "Konversikan menjadi 4 kolom." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 msgid "Format" msgstr "Format" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 msgid "Big section heading." msgstr "Heading seksi yang besar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 msgid "Medium section heading." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 msgid "Small section heading." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 msgid "Switch the text's direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 msgid "Paragraph block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 msgid "Insert an image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 msgid "Link an article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 msgid "Add a link." msgstr "Tambahkan link." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 msgid "Add a button." msgstr "Tambahkan tombol." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 msgid "Add a specific appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 msgid "Schedule an appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Index`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 msgid "Show all nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 msgid "Insert a list view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`File`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:225 msgid "" "Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions," " or description in other applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:228 msgid "Basic Blocks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 msgid "Insert your signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240 -msgid "Content from other app" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 +msgid "Content from other apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 msgid "" "Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do " "so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click " @@ -2190,7 +3520,7 @@ msgid "" "The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:248 msgid "" "To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking " @@ -2202,13 +3532,199 @@ msgstr "" msgid "article view from the Sales app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:257 msgid "" "Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access " "it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing " "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` " +"to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " +"` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Pembuatan" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Pengambilan" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Kategori" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -2240,7 +3756,7 @@ msgid "" " creation window, click anywhere." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" msgstr "" @@ -2306,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "property configuration form" msgstr "" @@ -2526,7 +4042,7 @@ msgid "" "the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." msgstr "" @@ -2536,7 +4052,7 @@ msgid "" " Inbox Addin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." msgstr "" @@ -2561,12 +4077,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 msgid "Configure the Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " "order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " @@ -2575,18 +4091,17 @@ msgid "" " click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 msgid "" "In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " "panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" @@ -2594,21 +4109,20 @@ msgid "" " window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" " the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 msgid "" "Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " "database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " @@ -2616,7 +4130,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " "browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" @@ -2658,7 +4172,7 @@ msgid "" "the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." msgstr "" @@ -2684,19 +4198,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 msgid "" "Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " -"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`README`. Follow the " -"instructions in the :guilabel:`README` file to push the Gmail Plugin files " -"as a Google Project." +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" -"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " -"instructions on the :guilabel:`README` file." +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" "After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " "wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " ":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" @@ -2889,7 +4410,6 @@ msgid "" "then *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" msgstr "" @@ -4336,11 +5856,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -4348,21 +5882,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "Layout" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "Cahaya" @@ -4370,7 +5904,7 @@ msgstr "Cahaya" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "Dikotakkan" @@ -4378,7 +5912,7 @@ msgstr "Dikotakkan" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "Bold" @@ -4386,7 +5920,7 @@ msgstr "Bold" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "Striped" @@ -4394,157 +5928,157 @@ msgstr "Striped" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "Font" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Warna" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports `. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports `. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "Catatan Kaki" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' ` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "Format kertas" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -4555,11 +6089,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "Eksternal" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -4567,17 +6101,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -4585,37 +6119,37 @@ msgid "" " number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "Internal" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "Blank" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -4624,48 +6158,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "Blokir" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -4676,31 +6210,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "Inline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "Meja" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field ` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "Kolom" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "The Options tab for a text element" msgstr "" @@ -5137,10 +6671,6 @@ msgid "" "Date Field` after activating the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "Kalender" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 91721d39d..27035fd52 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" @@ -9377,99 +9376,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 1a0c2353e..6c9e19d2d 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" @@ -856,6 +855,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one `. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -881,7 +1324,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -2745,350 +3187,6 @@ msgid "" "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Proyek" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 0f3bacb58..10fa17618 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,17 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Abe Manyo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wahyu Setiawan , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wahyu Setiawan , 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -61,851 +60,2467 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Mulai" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Checkout, payment, and shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Katalog Produk" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 +msgid "Add to cart" +msgstr "Tambahkan ke keranjang" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:5 msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +"The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button can be customized in multiple ways. You " +"can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:7 msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." +"Choose on which page customers go after clicking the 'Add to Cart' button;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:8 +msgid "Hide the 'Add to Cart' button to prevent sales;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:9 msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +"Add a 'Buy Now' button to skip the cart step and lead customers straight to " +"checkout;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:10 +msgid "Create additional 'Add to Cart / Buy Now' buttons;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:11 +msgid "Add an 'Order Again' button to the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:17 +msgid "'Add to Cart' action customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:19 msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +"When customers click on the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button, the product is " +"added to their cart, and customers remain **by default** on the product's " +"page. However, customers can either immediately be **redirected** to their " +"cart, or given the choice on what to do through a **dialog box**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:23 msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." +"To change the default behavior, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` " +"section, look for :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and select one of the options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If a product has :doc:`optional products " +"<../managing_products/cross_upselling>`, the **dialog box** will always " +"appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/catalog`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:37 +msgid "Replace 'Add to Cart' button by 'Contact Us' button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can replace the 'Add to Cart' button with a 'Contact Us' button which " +"redirects users to the URL of your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Hiding the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button is often used by B2B eCommerces " +"that need to restrict purchases only to :ref:`customers with an account " +"`, but still want to display an online product catalog for " +"those without." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products` and tick :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product`. " +"This creates a new :guilabel:`Button url` field where you can enter the " +"**redirect URL** to be used. Then, set the price of the product to `0.00` " +"either from the **product's template**, or from a :doc:`pricelist " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Contact us button on product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The 'Contact Us' button and '*Not Available For Sale*' text can both be " +"modified using the **website builder** on the product's page " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) by clicking on them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:63 +msgid "Customizable 'Add to Cart' button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a customizable 'Add to Cart' button and link it to a " +"specific product. The **customized button** can be added on any page of the " +"website as an **inner content** building block, and is an *additional* " +"button to the regular :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To add it, go on the :guilabel:`Shop` page of your choice, click " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` and place the building block. Once placed, " +"you have the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select the product to link the button with. Selecting a" +" product renders the :guilabel:`Action` field available;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: choose if the button should :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` (instant checkout)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:84 +msgid "'Buy Now' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can enable the 'Buy Now' button to instantly take the customer to " +"**checkout** instead of adding the product to the cart. The :guilabel:`Buy " +"Now` button is an *additional* button and does not replace the " +":guilabel:`Add to Cart` button. To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and tick " +":guilabel:`Buy Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Buy Now button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:97 +msgid "Re-order from portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Customers have the possibility to **re-order** items from **previous sales " +"orders** on the customer portal. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and enable " +":guilabel:`Re-order From Portal`. Customers can find the :guilabel:`Order " +"Again` button on their **sales order** from the **customer portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Re-order button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:3 +msgid "Checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can customize the **checkout steps**, add more content using the " +"**website builder**, and enable additional features such as **express " +"checkout** and **sign in/up at checkout**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content at any step of the checkout " +"process. To do so, from any **checkout page**, go to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Blocks`, and drag and drop **building blocks** to the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Note that content added through building blocks is **specific** to each " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:16 +msgid "Checkout steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:19 +msgid "Review order: promo code (and subtotal)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you have enabled :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty, & Gift Card` in the " +"settings (:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`), you can enable the :guilabel:`Promo Code` field " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) from any checkout page. Customers can " +"then redeem gift cards and promotional codes at the :guilabel:`Review Order`" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can display the subtotal with discounts applied by enabling" +" :guilabel:`Show Discount in Subtotal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Subtotal discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:34 +msgid "Address: B2B fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Optional :guilabel:`TIN/VAT` and :guilabel:`Company Name` fields can be " +"added to the :guilabel:`Billing Address` form for B2B customers, at the " +":guilabel:`Address` step. To add the fields, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Show B2B fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:42 +msgid "Request extra info (additional step)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can request :guilabel:`Extra Info` from the customer by adding an " +":guilabel:`Extra Info` step between the :guilabel:`Address` and " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` steps. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Extra Step Option`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extra Info` step is an online form linked to the quotation or" +" sales order of the customer. The information added during that step can be " +"found on the quotation or sales order of the customer from the back end, in " +"the **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When enabled, you can remove, add, and modify fields of the form by clicking" +" on :guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right corner, and then clicking on any of " +"the form's fields. All customization options, as well as the :guilabel:`+ " +"Field` button to add new fields, are available at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Customize` menu under the :guilabel:`Field` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Online form customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:67 +msgid "Confirm order: terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can ask customers to agree to the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` in " +"order to confirm their order by enabling :guilabel:`Accept Terms & " +"Conditions` under :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on any checkout page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "Syarat dan ketentuan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:78 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can enable a :guilabel:`Buy Now` button on products' pages which " +"instantly takes the customer to the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` checkout page," +" instead of adding the product to the cart. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout " +"Process section` and tick :guilabel:`Buy Now`. Alternatively, the " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` button can also be enabled from any product's page by " +"going :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, in the :guilabel:`Cart` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The button can be found next to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the " +"product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 +msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 +msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It is possible to introduce a **checkout policy** under which customers can " +"either checkout as **guests** or **signed-in users only**. Customers can " +"also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track " +"their order, if enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the " +"**order confirmation** email to track their order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if " +"they have signed-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 +msgid "B2B access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If you wish to restrict checkout only to **selected B2B customers**, enable " +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)` and go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you wish to **grant access" +" to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click " +":guilabel:`Grant Access`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website " +"allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory " +"sign-in**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be " +"granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 +msgid "Shared customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` under " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`," +" you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:3 +msgid "Payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports a multitude of online :doc:`payment providers " +"` for your website, allowing your " +"customers to pay with their preferred payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:12 +msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To set up payment providers on the eCommerce app, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. From here," +" :guilabel:`Activate` the payment providers you wish to have available on " +"your shop, and configure them according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can access **payment providers** via " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Payment` section, you can :guilabel:`Configure SEPA Direct" +" Debit` if you wish to use it, as well as :guilabel:`View other providers`. " +"If you use the :guilabel:`Authorize.net` payment provider, the :ref:`Payment" +" Capture Method ` can be " +"configured in that same menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are using :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, you " +"can also enable and configure it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:31 +msgid "Checkout payment options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice " +"during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:41 +msgid "eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When checking out, customers can pay with an eWallet or gift cards. To " +"enable these, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and in the :guilabel:`Shop-Products` section, enable " +":menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once enabled, customers can enter their gift card **code** or pay with their" +" eWallet at the checkout step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Enter gift card code to process checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your shipping strategy, you have the choice to either use your " +":ref:`own shipping methods `, or use an integration " +"with an :ref:`existing shipping provider `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:15 +msgid "Own shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can create your own custom shipping methods and define rules to compute " +"shipping costs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Shipping Methods`, and either select an **existing** shipping method, or" +" :guilabel:`Create` one. When creating a shipping method, you can choose " +"between :doc:`Fixed Price " +"`," +" :doc:`Based on Rules " +"`," +" and :guilabel:`Pickup in store`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 +msgid "Pickup in store" +msgstr "Pickup di toko" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pickup in store` must first be **enabled** in the settings " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shipping " +"section)` by checking :guilabel:`On Site Payments & Picking`. Once enabled, " +"you can select and :guilabel:`Customize Pickup Sites`. :guilabel:`Picking " +"sites` can be made **website-specific**, but are by default available for " +"*all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Another solution is to use one of the integrations with an existing shipping" +" provider. The advantage of using an integration is that delivery costs are " +"automatically computed based on each order as well as generating shipping " +"labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:49 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:51 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:204 +msgid "Website availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Shipping methods can be made available on **specific** websites *only*, if " +"desired. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired **shipping method**. " +"In the :guilabel:`Website` field, set the website you want the shipping " +"method to be restrained to. Leave the field **empty** for the method to be " +"available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:63 +msgid "Delivery method at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Customers can choose the shipping method at the end of the checkout process," +" at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery method choice at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:288 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having customer accounts on an eCommerce allows customers to access all " +"their documents from a single place. To access their account, customers must" +" be **logged-in** on the eCommerce website, click on their **username** in " +"the top-right corner of the screen, and click :guilabel:`My Account`. From " +"there, customers can access their :guilabel:`quotations`, " +":guilabel:`orders`, :guilabel:`invoices`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Customer account log-in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Customers can only have an account if the :ref:`sign in/up at checkout " +"` option allows for accounts creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Similarly to the rest of the website, the customer account page can be " +"customized with **content blocks** and other features through the **website " +"builder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:27 +msgid "Access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow or restrict the documents to which customers have " +"access through the website builder. Log in your **own** account with your " +"Odoo database credentials, and go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. " +"From the website builder menu, enable or disable the documents customers can" +" have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Documents to which customers have access to from their account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Multi-website account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you own multiple websites, you can make customer accounts available " +"across **all** websites. Then, the customer only needs one account. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy" +" section`, and enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:3 +msgid "Customer interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers many ways to interact with customers and for customers to " +"interact with your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:10 +msgid "Product reviews" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Customers can give a rating to your products. This is a great way to promote" +" your products or services since reviews can influence purchase processes. " +"To activate the **rating** feature, from your **shop page**, select a " +"product, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and enable " +":guilabel:`Rating`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Rating of a product on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Only portal users which purchased the product or service can leave ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Customer reviews can be hidden by clicking the :guilabel:`Visible` button " +"next to a published review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:29 +msgid "Live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A chatbot is available and can simulate a human-like conversation with " +"website visitors via text messages in a chat box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:42 +msgid "Contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Customers may need support after purchasing a product or subscribing to a " +"service. It is possible to create a **contact form**, which, when fulfilled," +" automatically creates a new ticket for your **support team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Contact form to submit a ticket to the support team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To add a contact form, **create** a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block from the " +":guilabel:`Dynamic Content` section onto the page. Once placed, click on the" +" form (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode), and in the :guilabel:`Action` field," +" select :guilabel:`Create a Ticket`. You can then select to which " +":guilabel:`Helpdesk team` the ticket should be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Action field to create a task upon submitting a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "Kontak kami" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A 'Contact Us' page makes it easier for customers and prospects to contact " +"your company and get in touch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To have a 'Contact Us' page, create a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. Then," +" drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block onto the page. Select the form and " +"define the action to be performed when submitted in the :guilabel:`Action` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a field, or when adding a new field (:guilabel:`+ Field`), " +"you can select its :guilabel:`Type`. This enables different options, such as" +" :guilabel:`Multiple Checkboxes`, which customers can use to indicate the " +"services they are interested in, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Tags to be selected on the 'Contact Us' form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "'Checkboxes' configuration settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:89 +msgid "Newsletter" +msgstr "Surat kabar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Customers can get updates on your eCommerce activities by subscribing to a " +"newsletter. Visitors subscribing to the newsletter are automatically added " +"to the mailing list of the **Email Marketing** application. You can either " +"choose a newsletter **block**, a newsletter **popup**, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Popup**: prompts up a newsletter box when visitors scroll down the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Block**: displays a field on the page where customers can sign up by " +"entering their email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The newsletter **block** can be configured according to different " +":guilabel:`Templates`. To do so, click the **block** while in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, and select a :guilabel:`Template` in " +"the :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` section. There are **three** templates " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Subscription`: visitors can sign up by email to the " +"newsletter, without any choice to the content. The content is defined in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` in the :guilabel:`Newsletter` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS Subscription`: is the same as :guilabel:`Email Subscription`," +" but by SMS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Form Subscription`: allows adding several fields, as well as a " +"checkbox for the visitor to agree to the **GDPR policy** of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Form subscription configuration and settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select :guilabel:`Subscribe to Newsletter` as " +":guilabel:`Action` when creating a :ref:`contact form `, " +"allowing for the same level of customization. Make sure to add a checkbox " +"stating visitors agree to be added to the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:3 +msgid "Order handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types " +"required to be handle in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Sales orders `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:9 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery orders `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`Invoices & legal requirements `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 +msgid "Order and payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step when a customer adds a product to his cart is the creation of" +" a quotation. Orders can be managed either from the **Website** or " +":doc:`Sales ` app. eCommerce orders can " +"automatically be assigned to a specific sales team by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Shop - " +"Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Orders can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Orders/Unpaid Orders`. Each order goes through a different status:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Quotation**: a new product is added to the cart, but the customer has " +"*not* gone through the checkout process yet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Quotation sent**: the customer has gone through the checkout process and " +"confirmed the order, but the payment is not yet confirmed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the" +" order, and the payment is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:45 +msgid "Abandoned cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An **abandoned cart** represents an order for which the customer did **not " +"finish** the checkout confirmation process. For these orders, it is possible" +" to send an **email reminder** to the customer automatically. To enable that" +" feature, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"in the :guilabel:`Email & Marketing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatically send abandoned checkout emails`. Once enabled, you " +"can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " +"**email template** used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For abandoned cart emails, the customer must either have entered their " +"contact details during the checkout process; or be logged-in when they added" +" the product to their cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:61 +msgid "Delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:64 +msgid "Delivery flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created. The next step is to process this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Packing eCommerce orders usually requires picking the product, preparing the" +" packaging, printing the shipping label(s) and shipping to the customer. " +"Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can " +"be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An automatic email can be sent to the customer when the transfer status in " +"Odoo is “done”. To do so, enable the feature in the settings of the " +":doc:`Inventory ` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If customers are allowed to pay when picking up their order in stores or by " +"wire transfer, the quotation is **not** be confirmed and the stock is " +"**not** be reserved. Orders must be confirmed manually to reserve products " +"in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88 +msgid "Returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Customers can only return an order through an online form. It may not be " +"possible to return products depending on the return strategy or type of " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Full refunds can be directly sent to customers from within the order " +"interface. A refund-compatible payment provider needs to be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 +msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The final step of an ecommerce order is to generate the invoice and send it " +"to the customer. Depending on the type of business (B2B or B2C), an invoice " +"can either be generated automatically (B2B) or on demand of the customer " +"(B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is " +":ref:`confirmed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To automate invoicing, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Performance monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of" +" your eCommerce website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:9 +msgid "Performance analysis tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:12 +msgid "Data monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Website** allows monitoring and analysis of the sales performance of your " +"eCommerce. To access the **reporting view**, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Reporting`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything related to " +"sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst-1 +msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement " +"used, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Invoiced`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:28 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by " +"periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:34 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "Analitik" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:36 +msgid "" +"It is possible to link your Odoo website with Google Analytics. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`SEO` section. Then, enter your **ID** in the " +":guilabel:`Measurement ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you are still using **Universal Analytics**, it can directly be added by " +"injecting the code in the HTML header and body using the website builder. " +"All metrics from Google Analytics and Universal Analytics can be seen " +"directly within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, Odoo offers the possibility to use another service, " +"**Plausible.io**. Plausible.io is a simple and privacy-friendly alternative " +"to Google Analytics. Everything can be managed directly in Odoo, there is no" +" need to visit Plausible.io's website to access your metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:166 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produk" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "Catalog" +msgstr "Katalog" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:5 msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." +"The eCommerce catalog is the equivalent of your physical store shelves: it " +"allows customers to see what you have to offer. Clear categories, available " +"options, sorting, and navigation threads help you structure it efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:10 +msgid "Categorize the product catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:12 msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"In Odoo, there is a **specific category model** for your eCommerce. Using " +"eCommerce categories for your products allows you to add a navigation menu " +"on your eCommerce page. Visitors can then use it to view all products under " +"the category they select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:16 msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select " +"the product you wish to modify, click on the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and " +"select the :guilabel:`Categories` you want under :guilabel:`eCommerce Shop`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "eCommerce categories under the \"Sales\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:25 +msgid "A single product can appear under multiple eCommerce categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When your product's categories are configured, go to your **main shop page**" +" and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab`. In the " +":guilabel:`Categories` option, you can either enable a menu on the " +":guilabel:`Left`, on the :guilabel:`Top`, or both. If you select the " +":guilabel:`Left` category, the option :guilabel:`Collapsable Category " +"Recursive` appears and allows to render the :guilabel:`Left` category menu " +"collapsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:43 +msgid "Browsing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce category is the first tool to organize and split your " +"products. However, if you need an extra level of categorization in your " +"catalog, you can activate various **filters** such as attributes or sort-by " +"search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:50 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Atribut" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Attributes refer to **characteristics** of a product, such as **color** or " +"**material**, whereas variants are the different combinations of attributes." +" :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants` can be found under " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, " +"and :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To enable **attribute filtering**, go to your **main shop page**, click on " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and select either :guilabel:`Left`, " +":guilabel:`Top`, or both. Additionally, you can also enable :guilabel:`Price" +" Filtering` to enable price filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price Filter` works independently from **attributes** and, " +"therefore, can be enabled on its own if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can use **attribute filters** even if you do not work with product " +"variants. When adding attributes to your products, make sure only to specify" +" *one* value per attribute. Odoo does not create variants if no combination " +"is possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:78 +msgid "Sort-by search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow the user to manually **sort the catalog** using the " +"search bar. From your **main shop page**, click on :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize tab`; you can enable or disable the :guilabel:`Sort-By` option as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Layout` button. You can also select the " +":guilabel:`Default Sort` of the :guilabel:`Sort-By` button. The default sort" +" applies to *all* categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:86 +msgid "The **sorting** options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:88 +msgid "Featured" +msgstr "Featured" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 +msgid "Newest Arrivals" +msgstr "Produk Baru Datang" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 +msgid "Name (A-Z)" +msgstr "Nama (A-Z)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 +msgid "Price - Low to High" +msgstr "Harga - Rendah ke Tinggi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 +msgid "Price - High to Low" +msgstr "Harga - Tinggi ke Rendah" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In addition, you can **manually edit** the catalog's order of a product by " +"going to **the main shop page** and clicking on the product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Product` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` section, you can " +"rearrange the order by clicking on the arrows. `<<` `>>` move the product to" +" the **extreme** right or left, and `<` `>` move the product by **one** row " +"to the right or left. It is also possible to change the catalog's order of " +"products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" +"and-dropping the products within the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:107 +msgid "Page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:110 +msgid "Category page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can customize the layout of the category page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Editing the layout of the category page is global; editing one category " +"layout affects *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To do so, go on to your :menuselection:`Category page --> Edit --> " +"Customize`. Here, you can choose the layout, the number of columns to " +"display the products, etc. The :guilabel:`Product Description` button makes " +"the product description visible from the category page, underneath the " +"product picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Layout options of the category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many " +"products may affect performance and page loading speed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:131 +msgid "Product highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can highlight products to make them more visible on the category or " +"product page. On the page of your choice, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` and click on the product to highlight. In the :guilabel:`Product`" +" section, you can choose the size of the product image by clicking on the " +"grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " +"a banner across the product's image, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:139 +msgid "Sale;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:140 +msgid "Sold out;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:141 +msgid "Out of stock;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:142 +msgid "New." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can activate the :doc:`developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode>` on the **product's template**, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, change or create the ribbon from the " +":guilabel:`Ribbon` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode>` is only intended" +" for experienced users who wish to have access to advanced tools. Using the " +"**developer mode** is *not* recommended for regular users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Ribbon highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:158 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can access and enable additional feature buttons such as **add to " +"cart**, **comparison list**, or a **wishlist**. To do so, go to your **main " +"shop page**, and at the end of the :guilabel:`Products Page` category, click" +" on the feature buttons you wish to use. All three buttons appear when " +"hovering the mouse over a product's image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add to Cart`: adds a button to :doc:`add the product to the cart " +"<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comparison List`: adds a button to **compare** products based on " +"their price, variant, etc.;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:169 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wishlist Button`: adds a button to **wishlist** the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Feature buttons for add to cart, comparison list, and wishlist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:112 +msgid "Add content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content on the category page, with a " +"variety of blocks ranging from :guilabel:`Structure` to :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and " +"highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building block **on top** of the product list, it creates a " +"new category header specific to *that* category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building **on the top** or **bottom** of the page, it becomes " +"visible on *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Adding content to an eCommerce category page is beneficial in terms of " +"**SEO** strategy. Using **keywords** linked to the products or the eCommerce" +" categories improves organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its " +"own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Any sales process is an opportunity to maximize revenues. **Cross-selling " +"and upselling** are sales techniques consisting in selling customers " +"additional or more expensive products and services than what they were " +"originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each one" +" of your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:10 +msgid "**Cross-selling** can be done via **two** features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:12 +msgid "" +":ref:`Optional products ` upon **adding to cart**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Accessory products ` on the **checkout " +"page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Upselling** is only done via :ref:`alternative products " +"` on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:22 +msgid "Cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:27 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:29 +msgid "" +"**Optional products** are suggested when customers click :guilabel:`Add to " +"cart`, either from the **product page** or **catalog page**. Upon clicking, " +"a pop-up window opens with the **optional products** displayed in the " +":guilabel:`Available Options` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Optional products cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To enable **optional products** go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce " +"--> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter " +"the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` field." +" Optional products are **linked** to the product(s) they are set up with on " +"the **product template**. They only appear when that product is added to the" +" cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can also access the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the **product template** by" +" selecting a product on your **main shop page** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Product` in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:49 +msgid "Accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Accessory products** are displayed in the :guilabel:`Suggested " +"Accessories` section before processing to checkout at the :guilabel:`Review " +"Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To enable **accessory products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory " +"Products` field. Suggested accessory products are **linked** to the " +"product(s) they are set up with on the **product template**. They only " +"appear when that product is at the checkout process review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:65 +msgid "Upselling" +msgstr "Upsell" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:70 +msgid "Alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Alternative products** are suggested on the **product page** and usually " +"incentivize customers to buy a more expensive variant or product than the " +"one they were initially shopping for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Alternative products on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To enable **alternative products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Alternative " +"Products` field. Then, go to the related **product page** by clicking " +":guilabel:`Go To Website`, and click :menuselection:`Edit`. Stay on the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Dynamic Content` " +"section. Then, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Products` building block " +"anywhere on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When placed, in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, click the **block** to access various" +" settings for that :guilabel:`Products` building block. In the " +":guilabel:`Filter` field, select :guilabel:`Alternative Products`. You can " +"configure several additional settings, such as how many elements are " +"displayed (:guilabel:`Fetched Elements`), the :guilabel:`Template` used, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:3 +msgid "Price management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers multiple options to select the price displayed on your website, " +"as well as condition-specific prices based on set criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:9 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Pajak" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:12 +msgid "Tax configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field of the **product template** or use " +":doc:`fiscal positions " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:25 +msgid "Tax display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations " +"or the type of customers **(B2B vs. B2C)**. To select the type of price " +"displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select " +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"included**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This setting is **global**, and the tax-display type is the same for (all " +"of) your website(s). It is, therefore, not possible to select different tax " +"displays for different websites. This may be a significant point of " +"consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites " +"aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can choose to display the type of pricing next to the product price by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage --> Shop`, selecting " +"a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:54 +msgid "Price per unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is possible to display a :doc:`price per unit " +"` on the " +"product page. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price` under the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. When enabled, ensure an amount is set " +"in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product template**, and in" +" the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart`" +" button on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:81 +msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Pricelists are the primary tool to manage prices on your eCommerce. They " +"allow you to define website-specific prices - different from the price on " +"the product template - based on the **country group**, **currency**, " +"**minimum quantity**, **period**, or **variant**. You can create as many " +"pricelists as needed, but it is mandatory to have at least one pricelist " +"configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " +"the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Pricelists`, but must first be activated. For that, head to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to " +"the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The **first** option allows you to set different prices per customer " +"*segment*, i.e., registered customers, gold customers, regular customers, " +"etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as " +"**discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:107 +msgid "Foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you are selling in **multiple currencies** and have pricelists in foreign" +" currencies, customers can select their corresponding pricelist anywhere on " +"the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search " +"bar**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:122 +msgid "Permanent discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have permanently reduced the price of a product, a popular means to " +"attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists " +"in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted " +"price** next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Price strikethrough" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To display a 'striked' price, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option" +" under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products category`. Then, head to the product's template " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the " +":guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:3 +msgid "Product management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create, import, and manage your products' pages all " +"within the **Website** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:8 +msgid "Add products to the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:10 +msgid "To add a product to your catalog, you can either do it in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From anywhere on your website, click :menuselection:`+ New --> Product`. " +"Enter the name of your product, and :guilabel:`Save`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:14 +msgid ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products --> Create`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:15 +msgid "" +"or by :ref:`importing data ` using XLSX or CSV files. To do so," +" go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Favorites` and :ref:`Import records `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Product-related documentation <../../../sales/sales>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:25 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publikasikan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Upon creation, products are defaulted as :guilabel:`Unpublished` in your " +"eCommerce catalog. To make a product visible to visitors, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage`, click on your **main shop** " +"page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-" +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To publish **large batches** of products, the most convenient fashion is to " +"go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Here, remove the " +":guilabel:`Published` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`x` right to it, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`List` view. Next, click the " +":guilabel:`dropdown toggle` button (located right below the :guilabel:`List`" +" button) and enable :guilabel:`Is published`. Click the :guilabel:`Is " +"Published` column to re-order it either by **published** or **unpublished** " +"products. Finally, select the products to publish by ticking their box on " +"the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:47 +msgid "Product page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once a product is created, you can access its **product page** through the " +":guilabel:`Shop` page by clicking on the product, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Here, you can change the page's **additional functions**, " +"**layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to " +"*all* product pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:57 +msgid "Additional functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the **website builder** window, click :guilabel:`Customize` to enable " +"additional functions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customers: Rating` allows customers to submit :ref:`product " +"reviews `; :guilabel:`Share` adds social media and email " +"icon buttons to share the product via those channels;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: if enabled, allows to choose the quantity added" +" to cart;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: notifies if the price is **VAT included** or " +"**excluded**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variants`: shows all possible :doc:`variants " +"` of the " +"product as a :guilabel:`Products List`; :guilabel:`Options` as selectable " +"options to compose the variant yourself;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cart`: :guilabel:`Buy Now` adds a :ref:`checkout button " +"` taking the customer directly to the checkout page; " +":guilabel:`Wishlist` allows to add the product to a wishlist;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specification`: allows you to select where the " +":guilabel:`Specifications` section is displayed. This option displays a list" +" of all variant attributes and values of a product, but only works for " +"products *with* variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To allow **wishlists**, the option must be enabled in " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`Variants` options, the :doc:`Product Variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` option must first " +"be enabled under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:85 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Within the same :guilabel:`Customize` tab as the :ref:`functions `, the layout configuration can be changed according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Images Width`: changes the width of the product images displayed " +"on the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: the :guilabel:`Carousel` layout displays a large, main " +"image with smaller ones underneath; whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays " +"four images in a square layout (see pictures below);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: choose which image zooms are available, either " +":guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, when hovering over the image " +"(:guilabel:`Magnifier on hover`), on :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: decide how the thumbnails should be aligned, either " +"**vertically** (:guilabel:`Left`), or **horizontally** (:guilabel:`Right`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Main Image`: click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's " +"main image;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Extra Images`: click :guilabel:`Add` or :guilabel:`Remove all` to" +" add or remove extra product images. You can also add images and videos via " +"**URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Images must either be in PNG or JPG format. To trigger the zoom, the image " +"has to be bigger than 1024x1024." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product images layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** (:menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks`) to add " +"content to your product page. These blocks can be used to add extra text and" +" picture galleries, features such as :guilabel:`Call to Actions`, " +":guilabel:`Comparisons`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Depending on *where* you drop the **building block**, it may be available " +"either on the product page *only*, or on the *whole* website. **Building " +"blocks** dropped at the very top or very bottom of the page are available on" +" the *whole* website, where **building blocks** put underneath the product " +"description are only displayed on the *product* page *(see image below)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks on product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:128 +msgid "Download link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To add a downloadable file (ex.: user's manual, notice of use, etc.) on the " +"product page, drag and drop a :guilabel:`Text` block from " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` on the page. Once placed, click within the " +":guilabel:`Text` block, and under the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section, " +"select either :menuselection:`Insert Media --> Documents` or " +":guilabel:`Insert or edit link` and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Your " +"URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The difference with :ref:`digital files ` is that " +"digital files can only be downloaded *after* checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Media and link buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:147 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Should your product be sold with a certificate, manual user, or any other " +"relevant document, it is possible to add a download link for customers at " +"the end of the checkout. To do that, first enable :guilabel:`Digital " +"Content` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Checkout Process`. Then, on the **product's template**, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Digital Files` and :guilabel:`Create` a new file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Files menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:159 +msgid "For the configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of your file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type:` select if it is either a **file** or a **URL**. " +"Accordingly, you either have a :guilabel:`File Content (base64)` field to " +"upload your file, or a :guilabel:`URL` field to enter your URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: the website on which that file is *available*. If you " +"want it available for *all* websites, leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " +"found on the customer's portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:175 +msgid "Multiple languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:177 +msgid "" +"If multiple languages are available on your website and you wish to have the" +" product's information translated, it is necessary to encode this translated" +" information in the **product's template**. Fields with multiple languages " +"available are identifiable by their abbreviation language (ex. :abbr:`EN " +"(English)`) next to their field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Field translation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:186 +msgid "The **eCommerce-related** fields to translate are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user " +"experience and :doc:`SEO <../../../websites/website/pages/seo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Website Info section`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:200 +msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:201 +msgid ":ref:`Multi-language support `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:206 +msgid "" +"A product can be set available on either *one* or *all* websites, but it is " +"not possible to select *some* websites and not others. To define a product's" +" availability, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, " +"select your product, and in the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click the " +":guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field" +" empty for the products to be available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:213 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Under the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`, you can enable and configure inventory management options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type`" +" on the **product's form** must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` (only " +"available when the **Inventory** app is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:224 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Stok Persediaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:226 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, you can select the " +"eCommerce selling strategy of products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: if you have multiple warehouses, you can define the " +"warehouse associated to your website. If you have multiple websites, you can" +" select a different one per website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock (Continue Selling)`: enabling it allows customers to" +" continue placing orders even when the product is **out-of-stock**. Leave it" +" unchecked to **prevent orders**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: enabling it displays the available quantity " +"left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity" +" is calculated based on the 'On hand' quantity minus the quantity already " +"reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:239 +msgid ":ref:`Allow only selected customers to buy `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:242 +msgid "Selling as kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If you are selling non-prepackaged kits (i.e., the kits are made of " +"individual products), we recommend you read the related documentation to " +"keep track of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:251 +msgid "Product comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:253 +msgid "" +"You can enable a **product comparison tool** for your eCommerce by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`," +" and ticking :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`. This tool allows to save " +"products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single" +" page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:258 +msgid "" +"On the product page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Specifications` section " +"and click :guilabel:`Compare`. Repeat the same process for all products you " +"wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up " +"window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes" +" ` are set on the **product's template**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product comparison window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Manage product variants" +msgid "Product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the product's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Let's say one of your customers selects a T-shirt from your product catalog." +"Product variants are variations, such as different colors, materials, etc., " +"of the same product. These variations can differ in price and availability " +"from the product. Product variants can either be :doc:`created " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, they choose the size and color they want. The various size and color " -"combinations are known as product variants." +"To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 -msgid "Create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to create various attributes and variants for your products, you " -"first need to turn on *Variants* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`." +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "Product configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:21 msgid "" -"Then, select a product from the Products list (:menuselection:`Sales / " -"Website --> Products --> Products`). When the product detail form opens, " -"click on *Edit*, and go to the *Variants* tab." +"Adding attributes and values to a product template allows the enabling of " +"the **product configurator** on the product page. Customers use it to " +"configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of " +"multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variants configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:29 msgid "" -"Here, you can add as many different attributes as you'd like by clicking on " -"*Add a line*." +"The **display type** of each attribute used in the product configurator can " +"be edited through the **website builder** by clicking :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the " +"attributes. You can then select between four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:24 -msgid "These attributes appear as three different types:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Radio buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:27 -msgid "Color buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "Drop-down menu" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display type options for attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "" -"Several variants appear as soon as there are two values for one attribute." +"Alternatively, the **display type** can be edited through " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, selecting an " +"**attribute**, and then choosing a :guilabel:`Display Type`; or through the " +"**product template** by going to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, " +"selecting a product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "Don't forget to hit *Save* once all variants have been entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants values" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:39 -msgid "Edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" -"After you hit *Save*, you are able to see all the variants from the product " -"template detail form via the *Variants* smart button." +"Specific combinations of values can be excluded from the product " +"configurator. This way, customers are unable to select the excluded " +"combination of values. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce" +" --> Products`, select a product, and go to :guilabel:`Attributes and " +"Variants`. Then, click on an **attribute**, select a **value**, and in the " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` section, select a :guilabel:`Product Template` and " +"the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` to exclude." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants smart button" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "Product specifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" -"Clicking the *Variants* smart button takes you to the Product Variants page," -" where you can edit the following data for each specific variant:" +"Values used for each attribute are displayed as a **specification list** at " +"the bottom of the product page. To be visible, the **specification list** " +"must first be enabled on the product page by going to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` and selecting a placement for the field " +":guilabel:`Specification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:51 -msgid "Picture(s)" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Specifications list on the product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "Barcode" -msgstr "Barcode" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "Volume" -msgstr "Volume" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Weight" -msgstr "Berat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56 -msgid "Cost" -msgstr "Modal" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants are generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:63 -msgid "Set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can set a specific public price per variant by clicking on *Configure " -"Variants* in the product detail form (top-left corner). That takes you to " -"the *Product Variant Values* page for that product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants configure variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To set a specific public price for a particular variant, simply click on the" -" variant you want to modify, then click on *Edit*." +"The product **specification list** can also be used on products without " +"variants. For that, make sure to have no values combination. Products with " +"single values for their attributes do not generate variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "Filter catalog by attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:77 msgid "" -"The *Value Price Extra* field represents the monetary value that is added to" -" the original product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is " -"selected." +"Customers **can** filter the **catalog** based on product attributes and " +"values, allowing them to :ref:`filter ` the catalog " +"based only on the attribute(s) of their choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce value price extra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "This is how the *Value Price Extra* looks on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce value price extra on the frontend" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +"To enable **attributes filtering**, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from your **main shop page** and click on one of the " +":guilabel:`Categories` in the left column. Here, enable either " +":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, or **both**, in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:93 -msgid "Disable/archive variants" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Categories buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so they are no longer available in" -" quotes or on your website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). " -"Simply select *Archive* in their detail form. You can reactivate them the " -"same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants archive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such items, hit *Archived* in the *Filters* category while " -"searching the variants list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants archive search" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "Cross-selling: Accessory and Optional Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Any sales process is an opportunity to maximize revenues. For example, with " -"an extended warranty or some accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To do so, you can use **Cross-selling**, a sales technique consisting in " -"selling a customer something in addition to the product or service they were" -" originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each " -"one of your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "It can be done via two different features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -":ref:`Accessory products ` on the checkout page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:15 -msgid "" -":ref:`Optional products ` on a new :guilabel:`Add to" -" Cart` screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Accessory Products" -msgstr "Produk-Produk Aksesori" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Accessory Products** are products that are displayed when customers review" -" their cart before paying. As an example, you could suggest a mouse or a " -"keyboard when someone buys a computer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To add *Accessory Products*, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> " -"Products` and, under the :guilabel:`Sales Tab`, add your products to the " -":guilabel:`Accessory Products` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "Add an accessory product to product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Now, go to your website and add the product to your cart. On the payment " -"step, you can see your accessory products suggested to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "See of payment view and accessory product suggestion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Alternative, Accessory, and Optional Products " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:46 -msgid "Optional Products" -msgstr "Pilihan produk" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Optional products** are products directly related to an item. Each time " -"the product is added to a cart, a pop-up appears, suggesting other products " -"to buy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To enable optional products, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and tick :guilabel:`Optional Products`. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Products` and open the item you " -"want to add an optional product to. In the :guilabel:`Sales tab` of that " -"product, add as many optional products as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "Add an optional product to product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:60 -msgid "" -"From now, when a customer adds this product to their cart, a pop-up appears " -"and suggests also adding the optional product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "Pop-up with optional products appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`upselling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " -":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " -"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " -"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " -"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " -"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Pengaturan" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:5 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Provider, Odoo " -"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" -" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " -"order, as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " -"Providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:12 -msgid "Checking the status of a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " -"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" -" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rstNone -msgid "payment is confirmed in the chatter of sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " -"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," -" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " -"the related Journal Entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rstNone -msgid "page with details surrounding the specific transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " -"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:38 -msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " -"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " -"businesses that invoice orders right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:47 -msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " -"ordered*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:47 -msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rstNone -msgid "example of automatic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:54 -msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If the provider handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " -"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " -"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " -"Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/payment_providers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:62 -msgid "" -":ref:`Payment Providers: Place a hold on a card " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Daftar" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "Live Chat" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overview" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" "Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " "allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" @@ -913,11 +2528,23 @@ msgid "" "your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" "Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " "with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" @@ -925,284 +2552,282 @@ msgid "" "Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" "Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 msgid "" "- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " "you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " "Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 msgid "" "- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " "automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " "initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" "- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " "In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " "users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" "GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " "geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " "Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 msgid "External options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 msgid "" "If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" " to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" "Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " "single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 msgid "Managing chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 msgid "" "Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " "shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " "Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 msgid "" "Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " "operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 msgid "Leave or join a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " "channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" "Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " "improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " "customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10 msgid "Customer Rating" msgstr "Rating Pelanggan" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" "Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:14 msgid "" "If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " "for an explanation is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:15 msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:22 msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo" " Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:28 msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Make the rating public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:37 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " "channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " "rating of that channel on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" "Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" "thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" "Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" "- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " "database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" "- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 msgid "" "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " "link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 msgid "" "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" " a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 msgid "" "Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " "you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " "--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " "shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" msgstr "Website" @@ -1213,254 +2838,956 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 -msgid "Optimize" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:5 msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" -" you don't have any." +"Cookies are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. " +"They are processed and stored by your browser and contain information about " +"your visit, such as login data, location, language, etc. There are two main " +"types of cookies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:9 msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." +"Essential cookies, which are necessary for the website to function properly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:10 msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +"Non-essential or optional cookies, which are used to analyze your behavior " +"or display advertisements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a cookies bar with the popup layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:17 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" `_." +"Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, " +"is required by data protection laws such as `GDPR `_. " +"Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this obligation in a user-friendly" +" and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's first " +"visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide " +"whether they want to store non-essential cookies on their device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:26 msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +"To enable the cookies bar on your Odoo website, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies " +"Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurasi" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." +"You can :ref:`customize the appearance of your cookies bar ` and :ref:`edit the content of the related Cookie Policy " +"page `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:35 +msgid "Customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:37 msgid "" -"View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo " -"Website" +"To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select " +"the :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` building block in the :guilabel:`Invisible " +"Elements` at the bottom of the panel. Customize it using the options in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the edit panel. Three :guilabel:`Layouts` are " +"available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discrete`: thin bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Classic`: banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:44 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." +":guilabel:`Popup`: you can change the popup's :guilabel:`Position` to the " +":guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Middle`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rstNone -msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:47 +msgid "You can also:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:49 +msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:50 msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." +"enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the " +"cookies bar is displayed on the screen;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." +"further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block` " +"and/or :guilabel:`Column` customization options, which are available after " +"clicking anywhere in the building block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:56 msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +"To edit the contents of the cookies bar (i.e., the consent message), click " +"directly in the building block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo Website's edit panel to customize the cookies bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:65 +msgid "Cookie policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:67 msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." +"When you enable the cookies bar for your website, Odoo creates the **Cookie " +"Policy** page (`/cookie-policy`) with the list of essential and optional " +"cookies. To access it, click the :guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the " +"cookies bar or open the page from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> " +"Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:72 msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." +"The contents of the page can be adapted based on your website's features and" +" characteristics if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:76 msgid "" -"View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" +"You could add a link providing access to this page, in your website's " +"footer, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Pengaturan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " -"` application allows " -"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:3 -msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Plausible.io:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" -"`Create a Plausible.io account `_ if you " -"don't have any." +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" -"`Create your website `_ and `Start " -"collecting data` if it is not already done." +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" -"Go through the `list of your websites `_ and " -"click on the gear icon." +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" -"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " -"your Shared links." +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-" +"name/existing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" -"Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " -"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" -"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " -"Settings of Odoo." +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" -"When you `create your Odoo Online database `_, " -"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "**What about the Goal?**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Tambahkan fitur" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" -"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you setup an extra website and specify the domain name you will have to " +"do three things to get this feature to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Setup an A-record in the DNS configuration of your hosting provider so that " +"\"www.mywebsite2.ext\" is redirected to the IP of your Odoo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Create an extra Nginx ``server`` block in which you set the ``server_name`` " +"that you've set in the :guilabel:`Website domain` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Reload and restart your Nginx instance to use the new ``server`` block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:152 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:170 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Acara" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Posisi Kerja" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:181 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:185 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:187 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:191 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:197 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:209 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:234 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:239 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:249 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:261 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Daftar Harga" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. You can also choose to have a pricelist available " +"*only* on a specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:270 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:280 +msgid "Payment Providers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:282 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment providers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment providers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:290 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:306 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:306 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:310 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:309 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:314 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:313 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 +msgid "Translations" +msgstr "Terjemahan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The contents of your website pages (i.e., text strings) can be translated " +"into different languages directly on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Your website is displayed in the language that matches the visitor's " +"browser's language, unless that particular language has not been installed. " +"In this case, the website is displayed in the :ref:`default language " +"`. The visitor can still select another language" +" in the language menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:14 +msgid "Installing languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To translate your website, you first have to add the required languages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:18 +msgid "Go to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:19 +msgid "Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **language menu**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:20 +msgid "Click the language and select :guilabel:`Add a language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Languages` field and select the required language from " +"the drop-down list. Repeat this step for each additional language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:27 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can also edit your website's languages from the backend, in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> " +"Settings` and add/remove the required languages in the :guilabel:`Languages`" +" field, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:37 +msgid "Default language" +msgstr "Bahasa standar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the language of the visitor's browser is not installed on your website, " +"the content is displayed in the default language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To define a default language, go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration" +" –> Settings`, and select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This field is visible only if multiple languages are already configured for " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:49 +msgid "Translating the contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been added, you can translate the contents of your " +"website. To do so, go to your website, select the language from the language" +" menu and click the :guilabel:`Translate` button on the right part of the " +"task bar to activate the **translation mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Translate button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:58 +msgid "As a result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Text strings that have already been translated are highlighted in green;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:61 +msgid "Text strings that need to be translated are highlighted in yellow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Text to be translated highlighted in yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can then replace the original text with the translation by clicking the " +"block, editing its contents and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been installed, you can also translate some items " +"(e.g., the product's name and description) from the backend (e.g., in the " +"product template). To do so, click the language code (e.g., :guilabel:`EN`) " +"next to the text you want to translate (e.g., the product name) and add the " +"translation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Translate product-related items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can also :doc:`export/import translations " +"<../../../../developer/howtos/translations>` to translate multiple items " +"(e.g., product names and descriptions) in one go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:82 +msgid "Language selector menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:84 +msgid "To add a language selector menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:86 +msgid "Go to your website and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Select the block where you want to add the language selector menu (e.g., the" +" header)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:88 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Navbar` section, set the :guilabel:`Language selector` " +"field to either :guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language selector menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5 +msgid "Pages" +msgstr "Halaman" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:9 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " "should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " @@ -1468,28 +3795,28 @@ msgid "" "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:15 msgid "" "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " "you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:29 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " "data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " @@ -1498,11 +3825,11 @@ msgid "" "otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Kata-kata kunci" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41 msgid "" "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " "``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " @@ -1511,28 +3838,28 @@ msgid "" "the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:51 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " "search tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 msgid "Content is King" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:58 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:61 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:63 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " @@ -1540,147 +3867,147 @@ msgid "" "channel-1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" " landing pages)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:77 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:82 msgid "Use Social Networks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " "are a huge factor for SEO ranking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:88 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:91 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:93 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:100 msgid "Social Share" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:102 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " "media wall." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " "your page in the Promote tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:117 msgid "Facebook Page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:119 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " "timeline, the next events and the messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124 msgid "Twitter Scroller" msgstr "Scroller Twitter" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:130 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:132 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:137 msgid "URLs Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:142 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:144 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:146 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:148 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:152 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " "page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:159 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:163 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -1689,100 +4016,100 @@ msgid "" "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:170 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:175 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:177 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:182 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:185 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:187 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:189 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:191 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:193 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " "search engines. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:197 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:200 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:202 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:205 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:207 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new address of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:210 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:212 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:214 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:216 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:218 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -1790,11 +4117,11 @@ msgid "" "maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:224 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:226 msgid "" "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " "all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " @@ -1802,84 +4129,84 @@ msgid "" "equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:232 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:234 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:237 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:239 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:243 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:246 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " "on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:251 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:256 msgid "Multi-Language Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:261 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:263 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:266 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:268 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:270 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " "pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:275 msgid "Language Annotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:277 msgid "" "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " "the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" @@ -1887,34 +4214,34 @@ msgid "" "pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:282 msgid "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:285 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:290 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " "same content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:295 msgid "Language Detection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:297 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -1922,13 +4249,13 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:302 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:305 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -1936,15 +4263,15 @@ msgid "" "using the browser language preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:312 msgid "Page Speed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Pengantar" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:317 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " "faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " @@ -1956,42 +4283,42 @@ msgid "" "amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:328 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:332 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:334 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337 msgid "Images" msgstr "Gambar" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:339 msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " "for .JPG)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:343 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:351 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -1999,18 +4326,18 @@ msgid "" "images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:357 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " "attributes for the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:364 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:369 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -2018,32 +4345,32 @@ msgid "" "not result in extra requests to load the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:378 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:380 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:383 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:385 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:389 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:391 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " "theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -2053,7 +4380,7 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:398 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " @@ -2065,7 +4392,7 @@ msgid "" "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:408 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -2074,55 +4401,55 @@ msgid "" "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:450 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:451 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:452 msgid "}" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:423 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:429 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -2134,79 +4461,79 @@ msgid "" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:439 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:443 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:455 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:458 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:464 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:466 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:469 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:477 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:480 msgid "" "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -2214,7 +4541,7 @@ msgid "" "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:486 msgid "" "If you work on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, the CSS and " "Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. " @@ -2222,102 +4549,102 @@ msgid "" "Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:491 msgid "CDN" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:493 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:497 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:497 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:500 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:503 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:507 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:514 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:516 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:519 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:523 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:527 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:529 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:532 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:535 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:537 msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " "according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:544 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:548 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:550 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -2327,44 +4654,44 @@ msgid "" "your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:557 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:559 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:562 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:564 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:567 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:573 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -2373,22 +4700,22 @@ msgid "" "chunks per file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:588 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:590 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:592 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:597 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -2396,11 +4723,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:604 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:606 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -2408,13 +4735,13 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:611 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:614 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -2422,29 +4749,29 @@ msgid "" "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:624 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:626 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the ``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:630 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:633 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" "mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude " @@ -2453,682 +4780,234 @@ msgid "" "upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash (free images)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:6 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" -" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" -" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " -"Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:23 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " -"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " -"**Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" -" to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " -"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " -"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:49 -msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " -"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " -"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 -msgid "" -"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " -"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " -"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publikasikan" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-" -"name/existing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Tambahkan fitur" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Laporan" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you setup an extra website and specify the domain name you will have to " -"do three things to get this feature to work:" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"Setup an A-record in the DNS configuration of your hosting provider so that " -"\"www.mywebsite2.ext\" is redirected to the IP of your Odoo instance." +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Create an extra Nginx ``server`` block in which you set the ``server_name`` " -"that you've set in the :guilabel:`Website domain` field." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Link trackers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:5 msgid "" -"Reload and restart your Nginx instance to use the new ``server`` block." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:12 msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:152 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +"View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo " +"Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produk" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:170 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blog" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Slide Channels" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Acara" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Posisi Kerja" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:21 msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:185 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:191 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:30 msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:31 msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:209 -msgid "Multi-companies" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:33 msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:39 msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." +"View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:51 msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 -msgid "Products only available on one website" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:53 msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:249 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:55 msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:3 +msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:261 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Daftar Harga" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:263 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Plausible.io:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." +"`Create a Plausible.io account <https://plausible.io/register>`_ if you " +"don't have any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:8 msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 -msgid "Payment Providers and Delivery Methods" +"`Create your website <https://plausible.io/sites/new>`_ and `Start " +"collecting data` if it is not already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:10 msgid "" -"By default, published payment providers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment providers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +"Go through the `list of your websites <https://plausible.io/sites>`_ and " +"click on the gear icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:288 -msgid "Customer accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:16 msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." +"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " +"your Shared links." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:306 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +"Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " +"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:306 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:310 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:29 msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:314 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:313 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " +"Settings of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +"When you `create your Odoo Online database <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`_, " +"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/cli>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Proses :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "You can only translate your website manually, follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**What about the Goal?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b62df43f1..1859478a8 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -8,19 +8,19 @@ # Yoshi Tashiro (Quartile) <tashiro@roomsfor.hk>, 2023 # Norimichi Sugimoto <norimichi.sugimoto@tls-ltd.co.jp>, 2023 # Tim Siu Lai <tl@roomsfor.hk>, 2023 -# Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023 # Noma Yuki, 2023 -# Andy Yiu, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Andy Yiu, 2023 +# Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -61,215 +61,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "レポート作成" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "取引明細書" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "バランスシート" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "確定申告" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "監査" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "試算表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "取引先" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "マネジメント" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "在庫評価" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -412,6 +527,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -428,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -448,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -456,6 +572,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "コンフィグレーション" @@ -637,10 +754,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2573,10 +2686,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2585,10 +2694,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "バランスシート" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3671,97 +3776,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6210,6 +6332,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "財政状態" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7889,10 +8135,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "レポート作成" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8747,7 +8989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8871,23 +9113,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8912,7 +9176,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8926,7 +9190,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -8934,14 +9198,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -8957,7 +9221,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -8973,11 +9237,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -8986,53 +9250,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9044,11 +9308,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9057,11 +9321,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "列" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9075,7 +9339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9893,7 +10157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11240,185 +11504,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "アプリケーション" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "アプリケーション" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14196,13 +14443,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "取引先" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28586,33 +28826,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPAダイレクトデビット" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28621,14 +28859,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28636,11 +28874,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28651,45 +28889,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28698,31 +28936,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "返金" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28731,17 +28969,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28750,24 +28988,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28776,7 +29014,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28784,21 +29022,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28813,7 +29051,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28823,7 +29061,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28834,54 +29072,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "国" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "最大金額" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28889,21 +29127,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28913,24 +29151,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -28939,26 +29177,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -28968,69 +29206,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29071,7 +29309,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30821,51 +31058,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 29c9b0da6..a974e17fb 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -312,8 +312,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "入荷" @@ -958,7 +956,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -970,7 +967,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1036,302 +1032,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "オペレーションタイプ" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3053,28 +3771,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3083,7 +3813,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3092,11 +3822,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3105,14 +3835,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 6108bf4b3..6ee09bbf3 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,18 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Andy Yiu, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 江口和志 <sandwhale1010@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 江口和志 <sandwhale1010@gmail.com>, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -27,6 +27,569 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Productivity" msgstr "生産性" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "カレンダー" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console <https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"<https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/ develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/develop/ quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page <https://docs. microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-" +"directory/develop/reply-url>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook <outlook/sync>`. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "ディスカス" @@ -98,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" "integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The Twilio welcome page." msgstr "" @@ -120,7 +683,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "" "The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " "section." @@ -139,7 +702,7 @@ msgid "" "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -161,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -171,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "" "your own list of ICE servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -202,7 +765,7 @@ msgid "" "to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -217,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -227,7 +790,7 @@ msgid "" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -243,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss" @@ -261,7 +824,7 @@ msgid "" "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " "in Odoo Discuss" @@ -288,7 +851,7 @@ msgid "" "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -328,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -363,7 +926,7 @@ msgid "" "*Activities* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -378,7 +941,7 @@ msgid "" "*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -394,7 +957,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -416,7 +979,7 @@ msgid "" "*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" "Discuss" @@ -428,7 +991,7 @@ msgid "" " next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" "shown for Odoo Discuss" @@ -461,7 +1024,7 @@ msgid "" "visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -483,7 +1046,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -506,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" "*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -537,7 +1100,7 @@ msgid "" "messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -553,7 +1116,7 @@ msgid "" " to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -565,7 +1128,7 @@ msgid "" "messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -581,7 +1144,7 @@ msgid "" "addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -599,7 +1162,7 @@ msgid "" " and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -622,7 +1185,7 @@ msgid "" "single character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -782,6 +1345,435 @@ msgid "" "Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:167 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "理由:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:171 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope </services/support/what_can_i_expect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:141 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) <https://developer.mozilla.org/en-" +"US/docs/Web/HTTP/Status>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Check if `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:163 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"<iot/iot-eligibility>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:174 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:176 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:203 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:210 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:214 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:220 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:223 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:229 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:231 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:237 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:241 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS <https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope </services/support/what_can_i_expect>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" @@ -872,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 @@ -887,6 +1879,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -1080,6 +2073,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "装置" @@ -1439,7 +2769,7 @@ msgid "" "connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" @@ -1450,7 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" @@ -1465,7 +2795,7 @@ msgid "" "configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." msgstr "" @@ -1475,7 +2805,7 @@ msgid "" "Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -1487,7 +2817,7 @@ msgid "" "price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" @@ -1502,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" @@ -1560,7 +2890,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" "connected to an IoT Box." @@ -1572,7 +2902,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" @@ -1631,7 +2961,7 @@ msgid "" "and update when changes are performed on the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" @@ -1686,7 +3016,7 @@ msgid "" " line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "knowledge's user interface" msgstr "" @@ -1764,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "Text editor's toolbox" msgstr "" @@ -1828,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 msgid "" "To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " -":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`." +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 @@ -2209,6 +3539,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "作成" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "除去" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "カテゴリ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -2240,7 +3756,7 @@ msgid "" " creation window, click anywhere." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" msgstr "" @@ -2306,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "property configuration form" msgstr "" @@ -2526,7 +4042,7 @@ msgid "" "the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." msgstr "" @@ -2536,7 +4052,7 @@ msgid "" " Inbox Addin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." msgstr "" @@ -2561,12 +4077,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 msgid "Configure the Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " "order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " @@ -2575,18 +4091,17 @@ msgid "" " click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 msgid "" "In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " "panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" @@ -2594,21 +4109,20 @@ msgid "" " window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" " the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 msgid "" "Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " "database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " @@ -2616,7 +4130,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " "browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" @@ -2658,7 +4172,7 @@ msgid "" "the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." msgstr "" @@ -2684,19 +4198,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 msgid "" "Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " -"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`README`. Follow the " -"instructions in the :guilabel:`README` file to push the Gmail Plugin files " -"as a Google Project." +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" -"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " -"instructions on the :guilabel:`README` file." +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" "After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " "wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " ":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" @@ -2889,7 +4410,6 @@ msgid "" "then *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" msgstr "" @@ -4336,11 +5856,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -4348,21 +5882,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "レイアウト" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "ライト" @@ -4370,7 +5904,7 @@ msgstr "ライト" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "囲む" @@ -4378,7 +5912,7 @@ msgstr "囲む" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "ボールド" @@ -4386,7 +5920,7 @@ msgstr "ボールド" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "縦縞" @@ -4394,157 +5928,157 @@ msgstr "縦縞" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "フォント" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts <https://fonts.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Lato#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Roboto#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Open+Sans#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Oswald#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Raleway#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Tajawal#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "色" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "フッタ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "用紙" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -4555,11 +6089,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "外部" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -4567,17 +6101,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -4585,37 +6119,37 @@ msgid "" " number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "内部" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "空白" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -4624,48 +6158,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "ブロック" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -4676,31 +6210,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "インライン" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "表" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" @@ -4712,91 +6246,91 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a Data table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " "values of a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-" "field>` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "列" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks <studio/pdf-" "reports/elements/block>` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "The Options tab for a text element" msgstr "" @@ -5137,10 +6671,6 @@ msgid "" "Date Field` after activating the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "カレンダー" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 1ee341cc8..38326316d 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "コンフィグレーション" @@ -9380,99 +9379,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index ce3982a99..0c05230a4 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "コンフィグレーション" @@ -857,6 +856,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -882,7 +1325,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -2746,350 +3188,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "プロジェクト" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 5388be576..21f2fa757 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Linkup <link-up@naver.com>, 2023 -# JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -59,247 +59,331 @@ msgstr "복식부기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 전체 업무를 진행하는 데 필요한 회계 전표 항목을 자동으로 생성하여 고객용 청구서나 POS 주문발주서, 경비나 재고 이동 " -"등을 실행할 수 있게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 복식부기 방식을 사용하고 있습니다. 전체 전표입력 내용은 자동으로 차대가 맞추어집니다 (차변 합계 = 대변 합계). " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "발생주의 및 현금주의 방식" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 발생주의 및 현금주의 보고 방식 양쪽을 모두 지원하고 있습니다. 이를 통해 거래가 발생하는 시점을 기준으로 (발생주의) " -"혹은 결제가 이루어지거나 받은 시점을 기준으로 (현금주의) 수익 / 비용을 인식할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "여러 개의 회사를 관리하는 경우" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -"Odoo를 사용하게 되면 동일한 데이터베이스로 여러 개의 회사를 관리할 수 있습니다. 회사마다 각자의 계정과목표 및 기준을 수립하게 " -"됩니다. 연결 규칙을 기준으로 하여 연결재무제표를 만들 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "사용자는 여러 회사에 접근할 수 있으나 한번에 하나의 회사에 대해서만 작업할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "다중 통화" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" msgstr "" -"거래 항목 입력 시 회사에서 설정한 기본 통화가 사용됩니다. 다른 통화로 거래가 이루어지는 경우에, Odoo에서는 회사 기본 통화 환산 " -"가격과 거래에서 사용한 통화 환산 가격 모두가 저장됩니다. 전표 내역 조정 후 Odoo에서 외환 손익 항목을 생성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "환율 정보는 yahoo.com에서 제공하는 서비스를 기준으로 하루에 한번 업데이트됩니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "국제 표준" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -"Odoo 회계는 50개 이상의 국가에서 지원되고 있습니다. 전 국가에 공통적으로 적용되는 회계 기준을 Odoo 주요 회계 항목을 통해 " -"구현할 수 있습니다. 국가별로 특수성이 있는 계정과목표나 세무 관리 또는 은행 인터페이스와 같은 특정 내용들은 국가에 따라 별도의 모듈을" -" 설치하시면 됩니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "특히, Odoo의 주요 회계 엔진에서 지원하고 있는 내용은 다음과 같습니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 +msgid "" +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" -"영미계 회계 (미국이나 영국 및 기타 아일랜드, 캐나다, 호주 및 뉴질랜드 등 영어 사용 국가)에서는 판매/전달 시점에서 매출원가를 " -"인식합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "유럽계 회계에서는 업체 청구서가 발행되는 시점에서 비용이 인식됩니다." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo 모듈은 IFRS 의 회계 기준에 부합하도록 만들어졌습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "미수금 및 미지급금" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"기본적으로 Odoo에서는 미수금과 미지급금 항목 전체에 대해서 각각 단일 계정을 사용하고 있습니다. 고객/공급업체별로 별도의 계정을 만들" -" 수도 있으나 굳이 그러실 필요가 없습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "보고" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "명세서" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -"거래는 고객이나 공급업체와 연관되어 있으므로, 고객 명세서, 고객별 수익, 장기 미수금이나 미지급금과 같은 각 고객/공급업체별로 분석한 " -"보고서를 확인할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "다양한 재무제표 제공" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "세금신고서" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "감사" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "시산표" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "은행 피드 자동으로 불러오기" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "협력사" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -"은행 거래 조정이란 은행에서 발행하는 은행거래명세서의 내역을 실제 장부의 회계 거래 내역과 일치시키는 업무 처리 과정을 의미합니다. " -"Odoo는 은행에서 Odoo 계정으로 직접 은행 명세서 항목을 지속적으로 불러오도록 하고 있기 때문에 은행 조정 업무를 더욱 쉽게 " -"만들어줍니다. 즉 온라인 뱅킹에 접속하거나 종이로 된 은행거래명세서에 의존할 필요 없이 일일 자금흐름 상황을 확인할 수 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 불러온 은행 명세서 내역과 회계 거래 내역을 대조하여 은행 조정 업무를 빠르게 진행할 수 있습니다. Odoo는 다른 " -"은행거래명세서 항목을 처리했던 방식을 기억하여 관련된 총계정원장 거래 방식을 제안합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "세무 신고 금액 산출" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "관리" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 과세 기간 동안의 회계 거래 전체를 종합하여 해당 총계를 이용하여 납부할 세액을 계산합니다. 그런 다음 Odoo 세무신고 " -"기능을 실행하시면 판매와 관련된 세금 금액을 확인하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "재고자산 평가" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 재고자산 평가 방법으로 실지재고조사법 (수기) 및 계속기록법 (자동) 모두를 지원하고 있습니다. 사용 가능한 방법으로는 " -"표준원가법, 평균법, 후입선출법 (허용되는 국가의 경우 적용) 및 선입선출법이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -":doc:`거래와 관련한 평가 방법이 미치는 영향 확인하기 " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "이익잉여금 관련 업무를 쉽게" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "은행 동기화" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" -"이익잉여금이란 비즈니스에서 유보된 수익의 일부를 의미합니다. Odoo에서는 당해 수익 금액을 실시간으로 계산하고 있기 때문에 회계연도 " -"마감 전표나 연이월 작업을 하실 필요가 없습니다. 손익 잔액은 대차대표표 보고서에 자동으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank and cash accounts" @@ -441,6 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -457,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -477,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -485,6 +570,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" @@ -666,10 +752,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "은행 동기화" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2613,10 +2695,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2625,10 +2703,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3711,97 +3785,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6278,6 +6369,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "재정 상태" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7957,10 +8172,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "보고" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8815,7 +9026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8939,23 +9150,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8980,7 +9213,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8994,7 +9227,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -9002,14 +9235,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -9025,7 +9258,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -9041,11 +9274,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -9054,53 +9287,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9112,11 +9345,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9125,11 +9358,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "열" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9143,7 +9376,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9961,7 +10194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11310,185 +11543,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "응용 프로그램" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "응용 프로그램" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14266,13 +14482,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "협력사" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -25492,7 +25701,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이전 기간" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" @@ -28656,33 +28865,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA 출금 이체" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28691,14 +28898,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28706,11 +28913,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28721,45 +28928,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28768,31 +28975,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "환불" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28801,17 +29008,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28820,24 +29027,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28846,7 +29053,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28854,21 +29061,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28883,7 +29090,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28893,7 +29100,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28904,54 +29111,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "국가" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28959,21 +29166,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28983,24 +29190,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -29009,26 +29216,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -29038,69 +29245,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29141,7 +29348,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30891,51 +31097,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b3d993c9f..9b4a67d77 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -2331,6 +2331,61 @@ msgstr "" "이 값은 :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>` 에서 변경할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`설정 --> " "기술 --> 자동화 --> 예약된 작업`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`Mail: 메일 가져오기 서비스`를 확인해보십시오." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "이메일 양식" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index d0a464b45..bdc49cdc9 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -310,8 +310,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "입고" @@ -956,7 +954,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -968,7 +965,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1034,302 +1030,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "작업 유형" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3051,28 +3769,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3081,7 +3811,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3090,11 +3820,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3103,14 +3833,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 36fbe4c6a..4795d8eeb 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 +# Daye Jeong, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3916,7 +3917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 msgid "Conditional Display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "조건부 표시" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4103,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 msgid "Live Session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "실시간 세션" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 742059ceb..cff6645cd 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1545,6 +1545,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -1907,6 +1908,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -2100,6 +2102,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "장치" @@ -3229,6 +3568,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "생성" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "재고 삭제" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "카테고리" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a5dca4562..fa3dbe757 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -95,7 +95,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" @@ -9378,99 +9377,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index a2b4a6fa3..1c0bef85b 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" @@ -971,6 +970,451 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "고객이 포털을 통해서 이용할 경우에는 :menuselection:`내 계정 --> 상담`에서 본인 상담 항목을 확인할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -999,7 +1443,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "설정" @@ -3174,404 +3617,6 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`고객쪽에서 상담을 종료할 수 있도록 허용 " "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "작업시간표 및 청구서" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "상담 소요 시간에 대한 청구서(선불 지원 서비스)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"선불 지원 서비스로 진행할 수 있도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 즉, 판매주문서와 청구서를 발행하여 서비스가 종료되면 소요된 시간을 공제할 수" -" 있습니다. Odoo 애플리케이션들은 완전히 통합되어 있어서 고객들의 요구에 더욱 빠르게 대응할 수 있기에 가능한 일입니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "1단계: 헬프데스크 팀 구성" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀`에서 팀을 새로 만들거나 기존 팀 항목을 수정하여 *상담 " -"작업시간표* 및 *작업시간 재청구* 기능을 활성화합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" -"*상담 작업시간표*에서 프로젝트를 선택하거나 새로 생성합니다. 선택/생성된 항목에는 기본적으로 직원 작업시간표가 탑재되어 있습니다. 다만" -" 최종 수정은 각 상담 건별로 할 수 있습니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "상담 작업시간표와 Odoo 헬프데스크의 작업시간재청구 기능이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 팀 설정 페이지 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "2단계: 서비스 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -":menuselection:`판매 --> 구성 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 *측정 단위*를 활성화시키면 선택 항목인 *시간* (예를 들어)" -" 을 서비스 측정 단위로 선택할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"그런 다음 :menuselection:`판매 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 새로운 항목을 생성하거나 기존 내용을 편집하여 *품목" -" 유형*을 *서비스*로 설정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "Odoo 판매의 품목 유형 및 측정 단위 필드가 강조되어 있는 품목 양식 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "이제 *판매* 탭에서 진행하려면 청구서 관리 항목을 선택하십시오. 다음과 같이 구성하시는 것을 권장합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "Odoo Sales의 판매 탭 아래에 있는 품목 양식 및 청구서 발행 옵션 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"이렇게 설정하게 되면 판매주문서 상에 있는 예상 시간만큼 고객에서 청구서를 발행할 수 있게 됩니다. 즉, 시간이 단축되거나 추가되는 " -"경우는 고려하지 않습니다. 또한 판매주문서에서 확정이 될 때마다 적합한 프로젝트 하에서 새로운 작업을 생성하여 프로세스를 자동화하게 " -"됩니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"이처럼 플로우 예시에서 보시는 것과 같이 프로젝트를 특정하여 설정해놓으시는 것을 추천합니다. 중요한 점은 상담 소요 시간을 다시 " -"청구하시는 경우에는, 해당 프로젝트 또는 작업에 판매주문서 항목이 설정되어 있어야 한다는 것입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "청구서 예측 및 시간 기록" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "1단계: 주문하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -":menuselection:`판매 --> 주문서 --> 주문서`로 이동하여 고객 상담을 진행하기 위하여 이전에 헬프데스크 서비스 품목으로" -" 설정해놓은 항목을 생성합니다. 고객 지원에 필요할 주문서를 *확정*하십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Odoo 판매의 주문 내역이 강조되어 있는 판매주문서 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "2단계: 고객에게 청구서 발행하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "*판매*에서 *청구서 생성*을 진행할 판매주문서를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 청구서 생성 버튼이 강조되어 있는 판매주문서 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "3단계: 상담으로 작업 연결하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "이제 *헬프데스크*에서 해당되는 상담 건을 생성하거나 편집하여 판매주문서 확정을 통해서 생성한 작업으로 연결시킵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 현장 작업이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 상담 건 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "4단계: 소요 시간 기록하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "해당 헬프데스크 상담 건에 대해서, *작업시간표* 탭에서 계속하여 작업 시간을 기록합니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 작업시간표 탭을 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 상담 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "상담 양식에 기록된 시간은 판매주문의 *배송 완료* 열에 표시되는 점을 확인하시기 바랍니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 배송 완료 열이 강조되어 있는 판매주문서 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "상담 건에 시간이 기록되면 *작업시간표*와 관련 작업에 자동으로 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "상담 소요 시간 청구서 (후불 지원 서비스)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`작업시간표`를 통합하여 클라이언트에게 청구하는 방식과 청구 내역에 대해 구체적으로 안내할 수 있도록 더욱 조직적으로 " -"투명하게 관리할 수 있습니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 헬프데스크 상담원은 상담을 통해 작업시간표를 기록할 수 있습니다. 상담이 완료되면 상담 소요 시간에 대하여 고객에게 비용을 " -"청구할 수 있습니다. 정확한 내용을 청구할 수 있도록 Odoo는 상담 작업시간표에서 내용을 가져옵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`작업시간표` 기능을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여" -" 헬프데스크 팀을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`편집t`을 클릭하십시오. 그 다음 :guilabel:`작업시간표` 및 " -":guilabel:`시간 청구` 옵션을 활성화합니다. :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 헬프데스크 팀 설정에 적용합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`작업시간표` 기능이 활성화되면, :guilabel:`작업시간표` 아래에 :guilabel:`프로젝트` 드롭다운 옵션이" -" 나타납니다. :guilabel:`프로젝트` 드롭다운 옵션은 Odoo에서 헬프데스크 팀용으로 만들어져 있는 프로젝트로 자동 설정됩니다. " -"선택한 프로젝트에 상담 작업시간표가 저장됩니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "판매주문서 생성하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" -"파이프라인으로 상담이 들어오게 되면 :menuselection:`판매 --> 만들기`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 새 견적서의 " -":guilabel:`고객` 필드에 상담 고객을 추가하십시오. :guilabel:`주문 내역` 탭에 있는 헬프데스크 상담 건에 소요 시간에" -" 대해 고객에게 청구할 수 있도록 품목을 생성하거나 선택합니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" -"판매주문서 양식에서 새로운 품목을 생성하는 경우, 먼저 :guilabel:`품목`열에 이름을 입력하여 품목명을 지정합니다. 그 후 " -":guilabel:`생성 후 편집하기`를 클릭하십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" -"먼저 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 유형`을 :guilabel:`서비스`로 설정하고 " -":guilabel:`판매 가격`을 헬프데스크 상담원의 서비스 요율로 설정하십시오. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`청구 정책`을 " -":guilabel:`작업시간표 기준`으로 설정하십시오. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 새로운 품목을 생상하여 견적서에 " -"추가합니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "품목 추가를 완료하여 견적서를 판매주문서로 전환시키려면 :guilabel:`확정`을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "판매주문서를 생성하여 품목을 추가합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "작업시간표 기록하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" -"작업시간표를 기록하려면, :guilabel:`헬프데스크` 현황판으로 이동하여 팀 카드에서 :guilabel:`상담`을 클릭한 후 해당하는" -" 상담 건을 검색하여 헬프데스크 상담 항목으로 이동하십시오. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 " -":guilabel:`작업시간표` 탭에서 상담에 소요된 시간을 입력합니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "상담에 소요된 시간을 기록하십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "상담 업무의 작업시간표는 판매주문서 작성 전후로 순서와 무관하게 기록할 수 있습니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "헬프데스크 상담 건을 SO로 연결하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`판매주문서`를 상담에 연결시키려면 가장 먼저 상담 양식에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다. 다음으로, " -":guilabel:`판매주문서 아이템` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존에 생성되어 있는 :guilabel:`판매주문서`를 선택합니다. " -"Odoo에서는 상담 고객과 연결되어 있는 판매주문서만 옵션 자동 필터로 표시됩니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 " -"상담과 :guilabel:`판매주문서 아이템`을 연결시킵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "SO 항목을 상담에 연결시킵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr ":guilabel:`판매주문서 아이템`은 작업시간표 기록 전후로 순서와 무관하게 상담에 연결시킬 수 있습니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "청구서 요율 수정하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" -"작업시간표 기록이 완료되었으나 해당 시간에 대해서 상담원이 고객에게 청구하지 않는 경우에는, `작업시간표` 탭으로 이동하여 `판매주문서 " -"아이템` 열의 검토가 가능하도록 토글을 켭니다. 작업시간표에서 내용을 입력할 때 미청구 항목에 대해서는 :guilabel:`작업시간표 " -"항목` 필드를 비워두어야만 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" -"상담원이 작업시간 항목에서 요율을 다르게 부과하려는 경우, 먼저 새로운 요율이 가격이 책정되어 있는 연결 :abbr:`SO " -"(판매주문서)'에 새 품목을 추가합니다. 그런 다음 작업시간표 항목의 :guilabel:`판매주문서 아이템` 필드에서 신규 품목을 " -"선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "청구서 생성하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" -"헬프데스크 상담이 완료되어 클라이언트에게 작업 시간 청구를 하려면, 상담 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`판매주문서` 스마트 버튼을 " -"클릭하여 판매주문서으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`배송 완료` 열 내용은 상담 작업시간표에 기록되어 있는 시간과 일치해야 합니다. " -"관련된 정보를 확인하여 입력한 후 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭하여 클라이언트에게 상담 소요 시간에 대하여 청구합니다. " -"Odoo에서 고객에게 전송할 청구서를 자동으로 생성하여 헬프데스크 상담을 공식적으로 종료할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoice_time`" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "프로젝트" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 35a85fc53..fd930aac0 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ # Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2022 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2022 # Guido Leenders, 2023 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023 # Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023 # Dylan Kiss, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -65,226 +65,330 @@ msgstr "Dubbele boekhouding" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" -"Gebruikers kunnen toegang hebben tot meerdere bedrijven, maar werken altijd " -"in één bedrijf tegelijk." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Multi-valuta" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "Internationale standaarden" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Odoo boekhouding ondersteunt meer dan 50 landen. De kernboekhouding van Odoo" -" implementeert algemene boekhoudnormen voor alle landen. Er zijn per land " -"specifieke modules met specifieke kenmerken van het land, zoals het " -"rekeningschema, belastingen of bankinterfaces." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 +msgid "" +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -"Europese boekhouding waarbij kosten worden geboekt op de " -"leveranciersfactuur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo heeft ook modules die voldoen aan de IFRS regels." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "Debiteuren en crediteuren rekeningen" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Afschrift" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Balans" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "Breed gamma aan financiële rapporten" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Winst en verlies" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" -"In Odoo kunt u in realtime financiële rapporten genereren. De rapporten van " -"Odoo variëren van eenvoudige boekhoudrapporten tot geavanceerde " -"managementrapporten. De rapporten van Odoo omvatten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "BTW-rapportage" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Audit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Proefbalans" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Management rapporten (zoals budgetten, managementsamenvatting)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "Importeer automatisch bankafschriften" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Relatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "Bereken de belasting die u verschuldigd bent aan de belastingdienst" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Management" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Voorraadwaardering" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -427,6 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -443,7 +548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -463,7 +568,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -471,6 +576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -652,10 +758,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2653,10 +2755,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "Winst en verlies" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2665,10 +2763,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "Balans" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3751,97 +3845,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6322,6 +6433,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Fiscale positie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -8002,10 +8237,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportages" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8860,7 +9091,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8984,23 +9215,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -9025,7 +9278,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -9039,7 +9292,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -9047,14 +9300,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -9070,7 +9323,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -9086,11 +9339,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -9099,53 +9352,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9157,11 +9410,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9170,11 +9423,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Kolommen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9188,7 +9441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -10034,7 +10287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11463,185 +11716,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Applicatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Applicatie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -14421,13 +14657,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Relatie" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28812,33 +29041,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA automatische incasso" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28847,14 +29074,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28862,11 +29089,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28877,45 +29104,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28924,31 +29151,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Retouren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28957,17 +29184,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28976,24 +29203,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -29002,7 +29229,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -29010,21 +29237,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -29039,7 +29266,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -29049,7 +29276,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -29060,54 +29287,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Landen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "Maximaal aantal" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -29115,21 +29342,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -29139,24 +29366,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -29165,26 +29392,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -29194,69 +29421,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29297,7 +29524,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -31048,51 +31274,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met overschrijvingen" +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Hoe klanten betaling instructies aanbieden" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Hoe een order te beheren eenmaal u betaald bent" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 66b7d1923..4a3d96471 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -312,8 +312,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Ontvangsten" @@ -981,7 +979,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" @@ -993,7 +990,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1059,302 +1055,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Product configuratie" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Bewerkingsoorten" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Partij traceerbaarheid" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Serienummers beheren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Traceerbaarheid serienummer" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3076,28 +3794,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3106,7 +3836,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3115,11 +3845,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3128,14 +3858,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 5e01bb93c..8af1486fc 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ # Translators: # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2022 # Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2023 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Agenda" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 -msgid "Google Calendar synchronization" +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " "platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " -"your schedule so you never miss a meeting." +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 @@ -59,51 +59,58 @@ msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "Opzet in Google" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 -msgid "Enable Google Calendar API" +msgid "Select (or create) a project" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 msgid "" -"Begin by creating a new Google API project and enabling the Google Calendar " -"API. Then, go to the `Google API Console " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and log into your Google account." +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console <https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and " +"log into the Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 msgid "" -"If this is your first time visiting this page, Google will prompt you to " -"enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the" -" drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select or create an API project" -" to store credentials." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 msgid "" -"Give the API Project a clear name like \"Odoo Sync\" so you can easily find " -"it." +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 msgid "" -"Then, open the API Project and click :guilabel:`Enable APIs and Services`." +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 msgid "" -"After that, search for *Google Calendar API* using the search bar and select" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" " :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " ":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" @@ -112,63 +119,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:49 -msgid "Create credentials" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now that you have created your API project and enabled the Google Calendar " -"API, you need to create credentials. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Create " -"Credentials`. Google will then guide you through four steps to create your " -"API credentials." +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 msgid "" -"In the first step, :guilabel:`Credential Type`, select the :guilabel:`Google" -" Calendar API` and :guilabel:`User Data` options. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Next`." +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 -msgid "Select Google Calendar API and User Data for the Credential Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 msgid "" -"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type *Odoo* in the " -":guilabel:`App name` field, select your email address for the " -":guilabel:`User support email` field, and type your email address for the " -":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 msgid "" -"Skip the third step, :guilabel:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and " -"Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In the last step, :guilabel:`OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " -"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field and type *My Odoo " -"Database* for the :guilabel:`Name`." +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " -":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address." +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " -"Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address followed by " -"*/google_account/authentication*. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create` and " -":guilabel:`Done`." +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 @@ -176,62 +219,42 @@ msgid "" "Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 msgid "" -"After successfully creating a new API project, enabling the Google Calendar " -"API, and generating the Google Calendar API credentials, you should now have" -" a Client ID and Client Secret." +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:87 -msgid "Client ID & Client Secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The **Client ID** and the **Client Secret** are both needed to connect " -"Google Calendar to Odoo. Find the Client ID and the Client Secret by opening" -" the Google Cloud Platform navigation menu and going to :menuselection:`API " -"& Services --> Credentials --> OAuth 2.0 Client IDs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Next, locate the credentials you just created for the Google Calendar API. " -"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit OAuth Client` (the pencil icon). The page " -"will redirect to the edit page, where you can view the Client ID and the " -"Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 -msgid "Click Edit OAuth Client to view the credential details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 msgid "" -"Once the Client ID and the Client Secret are located, open the Odoo database" -" and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations " -"--> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 msgid "" -"Next, copy and paste the Client ID and the Client Secret from the Google " -"Calendar API Credentials page into their respective fields below the " +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " ":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 msgid "" -"Finally, open the Calendar module in Odoo and click on the " +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " ":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -241,23 +264,63 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 msgid "" -"The first time you sync your Google Calendar with Odoo, the page will " -"redirect to your Google Account. Click :guilabel:`OK` and :guilabel:`Allow` " -"to authorize Odoo to access Google Calendar." +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 -msgid "Successfully sync between Odoo and Google Calendar." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 @@ -1471,6 +1534,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -1820,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 @@ -1835,6 +1899,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problemen oplossen" @@ -2028,6 +2093,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Apparaten" @@ -3157,6 +3559,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Creatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Verwijdering" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Categorieën" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -5288,11 +5876,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -5300,21 +5902,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "Layout" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "Licht" @@ -5322,7 +5924,7 @@ msgstr "Licht" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "Kader" @@ -5330,7 +5932,7 @@ msgstr "Kader" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "Vet" @@ -5338,7 +5940,7 @@ msgstr "Vet" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "Gestreept" @@ -5346,157 +5948,157 @@ msgstr "Gestreept" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "Lettertype" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts <https://fonts.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Lato#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Roboto#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Open+Sans#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Oswald#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Raleway#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Tajawal#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Kleuren" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "Voettekst" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "Papierformaat" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -5507,11 +6109,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "Extern" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -5519,7 +6121,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." @@ -5529,7 +6131,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -5541,33 +6143,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "Intern" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "Blanco" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -5576,48 +6178,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "Blok" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -5628,31 +6230,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "Inline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "Tafel" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" @@ -5664,86 +6266,86 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a Data table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " "values of a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-" "field>` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "Kolom" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks <studio/pdf-" "reports/elements/block>` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ef2750cd7..6377d7aca 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -107,7 +107,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -9482,99 +9481,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e124df518..854a1533c 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -867,6 +866,451 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applicaties/inventaris_and_mrp/inventaris/beheer/producten/uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -898,7 +1342,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "Opgericht" @@ -2783,394 +3226,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "Urenstaat en factuur" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "Factuurtijd besteed aan tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"De mogelijkheid hebben om met prepaid-ondersteuningsservices te werken, wat " -"betekent dat een verkooporder en een bijbehorende factuur worden uitgegeven " -"en, zodra de service is voltooid, u de bestede tijd kunt aftrekken. Odoo " -"laat het gebeuren omdat de applicaties volledig geïntegreerd zijn, wat " -"resulteert in snellere reacties op uw klantbehoeften." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Stap 1: Stel een helpdeskteam in" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuratie --> Helpdesk Teams`, maak " -"of bewerk een bestaand team, en activeer *Timesheet op Ticket* en *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer of maak een project aan onder *Timesheet op Ticket*. De " -"geselecteerde/gecreëerde is degene waarop de werknemersrooster standaard is " -"ingeschakeld. Het kan echter uiteindelijk op elk ticket worden gewijzigd." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "Stap 2: Stel een dienst in" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Configuratie --> Instellingen` en " -"schakel *Maateenheden* in om optioneel *uren* (bijvoorbeeld) te kunnen " -"kiezen als maateenheid van uw dienst." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"Ga dan naar :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Producten --> Producten`, maak of " -"bewerk een bestaande en stel het *Producttype* in als *Service*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer nu het facturatiebeheer dat u wilt hebben op het tabblad " -"*Verkoop*. We raden de volgende configuratie aan:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"Deze configuratie zorgt ervoor dat de klant wordt gefactureerd op basis van " -"het aantal uren dat is voorspeld in de verkooporder, wat betekent dat er " -"geen rekening wordt gehouden met minder of extra uren. Het zorgt er ook voor" -" dat elke keer dat een verkooporder wordt bevestigd, er een nieuwe taak " -"wordt aangemaakt onder het juiste project, waardoor het proces wordt " -"geautomatiseerd." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"We raden aan om een specifiek project op te zetten, zoals voor dit " -"stroomvoorbeeld is gedaan. Het belangrijkste om te onthouden is dat het " -"verkooporderitem moet worden ingesteld op het bijbehorende project of de " -"bijbehorende taak, om de tijd die aan een ticket is besteed, opnieuw te " -"factureren." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "Een factuur vooruitzien en tijd opnemen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "Stap 1: Plaats een bestelling" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Bestellingen --> Bestellingen` en maak " -"er een aan voor het helpdesk-serviceproduct dat u eerder hebt ingesteld, met" -" de klant die het ticket moet openen. Stel het aantal uren in dat nodig is " -"om de klant te helpen en *Bevestig* de bestelling." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "Stap 2: Factureer de klant" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer in *Verkoop* de respectieve verkooporder om *Factuur aan te " -"maken*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Stap 3: Koppel de taak aan het ticket" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Maak of bewerk nu in *Helpdesk* het betreffende ticket en koppel het aan de " -"taak die is aangemaakt door de bevestiging van de verkooporder." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "Stap 4: Noteer de bestede tijd" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"Noteer nog steeds op het betreffende helpdeskticket de gepresteerde uren " -"onder het tabblad *Timesheets*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Houd er rekening mee dat de uren die op het ticketformulier zijn " -"geregistreerd, worden weergegeven in de kolom *Geleverd* in de verkooporder." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"De op het ticket geregistreerde uren worden automatisch weergegeven in " -"*Timesheets* en op de toegewezen taak." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applicaties/inventaris_and_mrp/inventaris/beheer/producten/uom`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "Factuurtijd besteed aan tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Project" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index e56bb0468..16d90115b 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -13,19 +13,19 @@ # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 -# Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevilyn Rosa, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -73,280 +73,331 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -"O Odoo cria automaticamente todas as entradas de diário nos bastidores para " -"cada uma de suas transações contábeis: faturas de cliente, pedido de ponto " -"de venda, despesas, movimentação de estoque, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -"O Odoo usa as regras do sistema de contabilidade de partidas dobradas: todos" -" os lançamentos contábeis manuais são automaticamente equilibrados (soma dos" -" débitos = soma dos créditos)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -"O Odoo suporta relatórios de acumulação e regime de caixa. Isso permite que " -"você relate receitas / despesas no momento em que as transações ocorrem (ou " -"seja, regime de competência) ou quando o pagamento é feito ou recebido (ou " -"seja, regime de caixa)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-empresas" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -"O Odoo permite gerir várias empresas na mesma base de dados. Cada empresa " -"tem seu próprio plano de contas e regras. Você pode obter relatórios de " -"consolidação seguindo suas regras de consolidação." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -"Os usuários podem acessar várias empresas, mas sempre trabalham em uma " -"empresa por vez." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Multi-moedas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" msgstr "" -"Cada transação é registrada na moeda padrão da empresa. Para transações que " -"ocorrem em outra moeda, Odoo armazena o valor na moeda da empresa e o valor " -"na moeda da transação. O Odoo pode gerar ganhos e perdas de moedas após a " -"reconciliação dos itens de diário." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -"As taxas de câmbio são atualizadas uma vez por dia usando um serviço da web " -"online yahoo.com." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "Padrões internacionais" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -"A contabilidade Odoo oferece suporte a mais de 50 países. O núcleo de " -"contabilidade Odoo implementa padrões de contabilidade que são comuns a " -"todos os países. Existem módulos específicos por país para as " -"especificidades do país, como plano de contas, impostos ou interfaces " -"bancárias." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" -"Em particular, o mecanismo de contabilidade central do Odoo oferece suporte " -"a:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" -"Contabilidade anglo-saxônica (EUA, Reino Unido e outros países de língua " -"inglesa, incluindo Irlanda, Canadá, Austrália e Nova Zelândia), onde os " -"custos dos produtos vendidos são relatados quando os produtos são vendidos /" -" entregues." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"Contabilidade europeia em que as despesas são contabilizadas na conta do " -"fornecedor." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, Odoo usa uma única conta para todas as entradas de contas a " -"receber e uma para todas as entradas de contas a pagar. Você pode criar " -"contas separadas por clientes / fornecedores, mas não é necessário." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Relatórios" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -"Como as transações são associadas a clientes ou fornecedores, você obtém " -"relatórios para realizar análises por cliente / fornecedor, como extrato do " -"cliente, receitas por clientes, contas a receber / a pagar antigas, ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Demonstrativo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Balanço patrimonial" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "Grande variedade de relatórios financeiros" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Lucros e perdas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" msgstr "" -"No Odoo, você pode gerar relatórios financeiros em tempo real. Os relatórios" -" da Odoo variam de relatórios básicos de contabilidade a relatórios " -"gerenciais avançados. Os relatórios de Odoo incluem:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -"Relatórios de desempenho (como Lucros e Perdas, Variação de Orçamento)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" msgstr "" -"Relatórios de posição (como balanço, contas a pagar antigas, contas a " -"receber antigas)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "Relatórios de caixa (como resumo bancário)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Relatórios de gestão (como orçamentos, resumo executivo)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" -"O mecanismo de relatório do Odoo permite que você personalize seu próprio " -"relatório com base em suas próprias fórmulas." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -"O Odoo acelera a conciliação bancária combinando a maioria das linhas de " -"extrato bancário importado com suas transações contábeis. Odoo também se " -"lembra de como você tratou outras linhas de extrato bancário e fornece " -"sugestões de transações do razão geral." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "Calcule o imposto que você deve à sua autoridade fiscal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Parceiro" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Administração" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" -"O Odoo totaliza todas as suas transações contábeis para o seu período fiscal" -" e usa esses totais para calcular sua obrigação fiscal. Você pode então " -"verificar o seu imposto sobre vendas executando o Relatório de Imposto da " -"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoração de Inventário" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -"O Odoo suporta avaliações de estoque periódicas (manuais) e perpétuas " -"(automatizadas). Os métodos disponíveis são preço padrão, preço médio, UEPS " -"(para países que o permitem) e PEPS." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Lucros retidos são a parte da receita retida por sua empresa. O Odoo calcula" -" automaticamente seus ganhos do ano atual em tempo real, portanto, nenhum " -"diário de fim de ano ou rollover é necessário. Isso é calculado relatando o " -"saldo de lucros e perdas em seu relatório de balanço patrimonial " -"automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank and cash accounts" @@ -488,6 +539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -504,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -524,7 +576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -532,6 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" @@ -713,10 +766,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -1513,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Cash register" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caixa registradora" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2843,10 +2892,6 @@ msgstr "" "Use o relatório de vencimento para determinar quais clientes estão atrasados" " ​​e comece seus esforços de cobrança." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "Lucros e perdas" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2859,10 +2904,6 @@ msgstr "" "líquido e perda. Às vezes é chamado de \"Demonstração de receita\" ou " "\"Demonstração de receitas e despesas\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "Balanço patrimonial" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3955,97 +3996,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6611,6 +6669,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -8345,10 +8527,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Relatórios" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -9248,7 +9426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -9372,23 +9550,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -9413,7 +9613,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -9427,7 +9627,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -9435,14 +9635,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -9458,7 +9658,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -9474,11 +9674,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -9487,53 +9687,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9545,11 +9745,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9558,11 +9758,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Colunas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9576,7 +9776,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -10394,7 +10594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11856,185 +12056,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Aplicação" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Aplicação" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -14913,13 +15096,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Parceiro" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -17499,7 +17675,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:686 msgid "Claim" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reivindicação" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 msgid "" @@ -29523,33 +29699,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "Débito direto SEPA" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -29558,14 +29732,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -29573,11 +29747,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -29588,45 +29762,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -29635,31 +29809,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Reembolso" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -29668,17 +29842,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -29687,24 +29861,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -29713,7 +29887,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -29721,21 +29895,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -29750,7 +29924,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -29760,7 +29934,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -29771,54 +29945,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "Guia de credenciais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Guia de configuração" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Países" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -29826,21 +30000,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -29850,24 +30024,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "Perspectiva contábil" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -29876,26 +30050,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -29905,69 +30079,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -30008,7 +30182,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -31758,59 +31931,97 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Como fornecer instruções de pagamento aos clientes" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Eles aparecerão para os clientes quando eles fizerem um pedido." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Como gerenciar um pedido depois de receber o pagamento" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -"Sempre que um cliente paga por transferência eletrônica, o pedido permanece " -"em um estágio intermediário **Cotação enviada** (ou seja, pedido não pago). " -"Ao receber o pagamento, você confirma o pedido manualmente para iniciar a " -"entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Como criar outros métodos de pagamento manual" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" -"Se você gerencia um negócio B2B, pode criar outros métodos de pagamento " -"processados ​​manualmente, como pagamento em cheque. Para fazer isso, basta " -"renomear *Transferência eletrônica* ou duplicá-la." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 1f9577dc4..62dbcfe8e 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -2058,6 +2058,61 @@ msgid "" " and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "Modelos de E-mail" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2f90c9018..1b3b60441 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -315,8 +315,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Recebimentos" @@ -1023,7 +1021,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Configuração do aplicativo" @@ -1035,7 +1032,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1101,304 +1097,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" -"O gerenciamento de entrada dupla no Odoo permite que você execute " -"rastreabilidade muito avançada." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do produto" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Tipos de Operação" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Lotes de rastreabilidade" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Gerenciar números de série" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Rastreabilidade do número de série" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3120,28 +3836,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3150,7 +3878,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3159,11 +3887,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3172,14 +3900,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 6fa21b47e..3f81b1d66 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 # Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kevilyn Rosa, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1666,6 +1666,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -2050,6 +2051,7 @@ msgstr "" "A configuração está concluída, você pode iniciar uma nova sessão de PDV." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solução de problemas" @@ -2310,6 +2312,343 @@ msgstr "" "O sacador deve ser conectado à impressora e a caixa de seleção *Retirador* " "deve ser assinalada na configuração do PDV." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" @@ -3561,6 +3900,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Criação" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Remoção" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Categorias" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index d9807a52c..6b36fb2b4 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -111,7 +111,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" @@ -10563,99 +10562,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e35d317b9..03e05db0a 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" @@ -868,6 +867,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`/aplicações/inventário_e_mrp/inventário/gestão/produtos/uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -899,7 +1342,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "Configurar" @@ -2785,390 +3227,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "Folha de horas de trabalho e fatura" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "Tempo gasto na fatura de ingressos (Serviços de suporte pré-pago)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"Tenha a opção de trabalhar com serviços de suporte pré-pagos, o que " -"significa que uma ordem de venda e uma fatura correspondente são emitidas e," -" uma vez terminado o serviço, você pode deduzir o tempo gasto. Odoo permite " -"que isso aconteça porque as aplicações são totalmente integradas, resultando" -" em respostas mais rápidas às necessidades de seus clientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Etapa 1: Monte uma equipe de helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"Ir para :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams', " -"criar ou editar uma equipe existente, e ativar *Timesheet on Ticket* e *Time" -" Reinvoicing*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Selecione ou crie um projeto em *Timesheet on Ticket*. O selecionado/criado " -"é aquele no qual os funcionários da folha de ponto por padrão. No entanto, " -"ela pode ser modificada em última instância em cada bilhete." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "Etapa 2: Monte um serviço" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -"Vá para :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings' e habilite " -"*Units of Measure* para opcionalmente poder escolher *horas* (por exemplo) " -"como a unidade de medida de seu serviço." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"Depois, vá para :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, crie ou " -"edite um já existente, e defina seu *Product Type* como *Service*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Agora, selecione a gestão de faturamento que você gostaria de ter sob a guia" -" *Vendas*. Recomendamos a seguinte configuração:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"Esta configuração garante que o cliente seja faturado pelo número de horas " -"previstas no pedido de venda, o que significa que menos horas ou horas " -"extras registradas não são levadas em conta. Também assegura que toda vez " -"que uma ordem de venda é confirmada, uma nova tarefa é criada sob o projeto " -"correto, automatizando o processo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Recomendamos a criação de um projeto específico, como foi feito para este " -"exemplo de fluxo. O importante a lembrar é que o item da ordem de venda " -"precisa ser definido no projeto ou tarefa correspondente, a fim de refazer o" -" tempo gasto em um bilhete." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "Prever uma fatura e um tempo recorde" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "Etapa 1: Fazer um pedido" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -"Ir para :menuselection:`Vendas --> Encomendas --> Encomendas' e criar um " -"para o produto de serviço de helpdesk que você já montou anteriormente, com " -"o cliente que precisa do bilhete para ser aberto. Defina o número de horas " -"necessárias para assistir o cliente e *Confirme* o pedido." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "Etapa 2: Faturar o cliente" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" -"Em *Vendas*, selecione a respectiva ordem de venda para *Criar fatura*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Etapa 3: Vincular a tarefa ao bilhete" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Agora, em *Helpdesk*, crie ou edite o respectivo bilhete e vincule-o à " -"tarefa criada pela confirmação da ordem de venda." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "Passo 4: Registre o tempo gasto" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"Ainda no respectivo ticket do helpdesk, registrar as horas executadas sob a " -"guia *Timesheets*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Observe que as horas registradas no formulário do bilhete são mostradas na " -"coluna *Entregado* no pedido de venda." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"As horas registradas no bilhete são automaticamente mostradas em " -"*Timesheets* e na tarefa dedicada." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_de_projecto`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`/aplicações/inventário_e_mrp/inventário/gestão/produtos/uom`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "Tempo gasto na fatura de ingressos (Serviços de suporte pós-pago)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Projeto" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 5f5df6639..1c75d0c56 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -592,7 +593,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 msgid "Pickup in store" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Retirada na loja" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -848,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 msgid "Contact us" -msgstr "Contato" +msgstr "Entre em contato" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1374,11 +1375,11 @@ msgstr "Nome (A-Z)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 msgid "Price - Low to High" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preço - do menor ao maior" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 msgid "Price - High to Low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preço - descendente" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f8503c625..14808df7e 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -6,22 +6,22 @@ # Translators: # Fekete Mihai <mihai.fekete@forestandbiomass.ro>, 2023 # Fenyedi Levente, 2023 -# Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023 # Vacaru Adrian <adrian.vacaru@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023 # Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -69,286 +69,331 @@ msgstr "Înregistrarea în contabilitate dublă partidă" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Odoo creează automat toate înregistrările în jurnal pentru fiecare dintre " -"tranzacțiile contabile: facturi de client, comenzi de vânzare, cheltuieli, " -"mutări de inventar, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -"Odoo utilizează regulile sistemului de înregistrare în contabilitate dublă " -"partidă: toate înregistrările în jurnal sunt echilibrate automat (suma " -"debitelor = suma creditelor)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "Constatare și metoda bazată pe numerar" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -"Odoo acceptă atât raportarea pe baza constatării, cât și pe baza " -"numerarului. Acest lucru vă permite să raportați venituri / cheltuieli la " -"momentul în care au loc tranzacțiile (adică pe baza constatării), sau atunci" -" când este făcută sau primită plata (adică pe baza numerarului)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-companii" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -"Odoo permite gestionarea mai multor companii în aceeași bază de date. " -"Fiecare companie are propriul său plan de conturi și reguli. Puteți obține " -"rapoarte de consolidare în conformitate cu regulile de consolidare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" msgstr "" -"Utilizatorii pot accesa mai multe companii, dar lucrează întotdeauna într-o " -"companie la un moment dat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Multi-valute" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -"Înregistrarea fiecărei tranzacții se face în valuta implicită a companiei. " -"Pentru tranzacțiile care au loc în alta valută, Odoo stochează atât valoarea" -" în valuta companiei, cât și valoarea în valuta tranzacției. Odoo poate " -"genera câștiguri și pierderi de valută după reconcilierea elementelor din " -"jurnal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -"Rata valutară se actualizează o dată pe zi folosind un serviciu web online " -"bnr.ro." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "Standarde internaționale" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" msgstr "" -"Contabilitatea Odoo acceptă mai mult de 50 de țări. Contabilitatea contabilă" -" Odoo implementează standarde contabile comune tuturor țărilor. Module " -"specifice există pe țară pentru particularitățile țării, cum ar fi planul de" -" conturi, taxele sau interfețele bancare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "În special, motorul de contabilitate Odoo acceptă:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" -"Contabilitatea Anglo-Saxonă (SUA, Marea Britanie, și alte țări de vorbire " -"engleză, inclusiv Irlanda, Canada, Australia și Noua Zeelandă) unde " -"costurile produselor vândute sunt raportate atunci când produsele sunt " -"vândute / livrate." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -"Contabilitatea europeană unde cheltuielile sunt înregistrate la factură." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo are module pentru a se conforma cu regulile IFRS." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "Conturi de creditare și debitare" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, Odoo utilizează un singur cont pentru toate înregistrările " -"de creditare și unul pentru toate înregistrările de debitare. Puteți crea " -"conturi separate pentru clienți / furnizori, dar nu este necesar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapoarte" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -"Deoarece tranzacțiile sunt asociate clienților sau furnizorilor, primiți " -"rapoarte pentru a efectua analize pe client / furnizor, cum ar fi declarația" -" clientului, veniturile pe clienți, vechimea creditelor / debitelor, ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Extras" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Bilanț" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "Gama largă de rapoarte financiare" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Profit și pierdere" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" -"În Odoo, puteți genera rapoarte financiare în timp real. Rapoartele Odoo " -"cuprind de la rapoarte contabile de bază la rapoarte de management avansate." -" Rapoartele Odoo includ:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Raport Taxă" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -"Rapoarte de performanță (cum ar fi Profit și pierdere, Varianta buget)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Audit" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" -"Rapoarte de poziție (cum ar fi Bilanțul, vechimea creditelor, vechimea " -"debitelor)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "Rapoarte de numerar (cum ar fi Rezumatul bancar)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Sold trial" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -"Rapoarte detaliate (cum ar fi Bilanțul de verificare și Jurnalul general)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Rapoarte de management (cum ar fi Bugetele, Rezumatul executiv)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -"Motorul de rapoarte Odoo vă permite să vă personalizați propriul raport pe " -"baza propriei formule." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "Importați fluxurile bancare automat" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -"Reconcilierea bancară este un proces care potrivește liniile din extrasul de" -" contu bancar, cum sunt furnizate de banca, cu tranzacțiile contabile din " -"jurnalul general. Odoo face reconcilierea bancară ușoară prin importul " -"frecvent al liniilor din extrasul de cont bancar de la banca dvs. direct în " -"contul dvs. Odoo. Acest lucru înseamnă că puteți avea o vedere zilnică a " -"fluxului de numerar fără a vă conecta la banca dvs. online sau a aștepta " -"extrasul de cont bancar pe hârtie." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partener" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -"Odoo accelerează reconcilierea bancară prin potrivirea majorității liniilor " -"de extras de cont bancar importate cu tranzacțiile contabile. Odoo mai " -"memorează cum ați tratat alte liniile de extras de cont bancar și oferă " -"tranzacții de jurnal general sugerate." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "Calculați impozitul pe care trebuie să-l plătiți autorității fiscale" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Management" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" -"Odoo adună toate tranzacțiile contabile pentru perioada fiscală și le " -"folosește pe aceste totaluri pentru a calcula obligația dvs. fiscală. Puteți" -" verifica apoi impozitul dvs. de vânzări rulând Raportul fiscal Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Evaluarea stocului" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -"Odoo acceptă atât evaluarea periodică (manuală) cât și evaluarea perpetuă " -"(automată) a stocului. Metodele disponibile sunt prețul standard, prețul " -"mediu, LIFO (pentru țările care permit acest lucru) și FIFO." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -":doc:`Vizualizați impactul metodei de evaluare asupra tranzacțiilor dvs. " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "Profituri rezervate ușor de gestionat" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Profitul rezervat este parte din profitul realizat de afacerea ta. Odoo " -"calculează automat profitul anului curent în timp real, astfel încât nu este" -" nevoie de închiderea anului fiscal sau de trecerea la un nou an fiscal. " -"Acest lucru este calculat prin raportarea soldului de profit și pierdere la " -"raportul de bilanț automat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank and cash accounts" @@ -527,6 +572,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -543,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -563,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -571,6 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" @@ -776,10 +823,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -3184,10 +3227,6 @@ msgstr "" "Folosiți raportul de vechime pentru a determina care sunt clienții în " "retragere și începeți eforturile de colectare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "Profit și pierdere" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -3200,10 +3239,6 @@ msgstr "" "imagine clară a profitului net și a pierderii. Uneori este denumită " "\"declarația de venituri\" sau \"declarația veniturilor și cheltuielilor\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "Bilanț" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -4490,22 +4525,18 @@ msgstr "" " intermediul punctelor de acces existente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, sau **EPC QR Code**, sunt " -"coduri bidimensionale care clienții pot scana cu **aplicațiile lor bancare " -"mobile** pentru a iniția un **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)** și să plătească " -"facturile instantaneu." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." @@ -4513,59 +4544,65 @@ msgstr "" "În plus față de aducerea ușurinței și vitezei, reduce considerabil erorile " "de scriere care ar putea duce la probleme de plată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." msgstr "" -"Această caracteristică este disponibilă numai în câteva țări europene, cum " -"ar fi Austria, Belgia, Finlanda, Germania și Olanda." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo Academy: cod QR pe facturi pentru clienți europeni " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -"Accesați: menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` și " -"activați caracteristica **SEPA QR Code**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "Configurați jurnalul contului dvs. bancar" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că contul dvs. *Bank Account* este configurat corect în Odoo cu" -" IBAN-ul și BIC-ul dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -"Pentru a face acest lucru, accesați: menuselection:`Contabilitate --> " -"Configurare --> Jurnale`, deschideți jurnalul dvs. *bank*, apoi completați " -"*Bank Account* și *Bank* în fila *Bank Account*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "Emiteți facturi cu coduri QR EPC" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -"Codurile QR EPC sunt adăugate automat facturilor dvs., atât timp cât le " -"emiteți clienților care se află într-o țară în care această caracteristică " -"este disponibilă." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." @@ -4573,44 +4610,36 @@ msgstr "" "Accesați: menuselection:`Contabilitate --> Clienți --> Facturi`, și creați o" " nouă factură." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "" -"Înainte de a o posta, deschideți fila *Other Info*. Odoo completează automat" -" câmpul *Cont bancar* cu IBAN-ul dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că contul indicat este cel pe care doriți să-l utilizați pentru" -" a primi plata clienților dvs., deoarece Odoo utilizează acest câmp pentru a" -" genera codul QR EPC." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să emiteți o factură fără un cod QR EPC, eliminați IBAN-ul " -"indicat în câmpul *Cont bancar*, în fila *Alte informații* a facturii." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" -"`Odoo Academy: cod QR pe facturi pentru clienți europeni " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing processes" @@ -7469,6 +7498,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "Intrare în jurnalul cursului de schimb." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Poziție fiscală" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -9518,10 +9671,6 @@ msgstr "" "Formularul este același, dar plata este direct legată de factură și va fi " "automat reconciliată cu ea." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapoarte" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "Rapoarte principale disponibile" @@ -10433,7 +10582,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -10557,23 +10706,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -10598,7 +10769,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -10612,7 +10783,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -10624,7 +10795,7 @@ msgstr "" "se potrivește, *și* dacă totalul soldului liniei de mutare făcute pe acest " "cont este **credit/debit**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " @@ -10634,7 +10805,7 @@ msgstr "" "Formula `21D` se potrivește doar cu contul `210002`, și de aceea returnează " "25. `210001` nu este potrivit, deoarece soldul său este *credit*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "Excluderile prefixului pot fi amestecate cu `C` și `D` sufixele." @@ -10654,7 +10825,7 @@ msgstr "" " ignoră prefixele `101`, `102`, și scade soldul celor de pe conturi cu " "prefixul `5`, ignorând prefixul `57`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -10674,11 +10845,11 @@ msgstr "" "Formula se potrivește cu conturile ale căror cod începe cu `21D`, indiferent" " de semnul lor de sold." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "Motorul 'Valoare externă'" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -10692,45 +10863,45 @@ msgstr "" "aceste obiecte se referă direct la expresia care le afectează, astfel încât " "foarte puțin trebuie făcut despre selecția lor aici." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "**Formulele** pot fi una dintre următoarele:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" "Dacă rezultatul trebuie să fie suma tuturor valorilor externe în perioada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "`most_recent`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" "Dacă rezultatul trebuie să fie valoarea ultimei valori externe în perioada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "În plus, **subformulele** pot fi utilizate în două moduri:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "`rounding=X`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" "Înlocuirea `X` cu un număr instruiește să rotunjească suma la X zecimale." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "`editable`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." @@ -10738,13 +10909,13 @@ msgstr "" "Indică că această expresie poate fi editată manual, declanșând afișarea unui" " icon în raport, permițând utilizatorului să efectueze această acțiune." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" "Valorile manuale sunt create la `date_to` selectat în prezent în raport." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "Ambele subformule pot fi amestecate prin separarea lor cu un `;`." @@ -10756,11 +10927,11 @@ msgstr "`editable;rounding=2`" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "este o subformulă corectă care amestecă ambele comportamente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "Motorul 'Funcție Python personalizată'" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -10774,11 +10945,11 @@ msgstr "" "prelua în **dicționarul** returnat de această funcție. Folosiți-l numai dacă" " faceți un modul personalizat al dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Coloane" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -10798,7 +10969,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "Coloanele raportului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -11685,7 +11856,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -13095,96 +13266,72 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "Mapare taxe și conturi" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a edita sau crea o poziție fiscal, mergeți la: menuselection: " -"`Contabilitate --> Configurare --> Poziții fiscale`, și deschideți intrarea " -"pe care doriți să o modificați sau faceți clic pe *Creare*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -"Maparea taxelor și conturilor se bazează pe taxele și conturile implicite " -"definite în formularele produselor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -"Pentru a mapa o altă taxă sau cont, completați coloana dreaptă (**Taxă de " -"aplicat**/**Cont de utilizat în schimb**)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a elimina o taxă, în loc să o înlocuiți cu alta, lăsați câmpul **Taxă" -" de aplicat** gol." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a înlocui o taxă cu mai multe alte taxe, adăugați mai multe linii cu " -"aceeași **Taxă pe produs**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." @@ -13192,128 +13339,97 @@ msgstr "" "Maparea funcționează numai cu taxe *active*. De aceea, asigurați-vă că sunt " "active mergând la: menuselection: `Contabilitate --> Configurare --> Taxe`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "Aplicare automată" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" -"Puteți configura pozițiile fiscale pentru a fi aplicate automat, în " -"următoarea set de condiții." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a face acest lucru, deschideți poziția fiscală pe care doriți să o " -"modificați și faceți clic pe **Detectați automat**. Puteți configura câteva " -"condiții:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" -"**VAT necesar**: Numărul de TVA *trebuie* să fie indicat în formularul de " -"contact al clienților." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" -"**Grup de țări** / **Țară**: Poziția fiscală este aplicată acestor țări." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" -msgstr "Exemplu de setări pentru a aplica o poziție fiscală automat" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" -"Taxele pe **comenzi eCommerce** sunt actualizate automat odată ce " -"vizitatorul s-a autentificat sau a completat detaliile de facturare." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" -"**Secvența** pozițiilor fiscale - ordinea în care sunt aranjate - definește " -"care poziție fiscală să aplice dacă condițiile sunt îndeplinite în mai multe" -" poziții fiscale." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" -"De exemplu, dacă prima poziție fiscală vizează *țara A*, iar a doua poziție " -"fiscală vizează un *Grup de țări* care include de asemenea *țara A*, numai " -"prima poziție fiscală va fi aplicată clienților din *țara A*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 msgid "Application" msgstr "Aplicare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "Atribuiți o poziție fiscală unui partener" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "Aplicare automată" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -"Puteți defini manual care poziție fiscală trebuie să fie utilizată în mod " -"implicit pentru un partener specific." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" -"Pentru a face acest lucru, deschideți formularul de contact al partenerului," -" mergeți la fila **Vânzări și achiziții**, editați câmpul **Poziție " -"fiscală** " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -"Selectarea unei poziții fiscale pe o comandă de vânzări / factură / factură " -"în contabilitatea Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" -"Alegeți pozițiile fiscale manual pe comenzi de vânzări, facturi și facturi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -"Pentru a selecta manual care poziție fiscală să utilizați pentru o nouă " -"comandă de vânzări, factură sau factură, mergeți la fila **Alte informații**" -" și selectați poziția fiscală corectă *înainte* de a adăuga linii de produs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -16547,13 +16663,6 @@ msgstr "" "Factura validată local deoarece este într-un mediu de testare fără " "certificat/chei de testare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partener" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "Tipul de identificare și TVA" @@ -31702,22 +31811,20 @@ msgstr "" "bancar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Caraacteristici aditionale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " @@ -31728,11 +31835,11 @@ msgstr "" "<payment_providers/online_providers>` pentru a verifica dacă furnizorul dvs." " de plăți acceptă aceste " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "Tokenizare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -31747,7 +31854,7 @@ msgstr "" "foarte utila pentru conversia ratei de conversie eCommerce si pentru " "abonamentele care utilizeaza plăți recurente. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " @@ -31757,7 +31864,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Configurație` din furnizorul dvs. de plăți și prin bifarea " "căsuței de selectare :guilabel:`Permiteți salvarea metodelor de plată`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -31769,11 +31876,11 @@ msgstr "" "token de plata care contine doar o referinta la detaliile cardului stocate " "pe serverul furnizorului de plati." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "Captura manuala" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -31791,7 +31898,7 @@ msgstr "" "rezervate; aceasta este echivalentă cu o anulare obișnuită. " "Capturareaplăților manual poate fi util în multe situații:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." @@ -31799,7 +31906,7 @@ msgstr "" "Primiți confirmarea platii și așteptați până când comanda este expediată " "pentru acaptura plata." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." @@ -31807,7 +31914,7 @@ msgstr "" "Previzualizați și verificați dacă comenzile sunt legitime înainte ca plata " "să fie finalizatăși procesul de finalizare începe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." @@ -31815,7 +31922,7 @@ msgstr "" "Evitati procesarea taxelor potențial mari pentru plățile anulate: furnizorii" " de plăți nu vă vor percepe taxe pentru anularea unei autorizări." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." @@ -31823,7 +31930,7 @@ msgstr "" "Retineți o garanție de securitate pentru a o returna mai târziu, minus orice" " deduceri (de exemplu, după daune)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" @@ -31833,7 +31940,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Configurație` din furnizorul dvs. de plăți și prin bifarea " "căsuței de selectare :guilabel:`Capturați suma manual`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" @@ -31844,7 +31951,7 @@ msgstr "" "TRANSACTION`. Pentrueliberarea fondurilor, faceți clic pe butonul " ":guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -31858,7 +31965,7 @@ msgstr "" "<payment_providers/online_providers>`. Furnizorii care acceptă " "doarcapturarea sau anularea sumei complete au valoarea **Full only**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" @@ -31868,7 +31975,7 @@ msgstr "" "fieliberate automat înapoi la metoda de plată a clienților. Consultați " "documentația furnizorului dvs. de plăți pentru durata exactă a rezervării." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." @@ -31876,11 +31983,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo nu acceptă această caracteristică pentru toți furnizorii de plăți, dar " "unele permitcaptura manuală din interfața lor web." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Restituiri" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " @@ -31891,7 +31998,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pentru a restitui oplata clienților, accesați-o și faceți clic pe butonul " ":guilabel:`REFUND`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -31905,17 +32012,17 @@ msgstr "" "<payment_providers/online_providers>`. Furnizorii care acceptă doar " "restituirea sumei complete au valoarea **Full only**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "Checkout rapid" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -31930,7 +32037,7 @@ msgstr "" "cumpărături la pagina de confirmare, trecând prin formularul de plată Google" " sau Apple pentru a valida plata." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " @@ -31940,7 +32047,7 @@ msgstr "" "dinplata furnizorului dvs. și bifând caseta de selectare :guilabel:`Allow " "Express Checkout`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." @@ -31948,11 +32055,11 @@ msgstr "" "Toate prețurile afișate în formularul de plată de checkout rapid sunt " "întotdeauna taxe incluse." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "Extra taxe" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -31966,7 +32073,7 @@ msgstr "" "simultan. Acestea pot fi aplicate in functie de **domestic** sau " "**international**geolocatie." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -31979,11 +32086,11 @@ msgstr "" "verificați:guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configurați setările după nevoile " "dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "Taxele sunt calculate pe pretul cu taxe incluse." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." @@ -31992,11 +32099,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`care caracteristica este disponibilă " "<payment_providers/online_providers>`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "Adaugati un nou furnizor de plata" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -32018,7 +32125,7 @@ msgstr "" "Apasati pe instalare, apoi pe activare pentru a face furnizorul de plata " "disponibil peOdoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -32034,7 +32141,7 @@ msgstr "" " acest lucru ar putea crea unele probleme cu numerotarea facturilor daca ati" " testa furnizorii de plata pe baza de date principala." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -32045,7 +32152,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "Tabul Credentiale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -32056,7 +32163,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizarea de terte parti.Odoo necesita aceste credentiale pentru a comunica" " cu furnizorul de plata." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." @@ -32065,13 +32172,13 @@ msgstr "" " configurati.Va rugam sa va referiti la documentatia asociata pentru mai " "multe informatii." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Tabul Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" @@ -32081,11 +32188,11 @@ msgstr "" " acestuiasub campul **Displayed as** si care iconite de card de credit sa " "fie afisatesub campul **Supported Payment Icons**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Tari" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." @@ -32094,11 +32201,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lasaticampul gol pentru a face furnizorul de plata disponibil in toate " "tarile." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "Suma Maxima" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" @@ -32108,7 +32215,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectat.Lasati campul gol pentru a face furnizorul de plata disponibil " "indiferentde suma platita." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -32120,11 +32227,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Donation** din aplicatia Website,si pagina **Checkout** din aplicatia " "**eCommerce** cand metodele de livrare platite sunt activate." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "Jurnalul de plati" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." @@ -32132,11 +32239,11 @@ msgstr "" "Jurul de plati selectat pentru furnizorul de plata trebuie sa fie un jurnal " "*Bank*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "Postati pe site" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -32153,7 +32260,7 @@ msgstr "" "furnizor in timp ce preveniti efectuarea de plati si inregistrarea de noi " "token-uri." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " @@ -32164,7 +32271,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibil clientilor dumneavoastra.Apasati pe butonul :guilabel:`Unpublish`" " pentru a-l dezactiva." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." @@ -32172,11 +32279,11 @@ msgstr "" "Furnizorii de plata sunt publicati si dezactivati automat cand " "schimbatistarea lor in `enabled` si `test`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "Perspectiva contabila" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -32191,7 +32298,7 @@ msgstr "" "jurnalului de plati. Va recomandam sa va adresati contabilului " "pentrusfaturi." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " @@ -32201,7 +32308,7 @@ msgstr "" "inregistrati platile, pe un **Outstanding Account**. Tipul jurnalului " "trebuie sa fie *Bank Journal*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" @@ -32209,7 +32316,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puteti folosi un singur jurnal pentru multe metode de plata. Si pentru " "fiecare metoda de plata,puteti:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." @@ -32217,7 +32324,7 @@ msgstr "" "Defini un **Accounting Account** pentru a separa aceste plati de o alta " "metoda de plata." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -32229,7 +32336,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "Un jurnal bancar in tab-ul \"Incoming Payments\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." @@ -32238,63 +32345,63 @@ msgstr "" "unelejurnale doar o singură metodă de plată ... Ceea ce se potrivește cel " "mai bine nevoilor dumneavoastră." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -32337,7 +32444,6 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr ":doc:`../payment_providers`" @@ -34646,64 +34752,97 @@ msgstr "" "se schimbă." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Plati cu transferuri bancare" +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -"**Wire Transfer** este metoda de plată implicită disponibilă. Scopul este de" -" a furniza clienților dvs. detaliile bancare, astfel încât ei să poată plăti" -" pe contul lor. Acesta este un proces foarte ușor de început, dar lent și " -"ineficient din punct de vedere al procesului. Optați pentru alti furnizori " -"de plata cât mai curând posibil!" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Cum să furnizați clienților instrucțiuni de plată" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -"Scrieti instrucțiunile de plată în **Thanks Message** al metodei de plată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Ei vor apărea pentru clienți când plasează o comandă." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Cum să gestionați o comandă odată ce ați primit plata" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -"Oricând un client plătește prin transfer bancar, comanda rămâne într-o stare" -" intermediară **Quotation Sent** (adică comandă neplătită). Când primiți " -"plata, confirmați manual comanda pentru a lansa livrarea." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Cum să creați alte metode de plată manual" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" -"Daca gestionati un business B2B, puteți crea alte metode de plată procesate " -"manual, cum ar fi plata prin cec. Pentru a face acest lucru, schimbati " -"numele *Wire Transfer* sau duplicați-l." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 9a7a2a24e..5d10b4031 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -2327,6 +2327,61 @@ msgstr "" "mode>`. Mergeți la :menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Automatizare --> " "Acțiuni programate` și căutați :guilabel:`Mail: Serviciul Fetchmail`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "Șabloane de e-mail" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2ae510d87..efb885c1a 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -11,15 +11,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Dragos Vasile, 2023 # Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -409,8 +410,6 @@ msgstr "" " suplimentari pentru diferitele tipuri de operațiuni." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Recepții" @@ -1283,7 +1282,6 @@ msgstr "" "expirare, chiar dacă sunt deja urmărite de loturi sau numere de serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Configurarea aplicației" @@ -1298,7 +1296,6 @@ msgstr "" " funcțiile *Loturi și numere de serie* și *Date de expirare*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1388,404 +1385,1027 @@ msgstr "" "loturile / numerele de serie care au depășit datele de alertă respective." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "Administrați loturi de produse identice" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"Loturile sunt utile pentru produsele pe care le primiți în cantități mari și" -" pentru care un număr de lot poate ajuta la raportare, controlul calității " -"sau orice altă informație. Loturile vor ajuta la identificarea unui număr de" -" bucăți care au, de exemplu, o defecțiune de producție. Poate fi util pentru" -" o producție în loturi de haine sau alimente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "Odoo are capacitatea de a gestiona loturi, asigurând respectarea " +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -"Managementul double-entry în Odoo vă permite să rulați o urmărire foarte " -"avansată." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "Setarea" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea aplicației" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"În primul rând, trebuie să activați urmărirea numerelor de lot. Pentru a " -"face astfel, mergeți la: menuselection: `Inventar --> Configurare --> " -"Setări` și bifați * Loturi și numere de serie *. Apoi, faceți clic pe " -"salvare." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea produsului" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" -"Acum, trebuie să configurați care produse doriți să urmăriți prin numere de " -"serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -"Mergi la: menuselection: `Date de bază --> Produse` și deschideți produsul " -"alegerea dvs. Acolo, faceți clic pe * Editare * și selectați * Urmărire prin" -" loturi * în fila inventar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "Administrați loturile" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -"Pentru a primi un produs urmărit de loturi, trebuie să specificați numerele " -"de lot. Aveți mai multe modalități de a face asta:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "Atribuiți manual diferitele numere de lot" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copiați / lipiți numerele de lot dintr-un fișier Excel" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" -"În primul rând, trebuie să deschideți operațiunile detaliate ale dvs. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -"Când deschideți operațiunile detaliate, puteți face clic pe * Adăugați o " -"linie *. Apoi, veți putea completa numărul de lot. Odată terminat, puteți " -"face click pe * Adăugați o linie * din nou pentru a înregistra un nou număr " -"de lot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copiați / lipiți numărul de lot dintr-un fișier Excel" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" -"Odată ce ați copiat lista conținând numerele de lot pe care le-ați primit de" -" la furnizor, le puteți lipi în coloana * Lot / Număr de serie * pentru Odoo" -" să creeze automat liniile necesare. După aceea, va trebui să introduceți " -"manual numărul de produse care sunt conținute în fiecare dintre loturile." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Tipuri de operațiuni" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -"Cu siguranță, aveți și posibilitatea de a defini cum veți gestiona loturile " -"pentru fiecare tip de operațiune. Pentru a face asta, deschideți aplicația *" -" Inventar * și mergeți la: menuselection: `Configurație --> Tipuri de " -"operațiuni`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" -"Pentru fiecare tip (primiri, transferuri interne, livrări, ...), puteți " -"decide dacă permiteți crearea de noi numere de lot sau numai utilizarea " -"existente. În mod implicit, crearea de noi loturi este permisă numai la " -"primirea produselor și utilizarea loturilor existente nu este permisă în " -"această operațiune. Dacă aveți transferuri inter- depozitare și urmăriți " -"produsele după loturi, poate fi util să permiteți utilizarea loturilor " -"existente și în primiri." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Urmărire loturi" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -"Numărul de lot dat produselor vă permite să urmăriți unde au fost primite, " -"puse în stoc, către cine au fost vândute și unde au fost expediate." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -"Pentru a urmări un element, deschideți modulul * Inventar * și, în: " -"menuselection: `Date de bază --> Loturi / Numere de serie`, faceți clic pe " -"numărul de lot corespunzător căutării." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -"Când deschideți informațiile * Urmărire *, puteți vedea în ce documente a " -"fost utilizat numărul de lot." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" -"Acum, dacă doriți să localizați numărul de lot, puteți face asta apăsând " -"butonul * Locație *." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "Lucrați cu numere de serie" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -"Pentru a urmări produsele cu numere de serie, puteți utiliza urmărirea " -"numărului de serie. Cu acestea, puteți urmări locația curentă a produsului " -"și, când produsele sunt mutate de la o locație la alta, sistemul va " -"identifica automat locația curentă a produsului, pe baza ultimului său " -"mișcare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să faceți asta sau să rulați o urmărire foarte avansată, " -"gestiunea dublă a Odoo este caracteristica pe care o aveți nevoie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "Felicitări" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -"În primul rând, trebuie să activați urmărirea numerelor de serie. Pentru a " -"face asta, mergeți la: menuselection `Configurare --> Setări` în aplicația *" -" Inventar *. Apoi, activați caracteristica și apăsați pe salvare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -"Acum, trebuie să configurați produsele pe care doriți să le urmăriți cu " -"numere de serie. Pentru a face asta, mergeți la: menuselection `Date de bază" -" --> Produse` și deschideți produsul pe care doriți să lucrați. Editați-l și" -" selectați * Urmărirea cu număr unic de serie * în fila * Inventar *. Apoi, " -"faceți clic pe salvare." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Gestionați numerele de serie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -"Pentru a primi un produs care este urmărit cu numere de serie, trebuie să " -"specificați numărul său de serie. Desigur, aveți mai multe modalități de a " -"face asta:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "Alocare manuală" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "Alocare multiplă" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "Copiere / lipire dintr-un fișier Excel" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Oricare ar fi metoda dvs. preferată de alocare a numerelor de serie, în " -"primul rând trebuie să deschideți operațiunile detaliate ale transferului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "Alocarea manuală a diferitelor numere de serie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Când deschideți operațiunile detaliate, puteți face clic pe * Adăugați o " -"linie *. Apoi, veți putea completa câmpul numărului de serie. Odată " -"terminat, puteți face clic din nou pe * Adăugați o linie * pentru a " -"înregistra un nou număr de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -"Prin utilizarea alocării multiplă a numerelor de serie, Odoo va crea automat" -" liniile necesare. Pentru a face asta, trebuie să introduceți primul număr " -"de serie din set și numărul de produse pentru care doriți să alocați un " -"număr de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" -"Odată terminat, faceți clic pe * Atribuiți numere de serie * și Odoo va face" -" " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -"Pentru a utiliza copiere / lipire, deschideți foaia de calcul care conține " -"numerele de serie pe care le-ați primit și copiați lista. Apoi, lipiți-le în" -" coloana * Lot / Serial Number Name * a asistentului. Făcând asta, Odoo va " -"crea automat liniile pe care le aveți nevoie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "Tipuri de operațiuni" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -"Aveți, de asemenea, posibilitatea de a defini cum veți gestiona loturile " -"pentru în fiecare tip de operațiune. Pentru a defini, mergeți la: " -"menuselection: Configurare --> Tipuri de operațiuni * în aplicația * " -"Inventar *." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -"Pentru fiecare tip, puteți decide dacă permiteți crearea de noi numere de " -"lot sau doriți să utilizați cele existente. În mod implicit, crearea de noi " -"loturi este permisă numai la primirea produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți transferuri inter- depozitare și urmăriți produsele pe loturi, " -"aceasta poate fi utilă pentru a permite utilizarea loturilor existente și în" -" primire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Urmărire număr de serie" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -"Utilizarea numerelor de serie vă permite să urmăriți unde au fost primite " -"produsele, puse în stoc, către cine au fost vândute și unde au fost " -"expediate." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -"Urmărirea unui element este ușoară: deschideți aplicația * Inventar * și " -"mergeți la: menuselection: * Date de bază --> Loturi / Numere de serie * și " -"faceți clic pe numărul de serie corespunzător căutării. Apoi, deschideți " -"informațiile * Urmărire *. Acolo, veți vedea în ce documente a fost utilizat" -" numărul de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" -"Și, dacă doriți să localizați un număr de serie, puteți face asta apăsând pe" -" butonul * Locație * disponibil pe formularul numărului de serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -4041,28 +4661,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -4071,7 +4703,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -4080,11 +4712,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -4093,14 +4725,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 96ae34dce..4adfd3201 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ # Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023 # Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023 +# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 # Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1839,6 +1839,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -2228,6 +2229,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "Configurarea este finalizată, puteți lansa o nouă sesiune PoS." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Depanare" @@ -2487,6 +2489,343 @@ msgstr "" "selectare *Cashdrawer (Sertar de numerar)* trebuie să fie bifată în " "configurația POS." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispozitive" @@ -3872,6 +4211,192 @@ msgstr "" "in **Cunoștințe**, chiar dacă au access la articolul ce conține " "vizualizarea." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Creare" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Eliminare" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Categorii" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e40ed0e7a..bc2e9a449 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" @@ -11489,99 +11488,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 4b3395087..0ced5d376 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" @@ -870,6 +869,451 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -901,7 +1345,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "Configurare" @@ -2795,480 +3238,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "Fișă de pontaj și factură" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" -"Facturați timpul petrecut pe tichete (servicii de asistență preplătite)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"Aveți opțiunea de a lucra cu servicii de asistență preplătite, adică o " -"comandă de vânzare și factura corespunzătoare sunt emise și, odată ce " -"serviciul este terminat, puteți scădea timpul petrecut. Odoo vă permite " -"acest lucru deoarece aplicațiile sunt integrate în totalitate, și vă permit " -"oferirea de răspunsuri mai rapide la nevoile clienților dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Pasul 1: Configurați o echipă de asistență" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"Mergi la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configurare --> Echipe de asistență`, " -"creați sau editați o echipă existentă și activați *Fișă de pontaj pe tichet*" -" și *Refacturare timp*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Selectați sau creați un proiect sub *Fișă de pontaj pe tichet*. Cel " -"selectat/creat este cel la care angajații înregistrează orele de lucru în " -"mod implicit. Cu toate acestea, acesta poate fi modificat în final pe " -"fiecare tichet." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea paginii de setări ale echipei de asistență care evidențiază " -"funcțiile de fișă de pontaj pe tichet și refacturare timp în Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "Pasul 2: Configurați un serviciu" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -"Mergi la :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Configurare --> Setări` și activați " -"*Unități de măsură* pentru a putea opțional alege *ore* (de exemplu) ca " -"unitate de măsură a serviciului dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"Mergi apoi la :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Produse --> Produse`, creați sau " -"editați unul existent și setați *Tipul produsului* ca *Serviciu*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea formularului unui produs care evidențiază câmpurile tip produs și unitate de\n" -"măsură în Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Acum, selectați modul de facturare pe care doriți să îl aveți sub fila " -"*Vânzări*. Recomandăm următoarea configurare:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea formularului unui produs și opțiunile de facturare sub fila " -"vânzări în Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"Această configurare asigură faptul că clienții sunt facturați în funcție de " -"numărul de ore prevăzute în comanda de vânzări, ceea ce înseamnă că orele " -"înregistrate mai puțin sau mai mult nu sunt luate în considerare. De " -"asemenea, asigură faptul că de fiecare dată când o comandă de vânzări este " -"confirmată, se creează o nouă sarcină sub proiectul potrivit, automatizând " -"procesul." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Recomandăm configurarea unui proiect specific, așa cum a fost făcut pentru " -"acest exemplu de flux. Ceea ce este important de reținut este că elementul " -"de pe linia comenzii de vânzări trebuie să fie setat pe proiectul sau " -"sarcina corespunzătoare, pentru a refactura timpul petrecut pe un tichet." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "Previzualizați o factură și înregistrați timpul" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "Pasul 1: Plasați o comandă" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -"Mergi la :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Comenzi --> Comenzi` și creați una " -"pentru produsul serviciu helpdesk pe care l-ați configurat anterior, cu " -"clientul care are nevoie ca tichetul să fie deschis. Setați numărul de ore " -"necesare pentru a asista clienții și *Confirmați* comanda." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea unei comenzi de vânzări care evinețiază liniile de comandă în " -"Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "Pasul 2: Facturați clienții" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" -"In *Vânzări*, selectați comanda de vânzări respectivă pentru a *Crea " -"Factură*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea unei comenzi de vânzări care evidențiază butonul de facturare " -"în Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Pasul 3: Conectați sarcina la tichet" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Acum, în *Helpdesk*, creați sau editați tichetul respectiv și conectați-l la" -" sarcina creată de confirmarea comenzii de vânzări." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea unui tichet de helpdesk care evidențiază câmpul sarcină în Odoo" -" " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "Pasul 4: Înregistrați timpul petrecut" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"În tichetul de helpdesk respectiv, înregistrați orele efectuate în tabul " -"*Fișe de pontaj*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea unui tichet care evidențiază fila fișe de pontaj în Odoo " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Rețineți că orele înregistrate în formularul tichetului sunt afișate în " -"coloana *Delivered* în comanda de vânzări." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Vizuializarea unei comenzi de vânzări care evidențiază coloana livrat în " -"Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"Orele înregistrate în tichet sunt afișate automat în *Fișe de pontaj* și pe " -"sarcina dedicată." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" -"Facturați timpul petrecut pe tichete (servicii de asistență postplată)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" -"Integrarea :guilabel:`Timesheets` oferă mai mult control și transparență " -"asupra modului în care clienții sunt încasați și ce sunt facturați în mod " -"specific." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" -"În Odoo, agentul Helpdesk poate utiliza tichetul pentru a înregistra fișe de" -" pontaj. Odată ce un tichet este rezolvat, clientul poate fi facturat pentru" -" timpul petrecut pe tichet. Odoo va extrage din fișa de pontaj a tichetului " -"pentru a factura corect clientul." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa funcția :guilabel:`Fișe de pontaj`, accesați " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configurare --> Echipe de asistenta`, selectați" -" un Helpdesk team, apoi faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Edit`. În continuare, " -"activați opțiunile :guilabel:`Fișe de pontaj` și :guilabel:`Time Billing`. " -"Apoi, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Save` pentru a aplica aceste modificări " -"setărilor echipelor de asistenta." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" -"Odată ce funcția :guilabel:`fișe de pontaj` este activată, o opțiune " -":guilabel:`Project`va apărea sub :guilabel:`Fișe de pontaj`. Opțiunea " -":guilabel:`Proiect` va fi setată automat la un proiect pe care Odoo l-a " -"creat pentru echipa de asistență. Fișele de pontaj ale tichetelor vor fi " -"stocate în proiectul selectat." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "Creare comandă de vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" -"După ce un tichet intră în fluxul delucru, accesați :menuselection:`Vânzări " -"--> Creare`. Apoi, adăugați clientul din tichet la câmpul " -":guilabel:`Client`în noua ofertă. În fila :guilabel:`Linii comanda`, creați " -"sau selectați un produs pentru a fi facturat clientului pentru timpul " -"petrecut pe tichetul lui Helpdesk." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" -"Dacă creați un nou produs din formularul de comandă de vânzări, mai întâi " -"dați produsului un nume trecându-l în coloana :guilabel:`Product`. Apoi, " -"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creează și editează`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" -"Mai întâi, în fila :guilabel:`Informații generale`, setați:guilabel:`Tip " -"produs` la :guilabel:`Serviciu` și :guilabel:`Preț de vânzare` la tariful " -"serviciului agentului Helpdesk. Apoi, setați:guilabel:`Politică de " -"facturare` la :guilabel:`Bazată pe fișe de pontaj`. În cele din urmă,faceți " -"clic pe :guilabel:`Salvează` pentru a crea noul produs și pentru a-l adăuga " -"la ofertă." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" -"Odată ce produsul este adăugat, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Confirmă` pentru a" -" transforma oferta într-o comandă de vânzări." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "Creare comandă de vânzări și adăugare produs." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "Înregistrează o fișă de pontaj " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a înregistra o fișă de pontaj, reveniți la tichetul Helpdesk accesând" -" tabloul de bord:guilabel:`Helpdesk`, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Tichete` pe " -"cardul echipei și localizați tichetul corect. Apoi, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Editare` și utilizați fila :guilabel:`Fișe de pontaj` pentru a " -"înregistra timpul petrecut pe tichet." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "Înregistrați timpul petrecut pe un tichet." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" -"Fișele de pontaj ale tichetului pot fi înregistrate înainte sau după ce " -"comanda de vânzări este făcută," - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "Conectați tichetul Helpdesk la comanda de vânzare" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a conecta :guilabel:`Comanda de vânzare` la tichet, în formularul " -"tichetului faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editare`. În continuare, selectați " -":guilabel:`Comanda de vânzare` care a fost creată mai devreme din meniul " -"derulant :guilabel:`Produs din comanda de vânzare`. Odoo va automatiza " -"filtrarea opțiunilor pentru a afișa doar comenzile de vânzări conectate la " -"tichetul clientului. În cele din urmă, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvează` " -"pentru a conecta tichetul și :guilabel:`Produsul din comanda de vânzare`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "Conectați produsul din comanda de vânzare la tichet." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produsul din comanda de vânzare` poate fi conectat la tichet " -"înainte sau după înregistrarea fișei de pontaj." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "Modificați tarifele de facturare" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" -"Dacă o intrare de fișă de pontaj este înregistrată, dar agentul nu dorește " -"să factureze clientul pentru acest timp, accesați fila :guilabel:`Fișe de " -"pontaj` și activați vizibilitatea coloana :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`. La " -"completarea fișei de pontaj, asigurați-vă că lăsați gol câmpul " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` al înregistrării nefacturabile de pe fișă de " -"pontaj." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" -"Dacă agentul dorește să factureze la un tarif diferit pentru o înregistrare " -"în fișa de pontaj, începeți prin a adăuga un nou produs, la noul preț în " -":abbr:`SO (Comanda de vânzare)` conectată. Apoi, selectați noul produs în " -"câmpul :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` al intrării pe fișa de pontaj." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "Creare factură" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" -"Când tichetul Helpdesk este finalizat și clientul este gata să fie facturat " -"pentru timpul petrecut, începeți prin a face clic pe butonul inteligent " -":guilabel:`Comandă de vânzare` de pe formularul de tichet pentru a naviga la" -" comanda de vânzare. Coloana :guilabel:`Livrat` ar trebui să corespundă " -"numărului de ore înregistrate pe fișa de pontaj a tichetului. După ce ați " -"verificat și completat informațiile relevante, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Creați factura` pentru a factura clientului timpul petrecut pe " -"tichet. Odoo va genera automat o factură pe care o va trimite clientului, " -"iar tichetul Helpdesk poate fi închis oficial." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoice_time`" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Proiect" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 209ced620..e40368a64 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -9,20 +9,20 @@ # jl2035 <jaka.luthar@gmail.com>, 2023 # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023 # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023 -# Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 +# Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 +# Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 -# Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -63,215 +63,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Poročanje" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Izpisek" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Davčno poročanje" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partner" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Upravljanje" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Vrednotenje zaloge" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -414,6 +529,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -430,7 +546,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -450,7 +566,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -458,6 +574,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" @@ -639,10 +756,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2575,10 +2688,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2587,10 +2696,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3673,97 +3778,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6212,6 +6334,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7891,10 +8137,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Poročanje" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8749,7 +8991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8873,23 +9115,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8914,7 +9178,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8928,7 +9192,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -8936,14 +9200,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -8959,7 +9223,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -8975,11 +9239,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -8988,53 +9252,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9046,11 +9310,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9059,11 +9323,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Columns" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9077,7 +9341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9895,7 +10159,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11242,185 +11506,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Aplikacija" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Aplikacija" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14198,13 +14445,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partner" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28588,33 +28828,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA direktna bremenitev" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28623,14 +28861,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28638,11 +28876,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28653,45 +28891,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28700,31 +28938,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Dobropisi" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28733,17 +28971,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28752,24 +28990,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28778,7 +29016,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28786,21 +29024,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28815,7 +29053,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28825,7 +29063,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28836,54 +29074,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Države" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28891,21 +29129,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28915,24 +29153,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -28941,26 +29179,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -28970,69 +29208,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29073,7 +29311,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30823,51 +31060,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index e664dd1cd..c99bea2d5 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023 # Simon Gorše <simon@gorse.org>, 2023 # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023 -# Grega Vavtar <grega@hbs.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 @@ -18,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -315,8 +314,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Dokazila" @@ -961,7 +958,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -973,7 +969,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1039,302 +1034,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Tipi operacij" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3056,28 +3773,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3086,7 +3815,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3095,11 +3824,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3108,14 +3837,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 4a244f46c..41f2d9816 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -6,20 +6,20 @@ # Translators: # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023 # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023 -# Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 # Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1520,6 +1520,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -1882,6 +1883,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -2075,6 +2077,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Naprave" @@ -3204,6 +3543,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Ustvarjeno" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Umik" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Kategorije" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index eb92d531f..d7d6f2362 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" @@ -9382,99 +9381,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 684fa51a2..3dd6810cd 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" @@ -859,6 +858,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -884,7 +1327,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -2748,350 +3190,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Projekt" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c20ba27e9..02a4c6357 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # Minh Nguyen <ndminh210994@gmail.com>, 2023 # Trần Hà <tranthuha13590@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Nancy Momoland <thanhnguyen.icsc@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -58,215 +58,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Báo cáo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Sao kê" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Báo cáo thuế" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Kiểm toán" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Cân đối thử" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Đối tác" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Quản lý" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Định giá tồn kho" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -409,6 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -425,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -445,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -453,6 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" @@ -634,10 +751,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2570,10 +2683,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2582,10 +2691,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3668,97 +3773,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6207,6 +6329,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Vị thế tài khóa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7886,10 +8132,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Báo cáo" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8744,7 +8986,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8868,23 +9110,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8909,7 +9173,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8923,7 +9187,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -8931,14 +9195,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -8954,7 +9218,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -8970,11 +9234,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -8983,53 +9247,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9041,11 +9305,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9054,11 +9318,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Cột" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9072,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9890,7 +10154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11237,185 +11501,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Ứng dụng" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Ứng dụng" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14193,13 +14440,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Đối tác" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28583,33 +28823,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28618,14 +28856,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28633,11 +28871,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28648,45 +28886,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28695,31 +28933,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "Hoàn tiền" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28728,17 +28966,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28747,24 +28985,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28773,7 +29011,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28781,21 +29019,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28810,7 +29048,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28820,7 +29058,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28831,54 +29069,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Quốc gia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28886,21 +29124,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28910,24 +29148,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -28936,26 +29174,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -28965,69 +29203,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29068,7 +29306,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30818,51 +31055,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index cdadabfbc..186220843 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 +# Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,45 +23,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 msgid "Human resources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nguồn nhân lực" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 msgid "Attendances" -msgstr "Chuyên cần" +msgstr "Chấm công" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" " out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." msgstr "" +"**Chấm công Odoo** hoạt động như một đồng hồ thời gian. Nhân viên đăng ký và" +" kiểm tra công việc, trong khi người quản lý có thể xem ai có mặt tại bất kỳ" +" thời điểm nào." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " "<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/attendances-684>`_" msgstr "" +"`Hướng dẫn về Odoo: Chấm công " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/attendances-684>`_" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Phần cứng" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 msgid "Kiosk management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chế độ Ki-ốt" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 msgid "" "A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " "check out for work shifts." msgstr "" +"Ki-ốt là một trạm tự phục vụ cho phép nhân viên chấm công vào và chấm công " +"ra cho các ca làm việc." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Có hai cách để thiết lập một ki-ốt:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Máy tính xách tay và máy tính để bàn**" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -69,10 +76,13 @@ msgid "" "You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " "with your web browser." msgstr "" +"Chạy một ki-ốt trong trình duyệt web là tùy chọn rẻ nhất và linh hoạt nhất. " +"Bạn có thể in huy hiệu nhân viên bằng bất kỳ máy in nhiệt hoặc máy in phun " +"nào tương thích với trình duyệt web của bạn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Máy tính bảng và điện thoại di động (Android hoặc iOS)**" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -80,26 +90,33 @@ msgid "" "are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " "or mounting them securely on a wall." msgstr "" +"Máy tính bảng và điện thoại di động chiếm ít không gian hơn và màn hình cảm " +"ứng của chúng rất dễ sử dụng. Cân nhắc đặt chúng vào giá đỡ chắc chắn ở quầy" +" lễ tân hoặc gắn chúng chắc chắn lên tường." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " "<https://hecklerdesign.com/products/windfall-stand-for-ipad>`_" msgstr "" +"Chúng tôi khuyên bạn nên sử dụng iPad cùng với `Chân đế Heckler Design " +"WindFall <https://hecklerdesign.com/products/windfall-stand-for-ipad>`_" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 msgid "RFID key fob readers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đầu đọc thẻ chìa khóa RFID" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 msgid "" "Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " "check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." msgstr "" +"Nhân viên có thể quét các móc chìa khóa RFID cá nhân bằng đầu đọc RFID để " +"quản lý việc đăng ký và trả phòng một cách nhanh chóng và dễ dàng." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Móc khóa RFID được đặt trên đầu đọc RFID" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -107,15 +124,18 @@ msgid "" "<https://neuftech.net/Neuftech-USB-RFID-Reader-ID-" "Kartenleseger%C3%A4t-Kartenleser-Kontaktlos-Card-Reader-f%C3%BCr-EM4100>`_." msgstr "" +"Chúng tôi khuyên bạn nên sử dụng `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"<https://neuftech.net/Neuftech-USB-RFID-Reader-ID-" +"Kartenleseger%C3%A4t-Kartenleser-Kontaktlos-Card-Reader-f%C3%BCr-EM4100> `_." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hộp IoT **không** bắt buộc." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Barcode scanners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Máy quét mã vạch" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -124,6 +144,10 @@ msgid "" "barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " "scanners are also supported natively." msgstr "" +"Nhân viên có thể quét mã vạch trên thẻ nhân viên của họ để quản lý việc đăng" +" ký và trả phòng một cách nhanh chóng và dễ dàng. Chế độ kiosk hoạt động với" +" hầu hết các máy quét mã vạch USB được kết nối trực tiếp với máy tính. Máy " +"quét mã vạch Bluetooth cũng được hỗ trợ nguyên bản." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -132,3 +156,7 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" +"Chúng tôi khuyên bạn nên sử dụng `dòng sản phẩm Honeywell " +"<https://sps.honeywell.com/us/en/products/productivity/barcode-scanners>`_. " +"Nếu máy quét mã vạch được kết nối trực tiếp với máy tính, nó phải được định " +"cấu hình để sử dụng bố cục bàn phím của máy tính." diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 38c428575..748586397 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Nancy Momoland <thanhnguyen.icsc@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -310,8 +310,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Nhận hàng" @@ -956,7 +954,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -968,7 +965,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1034,302 +1030,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Kiểu giao nhận" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3051,28 +3769,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3081,7 +3811,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3090,11 +3820,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3103,14 +3833,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 7dd49fac1..1b209177f 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Thin Tran <trvathin@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 -# Nancy Momoland <thanhnguyen.icsc@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -28,6 +28,569 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Productivity" msgstr "Năng suất" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Lịch" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console <https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"<https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/ develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/develop/ quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page <https://docs. microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-" +"directory/develop/reply-url>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook <outlook/sync>`. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Thảo luận" @@ -99,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "" "integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The Twilio welcome page." msgstr "" @@ -121,7 +684,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "" "The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " "section." @@ -140,7 +703,7 @@ msgid "" "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -162,7 +725,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -172,7 +735,7 @@ msgid "" "your own list of ICE servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -203,7 +766,7 @@ msgid "" "to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -218,7 +781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -228,7 +791,7 @@ msgid "" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -244,7 +807,7 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss" @@ -262,7 +825,7 @@ msgid "" "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " "in Odoo Discuss" @@ -289,7 +852,7 @@ msgid "" "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -329,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -364,7 +927,7 @@ msgid "" "*Activities* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -379,7 +942,7 @@ msgid "" "*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -395,7 +958,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -417,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" "Discuss" @@ -429,7 +992,7 @@ msgid "" " next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" "shown for Odoo Discuss" @@ -462,7 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -484,7 +1047,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -507,7 +1070,7 @@ msgid "" "*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -538,7 +1101,7 @@ msgid "" "messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -554,7 +1117,7 @@ msgid "" " to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -566,7 +1129,7 @@ msgid "" "messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -582,7 +1145,7 @@ msgid "" "addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -600,7 +1163,7 @@ msgid "" " and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " "Discuss" @@ -623,7 +1186,7 @@ msgid "" "single character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -783,6 +1346,435 @@ msgid "" "Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:167 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "Lý do:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:171 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope </services/support/what_can_i_expect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:141 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) <https://developer.mozilla.org/en-" +"US/docs/Web/HTTP/Status>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Check if `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:163 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"<iot/iot-eligibility>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:174 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:176 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:203 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:210 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:214 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:220 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:223 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:229 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:231 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:237 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:241 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS <https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +":doc:`Odoo support's service scope </services/support/what_can_i_expect>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" @@ -873,7 +1865,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 @@ -888,6 +1880,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -1081,6 +2074,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị" @@ -1102,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Kết nối" @@ -1440,7 +2770,7 @@ msgid "" "connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" @@ -1451,7 +2781,7 @@ msgid "" "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" @@ -1466,7 +2796,7 @@ msgid "" "configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." msgstr "" @@ -1476,7 +2806,7 @@ msgid "" "Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -1488,7 +2818,7 @@ msgid "" "price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" @@ -1503,7 +2833,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" @@ -1514,17 +2844,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Display` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` Box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 msgid "" "Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" @@ -1561,7 +2891,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" "connected to an IoT Box." @@ -1573,7 +2903,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" @@ -1587,15 +2917,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Cách dùng" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 msgid "" "To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" @@ -1603,7 +2933,7 @@ msgid "" "Box Devices` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 msgid "" "Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " "in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -1613,7 +2943,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" "The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " "\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " @@ -1622,25 +2952,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "" -"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" -" with the screen." +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" +"screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " "and update when changes are performed on the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 msgid "Display a website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 msgid "" "Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " "device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " @@ -1648,7 +2978,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 msgid "Knowledge" msgstr "Kiến thức" @@ -1687,116 +3017,116 @@ msgid "" " line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "knowledge's user interface" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically " -"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " +"match your h1 :dfn:`(First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " "change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " "click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 msgid "Text editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:27 msgid "Then, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:29 msgid "" "Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown " "menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 " "→ Header 6, Quote`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:31 msgid "" "Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put" " it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to " "strikethrough;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:33 msgid "" "Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by " "clicking the **pencil** icon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 msgid "" "To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select " "the desired color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:37 msgid "" "To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by" " typing its hex code, or its RGBA values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:39 msgid "" "To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient " "or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 msgid "" "To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired " "size;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:43 msgid "" "Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an " "ordered list, or a checklist;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:45 msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 msgid "Text editor's toolbox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:51 msgid "" "To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens " "the **powerbox**, which allows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:55 msgid "" "Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or " "*quotes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57 -msgid "Add a cover" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 +msgid "Cover pictures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 msgid "" "You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover " "above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to" " set a cover picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:63 msgid "" "If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture" " is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover " @@ -1804,46 +3134,46 @@ msgid "" " and select another image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:67 msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:71 msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:73 msgid "" "To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click " ":guilabel:`Remove Cover`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 msgid "" "To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " -":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`." +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 msgid "" "The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the" " images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they " "automatically resize depending on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82 -msgid "Add an icon" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 +msgid "Icons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 msgid "" "To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. " "Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and " @@ -1851,23 +3181,23 @@ msgid "" "the red-circled :guilabel:`x`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 msgid "" "The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " "panel hierarchic tree." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:91 msgid "" "Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " "article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 msgid "Commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 msgid "" "To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's " "name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. " @@ -1876,28 +3206,18 @@ msgid "" " other application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:102 msgid "List of commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:104 msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 msgid "Structure" msgstr "Cấu trúc lương" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234 -msgid "Command" -msgstr "Lệnh" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164 @@ -1905,285 +3225,295 @@ msgstr "Lệnh" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "Lệnh" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 msgid "Create a bulleted list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 msgid "Create a list with numbering." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 msgid "Insert a table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 msgid "Add a blockquote section." msgstr "Thêm một blockquote section." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 msgid "Add a code section." msgstr "Thêm một code section." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 msgid "Convert into 2 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 msgid "Convert into 3 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 msgid "Convert into 4 columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 msgid "Format" msgstr "Định dạng" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 msgid "Big section heading." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 msgid "Medium section heading." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 msgid "Small section heading." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 msgid "Switch the text's direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 msgid "Paragraph block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 msgid "Media" msgstr "Phương tiện" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 msgid "Insert an image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 msgid "Link an article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 msgid "Navigation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Điều hướng" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 msgid "Add a link." msgstr "Thêm một liên kết." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 msgid "Add a button." msgstr "Thêm một nút." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 -msgid "Add a specific appointment." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 +msgid "Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "Thêm một cuộc hẹn cụ thể." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 msgid "Schedule an appointment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lên lịch một cuộc hẹn." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Index`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 msgid "Show all nested articles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 msgid "Insert a list view of article items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`File`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:225 msgid "" "Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions," " or description in other applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:228 msgid "Basic Blocks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 msgid "Insert your signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240 -msgid "Content from other app" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 +msgid "Content from other apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 msgid "" "Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do " "so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click " @@ -2191,7 +3521,7 @@ msgid "" "The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:248 msgid "" "To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking " @@ -2203,13 +3533,199 @@ msgstr "" msgid "article view from the Sales app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:257 msgid "" "Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access " "it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing " "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Tạo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Loại bỏ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Danh mục" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -2241,7 +3757,7 @@ msgid "" " creation window, click anywhere." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" msgstr "" @@ -2307,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 msgid "property configuration form" msgstr "" @@ -2527,7 +4043,7 @@ msgid "" "the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." msgstr "" @@ -2537,7 +4053,7 @@ msgid "" " Inbox Addin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." msgstr "" @@ -2562,12 +4078,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 msgid "Configure the Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " "order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " @@ -2576,18 +4092,17 @@ msgid "" " click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 msgid "" "In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " "panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" @@ -2595,21 +4110,20 @@ msgid "" " window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" " the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 msgid "" "Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " "database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " @@ -2617,7 +4131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " "browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" @@ -2659,7 +4173,7 @@ msgid "" "the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" "Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." msgstr "" @@ -2685,19 +4199,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 msgid "" "Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " -"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`README`. Follow the " -"instructions in the :guilabel:`README` file to push the Gmail Plugin files " -"as a Google Project." +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" -"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " -"instructions on the :guilabel:`README` file." +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" "After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " "wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " ":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" @@ -2890,7 +4411,6 @@ msgid "" "then *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" msgstr "" @@ -4252,7 +5772,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 msgid "Custom Sorting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sắp xếp tùy chỉnh" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4267,7 +5787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 msgid "Chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chatter" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -4337,11 +5857,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -4349,21 +5883,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "Bố cục" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "Sáng" @@ -4371,7 +5905,7 @@ msgstr "Sáng" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "Đóng hộp" @@ -4379,7 +5913,7 @@ msgstr "Đóng hộp" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "In Đậm" @@ -4387,7 +5921,7 @@ msgstr "In Đậm" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "Sọc" @@ -4395,157 +5929,157 @@ msgstr "Sọc" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "Font" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts <https://fonts.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Lato#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Roboto#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Open+Sans#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Oswald#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Raleway#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Tajawal#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Màu" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "Chân" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "Định dạng trang" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -4556,11 +6090,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "Bên ngoài" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -4568,17 +6102,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -4586,37 +6120,37 @@ msgid "" " number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "Nội bộ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "Trống" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -4625,48 +6159,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "Khoá" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -4677,31 +6211,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "Inline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "Bảng" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" @@ -4713,91 +6247,91 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a Data table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " "values of a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-" "field>` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "Cột" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks <studio/pdf-" "reports/elements/block>` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "The Options tab for a text element" msgstr "" @@ -5138,10 +6672,6 @@ msgid "" "Date Field` after activating the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "Lịch" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 8d5d88ac5..a08a05fa6 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Duy BQ <duybq86@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Nancy Momoland <thanhnguyen.icsc@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" @@ -9379,99 +9378,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 59e48b9e7..65d0ea6c1 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" @@ -856,6 +855,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -881,7 +1324,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -2745,350 +3187,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Dự án" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 12b68c0f6..d130126ff 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -35,17 +35,17 @@ # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023 # Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023 -# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -86,227 +86,331 @@ msgstr "复式记账" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "Odoo为每个会计交易自动创建背后的日记账分录, 包括 :客户开票, 销售点订单, 报销, 库存移动, 等等." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "Odoo采用复式记账规则 : 所有日记账分录自动平衡（借方总和 = 贷方总和）." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "权责发生制和现金收付制方法" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "多公司" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则，你可以得到合并报告." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "用户可以访问几家公司，但在某个时间总是在一个公司工作." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "多币种" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -"每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。对于以其他币种发生的交易, Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。 " -"Odoo可以在分类账项目的调节后生成币种增益和损失." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "货币汇率使用yahoo.com在线网络服务每天更新一次." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "国际标准" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" msgstr "" -"Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "特别是, Odoo 核心会计引擎支持 :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 +msgid "" +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "欧洲会计, 费用记账在供应商帐单." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo有符合IFRS规则的模块。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"默认, odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录，以及另外一个用于所有的应付账款分录。你可以每个客户/供应商创建独立的科目, 但是没有必要这样做." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报告" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "由于交易关联了客户或供应商，你得到对每个客户/供应商进行分析的报告, , 如客户对账, 每客户收入, 到期的应收/应付款, ..." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "对账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "资产负债表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "更宽广范围的财务报表" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "损益表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "在Odoo, 你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从基本的会计报告到高级的管理报告。 Odoo的报告包括 :" +msgid "Cash flow statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "税务报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" +msgid "ES sales list" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "状况报告(如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "审计" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "现金报告（例如银行摘要）" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "试算表" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "Odoo的报告引擎可让您根据自己的公式来定制您自己的报告." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "自动导入银行回单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -"银行对帐是一个过程, 匹配银行提供的银行对账单明细和总账中的会计交易。 " -"Odoo使得银行对帐容易，频繁的直接从你的银行导入银行对帐单明细到你的Odoo会计。这意味着你可以有现金流的每日视图, " -"而无需登录到您的网上银行，或等候纸质银行对账单." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -"Odoo通过匹配大部分导入的银行对帐单明细到你的会计交易，加快银行对账。 Odoo还记住你是如何处理其他的银行对帐单明细，并提供建议的总帐交易." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "业务伙伴" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "库存计价" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -"Odoo支持定期(手动)以及永续(自动)库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准价、平均价、后进先出（LIFO对于允许的国家而言）以及先进先出(FIFO)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -":doc：'查看评估方法对交易</应用程序/inventory_and_mrp/库存/管理/报告/inventory_valuation_config>的影响”" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "容易的留存收益" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" -"留存收益是指企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或翻转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank and cash accounts" @@ -452,6 +556,7 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -468,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -488,7 +593,7 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -496,6 +601,7 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -685,10 +791,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "如果您的主要银行科目添加为未结收据科目或未结付款科目，在登记付款时，开票或账单状态将直接设置为:guilabel:`已付`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2688,10 +2790,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "账龄表用以确定逾期客户并开始收集工作." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "损益表" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2700,10 +2798,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "损益表显示收入和费用的明细。它将提供一个清晰的净损益清单。有时称之为“损益表”或“收入与费用的状态”。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "资产负债表" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3810,101 +3904,115 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Odoo支持**Peppol BIS Billing 3.0**格式，可以通过现有访问点使用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -"欧洲支付委员会快速响应代码，又称为**EPC二维码**，是一种二维条码，客户可用**手机银行应用程序**扫描该二维码并启动**SEPA贷记转账(SCT)**，并立即支付开票." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "除了使用方便和速度快之外，它还大大减少了输入错误可能导致的付款问题." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." -msgstr "这项功能仅在奥地利、比利时、芬兰、德国和荷兰等欧洲国家可用." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：在欧洲客户的开票上添加二维码 <https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**SEPA二维码**功能." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "配置你的银行账户日记账" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." -msgstr "确保在Odoo中正确配置你的*银行账户*，检查IBAN和BIC是否正确." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记账`，打开 *银行日记账*，然 *银行账户* 选项卡下填写 *银行账户* " -"和 *银行* ." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "开具带EPC二维码的开票" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." -msgstr "只要你向位于此功能可用的国家的客户签发此类开票，EPC二维码将自动添加到你的开票中." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 开票`，并创建新开票." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "在过账之前，打开*其他信息*选项卡。Odoo将自动填写*银行账户*字段和IBAN." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "确保填写的账户是你想要用来接收客户付款的账户，因为Odoo将用此字段生成EPC二维码." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." -msgstr "如你想要开具不含EPC二维码的开票，只需在开票的*其他信息*选项卡的*银行账户*字段中删除IBAN." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo学院：在欧洲客户的开票上添加二维码 <https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing processes" @@ -6404,6 +6512,130 @@ msgstr "要查看**汇兑差额日记账记项**，转到:menuselection:`会计 msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "汇率日记账记项。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "财政状况" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -8126,10 +8358,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "报告" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "可用的主要报告" @@ -8985,7 +9213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -9109,23 +9337,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -9150,7 +9400,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -9164,7 +9414,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -9172,14 +9422,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -9195,7 +9445,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -9211,11 +9461,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -9224,53 +9474,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9282,11 +9532,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9295,11 +9545,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "列" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9313,7 +9563,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -10142,7 +10392,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11566,191 +11816,168 @@ msgstr "财政状况（税项和科目映射）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" -"为产品和客户设置默认税金和帐户，以即时创建新交易。 但是，根据客户和提供者的本地化需要和业务类型，您可能必须使用不同的税金并在不同的帐户上记录交易." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "**财政状况** 允许您创建 *规则集* ，以自动调整用于交易的税收和帐户." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "示例：在Odoo会计应用程序中，比利时到欧盟境内的税项映射和财政状况" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "它们可以以多种方式应用：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr ":ref:`自动应用可以根据某些规则 <fiscal_positions/automatic>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr ":ref:`手动应用于交易 <fiscal_positions/partner>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr ":ref:`在联系表上分配给合作伙伴 <fiscal_positions/transaction>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "税收和账户映射" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -"要编辑或创建财政头寸，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 财政状况`打开您要修改的条目，或单击 *创建* ." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "税金和帐户的映射基于产品表单中定义的默认税金和帐户." +" defined in the product form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "要映射到其他税种或帐户，请填写右列（ **要应用的税** / **要使用的帐户** ）." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "要删除税款，而不是用另一种税款代替，请将 **应纳税款** 字段留空." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "要将税项替换为其他多种税项，请添加多行带有相同 **产品税** 的行." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "该映射仅适用于 *有效* 税。 因此，请转到：menuselection：?会计 --> 配置 --> 税收`，确保它们处于活动状态." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "自动申请" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" -"您可以按照一系列条件将自己的财政状况\n" -"配置为自动应用." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "为此，请打开您要修改的财政状况，然后单击 *自动检测* 。 您可以配置一些条件：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "**需要增值税** ： *必须* 在客户的联系表格中注明增值税号." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "**国家群** / **国家** ：财政状况适用于这些国家." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" -msgstr "自动应用财政状况的设置示例" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "访客登录或填写帐单详细信息后，**电子商务订单** 的税费会自动更新." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "财政状况的 *排序* - 它们的排列顺序 - 定义了在多个财政状况中都满足条件时要应用的财政状况." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" -"例如，如果第一个财政状况定位为 *国家A* ，第二个财政状况定位为 *国家组* ，该国集团也包括 *国家A* ，则只有第一个财政状况将应用于 " -"*国家A* ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 msgid "Application" msgstr "应用程序" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "向合作伙伴分配财政状况" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "自动申请" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "您可以手动定义特定伙伴默认情况下必须使用哪个财政状况." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "为此，请打开合作伙伴的联系表，转到 *销售与采购* 选项卡，编辑 **财政状况** 字段，然后单击 *保存* ." +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" -msgstr "在Odoo会计应用程序中选择销售订单/开票/账单的财政状况" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "在销售订单，开票和开票上手动选择财政状况" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "要手动选择用于新销售订单，开票或账单的财务状况，请转到 *其他信息* 选项卡，然后在添加产品线之前选择正确的 *财务状况*." +msgid "Assign to a partner" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -14637,13 +14864,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "业务伙伴" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -30153,22 +30373,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "选中后，Odoo将显示您的付款信息以及付款参考。 在您的银行帐户中收到付款后，您必须手动批准付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA 直接借记" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "其他功能" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " @@ -30177,11 +30395,11 @@ msgstr "" "某些支付服务提供商支持付款流的其他功能。请参阅:ref:`table above " "<payment_providers/online_providers>`，以确认您的支付服务提供商是否支持相关功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "符号化" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -30191,14 +30409,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您的支付服务提供商支持此功能，客户可以选择保存银行卡，以备之后使用。在Odoo中创建**支付令牌**，可作为后续付款方式，无需再次输入银行卡详细信息，这对于电子商务转换率和定期付款订阅特别有用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "要启用此功能，从支付服务提供商导航到:guilabel:`配置`选项卡，勾选:guilabel:`允许保存付款方式`框。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -30207,11 +30425,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "启用此功能后，Odoo不会直接存客户储银行卡的详细信息，因此，您仍然完全符合PCI。Odoo创建支付令牌，令牌只是引用存储在支付服务提供商服务器中的客户银行卡详细信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "手动捕获" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -30223,38 +30441,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您的支付服务提供商支持此功能，您可以通过两个而非一个步骤授权和捕获付款。在您授权付款时，资金将保留在客户的付款方式中，不会立即收取费用。只有在您手动捕获付款后，才会收取费用。您也可以取消释放保留资金授权，这相当于定期取消。手动捕获付款在许多情况下都很有用：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "收到付款确认，在订单发货后获取付款。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "在付款完成、付款流程开始前，审核并验证订单是否合法。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "避免因取消付款而支付高额处理费：支付服务提供商不会因您撤销授权而收取费用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "提供保证金，用于日后退款和扣除任何款项（例如，损坏赔偿）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "要启用此功能，从支付服务提供商导航到:guilabel:`配置`选项卡，勾选:guilabel:`手动捕获金额`框。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" @@ -30262,7 +30480,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要在授权后捕获付款，转到相关销售订单或开票，然后点击:guilabel:`捕获交易`按钮。要释放资金，点击:guilabel:`作废交易`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -30273,24 +30491,24 @@ msgstr "" "某些支付服务提供商仅支持捕获部分授权金额。剩余金额可以捕获或作废。此类支付服务提供商在:ref:`table " "above<payment_providers/online_providers>`中设置**全额和部分金额**值。仅支持捕获或作废全额的支付服务提供商设置的值为**仅限全额**。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "资金不会永远保留，一段时间后，可能会自动返回至客户的付款方式。请参阅支付服务提供商的文档，以了解准确的保留时长。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "Odoo中并非所有支付服务提供商均支持此功能，但允许某些支付服务提供商在其网站界面手动捕获。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "退款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " @@ -30298,7 +30516,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您的支付服务提供商支持此功能，您可以直接从Odoo进行退款，无需事先启用。要向客户返还付款，导航至付款，然后点击:guilabel:`退款`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -30309,17 +30527,17 @@ msgstr "" "某些支付服务提供商仅支持退还部分金额。剩余金额也可以退还。此类支付服务提供商在:ref:`table " "above<payment_providers/online_providers>`中设置**全额和部分金额**值。仅支持全额退款的支付服务提供商设置的值为**仅限全额**。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "Odoo中并非所有支付服务提供商均支持此功能，但允许某些支付服务提供商在其网站界面进行退款。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "快速结账" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -30328,24 +30546,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "要启用此功能，从支付服务提供商导航到:guilabel:`配置`选项卡，勾选:guilabel:`允许快速结账`框。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "快速结账付款表单中显示的所有价格均包含税费。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -30354,7 +30572,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -30362,11 +30580,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." @@ -30374,11 +30592,11 @@ msgstr "" "各支付服务提供商有其特定配置流程，取决于:ref:`which feature is available " "<payment_providers/online_providers>`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "添加支付服务提供商" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -30394,7 +30612,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "点击“安装”，然后点击“激活”，使支付服务提供商在Odoo中可用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -30405,7 +30623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "建议您在复制数据库或测试数据库中使用*测试模式*。测试模式用于测试/沙盒凭证，但Odoo仍会生成销售订单和开票。并非总能取消开票，如果您要在主数据库中测试支付服务提供商，开票编号可能出现问题。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -30416,54 +30634,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "凭据选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "如果尚未完成，转到在线支付服务提供商网站，创建账户，同时确保具有第三方使用所需的凭证，Odoo需要此类凭据与支付服务提供商通信。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "本部分的表单特定于您正在配置的支付服务提供商。有关详细信息，请参阅相关文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "配置选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "您可以修改**显示为**字段下的名称，以及**支持支付图标**字段下显示的信用卡图标，以更改支付服务提供商的前端外观。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "国家" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "将支付服务提供商的使用限制在选定国家。将此字段留空，使支付服务提供商在所有国家可用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "最大金额" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "限制可以通过所选支付服务提供商支付的最高金额。将此字段设置为`0.00`，则不限制付款金额。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -30472,21 +30690,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "此功能不适用于允许客户更新付款金额的页面，例如，启用付费交货方式后，网站应用程序的**捐款**片段和**电子商务**应用程序的***结账**页面。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "付款日记账" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "为支付服务提供商选择的**付款日记账**须为*银行*日记账。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "在网站发布" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -30498,7 +30716,7 @@ msgstr "" "在默认情况下，支付服务提供商*未发布*，这意味着仅在网站中对内部用户可见。您的客户无法通过未发布的支付服务提供商进行付款，但可以管理:dfn:`(delete" " and assign to a subscription)`关联至该等提供商的现有令牌。您可以轻松测试支付服务提供者，同时防止支付和注册新令牌。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " @@ -30506,17 +30724,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "点击支付服务提供商表单右上角的:guilabel:`发布`按钮，以在网站中发布提供商，并对您的客户可见。点击:guilabel:`取消发布`按钮，以取消发布提供商。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "将支付服务提供商状态分别变为`已启用`或`测试`后，自动发布/取消发布提供商。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "会计的观点" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -30527,26 +30745,26 @@ msgstr "" "直接转到您的一个银行帐户的 **银行付款** 遵循其通常的对帐工作流程。 但是，使用 **在线付款提供商** " "记录的付款要求您考虑如何记录付款的日记帐分录。 我们建议您向会计师咨询。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "您需要在支付服务提供商配置中选择*付款日记账*，以便在**未付科目**记录付款。日记账**类型**须为*银行日记账*。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "您可以将一个日记账用于多种付款方式。对于各种付款方式，您可以：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "定义**会计科目**，以将付款与其他付款方式分开。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -30556,69 +30774,69 @@ msgstr "留空，以回退至默认科目，您可以在设置中查看或更改 msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "“入站付款选项卡”中的银行日记账。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "您可以根据实际需要，为整个公司、某些日记账或某个付款方式设置相同的银行科目。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -30659,7 +30877,6 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr ":doc:`../payment_providers`" @@ -32564,53 +32781,97 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "web域每次变更后，均须重复此操作。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "如何电汇付款" +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -"**电汇付款**是可用的默认付款方式，旨在向您的客户提供您的银行详细信息，以便客户进行付款。操作简单，但付款过程较慢，效率不高。请尽快选择支付服务提供商！" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的 **感谢电邮** 中。" +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态 **报价已发送** （即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index f0837283f..9bf8a93e2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -2027,6 +2027,61 @@ msgstr "" "可以在ref:`开发模式<developer-mode>`中修改该值。进入菜单选择：`设置--> 技术--> 自动化--> " "预订操作`，查找：guilabel:`电子邮件：收取邮件服务`。" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "EMail模板" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 42fcd4fc8..281480975 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,21 +16,21 @@ # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2023 # Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2023 # zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2023 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023 # Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2023 # Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2023 # Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2023 +# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -332,8 +332,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "收据" @@ -1005,7 +1003,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "基于产品的保质期，您可以用Odoo跟踪和管理您的产品，即使它们已经通过批次或序列号进行跟踪。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "应用配置" @@ -1017,7 +1014,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "要使用保质期跟踪，请打开 *库存* 应用程序并前往：菜单选项:`配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *批次和序列号* 和 *保质期* 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1086,314 +1082,1027 @@ msgstr "" "批次/序列号`。在那里，您可以使用预先设定好的筛选器来显示所有已超过警报日期的批次/序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "管理大批相同的产品" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"批次通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这可用于报表、质控或者任何其他信息。例如，批次有助于识别存在生产缺陷的产品。它对于批量生产的服装或食品非常有用。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "Odoo可管理批次，确保符合大多数行业的可追溯性要求。" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "应用程序配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -"首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "产品配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "现在，你需要配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" +":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "管理批次" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "为了接收按批次追踪的产品，你必须指定其批号。你有多种操作方法：" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "手动分配不同批号" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "首先，你需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填入批号。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的批号。" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" -"打开供应商提供的批号电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到Odoo的*批号/序列号名称*一列，自动创建必要的行。之后，你必须手动输入每个批次包含的产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "作业类型" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" -"对于每种类型（收货、内部调拨、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类作业中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间戴波并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "批次追踪" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "为产品分配批号可用于追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." -msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." -msgstr "打开*可追溯性*信息，你可查看该批号被用于哪些文件。" +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." -msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*库位*统计按钮。" +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "使用序列号" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -"如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前库位，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "如你想要使用此功能，或允许高级可追溯性功能，需使用Odoo的复式分录管理。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -"首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -"现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` " -"并打开你选择的产品。在*库存*选项卡中，编辑该产品并选择*按唯一的序列号追踪*。然后，点击保存。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "管理序列号" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "为了接收按序列号追踪的产品，你必须指定其序列号。当然，你有多种操作方法：" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" +":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "手动分配" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "多重分配" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "无论你喜欢用哪种方式分配序列号，首先需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "手动分配不同的序列号" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填写序列号字段。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的序列号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." -msgstr "利用分配多个序列号的功能，Odoo可自动创建必要的行。为此，你必须输入一组中的首个序列号，及需要分配序列号的产品数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "完成后，点击*分配序列号*，Odoo将完成其余操作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"如要使用复制/粘贴功能，打开接收的包含序列号的电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到向导的*批号/序列号名称*一列。之后，Odoo将自动创建你需要的行。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "作业类型" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "对于每个类型，你可决定允许创建新批号或使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许新接收的产品创建新批号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间调拨和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "序列号追踪" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "使用序列号可追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -"追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " -"批号/序列号`，并点击你的搜索对应的序列号。然后，打开*可追溯性*信息。你可在此查看哪些文件使用了序列号。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*库位*统计按钮。" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -3135,28 +3844,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3165,7 +3886,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3174,11 +3895,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3187,14 +3908,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 7f35dc24f..f20dc4276 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,20 +14,20 @@ # liulixia <liu.lixia@elico-corp.com>, 2023 # Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023 # digitalliuzg8888, 2023 -# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # zhao yonghui, 2023 # Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1573,6 +1573,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -1942,6 +1943,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" @@ -2144,6 +2146,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "现金抽屉应连接到打印机，并在POS配置中勾选*现金抽屉*复选框。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "设备" @@ -3315,6 +3654,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "**没有**查看该视图的用户即使可以查看包含该视图的文章，也**无法**在**Knowledge**应用程序中查看该视图。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "创建" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "下架" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "电商品类" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 9544fdd83..79e5510b2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -113,7 +113,6 @@ msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -9660,99 +9659,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index bf0a60221..0a2823685 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -862,6 +861,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -889,7 +1332,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "设置" @@ -2755,360 +3197,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "工时单和开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "工单所用的开票时间 (预付支持服务)" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"可以选择使用预付费支持服务，这意味着将发出销售订单和相应的开票，一旦完成服务，您就可以扣除所花费的时间。 " -"Odoo允许发生这种情况，因为应用程序已完全集成，从而可以更快地响应客户需求。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "步骤1：建立服务台团队" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` ，创建或编辑现有团队，并启用 *工时单上的工单* 和 *重新开票”。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "在 *工单时间表* 下选择或创建一个项目。 选定/创建的是默认情况下员工时间表所在的那个。 但是，最终可以在每个票证上对其进行修改。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "步骤2：设定服务" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置 --> 设定` 并启用 *计量单位* 能够选择 *小时* （例如）作为服务的计量单位。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"然后，转到 :menuselection:` 销售 --> 产品 --> 产品`，创建或编辑现有产品，并将其 *产品类型* 设置为 *服务*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "现在， 可在 *销售* 标签下选择您想要的开票管理。 我们建议以下配置：" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"此配置可确保根据销售订单中预测的小时数向客户开具开票，这意味着不会考虑较少或额外的小时数。 " -"它还确保每次确认销售订单时，都会在正确的项目下创建新任务，从而使流程自动化。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"我们建议设置一个特定的项目，就像在此流程示例中所做的那样。 要记住的是，为了重新开票所花费的时间，需要在相应的项目或任务上设置销售订单项目。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "预定义开票并记录时间" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "步骤1：下订单" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> 订单` 并为您之前设置的服务台创建一个服务产品，并与需要打开故障单的客户一起使用。 " -"设置帮助客户并 *确认* 订单所需的小时数。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "步骤2：为客户开具开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "在 *销售* 中，选择相应的销售订单以 *创建开票* 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "步骤3：将任务链接到支持请求工单" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "现在，在 *服务台* 中，创建或编辑相应的票证，并将其链接到通过确认销售订单创建的任务。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "步骤4：记录所花费的时间" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "仍在相应的服务台工单上，记录 *工时单* 选项卡下执行的小时数。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "请注意，工单上记录的小时数显示在销售订单的 *已交付* 列中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "工单上记录的小时数会自动显示在 *工时单* 和专用任务中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "工单花费的开票时间（后付费支持服务）" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "项目" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 15e035683..7c40ec03f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2023 -# Tony Ng, 2023 # Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2023 +# Tony Ng, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -57,215 +57,330 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:66 -msgid "" -":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 -msgid "Multi-companies" +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:99 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "報告" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:126 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "銀行結單" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "稅務報表" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "審計" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:140 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Trial balance" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:142 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:148 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "業務夥伴" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:164 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "庫存計價" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:173 msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" -":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:182 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -408,6 +523,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 @@ -424,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 @@ -444,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 @@ -452,6 +568,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -633,10 +750,6 @@ msgid "" "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " @@ -2569,10 +2682,6 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " @@ -2581,10 +2690,6 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " @@ -3667,97 +3772,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "EPC QR Codes" +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -6206,6 +6328,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "財務狀況" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" @@ -7885,10 +8131,6 @@ msgid "" "with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "報告" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" @@ -8743,7 +8985,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -8867,23 +9109,45 @@ msgid "" "the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 msgid "" "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " "these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." @@ -8908,7 +9172,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -8922,7 +9186,7 @@ msgid "" "prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 msgid "" "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " "`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" @@ -8930,14 +9194,14 @@ msgid "" "is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 msgid "" "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -8953,7 +9217,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." @@ -8969,11 +9233,11 @@ msgid "" "their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 msgid "" "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " "values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " @@ -8982,53 +9246,53 @@ msgid "" "selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 msgid "" "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "" "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 msgid "" "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 msgid "" "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -9040,11 +9304,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "" "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " "expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " @@ -9053,11 +9317,11 @@ msgid "" "custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" msgstr "欄位" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" " gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " @@ -9071,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 msgid "" "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" @@ -9889,7 +10153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" @@ -11236,185 +11500,168 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -"Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in " -"Odoo Accounting" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "應用程式" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "應用程式" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo " -"Accounting" +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -14192,13 +14439,6 @@ msgid "" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "業務夥伴" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -28582,33 +28822,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "SEPA 直接借記" +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this " -"payment method." +"bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "" "Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " "Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " "check if your payment provider supports these features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" " their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " @@ -28617,14 +28855,14 @@ msgid "" "conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " "Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 msgid "" "You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " "does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " @@ -28632,11 +28870,11 @@ msgid "" "provider's server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " "capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " @@ -28647,45 +28885,45 @@ msgid "" "payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " "providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" " damage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" " checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 msgid "" "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " "order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" " release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." " The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" @@ -28694,31 +28932,31 @@ msgid "" "capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "折讓" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 msgid "" "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " "remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " @@ -28727,17 +28965,17 @@ msgid "" "refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " "to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 msgid "" "If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " "**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " @@ -28746,24 +28984,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "" "Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " "your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " "checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 msgid "" "All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " "included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 msgid "Extra Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 msgid "" "If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " "transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " @@ -28772,7 +29010,7 @@ msgid "" "geolocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "" "To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " @@ -28780,21 +29018,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 msgid "" "Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " "feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 msgid "Add a new payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " @@ -28809,7 +29047,7 @@ msgid "" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -28819,7 +29057,7 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 @@ -28830,54 +29068,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." " Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 msgid "" "You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" msgstr "國家" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" "Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " "Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" " of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "" "This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " "update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " @@ -28885,21 +29123,21 @@ msgid "" "delivery methods are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" "The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "Publish on the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "" "By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " "internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " @@ -28909,24 +29147,24 @@ msgid "" " while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " "the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " "your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "" "Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " "respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -28935,26 +29173,26 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "" "You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " "record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " "must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "" "You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " "method, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "" "Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " "payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 msgid "" "Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " "in the settings." @@ -28964,69 +29202,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid "" "You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " "journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" @@ -29067,7 +29305,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30817,51 +31054,96 @@ msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgid "Wire transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment providers as soon as you can!" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:10 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:17 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:23 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index cdef5b45d..4e602ad67 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -311,8 +311,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "收據" @@ -957,7 +955,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" @@ -969,7 +966,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -1035,302 +1031,1024 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "作業類型" +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -3052,28 +3770,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " -"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in " -"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear " -"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update " -"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs " -"accumulated from validated purchase orders." +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3082,7 +3812,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -3091,11 +3821,11 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -3104,14 +3834,14 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 2c94bf061..4bac477ba 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1515,6 +1515,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" msgstr "" @@ -1877,6 +1878,7 @@ msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -2070,6 +2072,343 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "設備" @@ -3199,6 +3538,192 @@ msgid "" "the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "建立" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "下架" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "類別" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -5330,11 +5855,25 @@ msgid "" " or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " @@ -5342,21 +5881,21 @@ msgid "" "current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " "affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "格式" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "Light" @@ -5364,7 +5903,7 @@ msgstr "Light" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "方框中的" @@ -5372,7 +5911,7 @@ msgstr "方框中的" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "加粗" @@ -5380,7 +5919,7 @@ msgstr "加粗" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "Striped" @@ -5388,157 +5927,157 @@ msgstr "Striped" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "字體" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " "`Google Fonts <https://fonts.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Lato#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Roboto#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Open+Sans#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" "`Montserrat <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Oswald#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Raleway#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Tajawal#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "" "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" " can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " "Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "配色" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" " important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" " the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " "the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" " reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can add multiple " "lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " ":ref:`External reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can" " add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "頁尾" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " "reports' <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>` footers. You can add " "multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "紙張格式" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " -"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " -"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " "styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " @@ -5549,11 +6088,11 @@ msgid "" "footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " @@ -5561,7 +6100,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Companies --> Update Info`." @@ -5571,7 +6110,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" "layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " @@ -5583,33 +6122,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "內部" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " "Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "空白" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " ":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" @@ -5618,48 +6157,48 @@ msgid "" "reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "區塊" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " @@ -5670,31 +6209,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "Inline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "桌子" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " "displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" @@ -5706,86 +6245,86 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a Data table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " "values of a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-" "field>` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" " a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "列" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks <studio/pdf-" "reports/elements/block>` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index bce7ec0c5..2622fc2ec 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -9379,99 +9378,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 msgid "" -"Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates " -"<../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** " -"used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to " -"configure quotations quickly." +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to " -":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click " -":guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation " -"expires;" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or " -":guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to " -"the customer;" +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order " -"confirmation mail;" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with " -"this template." +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template" -" have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. " -"Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the " -"**duration**;" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their " -"subscription from their **customer portal**;" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** " -"subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are " -"invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest " -"sequence is used." +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions " -"<../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and " -"conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the " -"default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any " -"are set)." +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`, add them " +"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" +" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " +"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 8538e4114..9f8b34766 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -856,6 +855,450 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -881,7 +1324,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -2745,350 +3187,6 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo" -" Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and " -"transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically " -"billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a " -"ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket." -" Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a " -"Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` " -"drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The " -":guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project " -"that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be " -"stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` " -"field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or " -"select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk" -" ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product " -"a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales " -"Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, " -"click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation " -"into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the " -":guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's " -"card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use " -"the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is " -"made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that " -"was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. " -"Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that " -"are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or " -"after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the " -"client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the" -" visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the" -" information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable " -"timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, " -"add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the " -"new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's " -":guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "" -"When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed " -"for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the " -"ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column" -" should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After " -"checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create " -"Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will " -"automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk " -"ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "專案"